oer rma ee O° ee GO ® w% 4 ee ee ene os “ oe enna Aaa 1 aoe . 5 - ~- ~~ “ 7 “ ~ - - ’ 7 2 een wr re . < 7 raf _— ° 9 — at me RS pe rm “ = / — i sore het a oe _ + — al nape ores a eeu pain 5 - s a ene ee te Oe om pare “4 eae ae a - a = a 2. ey s ~ a + owe ty an TE et AO sa Nee ad Ae ~~ ee s. ~ 7 nepal pe . a vot e Mg . wa er, eee _— ge ee ee ee eer oe en ae ober oe sal a a peepee se ym 7 , - 7 - en ee page er onl ceagiat a gee eer” -— at we nan eget (aT GOON PT ne : peng niall nen woe a - er sae caine oe 4 * ‘ i 7 - ee aeent "eer ne ete er — een canes ee TE an AN een Pe PD TOT TS ape Pee ee ee ee gen rae sora peitonge 2 veigd - Pa andl - coer Oe = neg ny nga am en oF gegen ee oe A eee “- rar Te aniiendis ee - Roa esse gies Sheath 9 etigt ee Prere . ” reso ul (a a: eee ~ pe r arr 7 patel ans es aan canary! a egret! mete = eT EN aan Gun ee Oe see aiatied Rape i OR al Oe a ey aa phapepcyt On meee > oy - a = or“ oman - —~_ a er phage — mont a eid eee ey (Ge ee I eet et ew ee TO ow ore = ee ae athe altel a aA ome ae ee” a - ~~ ctl AS ~~ ~ Ee ON > og age ow a eam ort a oor ote we 7 —o— of Se heed “=~ = - qh a eter a hat ste meray? — = = - —_ ~~ Ot —— 7 oe eer tet en Fe ~~? ~ meat ee ETS A - eee a ean aay ~ = oor pan ee a. nee ° ies ie ~~ >= ee eae and ~ oe ~~ ee oolee a go tera & — ~~ eee er hd a - enn — me om - ” = ie ane - . - ag -@ of oor ee. opener a oo Pgh recat et ee Labia eee ® s, — Lee Le stained ~ ho ee ei ws te _ no comes pre al bd salad - 7- a . - oe ae ne ons Oe ee iene wih eo ere ety — ated me een” & rane ad —_ = bp : plea peetiaioteed ~ - ny a a ol had —— eae ms Se aa ae oe eA t pay TN a = en ee —~ _—eW ae weg = re wee Be panei - - - 7 - git “eo ~ we i a ™ od ~~. aia ? ee —_ 7 sa = a 7 a ed - . = rs —~s 7 ee aa = caer ant ee arid eT. aan ee eee ne ar om ~ —m ve. . Tore oe “ age tee ~ we ————- - eo , ee eee a ply al ee gen a en ae “+ - ie ae oie Oe — Pe nee oe as - 7 © _—_ -—- a pase ~- se eet —- = Ee ce er ee errr on owe wo ~ = et —- aap ete saad “ 7 . -_—~ - - ial = eae ae ie oem ¥ pee Pet =~ = * 2 “« ar rone ae ~~ Pa awe At a 7 7 age ond Tag i ee re ee 2 ee ree Tien Bae one ee arr eerie. _ pat a = coat “ easier oe ep 7 a. me - een ge eT a ee Ce ee Oe FO So oi He “ ee pena aioe feet - oa aa ~~ ene er al -_ See ad rn “« an - Sed ¥ —— > Ft eg ee OS oo 2 : wane ~ amie ee ail — ee —, ~ noe es Te ° ge oe a c= ~ -~-« we = “+ ad lee we a ae = _ we ae wee ee ae weer Bet ~s - - - a nae ~ we - ¥ = = 7 . = a 7 7 ~~ » ~ - ~ ee -—“ * a ” = ~ -~ lime rete —" a al - *e “ — - oe ee od = — wren ue = 7 non 7 >. S , wate 7 - . - ~ ~~? ania a ie a —_— - - v~* - sa — oe ~ oe - : ‘A _ - —— we ee a - or = ——— ay - ~— ~ a, - ote? = : ~~ am * a - “s ¢ nae - 7 nage ot ~- - , * aeealied - = > o = ~~ =" adel = oe eS = o Dae Sa . ~ ~ A - - - 7 —— > a~ e ~ - a m " : 7 ¥ vl = o> we ~ ~ - - s A os ya ad —_—— oe eee ae o a - =a ew or = 7 Sa ™ -"- > ne Oe wr J Te —_~ = in in wie a io - ; - - © —- © « , - ” — aoe ante ned me - * Ned —« aad « - i ——_ ~ - - - . - ° -“ ad ad pa ai ee ad PS Sa ern" - . . aa oo seg eee o - a 7 = ‘cen _ ons oe ? nd Soa” oe a - + - 7 ote « ? i= r ——e 3 ~ — - r —/ aint 7a 4 > J > 7 = 7 - - ¥ _ a = - = me - a -- 7 es wigs ores “ ~ bag wert? a - - aed wae a os - - a — — set > ere » bw > 3 ~ - <6 9 af et we ~ = ~ - . - bd eee 7.9 7 vr r - e - -- —_ 7 =e ~~ = - hl > r » = -_ oon 7 —— - - = - F : : Sinn eee Se oes : =: - - ee ee - —— > - ee. 8 ers en = os e - once bs aad - ll —— oe = oe be ae - ” - — - “< t he P —_— , pee co. * ~ f .* - — Pa = é an * . ~ et we ret CO Nes : . : _ : - " . all : - 2 ~ - - = : < - i = - - -* a Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2010 with funding from University of Toronto http://www.archive.org/details/bulletin190113v61v70unit PLATE WEST INDIAN-SOUTH AMERICAN AVOCADO TREE, 35 YEARS OLD, GROWING ON A CORAL BRECCIA REEF. i oa. AD NnLeA Orr LE. A : \\ } t 5 } Yo Mae Led U.S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRI BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY}-BULLETIN No. 61.~ ¢ > B. T. GALLOWAY, Chicf of Bureau. | yarOn ee eee THE AVOCADO IN FLORIDA; ITS PROPAGATION, CULTIVATION, AND MARKETING, BY P. H. ROLFS, PATHOLOGIST, IN CHARGE OF SUBTROPICAL LABORATORY. POMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. Nie zs: WASHINGTON: GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE, 1904. 5B 19 “A 35 no, 6/- 70 BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY. Beverty T. GALtoway, Chief. J. E. RockweE tu, Editor. POMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. SCIENTIFIC STAFF. G. B. Bracxerr, Pomologist. Wiuuiam A. Taytor, Pomologist in Charge of Field Investigations. G. Harotp Powe i, Pomologist in Charge of Fruit Storage Investigations. H. P. Gou.p, Assistant Pomologist in Charge of Fruit District Investigations. Sanrorp H. Futon, Assistant Pomologist in chores of Fruit Storage Investigat a GEORGE C. ees Viticulturist. ve M - . ed. LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. U. S. DepARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE, BurEAU OF PLantT INDUSTRY, OFFICE OF THE CHIEF, Washington, D. C., April 7, 1904. Str: I have the honor to transmit herewith a paper on ‘* The Avocado in Florida; its Propagation, Cultivation, and Marketing,” and respect- fully recommend that it be published as Bulletin No. 61 of the series of the Bureau. This paper was prepared by Prof. P. H. Rolfs, Pathologist in Charge of the Subtropical Laboratory at Miami, Fla., under the direc- tion of Dr. A. F. Woods, Pathologist of this Bureau, but as the subject is pomological rather than pathological, it was submitted to .the Pomologist with a view to its publication from his office. The accompanying illustrations are essential to an intelligent under- standing of the text. Respectfully, B. T. GaLLoway, Chief of Bureau. Hon. JAMES WItLson, | Secretary of Agriculture. i) Pea Bs; The avocado (Persea gratissima) is one of the most recent fruits to receive intelligent and systematic treatment from American fruit growers. Though long held in high regard by persons living in southern Florida, the West Indies, and most portions of tropical America, it has not until recently attracted the attention of northern consumers, and is, in fact, at this time an interesting novelty rather than a recognized staple of commerce. This is probably due to the fact that it lacks those characteristics of texture and flavor which are sought for in most dessert fruits, so that a taste for it must be acquired by most persons. In recent years, however, its usefulness asa salad fruit has gradually been recognized, so that a growing appre- ciation of its value in this regard has led to an increasing demand for it in our larger cities. Until very recently the principal supply for these markets has come from the West Indies, chiefly because of cheaper transportation from those islands than from Florida. The recent extension of railroad facilities to far southern Florida has made possible the safe shipment of this fruit from that section to practically all parts of the country, and interest in its commercial culture there has therefore largely increased. As it provides a wholesome and nutritious food, which, judging from present demand and prices, will afford a profitable crop in loca- tions suitable to its production, its culture on a commercial scale appears worthy of encouragement in Porto Rico, southern Florida, Hawaii, and such locations in California as are practically free from frost during the blossoming season. The greatest need at present appears to be the propagation of pro- ductive varieties of desirable size, form, and quality, ripening at an opportune time—that is, late in autumn or early in winter, when the demand in northern markets at high prices appears to be best. As the bud propagation of this fruit in a commercial! way has but recently commenced, it is believed that this publication, which deals largely with that subject, will be of distinct value to those who desire to engage in its production. G. B. BRACKETT, Pomologist. Orrice OF THE PoMOLOGIST, Washington, D. C., March 29, 1904. a 4 ~ 4 ‘ ' . ee ea | ’ ( . a *% . 19 ' 4 . <3! ma? ‘ = = a wd?@ ea i ye SMe a4 286d. 4 : Ss » in Se PLL aut © « Re Ie bs Setec sy i “1K “ur aah rer rh , bis 1 a 1 ear edas” he eras fis <2 4 sh VEIT Sate? eps "eae “he 4 "pt aad - 0 ,* i ‘ a . ’ » A ' 3er . ‘ «i aa i 4 - 4 ay ies %, é rire = asd 4 f é ain ~~ VP gs Sar: : oomrey i a4 Pa er) 4. be te vy) ; 7. cw ’ * 74 5 . \ Sees & 7 ) i ae i | CONTENTS. Page SemRCAC TAA CUO SC CLG Us Cir as wnidncidksea ded siciece eb aceneussuvccccnces 9 EN ETOCS ER Se ae ee a 10 es 2 oe a, Sree ghee wins aeunicwccas sie cencecencane> 1] SRR RePeME TIC RONEN OL MND oe igo os aie ew wie aia ce uc wid some een snene 13 The avocado for wind-breaks and shade trees..................------------- 15 eG OT) OFCOAING Sarge noo Sead cw win on v neocon nbsies bwascceereceens 15 Ne eo =. ae OS Sea alee rele Aun’ a eh ctpkewrew Woe wa d= wis wow a 16 ai.) RIES Cae DES e seen mow ek wemw teens weew 16 UME ULCANME EOL) TLUTHOR Yaar ete dee Gee <8 elon edie nn M sand ee kms ae 17 RTC Rea a 3 a's tad SE ales a's Wek aiwia bata e «ogee mt eud ban ae 17 (EN SE SUR ed le oh re NO ee 18 INT ED gi ek ah aie ed ora dln = wna ee ene ceen sea 19 Ee OEP re ee se os ew a ae win ead ein eos oes 19 en eS os Gm er ie ee See elke wo de cde 20 oe eg RE oe oh ol ol S.-i Sa ee re ee 20 Bearonity of budded tress uecers seein. leet. 21 frememtion: Or truit from-_scedling treess soos (0. 22S. e is ect lee 21 Beemmion Of Variations 2. seers te es SP. ee ae eee 22 DUNNE ite eo os. 2 ate ne soe die ene ee eck aS at bea aii 23 SeMCSMem (00) 0c" Je ae eee mes DE Pe rs 2 eee 23 Gradingwad fizing . ..... 2222S. ed Se AES aL SS ethyl sey ee 24 epee 10) 5 een SNe oe Bei eee ous ts ces. 25 ans Sanne ce OE a ee be ite cs TO Ee. 27 EG Cepea ens 3-0/2 eee) Sete le Pee OC ue et 27 POOL Hties See © Os Pea eta a ee a, eee e ie cae - 28 Beene. Of LG tremens eee eo hr Pe ae Se PS Ak ke 28 meena ATC VATICUCHMMEEIINE pees Se lac cs dodasecasce sles. k.... 28 Pac Mexican myemnnnne re ee et Bo lee elidel... 29 The West Indian-South American avocado..........----.--.----------- 30 me $0CR) AVOCHRO sae sesaneee were ese hos eck ee ek nbc n- ee. eee 31 Ran On tens MEAN, Sa os dee eee ee ee ae SO ee a eee eee 31 RE cee i eS tag II ties 8 oe 32 Pe IOeCNAO:.. 23 C2 yi Seba eee erate dk Pe Sone ee eee 32 ah gee IBGE. Oe ea nen Ses een che 6 a) Se 32 ES ad eter ae Pemrn OA 0 Ue eal“ ET iee Big 33 a ee es gs ap Mae Sha. 33 RS cars oe nod mi Ra Se ee EE ow icre Se he ee ew eee 33 NSEC Ee Caer oe aa 36 7 ILLUSTRATIONS. PLATES. Piare I. West Indian-South American avocado tree, thirty-five years old, growing on a coral hreccls Teel. cece oon occas pececssucnes Frontispiece. Il. Fig. 1.—Crown-worked West Indian-South American avocado tree, Fia. ILI. eighteen months after insertion of bud. Fig. 2.--Top-worked Mexican avocado tree, eighteen months after insertion of bud - -- West Indian-South American avocado tree in nursery, transplanted from seed bed; 2 years old, 4 feet tall. ..............-.-secncnuns IV. Fruiting branch of West Indian-South American avocado tree, one- oe bo nN Hw 0 - ~ . ~_ re . ee temth natural diemoter-.......... - Proc., Am. Pom. Soc., 1901, p. 88. ¢Proc., Am. Pom. Soc., 1897, p. 100. @Proc., Am. Pom. Soc., 1899, p. 88. 12 THE AVOCADO IN FLORIDA. figures of the branches, including the leaves and inflorescence, are undoubtedly the West Indian-South American form. The size of the fruit is that of the West Indian-South American form, while the color of the skin is exactly that of the Mexican avocado. ‘This publication * also suggests that ‘Sit is increased by cuttings, treated in the usual manner.” So faras the writer’s experience goes, the cuttings are diffi- cult to strike without bottom heat. In the Yearbook of the United States Department of Agriculture for 1901, page 354, Mr. O. F. Cook refers to the avocado as one of the important fruits of Porto Rico, and says: The alligator pear, also called butter pear, aguacate, and avocate, is a tropical fruit now relatively little known, but with every prospect of a gradually increasing popularity. Itis a pear only in shape, and might better be compared to the olive, because it serves as a salad ora relish rather than a fruit in the ordinary sense, and frequently becomes a favorite, even with those who do not like it at first. The flesh has a delicate buttery consistency, and is eaten with vinegar, salt, and other condi- ments, or is used as an ingredient of other salad compounds. The promise of agri- cultural and commercial importance for this fruit lies in the fact that it already has a distinct, if limited, place in the markets of our larger cities at from 30 to 60 cents apiece, prices which might be halved or quartered and still leave good profits for both grower and dealer. Moreover, even at these large prices the supply of first- class fruit seems to be unequal to the demand. The alligator pear is perhaps the one fruit which Porto Rico is ready to send to market in considerable quantity and of prime quality. The tree is easily propa- gated from seed, is a vigorous grower, and a free bearer, and there is no apparent reason why the alligator pear may not become almost as cheap and nearly as popu- lar as the orange. In the Report of the Florida State Horticultural Society for 1902, Mr. Boge says: Of equal promise and of greater present market importance is the avocado pear, which is to-day the most costly fruit on the American market, and is making more friends every season. The importance of budding and grafting as applied to this fruit is greater than the securing of better varieties from abroad, for Florida now produces the best in the world, but in eliminating the inferior sorts which form a large proportion of seedling orchards and in regulating by selection the season of fruitage. There are now trees in Dade County which ripen fruit as early as July 15 and others as late as January 15. The significance of this fact needs no comment. Choice avocados retailed last season at from 35 cents to 75 cents each in the cities, and the demand seems to outgrow the supply. It is urged that this society, in its catalogue, should encourage the use of the name avocado, both on the score of cor- rectness and of euphony, in place of the absurd misnomer ‘‘ alligator pear,’’? which leads to many mistakes. Mr. W. A. Marsh also makes reference to this fruit in the Report of the Florida State Horticultural Society for 1896, as follows: The alligator or avocado pear (Persea gratissima) is one of the most highly prized of all tropical fruits. It belongs to the order of Lauracee. The fruit is sometimes round, also pear-shaped, containing one large seed about the size and shape of a hulled walnut. The fruit when mature varies in color from a bright green to a deep rich brown, sometimes mottled with both colors. Its flesh is a vegetable marrow, DISTRIBUTION AND TIME OF BLOOMING. 13 sometimes called midshipman’s butter, and held in various degrees of appreciation by different persons. It is also used as a salad, being dressed with pepper, salt, and vinegar, in which style it is relished by most people. The tree is of stately growth, often reaching the height of 40 or 50 feet in Florida, It is an American fruit; it was introduced into the gardens of Spain in 1601, and into the Sunda Isles about the middle of the eighteenth century. At the beginning of the eighteenth century this tree did not exist in the gardens of British India. In America its actual area in a wild state is of uncommon extent. It has been found in the forests, on the banks of rivers, and on the seashore from Mexico and the West Indies to the Amazon. At the time of the discovery of America it was found both wild and cultivated in Mexico. According to Hernandez it was cultivated by the people of Peru under the name of “palto,’”? but there is no proof that it was wild in that country. Mr. W. Harris refers to it in Bailey’s Cyclopedia of American Hor- ticulture as follows: The avocado or alligator pear is a native of the West Indies, Mexico to Peru, and Brazil. It is very common in Jamaica, being found in eyery settlement or planta- tion. The tree grows to a height of 25 to 30 feet. It has elliptical or elliptical- oblong leaves, 4 to 7 inches long, glabrate and pale beneath. The fruits are large, more or less pear-shaped, and covered with a green or deep purple skin and con- taining a large quantity of a firm yellowish-green pulp, inclosing a single large seed. This fruit is highly esteemed by all classes in the West Indies. The pulp is marrow- like, and is eaten as a salad, usually with the addition of pepper, salt, and vinegar. Europeans as a rule do not like the fruit at first, but once the taste is acquired they become exceedingly, often excessively, fond of it. The pulp contains an abundance of oil, which may be used for illuminating purposes; also for soap making. The seeds yield a deep, indelible black stain, and are used for marking linen. Plants are easily raised from seeds, and in good soil in warm situations they grow rapidly and begin to fruit when about 5 years old. There are a good many varieties, differing from each other in size, shape, and quality of fruit. These differences are not due to careful cultivation and selection in all cases, however, but to natural variation and accidental intercrossing. DISTRIBUTION AND TIME OF BLOOMING. Meissner “ gives the habitat of the avocado as ‘** the forest, especially on the seacoast and following the rivers of tropical America, as well as in Mexico, Peru, Colombia, Guiana, and the islands of the Antilles, thence to subtropical localities where this agreeable fruit is cultivated. It is found in Brazil, about Peru, and elsewhere; also about Yuri- magnus, in Peru, and in English Guiana.” Emile Rodigas’ thinks that the avocado is native to Brazil. He figures a large green fruit without a seed cavity. It is interesting to note that according to this author it was introduced in France in 1750. An herbarium specimen in the New York Botanical Garden, col- lected by Mr. H. H. Smith, in Colombia, is accompanied by a note stating that the species has every appearance of being native to the mountain forest at an altitude of from 1,500 to 2,500 feet. The time »L’Lllustrations Horticole, XXXVI: 15 (1889). 14 THE AVOCADO IN FLORIDA, of blooming is given as from December to April. ‘The specimen is in full bloom and bears the date of December 7, 1808. Dr. William Trelease, Director of the Missouri Botanical Gardens, who has made repeated excursions to Mexico in connection with the study of agaves, informs the writer that the smaller avocado with the bluish or blackish fruit (the Mexican avocado) is most commonly found in the markets on the eastern side of the country, while the larger forms occur on the western slope. Specimens in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden and in the United States National Museum indicate that the avocado has been widely disseminated. Among those occurring in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden are some collected at the following places and on the dates given, which are of special interest: Colombia, December 7, 1898; Nassau, N. P., March 12, 1903; Key Largo, Fla., March 26-29, 1898; island of Saint Croix, March 4, 1896; Porto Rico March 8, 1899; Porotonga, Cook Islands, June, 1899; Monterey, Mexico, January 10, 1828; San Luis Potosi, Mexico, 1879; Nicols Town, Andros (Bahamas), March 24, 1890; St. Vincent, British West Indies, April, 1890; Java, 1865; Jamaica, 1827. The following specimens were found among those in the herbarium of the United States National Museum: Martinique, 1871; Danish West Indies, March 4, 1896; Santo Domingo, March, 1871; Colima, Mexico, March, 1841. The foregoing fifteen localities from which specimens of this species have been collected show how widely it has been distributed. The fact that specimens were collected in Java as early as 1865 shows that the plants had been imported a considerable time previous to that date. While no specimens from the Hawaiian Islands were found in the herbaria referred to, it is well known that the species occurs there in large quantities. It is also said to occur in the Seychelles Islands and in Madag: ascar, and it is doubtless found in all other tropical islands, and to some extent on the seaboard of almost all tropical countries. The herbarium specimens referred to give some interesting informa- tion regarding the time of blooming. Those collected in Colombia show a date of blooming of December and January, while a note upon one of the herbarium sheets indicates that the time of blooming extends from December to April. In Mexico the period of blooming seems to be about the same as in Colombia. In the West Indies, except the Bahamas, the earliest bloom may occur as early as February, but the season of bloom closes in April. In the Bahamas and Florida the flowers usually appear about the first of March, though sometimes blooms occur as early as February, while the blooming period closes in April. The season near the equator appears to be lengthened into five months. A shortening of the period of blooming seems to have _—o METHODS OF STARTING AN ORCHARD. 15 oceurred by crowding the entire period intothe las) two months when the species is taken to the northern limit of its zone. Some allowance must be made for variations that occur from year to year, but this does not amount to more than two or three weeks in South Florida. The commercial importance of haying this fruit come into the market as late in the season as possible and in considerable quantity can not be overestimated, THE AVOCADO FOR WIND-BREAKS AND SHADE TREES. Nearly every orchardist is confronted with the necessity of securing good shade trees about his premises, and especially a screen for out- buildings and for servants’ houses. In addition to shade the question of wind-breaks is of great importance where high winds are almost certain to occur every year. The vigorous-growing varieties of avoca- dos meet these needs as satisfactorily as the purely ornamental trees, and in addition may be expected to give a return of fruit. The fact that the avocado can utilize almost any kind of organic fertilizer with- out becoming diseased makes it much ‘more desirable for these pur- poses than mangoes and citrous trees. The tall, sturdy growth makes free pruning of the lower limbs possible, so as to permit the passage of persons and animals under the trees, while the abundant growth of leaves will still produce a dense shade. METHODS OF STARTING AN ORCHARD. The general method of securing an orchard of avocados in Florida is to germinate seed in a quart or a two-quart tin can, and after the seed- ling has attained the height of a foot or two the can with its contents is transferred to the field where the tree is to grow. A still more primitive way of starting an orchard is to plant the seed in the soil where the tree is to stand. There is no great difficulty in starting an orchard in either way, since the largest seeds (fig. 1) weigh several ounces and have great vitality. If it does not happen to become in- fected by some germs of decay the seed may lie in the soil for an entire year awaiting a time favorable for germination. The unusual amount of nourishment stored up in the seed enables the seedling to make repeated starts after being dried off. It is capable of renewing its roots several times, as well as its top. This method of starting an orchard is quite certain and inexpensive. When the trees are one or two years old they may be budded to any desired variety. While this is better than to await the uncertain results and certain disappointment of a seedling orchard, yet top- working is expensive, and if budded trees of known variety can be obtained from a good nursery they will be found cheaper in the end and much more satisfactory. 16 THE AVOCADO IN FLORIDA. THE SEED BED. Seed may be obtained in large quantities during the ripening season from southern Florida, Cuba, and other places in the Antillean region, At the -present time good seeds cost from 14 to2 cents each. ‘These prices seem somewhat high, but every seed is nearly certain to make a seedling. The seed bed should be made in some moist locality, in soil free from rocks and containing an abundance of vegetable matter. ‘The rows may be made such distances apart as will suit convenience—from 1 to 4 feet. Place the seeds from 4 to 6 inches apart in a drill 3 or 4 inches deep; firm the soil about the seed and cover 2 or 3 inches deep. Supply a heavy cover of mulch. As soon as the seedlings (see fig. 1) uppear above ground, fertilizer may be applied. The mulch should be turned back, the fertilizer raked in or cultivated in, and the mulch replaced. If the seedlings are to be removed to the nursery soon, fertilizing and cultivating may be omitted. Removal to the nursery may be deferred until seasonable weather. THE NURSERY. } For starting a nursery the best _é\and should be selected, especially. is such as is fairly dry though never } suffering from drought. Land that Fic. 1.—Seedling avocado in December from IS subject to flooding should by all seed planted in September (somewhat slow means be avoided. While the trees in starting, but otherwise apparently nor- ..,. , a oe ive : . mani): (@) Wiest choot to etart:(b) second f° able to liweitn standing water for shoot starting from the axilof the incipient two or three weeks, they become sub- leaf; (c) third shoot to Sart in case of se- ject to attack by rarious forms of vere drought or otheradverse conditions, all of these shoots may fail and some other bud -disease. When practicable, a gen- grow into anew shoot; (d) scale-like leaf; (e) erous application of fertilizer should one of the cotyledons, the other having been removed, scar opposite e; (/) primary root. be made two or three weeks before : (Reduced to one-third natural diameter. ) the trees are set out. It should be ¥ | scattered down the row and raked in, in the usual way. The land should be thoroughly grubbed and put into a first-class state of cultivation. THE NURSERY. 17 Transplanting to the nursery should be done when the seedlings are 6 inches to a foot high. After this time the taproot (see fig. 1,7) will have formed and the transplanting will disturb this and prevent it from growing to the large size that it would attain if the seedling were not removed. For transplanting, rainy weather should be chosen; otherwise much watering will be necessary or many trees will be lost. From the nurseryman’s point of view the planting in a seed bed seems unneces- sary, but seeds planted in a nursery produce trees with large taproots and few fibrous roots; this is especially the case on land that is more or less sandy. j In the nursery the rows should be from 4 to 6 feet apart and the trees set about a foot apart in the row. By thorough cultivation and generous fertilizing an abundance of fibrous roots will be produced, and if the nursery is located on moist land most of the trees will pro- duce many branched roots and very few large roots. CULTIVATION IN THE NURSERY. After planting in the nursery, cultivation should be thorough and frequent. The implements should not be permitted to go deeply into the soil if it is sandy, but in mar] or heavy lands cultivation should be as deep as is practicable. BUDDING. There have been many and varying reports regarding the possibility of budding and grafting the avocado. A few years ago it was thought impossible to bud it at all. More recently statements have been made that 90 to 100 per cent of the buds had ‘* taken.” These reports when investigated have been only partially verified, since a large per- centage of the buds that take fail to develop. In the avocado there seems to be no difficulty in making the buds take, but there is con siderable difficulty in making them start. The buds placed in a vigor- ous stock are frequently grown over, thus obliterating the bud. Or again, the stock on being lopped to induce the bud to start often dies back to below the bud. Experience indicates that budding at or near the crown is preferable to top-working. The difficulty is not with budding but with the want of experience up to the present time. The nurserymen do not fully understand the time and manner best suited for budding their stock. Some buds respond promptly, while others are very dilatory about starting and may finally fail. Shield buds (fig. 2) inserted in the spring when the bark slips well and before the first. flush, usually take well and make an excellent growth. It is very important in the work of budding that the stock and scion be in as perfect condition as possible. (See figs. 3 and 4.) 29619—No. 61—04——2 1S THE AVOCADO IN FLORIDA. Bud sticks (fig. 5) are cut from well-matured growth, especially such as shows an abundance of active buds. (See fig. 5, a, a, a.) Wood with many blind buds (see fig. 5, 4, 4, 4) should be avoided and care taken not to use such buds in propagating. Some are likely to occur on any stick. Various methods of budding have been adopted and some forms of grafting have been suggested. The common shield bud (lig. 2) seems to be about as successful as any that have been tried, though the patch bud is also used with a considerable degree of success. Fic. 2.—Shield Fic. 3.—Seed- Fiac. 4.—Shield Fig. 5.—Bud stick; a, a, ete., bud cut out ling avocado bud wrapped ‘live’? budsin various stages preparatory stock with with waxed of development; b, b, ete., | to insertion. shield bud in- cloth. blind buds which should not serted. be used. GRAFTING. Baltet“ recommends four different methods of papain (1) Inareh- ing, (2) veneer grafting, (3) cleft grafting, and (4) veneer grafting near the root. In inarching and cleft grafting the top of the stock is fig: ured as having been cut away. In the other two methods the top of the stock is left until the scion has started. Well-matured wood will live for several weeks if kept in a sufficiently moist condition, and will doubtless unite readily with the stock, but it is much more wasteful of scion wood and a more tedious process than budding. “T, Art de Greffer, 7th ed., Paris, 1902, p. 226 “Y TRANSPLANTING. 19 TRANSPLANTING TO THE FIELD. A great deal of the difficulty that has been experienced in trans- planting the avocado is due to the fact that most of the trees have been “* grown in ‘‘fence corners,” or possibly they have been permitted to grow under the tree where the seed fell, thus producing tall, slender seedlings, with very few branches and long taproots, but not many fibrous roots. A very different result is obtained from trees grown in a nursery (see Pl. IID), where, as previously stated, an abundance of fibrous roots and a good bushy top are produced. ae et * tae * 4, yi e* §. hes oO “i « hers “a. = 2. See Greece, Turkey, and other countries ---_.....-.... .-.-..--cce-------- 3, 753 | 1 Bxported from Port Said and Suez... ......-.-.- ~~. cece een cee cw ecce 700 5, 445 863, 670 | 773, 892 eee a ORE See eee eee Se A ee eee we ee 6,526, 407 5, 860, 023 «Estimate. COTTON SEED (IN ARDEBS OF 5.4 BUSHELS). ATE ATE OY els IE Se amps, 8 © a BS rn a ne, Ae a ee, oe 3, 146, 660 2, 732, 366 2 TST ee Or ad es Lee a pe oe ee Shae ee eae 182, 925 137,018 By a Be En Se A eee ae ee Tn om Sciee et a 153, 585 104, 290 Lo ES Lee ee ee ae Solis Sas) 4 eae oe | 3,483,170 | 2,978,737 ga SE IES on So 5 es ee re Set an | 310,978 | 420, 000 SUGAR CANE. Sugar cane is grown in Upper Egypt. The climate of the Delta proper is unsuited to it and results in a low content of sugar. Cane is characteristic of the tract watered by the Ibrahimia Canal already referred to, but it is also grown farther south, being watered by pumps direct from the river. The area varies from year to year, an increase in the cotton area being practically equivalent to a diminution in that devoted to sugar Gane. Generally speaking, during the past few years there has been a tendency toward a diminution. In the year 1902 the area under cane in Upper Egypt amounted to — 84,664 aeres, of which 58,755 were on the Ibrahimia Canal, while the remainder was grown farther south. Cane oeecupies the land for nearly a year, and requires water during the whole period, while for the production of maximum crops the soil has to be in a high state of fertility. The Daira Sanieh Administration, whose lands have now been sold 4 . SUGAR CANE, 43 to individual cultivators, owned until quite recently the greater part of the sugar-growing lands and possessed several factories. ‘The land under this administration was cultivated chiefly through tenants. Considerable areas were leased to large cultivators who grew cane under an agreement to sell the produce to the administration at a fixed price (generally about 15 cents per hundred pounds of canes). The leases for cane cultivation were for three years and bound the tenant to one year’s fallow, during which it was plowed by the admin- istration ata fixed rate. This was followed by cane for two years. This again was followed by a three years’ lease for minor crop cultiva- tion, after which cane was grown again. The growth of summer crops was prohibited during the intermediate years, but corn was cultivated during the flood season, this being heavily manured. The growth of clover was practiced during the winter, and thus the land was brought into condition for cane again. Small owner proprietors, however, erop their land more intensively. They manure their cane heavily (while this was prohibited on the Daira lands) and only take one cane crop; that isto say, they do not take a rattoon crop. This is followed by two or three years’ ordinary cropping with grain crops and clover, when cane is grown again. Though a large yield per acre is obtained in this way, yet by applying heavy quantities of manure the sugar content is considerably reduced. The factories of the Daira Sanieh have been sold to a private com- pany, and the sugar industry of Egypt is now practically a monopoly in the hands of a French company known as the Société Générale des Sucreries et de la Raffinerie V@Egypte. This company owns the majority of the factories and may be said to crush practically the whole of the crop, except that employed for the manufacture of molasses in small mills owned by natives and Syrians. The rotation employed is either one of four or five years. In the former case cane is grown for two years, followed the next year by « flood and a winter crop, and this again during the fourth year by ¢ fallow in preparation for the next year’s cane crop. Sinee the intro- duction of the growing of beets into Egypt a modification in the rota- tion has been introduced in some places by growing a crop of beets before the fallow, thus making the rotation a five years’ course. Steam plows and cultivators, which do most effective work, are employed by the company; but on ordinary plantations the native _ plow is used, and four plowings and even more are given with this - implement in preparation for the sowing of the crop. The land is thrown into ridges or beds about 40 inches apart; but native culti- ators allow a less distance than this, generally about 50 inches. The ridges are made north and south and should have a depth of 15 inches measured from the top of the ridge to the bottom of the furrow. The soil at the bottom of the furrow should be well pulverized, and this 44 NOTES ON EGYPTIAN AGRICULTURE, is accomplished by attaching a sort of rake to the ridging machine where this is employed. Native cultivators make their ridges in the manner described in the chapter on cotton, . Planting takes place early in spring, in February, though experi- ments which have been conducted recently seem to indicate an advan- tage in sowing as early as October. Too little care is given to the question of the choice of canes for planting instead of employing only the best. Generally speaking, the whole of the cane is used, The company to which reference has been made adopted the following plan: If planting takes place before the factories are at work, the whole of the cane is employed, while if the factories are crushing, the top third only (which gives the best results) is kept for planting, the remainder being sent to the factory. No greater quantity is cut and stripped per day than is necessary for that day’s planting. The canes are laid along the furrows, covered lightly with earth, and then watered, the same day preferably. The cultivation of this crop is Comparatively simple, and from twelve to fifteen waterings are given. Several hoeings are necessary, and these are performed with the hoe as described under cotton. It is very doubtful whether Egypt can be regarded as a very suit- able country for the production of sugar cane, for neither in yield nor in richness in sugar ean it compare with many other countries. The average yield of cane for the first year may be taken as about 26 tons, though in some cases more than 30 tons are obtained. During the second year the yield on an average does not exceed 50 per cent of that obtained during the first. The average sugar content does not exceed 14 per cent; indeed this would be considered an extremely good result. During the season of 1902, 11,148,491 cantars (of 100 pounds each) of cane were crushed in Upper Egypt, yielding 1,028,105 cantars of sugar of first quality, equivalent to 9.2 per cent of No. 1 sugar. Only one refinery exists in Egypt. | Country to which c | 4anp ac aoeted! 1900. | 1901. | 1902. | med fam § 1900. 1901. | 1902. +) Hf : = TS GE ae ee | 42.641 34,094 | 67,628 | Belgium -..._....._-- 323 | 307 1,403 English possessions / | France and Algeria_| 234,035 | 294,045 310,799 in the Mediterra- Cireote sae uk te 60 213 71 SS ae 58 SS eee 2 Teale aoe Ae on 9,506 | 4,668 5,659 English possessions I ee ae 104,700 | 112,863 119, 153 in the extreme er Beg) te. 2 811 1,017 5, 767 0 OS eee Baits. ae 91 | Other countries-___-_- 254 2, 257 776 ST RS 305 204 2, 842 United States _..____- 1,549 | 5,025 6,096 out, 1) Shi taller | 397,660 | 455,858 | 552, 897 Austria-Hungary....| 3,364 1,165 | 2,612 | ————— h4 NOTES ON EGYPTIAN AGRICULTURE. During the same period the import of wheat (as grain) was as follows: Egyptian pounds, L900 _ 72, 669 1901 _... 110,874 1902 -«~. Ota The bulk of this grain is of Turkish and Russian origin. Krom a European point of view, the barley is poor, being long and thin. Attempts have been made to grow European barleys for malt- ing purposes, and while a good quality can be produced the yield is slight compared with that obtained from native varieties. Practi- cally the whole of the crop is consumed by horses, mules, ete. A superior Class of barley (Mariout barley) is grown in the desert in the neighborhood of Alexandria and is dependent on rainfall. As this latter is a very varying amount, the crop fluctuates greatly from year to year. Even in the case of barley the imports exceed the exports in value, as will be seen from the following table: Year, | Imports. | Exports. | | Egyptian | Egyptian pounds. pounds. re SS! te hae “te Ce th - J eh Os) ie 70, 820 8, 000 1 ee MaRS SO Ss oa RRS RE oS Re A 2a ce aL 57,635 11, 200 0 Sel a he ee eee A Bia’ dorm Sin ogre ae dein ee ee ee ee 45, 939 33, G02 The barleys of Egypt are light and generally weigh less than 50 pounds per bushel. The yields obtained on favorable soils are heavy, amounting to as much as 100 bushels per acre in exceptional cases. The average is from 30 to 35 bushels, and the price at which it is sold may be taken as $2.50 to $2.75 per ardeb of 5.4 bushels. The culti- ration of barley is similar to that of wheat. BEANS. The bean crop of Egypt is a most important one, as it supplies the staple food of working animals during a great part of the year, while a considerable quantity is exported. It is grown in the basin lands, as well as in Lower Egypt, though the bulk of the crop is raised in Upper Egypt. According to the latest returns there were 471,530 acres of beans in the latter division of the country and 162,306 in Lower Egypt during the year 1902, a total of 633,836 acres. The cultivation of the crop is simple. On the basin lands seed is sown after the emptying of the basins, and the crop is simply allowed to remain until harvest in the spring. The crop is luxuriant and yields on an average from 30 to 35 bushels per acre on good land. From 3 to 4 bushels of seed are required per acre in Upper Egypt. In Lower Egypt the crop is sown about the same time as ordinary cereal crops, the grain being deposited in the — BEANS. 55 furrow left by the ordinary native plow, a boy following the latter and depositing the seeds by hand. ‘They are then covered on the return journey of the plow, and the land is subsequently harrowed. The quantity of seed employed is about 2} or 3 bushels per acre. The crop may be sown ‘S wet” or “dry,” as explained in the chapter on wheat— that is, whether a watering has been given previously or not. It is sometimes raised without any water, though one irrigation is generally given in spring. The harvesting of the crop is similar to that of an ordinary cereal and takes place in April. It may be thrashed by machine or by the norag. The chopped straw is given to camels, goats, sheep, ete., and it is also used for making brieks, etc. The crop is never manured, and yields from 20 bushels on poor land to as much as 35 or 40 bushels on rich soils. The value of beans as food for dairy and other cattle is well known in Europe and there is a considerable exportation from Smyrna, Egypt, ete., to Europe. The export from Egypt is not increasing, there being a greater home consumption, as will be seen from the following figures, showing total exports: Year. Feu antity. Value. Egyptian Bushels. pounds. EI VORAG@E asec. ae)! 8. ahs, dee ee. <2 SESS LC 5, 614, 669 669, 377 PERC OLRO GO! fen ee eee oe ee 4,244, 157 457, 264 DUNMMUUEIBTINESS We es on koi eke on os ee eee eo ts | 1, 886, 071 260, 508 OLA EC IEE oe fae al SS elle Le Se ee ars eb Boo, 1,346, 702 | 190, 526 As already mentioned, about 13 pounds of crushed beans are fed per day to working bullocks during the season of scarcity of green forage and a proportional amount to cows, ete. The animals, of course, do not keep up their condition on this food (mixed with chopped straw) as well as they do on green, succulent food, but the work they accom- plish during the hot weather when on this diet is remarkable. Beans form an article of diet of nearly all classes. They are pre- pared in several ways. They may be soaked throughout the night in water, which is kept at a high temperature, and eaten in the morning, with liberal quantities of clarified butter, or they may be soaked in eold water until they begin to burst previous to germination, and are then boiled and eaten. Upper Egypt beans are preferred to those of Lower Egypt for human consumption. RICE. Rice is grown in Egypt both asa summer and a Nili crop, and largely so as ameans of reclaiming land. ‘Thus it is sown both in summer and during flood, the difficulty in connection with the former being the large quantities of water required at a time when the cotton area 56 NOTES ON EGYPTIAN AGRICULTURE, makes such heavy demands on the available supply. For this reason in seasons of a very low Nile the growth of summer rice has been pro- hibited by governmental decree, As regards actual quality, summer rice (Sultani) is superior to that grown during flood (Sabeini). It is almost needless to state that this crop will grow on land heavily impregnated with salt. The large amount of water required and the shallow-rooted nature of the crop tend to make this possible. The salt is washed down into the lower reaches of the soil, where the roots do not penetrate. Summer rice, of which several varieties are grown, is sown in May and early June and occupies the land for varying periods, according to the variety grown, some remaining in the ground for as long as seven months. Sabeini, or flood rice, is sown as soon as the flood arrives, generally early in August to the first week in September, and occupies the land for about ninety days, according to the date of planting. It is thus harvested about the same time as summer rice. During flood, rice lands get flush irrigation and receive every ton of water that the drains can carry. For summer rice it is generally accepted that at least 40 cubic meters of water per acre per day must be allowed, while during the flood season the land practically receives as much water as the drains can carry off. The first and most important essential in reclamation and rice eul- tivation is to make the land perfectly level. Unless this is done dis- appointment will result. The land is divided into squares equal in size, and around these divisions small dikes are made to retain the irrigation water. After leveling is completed sowing takes place. The seed is soaked in water for about six days. It is then spread out under sheds in the shade for two or three days to sprout. Water to a depth of 345 or 4 inches is put on the land and the seed is sown: broadeast. Three days after sowing the water is removed and the land allowed to dry for twenty-four hours. During fifteen days this operation is twice repeated. Subsequently the water is changed from time to time. When about 7 or 8 inches high thinning is done and seedlings of dineba (barnyard grass) and of weeds which would inter- ferfere with the development of the plants are removed. When ripe the erop is eut by hooks and placed in small bundles and is thrashed either by machine or by the norag. For summer rice from 1 to 1% bushels of seed are sown. For the flood crop more is employed. Rice is grown in Lower Egypt on low-lying lands and those under- going reclamation, chiefly in the three provinees of Gharbieh, Dakah- lieh, and Behera. During the year 1902, 59,634 acres of summer rice and 56,154 acres during flood were grown in Lower Egypt. In Upper Egypt flood rice is grown in the Fayum, the area last year being 24,963 aeres. The accompanying diagram (fig. 3) will give an idea of the arrangement of a crop of flood rice which is found successful in the northern part of Gharbieh. : RICE. 57 The plan shows a plat of land 500 meters long by 300 meters in width, ora little over 35 acres. The land is cut up into divisions (*‘ gattas”’), each being 150 meters by 100 meters, or a little more than 5) acres. The main drains are 27 inches deep and the smaller drains, similarly, 23 inches. The drainage, according to these data, requires 1,565 cubie meters of earthwork per acre, which, at the rate paid in Kgypt, is equal to an expenditure of $2.15. It is generally conceded that it is preferable for a landowner to let land to tenants for the growth of flood rice rather than to cultivate it himself. The small banks and water channels are made by the tenant. The former are very neces- sary, as they prevent the disturbing of the young plants during the first fortnight of growth by the heavy winds which often prevail. The small channels are also necessary; otherwise the plats marked ‘‘C” will ORAIN QRAIN QRAIN DRAIN LRAIN 100 100 100 100 100 MAIN ORAIN 150 150 100 /00 140 100 MAIN DRAIN QRAIN ORAIN QRAIN QRAIN S * S Fia. 3.—Arrangement of a crop of flood rice. not get fresh water and will be more backward than those marked ‘‘A.” Fellaheen pay from $4 to $5 per acre as rent to grow a crop of flood rice on fairly sweet land. If the land is salt, the tenant gets half the crop for his labor and the owner the other half as rent. ‘The seed is provided by the owner, half of which is returned at harvest. As soon as the Nile water arrives, the little divisions are filled with water, and the land is again leveled by drawing a plank over it. If the land is not very salt, the seed may be sown after leveling; but if salt, the water must be run off once or twice before sowing. More seed than usual is required on salt lands. The critical period of the crop is the first ten or fifteen days, and if the land has not been prop- erly leveled the high patches die for want of water, or, on the other hand, the low-lying patches are flooded out. On fairly sweet land 53 NOTES ON EGYPTIAN AGRICULTURE, the water may not be run off for the first six or seven days, and it may be necessary to water every day at the rate of 100 cubie meters per acre under a good system of drainage. After eight or ten days tenants will employ all the water they can get, but this is not neces- sary and is done at the sacrifice of good drainage. On salt land more water is necessary than if the soil is fairly sweet, and at first it is necessary to irrigate and run off the water almost daily, which means as much as 150 cubie meters per acre each twenty- four hours. If sown later than the end of August, rice does not grow so well, and any land remaining at that time may be sown with dineba. To obtain the greatost benefit from the growing of rice it should be followed by berseem. When the heads of the rice begin to curl up, the berseem may be sown; and if rice is sown as late as September, the sowing of the clover is greatly delayed. | The success of the berseem after rice is an indication as to the extent of the removal of salt; and if the clover grows well, it will not be necessary to sow rice again. If otherwise, it may be necessary to resort to rice again. This system of reclamation without summer water is that adopted by a very capable rice grower, to whom the author is indebted for the information. As regards the yield of rice in Egypt, 40 to 60 bushels per acre may be taken as an average of the summer crop on good land, while of flood rice the product varies from 25 bushels on poor land to 50 or 60 bushels on more forward lands. ONIONS. Onions are grown to a considerable extent in Upper Egypt (not less than 15,000 acres), largely on the islands which appear after the fall of the Nile and on the banks of the river. They are also grown on ordinary soils under perennial irrigation. Although two or three varieties are recognized, that known as the Saidi forms the bulk of the export trade. The crop grows to the greatest advantage on deep, loamy soils, inclining to sandy, and possessing a considerable amount of humus. Seed is sown in a manured seed bed in September. About one- ninth of a bushel of seed sown on 350 square yards of land provides sufficient plants for | acre. The land for onions should be well prepared by two or three plow- ings, reduced to a friable condition, and made into ridges about 2 feet apart. The seedlings are pushed in the sides of the ridges (both sides) by the fingers and are left about 6 inches apart. On the islands and river banks the land is not plowed at all, but the seedlings are sown on the flat, either singly in rows about 14 inches apart or in bunches in rows 20 inches apart. In this ease the crop is not watered during growth. The operation of transplanting is done in November and December ONIONS. 59 on the islands and river banks, but later on ordinary lands even up to January and February. The crop requires careful cultivation to prevent the growth of weeds, and a small hoe is employed to keep the land well stirred. During the first month after transplanting, the crop must be hoed and weeded, and this must be repeated during the second month. Onions respond to liberal manuring. Barnyard manure is employed, and on the alluvial deposits this is put under the plants at the time of transplanting, but on other land it is applied from one to one and one-half months after transplanting and as a rule before any water is applied. Small quantities of coufri are sometimes used, though barn- yard manure is in greatest favor. On ordinary perennially irrigated lands six or seven waterings are given during the growth of the crop. These should be light and not sufficient in amount to soak the soil. About five months after transplanting, the bulbs have attained full size and the leaves become yellow. The crop is now ready to lift, and no water should be applied for nearly a month before harvesting; otherwise a second growth commences. The bulbs are removed and exposed to the sun for two days, the tops being then removed, and another day allowed for drying. Early in April the onion crop arrives at Alexandria for export, the first arrivals realizing the highest price. The product per acre amounts to 5 or 6 tons, on an average, on good soil. Care has to be taken in storing. If not thoroughly dried many of the onions will sprout, and those which have been injured or bruised will decay. The average price is from £2 to £3 per ton. The following figures indicate the export trade: | Year’. Quantity.| Value. Egyptian Tons. pounds. 8g Ee iebet eTE od Sia soe SS ee oe 76, 568 229, 332 LS aa ne RY ee ee AE or 58 st) hte eee ae ee 76, 084 152, 873 UM a Ts A Ee Ys i ie et a so Le re 64,935 | 129, 926 nee See eee pees ee Oe | eee eee 49, 933 | 100, 697 The bulk of the crop is sent to England and the rest chiefly to Austria. MILLETS AND SORGHUMS. Several varieties of millet possessing either white, yellow, or red grain are grown in Upper Egypt. It is sown both as a summer and as a flood crop, as has previously been mentioned when referring to crops grown in the basins. Summer sorghum in the basins is sown from about the middle of March to the middle of April, or a little later, the crop being harvested in August. The water for its growth is lifted by hand or animal labor, OU NOTES ON EGYPTIAN AGRICULTURE, and it is irrigated on an average about every ten days. It is a very prolitable crop, and the area grown in the basins is between 90,000 and L00,000 acres, while it is also sown along the Ibrahimia Canal tract to the extent of between 20,000 and 25,000 acres. Flood sorghum is sown both in the perennially irrigated tract of Upper Egypt and in the basins. Sowing begins early in August and ends early in September, the crop being harvested in the latter part of November or in December. Millet is sown either by depositing a few seeds in holes about 14 inches apart, or the seed may be dropped behind the plow similar to eorn. It delights in a rich soil and requires large quantities of manure, both coufri and the nitrate-bearing clay being extensively used. The crop is thinned during growth and when grown in holes two plants are left standing together. The production varies greatly and some very heavy: yields are obtained. From good soils 50 to 60 bushels per acre may be taken. Millet forms the staple food in Upper Egypt, taking to a great extent the place of corn in Lower Egypt. In making bread fenugreek seeds are often mixed with it. MINOR CROPS. In a short bulletin such as this it is quite impossible either to treat in detail the most important crops or to deal with those of secondary importance, Of the latter there are many grown in the country, such as lentils, peanuts, chick-peas, lupins, fenugreek, ete. A mere note concerning them will be given. LENTILS. Lentils are sown in basin lands as well as those perennially irrigated. On the latter the seed is broadeasted at the rate of about 1? bushels per acre. The crop is not manured and requires very little water. From five to six months after sowing, the crop is pulled and thrashed, the yield being about 20 to 25 bushels of seed. The plants are some- what straggling in habit and grow about 2 feet in height. The seeds possess a high nutritive value and are largely consumed locally. The straw also possesses considerable value. During the year 1902 about 110,000 bushels of seed were exported, valued at approximately 17,000 Kgyptian pounds. EARTH NUTS, OR PEANUTS. Earth nuts, or peanuts, are grown on light sandy soils in Lower Egypt, being sown in late spring and requiring considerable quantities of water. Their cultivation is similar to that practiced in the United States and calls for no special comment. They occupy the land for about eight months and yield about 55 bushels per acre. They are not generally manured. During the year 1902, peanuts to the value MINOR CROPS. 61 of between 17,000 and 18,000 Egyptian pounds were exported, chiefly to Turkey. CHICK-PEAS. Chick-peas are grown to a limited extent both in Upper and Lower Egypt for local consumption. The seeds are eaten either green or roasted, and are also employed in native confectionery. The crop is sown in October and November and harvested from five to six months later, yielding about 25 to 30 bushels of seed per acre. No manure is applied and very little water. During the year 1902 the exports amounted to 7,527 bushels, valued at 1,709 Egyptian pounds. LUPINES. Lupines are grown on sandy situations, and, generally speaking, in places where it would be difficult to grow other crops successfully. They are sown in October and November in holes about 15 or 16 inches apart, four or five seeds being dropped in, or the seed may be deposited behind the plow. Lupines are grown either as a green manure crop or for the sake of the seeds, of which about 20 bushels are obtained per acre. The crop is harvested in April. It requires no care, is not manured, receives but little water, and sometimes none at all. FENUGREEK. Fenugreek is sown in October or November, the seed at the rate of 1? bushels per acre being broadcasted after a heavy watering. If grown as a green crop it is cut about sixty or seventy days after sow- ing and fed, in conjunction with berseem, to camels chiefly and also to cattle. It is not fed alone, as it is too laxative. It is eaten green by natives. If for grain, the crop is cut about four and one-half to five months after sowing. About 20 to 25 bushels of seed are obtained per acre. The seed is mixed with corn and millet in bread making, and when germinated it is also eaten by natives as a purgative. The seeds are largely used in Europe for the preparation of condiments. FLAX. Flax is not so extensively grown as formerly. Seed is sown broad- cast from the end of October to the end of November at the rate of 24 to 2? bushels per acre. The crop is grown both for fiber and seed. The harvest isin March. The fiber obtained is inferior and calls for no mention. The seed is crushed in native mills and the cake is used for feeding. PLATE | A PERENNIAL RUST. (AcipiumM TUBERCULATUM E.& K.ON CALLIRRHOE INVOLUCRATA GR) U. S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE. BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY— BULLETIN No. 63. B. T. GALLOWAY, Chief of Bureau. INVESTIGATIONS OF RUSTS. MARK ALFRED CARLETON, CEREALIST IN CHARGE OF CEREAL INVESTIGATIONS. VEGETABLE PATHOLOGICAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. IssuED JuLy 12, 1904. Mille oT) WASHINGTON: ; GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 1904. BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY. B. T. Gattoway, Chief. J. EK. Rocxwe tu, ditor. VEGETABLE PATHOLOGICAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS, SCIENTIFIC STAFF. Apert F. Woops, Pathologist and Physiologist. Erwin F. Siri, Pathologist in Charge of Laboratory of Plant Pathology. GeEorRGE T. Moore, Physiologist in Charge of Laboratory of Plant Physiology. Hersert J. Wesser, Physiologist in Charge of Laboratory of Plant Breeding. Warrer T. Swinaie, Physiologist in Charge of Laboratory of Plant Life History. Newton B. Pierce, Pathologist in Charge of Pacific Coast Laboratory. M. B. Warre, Pathologist in Charge of Investigations of Diseases of Orchard Fruits. Mark ALFRED CARLETON, Cerealist in Charge of Cereal Investigations. HERMANN VON SCHRENK,@ In Charge of Mississippi Valley Laboratory. P. H. Rours, Pathologist in Charge of Subtropical Laboratory. C. O. Townsenn, Pathologist in Charge of Sugar Beet Investigations. P. H. Dorserr, Pathologist. Ropney H. True,? Physiologist. T. H. Kearney, Physiologist, Plant Breeding. Corne.tius L. Swear, Pathologist. Wituram A. Orton, Pathologist. W. M. Scorr, Pathologist. JosePpH 8. CHAMBERLAIN, Physiological Chemist, Cereal Investigations. R. E. B. McKenney, Physiologist. Fiora W. Parrerson, Mycologist. Cuarves P. Harr.ey, Assistant in Physiology, Plant Breeding. “4 Karu F. Ke_uerMan, Assistant in Physiology. Deane B. SwinGue, Assistant in Pathology. A. W. Epson, Scientific Assistant, Plant Breeding. JessE B. Norton, Assistant in Physiology, Plant Breeding. James B. Rorer, Assistant in Pathology. Luoyp 8. Tenny, Assistant in Pathology. GrorGE G. Hepacock, Assistant in Pathology. PERLEY SPAULDING, Scientific Assistant. P. J. O'Gara, Scientific Assistant. A. D. SHAMEL, Scientific Assistant, Plant Breeding. T. Raven Rosrnson, Scientific Assistant, Plant Physiology. FLorence Hepes, Scientific Assistant, Bacteriology. Cuarues J. Brann, Scientific Assistant in Physiology, Plant Life History. « Detailed to the Bureau of Forestry. > Detailed to Botanical Investigations and Experiments. Pp LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. U. S. DepartMeNtT oF AGRICULTURE, Bureau oF Puant INpustry, OFFICE OF THE CHIEF, Washington, D. C., April 20, 1904. Str: I have the honor to transmit herewith the manuscript of a technical paper entitled ‘‘ Investigations of Rusts,” by Mark Alfred Carleton, Cerealist in Charge of Cereal Investigations, Vegetable Pathological and Physiological Investigations, and recommend its publication as Bulletin No. 63 of the series of this Bureau. The two illustrations accompanying the manuscript are necessary to a complete understanding of the subject-matter of this paper. Respectfully, B. T. Gatitoway, Chief of Bureau. Hon. JAMES WILSsoN, Secretary of Agriculture. HPP AG E. The experiments and observations on rusts which are the basis of the following notes were begun by Mr. Carleton several years ago, and were continued at intervals until the spring of 1900, when the pressure of other duties prevented further work of this kind up to the present time. The results obtained in many instances are still incomplete, but are of sufficient value to be recorded. Some of the species studied are of much economic importance. The investigation is a continuation of the work reported in Bulletin 16 of the Division of Vegetable Physiology and Pathology, and is concerned chiefly with the segregation of rust forms of economic importance on the common grasses and the completion of the life history of certain species. The work is to be carried on more extensively during 1904. A. F. Woops, Pathologist and Physiologist. OFFICE oF VEGETABLE PATHOLOGICAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS, Washington, D. C., March 26, 1904. bce allel ial Ree ‘ CONTENTS. Benne. to-O0r knowledge of lile histories... css. ee te be mee bs wees Euphorbia rust (Uromyces euphorbie C. and P.) ---7-.....s..2-------e- Baomower ruse (Pucca henanni Schiw, ye.4...- 2.6.22. o. 002 - e ose Crown rust of oats (Puccinia rhamni [Pers.] Wettst.)....-.......-.-.--. i MRTURCEMONE RHOTRMA G0 Sle. c's ee sis bald Sekwidiencix o ox, diaa wae Black stem rust’of Agropyron and Elymus .................-.2-..--.2-- range leat rust-of Apropyron and Elymus)... ..2.--..-.-5.0.0.-------- eee Buen) Fine OF AQTSNE Cid VULGOMR es 2 of. ce hee 32k BRUSE OL CLOTIS ( f UCCIRUA CRLOYUAIS. NOL) thoi, 2S oecc ee ee aeeis Joo Sd Rusts of willow and cottonwood (Melampsora).............-....------- eI 1a GHGMUITCHO... 02, sel ecu ee pak ode ot Doc ne leck sake ete Uredo of Kentucky bluegrass rust (Puccinia poarwm Niels.) ..----------- Deron £ woonne moncanensis TN oo 5 eet oa se eee cate see wees cua EEE URS aes Go eel sr. ses. aos les aos Gases EMITS (MOREA Nhe ok gin Se. sen ak aate oi woe ke ad eo o's be Peron With iuepiocimer mete s)he beara les oo le eee cee seooe~--- Beeson cockloanr | Puccinia sonthii, Schws)o9b 2 oon as on oe fe oes eo -- Rust of velvet leaf (Puccinia heterospora B. and C.)....-.-....-.-----.--- RC MMME MEH ACS 5 ooo k es Lot. Get waged ow acy a) Ben week skew de oes = - Denpasar CHG Es. AN) Wed. 2 ioe oe De. ie dee da Soe ee Pete. le MME cr eC eaaminnt Faeniculiaceuim... 00 es see scs. fel ds28- 22k. sees ee Description of plates weer eee wee em eee eee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee Page. 32 oy aL S TR AT LOMB: i 3 Paar I. A perennial rust ........-.0-2s0-s0-ceseeeseeeeeeeeeeesees Front II. Rusts of Euphorbia and grama grass. ..-....---..-2-2--2-2-2--+ 8 y - é ; ws > INVESTIGATIONS OF RUSPS. ADDITIONS TO OUR KNOWLEDGE OF LIFE HISTORIES. In many instances, without any experimental proof, it is inferred that there is a connection between the different forms of rust occur- ring on the same host plant simply because of their constant associa- tion with each other. Sometimes it is afterwards demonstrated that these inferences are wrong, though they are probably correct in a majority of cases. Studies of the following species were made with the view of obtaining a more accurate knowledge of their life history. Kurenorsia Rusr ( Vromyces euphorbix C. AND P.). Until the experiments herein described were performed it had not been demonstrated that there is any connection between the ecidial and other stages of this species, although experience naturally leads one to think that there is. They are in very close association on the same plant, the wcidium appearing first, quickly followed by the uredospores. In the spring of 1893 Mr. J. B.S. Norton, now pro- fessor of botany at the Maryland Agricultural College, while engaged in experiments in the germination of weeds in the greenhouses of the Agricultural Experiment Station at Manhattan, Kans., called the writer’s attention to avery young rusted seedling of Auphorbia dentata. In this instance, as is usually the case with the young plants of this host, the pods were first badly affected by ecidia. This fact, taken together with the common observation that the seed pods of this host are usually affected by all stages of the rust, led at once to the thought that it was a case of rust propagation through the medium of the germi- nating seed of the host, something not before demonstrated for any other species in the entire group of Uredinee, so far as the writer knows, unless we except the single instance of the experiments of Doctor Eriksson’ with Puccinia glumarum.’ The seed used by Mr. @Vie latente et plasmatique de certaines Urédinées. Compt. Rend., 1897, pp. 475-477. »bT. 8. Ralph, in Victorian Naturalist, Vol. VII, p. 18, describes an instance of a rust attacking the seed of Senecio vulgaris, stating that ‘‘with the microscope we are able to trace the fine yellow sporular matter into the covering of the seed, and into the seed itself;’’ but apparently it was not determined by further investigation whether or not the rust was able to reproduce itself through the germinating seed. 3] 10 INVESTIGATIONS OF RUSTS. Norton was examined and the pods were found to be badly affected. Moreover, he stated that the seeds were planted without shelling. But the writer did not know then, as he does now, that this fact would probably make little difference, since the naked seeds are commonly affected, often showing actual peridia. To test the theory of rust propagation above mentioned, experiments were instituted on April 22 for growing plants from rusted seed under a bell jar. The seed used bore all stages of the rust. The experiments were in five series: (1) Seeds shelled and disinfected by mercurie chlorid; (2) seeds unshelled and disinfected; (3) seeds shelled, but not disinfected; (4) seeds unshelled, not disinfected; (5) like series No. 4, but rusted mainly with ewcidium. All were planted in pots in a greenhouse and the pots were kept under bell jars. On May L the plants began to come up. After about three months, when the plants had grown to a height of 3 to 5 inches, no rust had appeared on series land 2, and only one spot on one plant of series 3. The plants of series + and 5 were much rusted, the wcidium appearing first, fol- lowed shortly by uredosori. On April 25, 1893, it was attempted to germinate teleutospores of rust from the seeds used in these experiments, in water-drop cultures, which resulted in failure. On June 28, 1893, a similar culture of the fresh uredospores failed to germinate in two days. In 1895 rusted seeds of Huphorbia dentata, sent from Kansas, were planted in the greenhouse of the Department of Agriculture, at Wash- ington, D. C. From these three plants grew, which were kept under a bell jar. Soon one of these plants rusted badly, first with the weceid- ium, then a slight amount of the uredospores, and later the teleuto- spores. It should be remarked here that Euphorbia rust, so far as reported, occurs only on 4. maculata in the vicinity of Washington, D. C., and the writer has never yet been able to obtain rusted seeds in that region. On December 11, 1896, a third series of experiments was started at Washington, D. C. On that date rusted seeds of Huphorbia dentata from Kingman and Manhattan, Kans., were planted and kept under a bell jaras before. Eleven plants resulted by December 26. On March 8, 1897, spermogonia appeared in considerable amount on the young leaves of one plant, with a tendency to form a sort of hexenbesen. On March 29 two more plants were rusted, one with spermogonia only on the young leaves, and the other with ecidia on the fruit. On April 10 still another plant showed spermogonia, making four in all, out of the eleven, that became rusted. (See Pi. I, fig. 1.) Asabove stated, the proof that the rust actually penetrates the hulled seed is readily obtained, not only from microscopical demonstration, but also from the fact that the actual peridia may often be seen with the unaided eye in the seed. These experiments, however, further SUNFLOWER RUST. 11 demonstrate the ability of the rust to propagate itself through the medium of the germinating seed of the host, and also make it seem probable that this is even the common method of reproduction in the case of its occurrence on /uphorbia dentata. It will be noted also that the results of these experiments make it almost certain that the cidium and Uromyces appearing upon the plants are one and the same species, since in every case all stages resulted from planting the rusted seeds, the ecidium appearing first, then the uredo, and then the teleutospores. If anything was lacking, however, the proof has since been made complete by the experiments of Dr. J. C. Arthur, as reported in the Botanical Gazette,” in which the uredospores and teleutospores were obtained on HLuphorbia nutans from a sowing of wcidiospores from other plants of the same host on June 20, 1899. As is well known, the Euphorbia rust is widely distributed over the United States, occurring on numerous host species, but it is probably most abundant on /. dentata and L/L. presli:. It is a significant fact, bearing upon the ontogeny of the species, that it is also on these two hosts, particularly on /. dentata, that the scidium is most common, and that the rust attacks the seed so severely. The seed pods are also affected considerably in the cases of /! lata and 4. marginata. On June 12, 1897, wecidiospores of: this rust had germinated very well in water-drop culture after three days, and on June 22, after a two days’ culture in water of both the ecidium and uredo from Euphorbia marginata, the latter germinated sparingly, but the former not at all. In no instance could the teleutospores be germinated, though germination was not attempted very often. The writer has collected all three stages of this rust on Huphorbia naculata, E. marginata, E. dentata, EB. preslii, E. glyptosperma, and *. heterophylla. On FE. petaloidea and FE. serpyllifolia only the uredo and teleuto stages were found, and on /. data and what was probably te. geyert even the uredo was rarely seen. SUNFLOWER Rust (Puccinia helianthi Scuw.). Although Saccardo rightly regards this species of Schweinitz as quite distinct, and includes with it the AXcidium often associated on the same host, in many herbaria the authority of Winter and Burrill is followed in making it a form of Puccinia tanaceti, while the A‘%cidium is commonly referred to Zcidium compositarum, a convenient dump- ing ground for numerous uncertain forms. The writer has always considered this disposition of the species to be without any good reason even on a purely morphological basis, and now the experiments “Arthur, J. C.,°‘‘ Cultures of Uredinee in 1899,’’ Bot. Gaz., Vol. XXIX, No. 4, pp. 270-271, April, 1900. 12 INVESTIGATIONS OF RUSTS. here recorded make it rather certain that Schweinitz and Saccardo are correct. So far as this country is concerned, the writer is convinced that /”. fwnaceté either belongs almost entirely to tanacetum or does not exist at all. So far it has been utterly impossible, even in a green- house, to make transfers of the uredo from one to another of the numerous supposed hosts of that species, except among hosts of the same genus.“ It is, at any rate, pretty certain that the forms occurring on Vernonia, Helianthus, Actinella, and Aplopappus, which have been referred to /?. fanaceté at various times, should be considered distinct. The circumstances connected with the culture experiments with this species were in themselves peculiar. Late in the autumn of 1897 at Manhattan, Kans., it was desired to obtain fresh material of the uredo for inoculating various hosts, but at that date very little else than the teleuto stage could be found. Finally, on October 29 a small amount was found on //elianthus petiolaris, mixed among a much larger quan- tity of teleutospores, and from this material sowings were made on //, petiolaris and H. annuus. On November 8 there resulted one rust spot on the latter host and three on the former. The spots were of the uredo stage, but the interesting feature accompanying this culture was the appearance first of spermogonia in one of the spots. This fact made it probable thata part of the infection resulted from the teleuto- spores of the inoculating material, even at this unusual season for the germination of these spores. On March 7, 1898, while stationed at the University of Nebraska, inoculations of //. petiolaris were again made with the teleutospores only from other plants of the same host, from which numerous spermogonia appeared in eight days, followed shortly by wcidia, which were fully developed by November 1. By these results the connection of the different stages of the rust is pretty well established. At the same time it is shown that the forms on IT, petiolaris and //, annuus are identical. In all cultures made of this rust both the uredospores and teleutospores have been found to germinate easily and produce infections readily. Reverse cultures with xcidiospores were not made. These experiments were first reported at the 1900 meeting of the Society for Plant Morphology and Physiology, at Baltimore. Since that time Drs. J. C. Arthur’? and W. A. Kellerman’ have made a number of such experiments, confirming these results, but also seem- ing to indicate a distinction of host forms on different species of sun- «Dr. M. Voronin at first also obtained negative results in similar experiments in Russia in attempting transfers of the rust on to other hosts. (See Bot. Zeitung, vol. 30, pp. 694-698, Sept. 27, 1872.) Later he obtained infections of Puccinia tanaceti from Tanacetum vulgare on sunflower, which, however, did not produce such vigorous growth as ordinarily. (Bot. Zeitung, vol. 33, pp. 340,341, May 14, 1875.) | » Botanical Gazette, vol. 35, p. 17, January, 1903; Journal of Mycology, vol. 10, pp. 12-15, January, 1904. ¢ Journal of Mycology, vol. 9, pp. 230-232, December, 1903. CROWN RUST OF OATS. 18 flower. Doctor Voronin, in his experiments above mentioned, also found that rust of cultivated sunflower would not infect //e//anthus tuberosus. In 1901 Ernst Jacky “ inoculated the following hosts with teleutospores from /lelianthus annuus: IL. annuus, 11. cucumertfolius, HT. californicus, HH. tuberosus, Il. manimiltiana, HH. multiflorus, H. scaberimus, and FH. rigédus, with resulting infections of the three first- named species, but no infection of any of the others. The evidence from all these experiments just quoted and those of the writer shows at least that the rusts of //elianthus annwus (includ- ine cultivated varieties), //. petiolaris, and //. mollis are identical, with the probability that a distinet form exists on /Z. tuberosus. Sunflower rust has been collected by the writer on the following species of Helianthus, including all stages on nearly every species: IT. annuus (both wild and cultivated), //. rigidus, 1. petiolaris, 11. tubcrosus, IT. hirsutus, 1. maximiliana, 1. grosse-serratus, IT. orgyalis, HT. mollis, and [/. ciliaris. The eecidium occurs rarely in compari- son with the occurrence of other stages, but is to be found on a num- ber of hosts and occasionally in considerable abundance. This rarity of its occurrence, together with the occurrence of spermogonia so often with the uredo, may be accounted for by the fact that the uredo is often produced by direct teleutosporic infection. Crown Rust or Oats (Puccinia rhamni |Pers.| Werrrst.). In a mere note ina previous bulletin of this Department? it is stated that certain infections had just been made showing the connection of the crown rust of oats on Phalaris caroliniana and Arrhenatherum elatius with the xcidial form on Rhamnus lanceolata. No other dem- onstration of such a connection of forms had been reported up to that time. During the same season, however, Doctor Arthur obtained infections with the ecidium of Rhamnus lanceolata on oats at Lafayette, Ind.“ The experiments of the writer are here given in detail. On August 23, 1897, the uredo stage of a rust, supposed to be /?vc- cinia coronata, was found in great abundance on Phalaris curoliniana at Stillwater, Okla. This host, with the rust, was transferred to a green- house of the Agricultural College at Manhattan, Kans., and inocula- tions were made on oats, wheat, and orchard grass on August 30, LSU, resulting September 7 in a good infection of oats, a poor one of the orchard grass, and no infection at all of wheat. Other inoculations were made September 1 on wheat and rye, with no result. By October 8 the teleutospores had appeared on the original plants of Phalaris “Centralb. Bakt. Parasit. u. Infekt., 2 Abt., Bd. 9, No. 21, pp. 802-804, December, 1902. Cereal Rusts of the United States, Bul. No. 16, Div. of Veg. Phys. and Path., U. 8. Dept. of Agriculture, 1899. -¢ Bul, Lab, Nat. Hist. State Univ. lowa, Vol. IV, pp. 398-400, December, 1898, 14 INVESTIGATIONS OF RUSTS., at Stillwater and were of the crown rust type. After this date the experiments were continued at the State University laboratories at Lincoln, Nebr., all host plants then in use being transferred to that place. On November 16 the crown rust was found, in the uredo stage, on Arrhenatherum elatius on the State University farm, and a rusted plant was transferred to the greenhouse. On December 11 inoculations with the rust were made on oats and rye, resulting in a good infection of the former in twelve days, but with no result on the latter. Fur- ther inoculations of oats with the Phalaris rust on February 16, 1898, resulted again in a good infection in 9 days. Nospecies of Rhamnus is native near Lincoln, Nebr., but hamnus lanceolata is rather common at Weeping Water, about 20 miles east of — Lincoln, where it is often badly rusted with Acidium. From that place a large amount of the (cidium was obtained fresh on June 1, 1898. A water-drop culture of the material, made the next day, gave au profuse germination of the spores in twenty-two hours. Inocula- tions with the ecidiospores on oats and /’halaris caroliniana were made June 1 and June 2, resulting ina successful infection of Phalaris on June 14 and of oats on June 18. The oat inoculations were made simply on detached portions of the plant preserved with their broken ends in water in a damp chamber. As in all other instances, these inoculations were made with the greatest of care to prevent accidental infections. The whole series of experiments proves (1) the connection of the ecidial form of Rhamnus with the crown rust of oats, and (2) the identity of the latter with the forms on Phalaris caroliniana and Arrhenatherum elatius, besides making it probable that orchard grass may also support this species. SEGREGATION OF HOST PLANTS. The most important economic results of the study of rusts are likely to be derived from the investigation of the relationship of the forms on our common grasses. Such work has already been carried on to some extent by the writer and partially reported in the bulletin entitled **Cereal Rusts of the United States.” A more detailed account of some of this work will be given here. Because bearing upon the same question, it seems proper to mention also some experiments with the rusts of Salix and Populus. Probably the greatest confusion exists concerning the identity of the different forms on Agropyron and Elymus, though there is much uncertainty also about those occurring on Bromus and other genera. The experiments here described were conducted at Stillwater, Okla.. Manhattan, Kans., Lincoln, Nebr., and Washington, D. C., the host plants being sometimes transferred from one place to another. Of all these rusts the one receiving most attention was the black stem rust of Agropyron and Elymus. . on BLACK STEM RUST OF AGROPYRON AND ELYMUS. 1 Buack Stem Rust or AGROPYRON AND ELYMus. At least three and probably four different rusts occur on the species of these two grass genera, and are often so closely associated that their accurate identification is extremely difficult. Of the herbarium specimens of these rusts throughout the country, probably not one in fifty is identified with any certainty. The writer’s experiments with these forms are still incomplete, but a few things at least have been established. When these grasses are brought under cultivation the changed conditions and proximity to other grasses and grains cause them to become much more rusted than is ordinarily the case. In the cultivated grass plats at -the experiment stations in Oklahoma, . vewssdeeade 13 Do. BOD: 2h SBOG.. w ta vee eG wesacwenes xs Wheat (originally | Elymus canadensis -..| 7 | Success, @ Elymus canadensis | . glaucifolius). ° Feb. 25, 1898. ...|....- GO iuite phan eiss cud Oe te eer Hordeum jubatum. ... 11 Do, Web. Sh alee sac loco SOO cca dedps wene Elymus canadensis | Wheat......-.--..... 9 Do, b glaucifolius. «a Pustules differ in color from the original. > Rust changes in appearance, The results of these experiments, considered in connection with those recorded in Bulletin No. 16, Division of Vegetable Physiology and Pathology, U. S. Department of Agriculture, appear to establish two things, viz, (1) that the forms of black stem rust on wheat, barley, Tlordeum jubatum, Agropyron tenerum, A. richardsoni, Eelymus cana- densis, and FE. canadensis glaucifolius are identical, with the proba- bility that those on Elymus virginicus, LE. virginicus muticus, and Holeus lanatus® should be included; (2) that the black stem rust of Agropyron occidentale? is physiologically distinct from any other.° A very interesting phenomenon in these experiments was the change in color and form of sorus of the rust produced by a transference to another host. In some cases after a transfer the rust was scarcely recog- nized. The change of color was sometimes from a bright yellow toa deep brown or, orange, or the reverse. The uredo of Agropyron tene- rum, for example, was often very yellow on the leaves, but changed to brown when transferred to wheat. On the species of Elymus the rust has a brown, waxy appearance, and the teleutospores long remain coy- ered by the epidermis of the host. ‘ “On January 5, 1900, quite successful infections on wheat were made with the uredospores of black stem rust of this host. » Probably the most correct name of this host, which is known also as Agropyron spicatum and A, glaucur (See Hitchcock, ‘‘ Note on Nomenclature,’’ Science, vol. 17, pp. 827-828, May 22, _ 403. ) «The form on this host was described asa distinct species, named Puccinia agropyri, by Ellis and Everhart, in Journal of Mycology, Vol. VII, p. 131, March 10, 1892, a fact not noticed by the writer until after most of these experiments were made. This species includes Acidium clematidis D. C. according to Doctor Dietel, the proof of relationship being the result of culture experiments. (Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr., No. 8, 1892.) NS ia L ORANGE LEAF RUST OF AGROPYRON AND ELYMUS, 17 RANGE LE st or AGRO ON AND ELYMUS. ORANGE LEAF Rust oF AGROPYRON AND ELYMt In the following table are summarized the results of inoculations with the uredoform of this rust. They were carried on simultaneously with those of the black stem rust, and the material was taken chiefly from the same individual host plants. Tasie Ll.—Cullure experiments with orange leaf rust of Agropyron and Elynie. Period Date. Locality. Sorgen Plant inoculated, yes es Result, in days. feet. Je00..2.| Washington, D.C. .| RY. ....caseet clades | Elymus americanus .. 16 | Failure. Do Oe Rae GG Sone cewee ists ae oe GO. S.2 o eaenees PEN Os arcane weeEs clas 16 | Success. Sy AGS es GOW Nene iee dS ee on GO 20s toes Elymus virginicus.... 12 | Failure. 1 PR Reine GGrG caw ouassstlesese G0 5.x Seerementiad 1 Cae Ae eg ee 12 | Success. ke Ep Od es fog eR eee eee GO 2% tes snes cee Elymus virginicus.... 13) Failure. CEN eae ga tt eels ate '» Co iam = Fe MNO. 2c: eee. 13 | Success. WED ALG LOOT 00 cls aes s 6 10 a eae Wiuneat. 2 5.2 ct Jeeneaeets Agropyron richard- 18 | Failure. soni (it Re EES Bees AAS PRA oh ie (ES GOs. ioe) cad peo Wiheats ieee. 825 18 | Success. Bed Within live a 0b | 8) pes Rt SA ae G0... 5-4 Deepens ihe oe ee 18 | Failure. Men, 20,1807...) ...< oO Peat Se WRYy6!.23...35.2 coe Agropyron tenerum. . . 12 Do. BIO aetecnln a “0.2 fe Paps Spe ae a ae C0" 2.4. ees eee eee Triticum villosum .... 12 Do. EES |e ne ag map ark Oy ei Cae Elymus canadensis . . « 12 Do. Li | eae at aphasia ae GOtia. 2252. coma GV Gi oce caaia sone eee ce 12 | Success. Mar. 30, 1897 ie 5 COT aw are ote eed GLO) is i 5 intent tae Agr: opyron caninum. . 26 | Failure. Pease, ccs 2 ee sie se a egal Sel tae Gis c. cuckoo eee L128 gate eae oy a 26 | Success. Novy. 3, 1897 . -=-| Manhattan, Kans..]..... G0. 2.2 nse Wihteaticc sae. 3. aoe ta 9 | Failure. RRs os,0 sce exes Ree ae eta | emcee QO: cucaseee eee BEOIBY cause. cts ese 9 | Do. RS sc ere Soo Salis Sater GO ia eae eae|t ssid. QQ) esaone ce eee Agropyron tenerum... 9 Do. RHGNCAR Tot valle. « Rete cust sacle = UO; cee LRA / coe Baty oeniee is aoe aad 9 | Success. Jan. 5, 1898 . “Lincoln, NeEDEe soesloeaas ALO) te Si ce ee ee ON GO aes Aen bem mae 21 Do. Re ae Rite eres les ke ae aa CU Se ee ee ae ee Elymus virginicus .... 21 | Failure. Meer. 4.1698. | es < AOS eee. Elymus virginicussceaiew Neat soso cc ese os se 18 Do. me Peete oe GOerroes eres. Elymus canadensis |..... WG octane Aah r ae cers 18 Do. | glaucifolius. PEMA O0G on. Se hee see ee WHIGKD tooo sae eee ste. (Seer cee Dae ein a Se 14 | Success. OSE y= See Ca (UN 46g Saati te Sake eee AG's be... sat See Elymus canadensis . . . 14 | Failure. Ut pe apes te gee RIND helene ree eee cree Oi ce ce: ceed Elymus canadensis 14 Do. ! glaucifolius. WIS a ene = te Eee [MOa meets. Seaee |Ee cee Otro a ce ee see Agropyron tenerum..| 14 Do. The chief conclusion to be derived from the results of these cultures is that the orange leaf rust is very sharply limited in its host adap- tation and differs widely in this respect from the black stem rust. Similar results are given in Bulletin No. 16 of the Division of Vege- table Physiology and Pathology, U. S. Department of Agriculture, for cultures of the forms on wheat and rye. In fact, it is quite proba- ble that almost every distinct host species bears a distinct form of the rust. One of these forms on /lymus virginicus L. has recently been found by Doctor Arthur to be connected with the A’cidium on /ipa- tiens aurea Muhl. and is now to be known as Puccinia impatientis (Schw.) Arth. 7 Buack Stem Rusr oF AGROSTIS ALBA VULGARIS. Culture experiments with the uredoform of this rust and observa- tions in the field indicate that it is distinct and does not occur on other « Botanical Gazette, vol. 35, pp. 18-19, January, 1903. 27787—No. 63—04——2 LS INVESTIGATIONS OF RUSTS. hosts. The results of the culture experiments are given in the follow- ing table: Tasie I11.—Culture « Cpe riments with black stem rust of Agrostis alba vulgaris, a — —- —— Period | aoe as Origin of inoculating % , : of ineu- Date. Lovality. ntostal Plant inoculated. ‘bation Result. in days. Dec. 23, 1897... Lincoln, Nebr ..... Agrostis alba vulgaris. Agrostis alba vulgaris. 8 | Success. 1 RES Sy ee (pe ee , Site SA ae Wheat... <The species was, without much doubt, Puccinia obscura Schroet. WINTER RESISTANCE OF THE UREDO., 19 writer in nine to twelve days. The incubation period is much short- ened by using germinating spores in the inoculations. In the month of October, at Manhattan, Kans., an infection was produced in this way in three days. It was attempted by numerous inoculations with the uredoform, chiefly ut Washington, D. C., to transfer the rust from willow to cot- tonwood and the reverse, but always without success. An interesting feature of these experiments was the discovery of the fact that the cottonwood most common in Washington, known as South Carolina poplar, could not be infected by the uredoform from the common Western cottonwood, though these two poplars are classed by some as being the same species. Moreover, the rust does not occur in nature on the South Carolina poplar, but is very abundant on the Western cottonwood, and even occurs in Washington on the few individual trees of that type growing in the city. WINTER RESISTANCE OF THE UREDO. In another bulletin’ the writer has given in detail the observations and culture experiments proving the successful wintering of the uredo in the orange leaf rust of both wheat and rye. In this connection it is easy to see a number of closely correlated facts, which may mutually explain each other: (1) As shown under the preceding topic, the uredo of black stem rust may infect a number of different hosts, and there- fore has a manifoldly greater chance of propagation with the same number of uredospores than if there were but one possible host; (2) as also shown, the uredo of orange leaf rust is restricted in every case to but one host, or at most to but one genus, and a much greater produc- tion of uredospores is therefore necessary for the life of the species in this stage; (3) as a corresponding matter of fact it is well known that the uredo of the latter rust exists usually in very much larger quantity than that of the former; (4) on the other hand, the teleuto- sporic stage is the prevailing form of the stem rust, which fact makes this rust usually the more damaging of the two, as the teleutospores infest the stem chiefly, thus more directly interfering in plant nutri- tion; (5) the stem rust is proved to be connected with the barberry rust, thus giving it an additional chance for increased propagation, and this through the medium of the teleuto stage instead of the uredo; (6) finally, the uredo being the prevailing form of the leaf rust, and no ecidial form being known in this country,? it would seem necessary that this stage of that rust should be very hardy in order to endure extremes of cold and drought and preserve the life of the species. Previous investigations of the writer and others have amply proved that this is the case. In the meantime it is found that in other species «Cereal Rusts of the United States, Bul. 16, Div. Veg. Phys. and Path., U.53. Dept. of Agriculture, pp. 21-23, and 44, 45. >Except in the case of the form on Elymus virginicus already mentioned, 20 INVESTIGATIONS OF RUSTS. there exists a similar hardiness of the uredo, of which cases the fol- lowing will be discussed here: Urepo or Kentucky Biurcrass Rust (/’uccinia poarum NYELS.). The writer has known for some time that the uredo stage of the blue- grass rust is able to pass the winter alive and in germinating condition during any season as far north as Lincoln, Nebr., but additional evi- dence has been obtained from time to time. At the same time it is sig- nificant that there is no record that the teleutospores have ever been found, except in one instance, at the above-named place. — In fact, few, if any, uredoforms so hardy as this one exist in this country. On February 1, 1893, this uredo was still alive in the vicinity of Man- hattan, Kans. Every month of the year it exists alive and growing in great abundance everywhere about Washington, D.C. On March 2, 1898, it was found fresh on green leaves of the host at Lincoln, Nebr. On the same spot of ground it was still growing and spreading rapidly on May 8 of the same year. Host plants were transplanted that day into a greenhouse, where the rust continued to increase rapidly. As would now be supposed, the rust is sharply limited to its one host, Kentucky bluegrass. The results of the following cultures may be given in evidence. TaBLe 1V.—Culture experiments with the uredo of Kentucky bluegrass. Period noes So Origin of inoculat- | a of ineu- : Date. Locality. ing material. Plant inoculated, hatlon Result. in days. Jan. 16, 1893....| Manhattan, Kans .| Poa pratensis ........ Wheat 2%. 32 18 Failure. DO mccce sania ween GOs av acus sau shenane 10 2.02 cmnnaes sac | ORS oF toe sow ee 18 Do. Dec. 21, 1896. . -.| Washington, D.C..| Rye (Uredo rubigo- | Poa pratensis ........| 16 Do. vera). ‘ Jan 2) Te07 2-162 GO coco ee ce ees Wheat (Uredo gra- |..... 00s 26 ll Do. minis). 1 0) epg ey < | ees sy pe RE ESAS, a? MO 2. ns See ees Poa nemoralis........ 11 Do. Febs}: 1807... 2c 2a. 22k GO26c. cecetaats Rye (Uredo rubigo- | Poa pratensis ........ 13 Do. vera). |) 1 eps) aeiate DO ert a ole em boat 80... 5: oe | Poa nemoralis........- 13 Do. Feh. 13,1897... 31... - WO 23 tsler eden Wheat ( Uredorubigo- | Poa pratensis ........ 18 Do. vera). Feb. 25, 1897. ...|....- CEE, aes Parte Poo pratensis... 2.5.62 GO ~ . un cceeenete 10 | Success. UrEpDo OF PUCCINIA MONTANENSIS ELL. This is, in some respects, one of the most interesting of grass rusts. It is one of the ‘* covered rusts,” and is, indeed, so far covered that it is often entirely overlooked by collectors. The uredosori are very uniform in size and are exceedingly small, it being necessary often to — examine them, or even find them, with a hand lens. They are ellip- tical in shape and placed end to end in long, narrow, yellow strie between the veins of the leaf. The teleuto stage is so far hidden as to be detected only by a faintly darker color beneath the leaf epi- dermis. The rust is the most nearly like P. glwmarum Eriks. and EMERGENCY ADAPTATIONS. 21 Henn. vet found in this country. ‘The known hosts are /’/ymus cana- densisand Le. virginicus, but it seems to occur on other hosts. Whether the forms on different hosts can be transferred from one to another is not yet fully determined. The important fact now known, however, is that the uredoform is able to preserve the species over the winter without the intervention of other stages, though it is possible that extensive propagation is aided by other stages. October 28, 1807, fresh uredosori were observed on Elymus canadensis at Manhattan, Kans., and again in the same locality on November 2. But as early in the spring as May 26, at Lincoln Nebr., when there was yet but a small beginning of vegetation, the uredo had burst the epidermis of the host in grass plats at the University farm. Previous to this the living uredo had been observed in these plats practically every month of the winter. In other instances the uredospores of certain species are so very abundant and the teleutospores so rare that there seems a probability that such species are carried over from summer to summer largely through the uredo stage alone, though there is no absolute proof of such a course. Two instances are particularly interesting—those of the uredos of Puccinia cryptandré Ell. and Barth., and Puccinia on Panicum autumnale.¢ The uredospores of these species begin to be conspicuously abundant about midsummer, but continue in consider- able abundance until very late in autumn. The uredo of Pandeum autumnale was found in germinating condition in Kansas up to Novem- ber 3 in 1897. A water-drop culture of uredospores of this species gave excellent germination in ten hours August 21, 1897, at Perkins, Okla. The uredospores of Puccinia cryptandri were found in extreme abundance in Oklahoma until October 11, 1897, but in all cases with- out any accompanying teleutospores. Often the uredosori had a fresh appearance on portions of leaves that were quite dead. EMERGENCY ADAPTATIONS. In connection with some culture experiments conducted at Lincoln, Nebr., in the botanical laboratory of the State University, in February, 1898, a water-drop culture was made (February 3) of uredospores of the above-mentioned Puccinia cryptandri which had been collected on October 8, 1897, at Perkins, Okla., and kept to date as herbarium specimens. A fair germination resulted in twenty-four hours. Spores from the same collection were used on February 16 to inoculate seed- lings of Sporobolus acroides,’ with the result of the appearance of two rust spots by March 16. ‘These spots may really have appeared much earlier and been overlooked, as they were very small and the host “Perhaps a new species, needing further study. bApparently this same species of rust had already been collected on Sporobolus airoides in the same locality where the collection from S. cryplandri was made. BY INVESTIGATIONS OF RUSTS., itself is well known to have extremely narrow leaves. Moreover, the »pores were not germinated when applied, and, being from dried speci- mens, the incubation period would naturally be long. Seedlings of S. cryptandri were not at the time available. On March 16 a second water-drop culture was made from this dried material, resulting in the germination of a few spores. Teleutospores from herbarium specimens have often been germi- nated, but the writer knows of no other instance of the germination of dried uredospores, such spores being able also to infect a different host. These observations and experiments indicate that we haye here a second step in the perfection of the uredo stage as a means of propagating the species. The first step, the attainment of suflicien hardiness to continue alive in the green plant over winter, has just been discussed. Even in this case the uredo, although quite active, at least displaces the resting spore, and in a measure performs its part. But as the perennial host becomes more like an annual and the plant dies nearly or quite to the ground, as in this particular case of the Sporobolus (which is quite different in this respect from the evergreen Poa pratensis, for example), necessarily, in the absence of teleuto- spores, the uredospore must be able to infect after a dormant period, The uredospore therefore becomes now practically a resting spore, but retains the appearance and manner of germination of the summer spore. Such a modification in form or function of any stage of a species to correspond with an unusual change of condition of climate or of the host may be considered as an emergency adaptation. It is easily understood how the change of conditions may be so severe as to necessitate still further modification of structure as well as function, simply as a means of protection. Such a development seems to have been actually reached in the species next discussed, which has resulted in the production of a distinct spore form, special- ized from the uredo, leaving still, however, a true uredo stage for summer propagation. PUCCINIA VEXANS FARL. There are probably no other species in all the Uredinez more inter- esting than this one, and certainly none that has been more perplex- ing. In this species there are three distinct spore forms aside from any ecidium or spermogonium that may possibly exist—true uredo and teleuto stages, and a peculiar one-celled form different from either of these. (PI. II, figs. 2-9.) The species was at first made all the more puzzling by the rarity of the true uredo stage, which was not known to exist, or at least not reported, until 1890, when Dr. H. J. Webber, in the Catalogue of the Flora of Nebraska, reported its occurrence in that State. In certain seasons and localities the teleuto stage also is almost or entirely lacking. —-— PUCCINIA VEXANS FARL. 23 The species was first deseribed by Peck as a Uromyeces (1. brandeget Pk.)“ on the basis of material collected by Mr. T. S. Brandege, in which specimens contained only the third spore form. Because of the discovery afterwards of two-celled spores associated with this third spore form, even sometimes in the same sorus, Doctor Irarlow described itas a Puecinia (7. verans Farl.) in the Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. XVIII, pp. 82-83. At that time the true uredo stage had not been discovered. This third spore form is far more prevalent than either of the others asa rule, but is sometimes entirely absent, leaving only the teleuto stage. It is distinct from either of the other forms in structure and appearance, and yet resembles both in some respects. — It is larger than either of them, is strongly papillate, and has a much thicker cell wall, but on the other hand possesses the color and persistence of pedicels of teleutospores and appears to have pores like the uredospores. (PI. Il, fig. 5.) Doctor Farlow, in his description, says: A species in which some of the sori contain only two-celled spores must certainly be held to be a Puccinia, and the perplexing question arises, are the one-celled spores a unilocular form of teleutospores similar to what is known in P. cesatii Schr., or are they the uredospores of this species? I have not been able to find any other spores which represent the uredo of the species; and never haying seen the unicellular spores in germination, there is, so far as we yet know, no reason why they may not be the uredospores. On the other hand, their general appearance and the density of the cell wall would lead one to suppose that they were of a teleutosporic nature. Further conjecture is unnecessary, because, as the species is not at all rare in some localities, botanists who can examine the fungus on the spot ought to be able to ascertain whether the one-celled bodies produce promycelia or not, or else to discover the true uredo of the species. A full description of all three forms is given by Arthur and Holway in Descriptions of American Uredinexe accompanying Fasicle IV of Uredinex Exsiccate et Icones.? After numerous unsuccessful trials during several years, the writer was finally able to germinate the third spore form, and, as suggested by Doctor Farlow, has in this way been able to determine its nature. In manner of germination it is exactly like the uredospore, the long simple germ tubes being produced through equatorial pores (PI. I, figs Tand &), but is like the teleutospore in germinating only after a dormant period and exposure to extremes of weather. The uredo and teleuto forms being already present and morphologically different from this form, it must be considered distinct. Because of the dual nature of this spore form, the writer has already proposed for it the name amphispore in a paper read before the Baltimore meeting of the Society for Plant Morphology and Physiology in L900, only an vbstract of which was published.“ The term has since been adopted by Arthur. a Bot. Gaz., 4: 127. >Bul. Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ. Iowa, Vol. V, pp. 829-3830. eScience, Vol. XIII, p. 250. v4 INVESTIGATIONS OF RUSTS. and Holway,“ and a second instance of the occurrence of this form is described by them for Puccinia tripsuct Diet. and Holw. The entire series of observations and experiments with this species made by the writer will now be described. The first cultures of amphispores were made January 15, 1894, at Manhattan, Kans. Both a water culture and one of a sterilized decoc- tion of manure were employed, with no result, the chief cause of fail- ure being probably that the experiment was too early in the season, Afterwards numerous other trials were made with no better success. In the meantime true uredospores were found on September 25, 1896, at Manhattan, Kans. Finally a successful culture of the amphispores was made on March 8, L897, at Washington, D. C. The germination was excellent. An abundance of rather long germ tubes, not promycelia, was produced in forty-two hours, but only one to each spore. ‘These germ tubes, unlike those of most uredospores, are quite colorless and clear. A few teleutospores were present, none of which germinated. The culture was an ordinary water drop, but was made in a new form of culture cell, constructed to special order and similar to the Van Tieghem cell, except that the glass ring is quite thin and drawn out into an open tube on each of two opposite sides, with the opening plugged with cotton wool, thus admitting sterilized air. This construction may or may not have increased the chances for germination. The extreme weather conditions at the time, to which the specimens were first exposed, probably contributed most to the suecess of the culture. They were fastened to the roof of a near-by shed, and after several days of warm sunshine were thoroughly soaked with rain, which was followed by snow and then a severe freeze, soon after which the cul- ture was made. It is an interesting feature of the experiment that: the specimens were received from Dr. David Griffiths, then at Aber- deen, 5. Dak., and had been collected in September, 1896, and kept in the herbarium until sent to Washington. It was unfortunate that seedlings of the host were not available for making inoculations with these perfectly viable spores. Such an experiment is yet to be made. At Manhattan, Kans., in 1897, the uredo was present in considerable abundance from June until late in October in grass plats on the Experiment Station farm. On July 8 inoculations were made with the uredospores of this species and with e/dium cephalanthi and LE, wanthoxryli on seedlings of Bouteloua racemosa without result. Further inocalations with uredospores on October 4 were successful, rust spots appearing in twelve days (PI. I, fig. 9), followed in nine more days with one sorus of amphispores. The uredosori are yel- lowish-brown and rather inconspicuous. On December 31 uredo- spores could not be found in the grass plats at Manhattan. «Bul. Lab. Nat. Hist., State Univ. Iowa, Vol. V, p. 175. — SXPERIMENTS WITH LEPTO-UREDINE &. 25 At Lincoln, Nebr., a water-drop culture was made of Puceinda veruns on March 15, 1898, resulting in a few germinations of the teleu- tospores in three days. Long promycelia were produced, but no sporidiola. None of the numerous amphispores present germinated. On September 29, 1899, all three spore forms were again found in the grass plats at Manhattan. Living host plants were transferred to Washington, D. C., and seedlings were started for further experi- ments, when other duties intervened and the work could not be continued, Certain facts concerning the relative abundance of the amphispores and teleutospores in different seasons and localities seem to harmonize quite well with the idea already expressed as to the function of the former. If it is the work of the amphispore to carry the species through unusually severe cold or drought, then this spore form should be relatively more abundant in dry periods and relatively more com- mon to the westward and northward in the Great Plains. These con- ditions are just what exist. The amphispore prevails almost entirely in the Dakotas and in western Kansas, western Nebraska, and eastern Colorado, and appears to have been more common in eastern Kansas during a dry period of several years than during a wet period. At the same time westward toward the mountains there is less chance for an .Ncidium to connect with the teleuto stage. EXPERIMENTS WITH LEPTO-UREDINEZ. It is generally supposed that teleutospores which are followed by an wcidium germinate only after a considerable period of rest, usually in early spring. As already mentioned under the discussion of sun- flower rust, the writer germinated teleutospores of this species readily in the autumn, and afterwards at different times during the winter. This readiness of germination, apparently at almost any date, is an indication in itself of an alliance to the lepto species. But, more than this, the autumn inoculations with material in which no uredospores could positively be detected nevertheless were, in some cases at least, followed first by spermogonia and then by the uredo! Of course occa- sional uredospores that may have been overlooked could have produced those few spots in which the presence of spermogonia was not certain. Here, then, is further evidence of the lepto tendency of the species. In addition, it is well known that the ecidium is rare and appears to have no fixed time of occurrence. Now, only the omission of the uredo is needed to make the rust a real lepto species. As it is, its position is more nearly that of a Hemi-puccinia than of an autcecious species. Experiments of this kind, united with critical field observa- tions, thus throw much light upon classification as to group position, as well as enabling us to connect stages. On the other hand, certain lepto species will be found to closely - 26 INVESTIGATIONS OF RUSTS. approach other groups, and, indeed, after further experiment, may have to be placed in some other group. The following species have given interesting results in culture experiments. Rusr or Cockiesur (Puceinia wanthit Scuw.). Observations and culture experiments of the writer show that the rust of cocklebur is probably limited to one host and is distinet from the species on Ambrosia, and also justify the suspicion that it lies very near the border of the Lepto-uredinex, and may belong to another group. On March 1, 1897, the first water-drop culture made gave an excel- lent germination in forty-eight hours. Long promycelia were pro- duced, but no sporidiola. On February 13, 1897, at Washington, D. C., inoculations were made on seedlings of cocklebur and Ambrosia trinda, resulting in an infection of the former in eighteen days, but not of the latter. On March 12 a second experiment resulted in a laree number of infections of cocklebur seedlings in fourteen days. In all these cases spermogonia preceded the teleutospores in the infected spots. On October 8 of the same year an ecidium was found on cocklebur in considerable abundance, associated with the teleuto- sori, at Perkins, Okla. An inoculation on cocklebur seedlings, made at Lincoln, Nebr., on February 16, 1898, resulted in the production of spermogonia in ten days. The inoculating material had been col- lected in October, 1897. An wcidium on cocklebur was again found in abundance at Las Cruces, N. Mex., on July 11, 1899. Attempts should be made to infect the cocklebur with this wcidium. Doctor Farlow says an ecidium on Xanthium in Massachusetts is frequently followed by Puccinia wanthii.“ The ease with which artificial infections are made with this rust is at first surprising. So long as there is warmth and moisture, germina- tion occurs under almost any condition and at any time. Rust or Vetiver Lear (Puccinia heterospora B. AND C.). In the last-mentioned experiments the inoculating material was taken each time from dead leaves. The same was true in one experi- ment with the rust of velvet leaf, November 14, 1896, at Manhattan, Kans., in which seedlings of the host were infected in twelve days. For all these experiments the average time of incubation was about twelve days. In December, 1896, the infected plants of the last experiment were transferred from Manhattan to Washington, D. C., and material from these was used to inoculate new seedlings, which resulted in an infection in nine days. It appears, therefore, that the «Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., Vol. X VIII, p. 75. PERENNIAL SPECIES. 27 incubation period is shorter if inoculating material is taken from liv- ing plants, and during the summer it is probably about the same as that of infections from uredospores. Numerous experiments were also made with other lepto species, including Puceinia grindeliev, Pk., P. variolans, Wark., 2. lygodesmix, Kk. and K., and 7 sherard/ana, Korn, with results similar to those above mentioned. The writer has already called attention to the phenomenon of the formation of catenulate sporidiola in two of these species, e' grindelizve and Pp’, wariolans. PERENNIAL SPECIES. The chance for the continued existence of a rust through winter resistance of the uredo without the intervention of another stage has been discussed. ‘Though such a condition can only exist on a peren- nial host, or at least one that lives over winter, if must not be sup- posed that the fungus itself is necessarily or even usually perennial. As fast as the leaves of the host die the spores simply drop on to the next lower and younger leaves and produce reinfection, the mycelium not extending through the base of the infected leaf into the next leaves. If, however, the mycelium is found within the rootstock and after a dormant period during midwinter follows the new shvots upward in early spring and again produces sori at the surface of the plant, the rust is a true perennial. This condition appears to exist in the following species. ZAKCIDIUM TUBERCULATUM E. AND K. It is now usually supposed that all ecidial forms will likely be found to be connected with other stages, though there are probably more of these forms whose connections are at present undetermined than there are of Lepto-uredinee. If any A¢cidium is more likely than another to be an independent species, certainly the probabilities are largely in favor of this species,which occurs on Callirrhoe tnvolucrata,’ for there is no need of another stage to perpetuate it, though another host might give it a wider distribution. The striking orange-yellow color, large and otherwise conspicuous sori, and its complete attack of every portion of the host make this an unusually unique and attractive species (PI. I, frontispiece). A note con- cerning the hardiness of this species was published by the writer sev- eral years ago.“ The words are here quoted: ‘*4e/dinm tuberculatum @ Bot. Gaz., Vol. XVIII, pp. 455-456. > Though not previously reported, this rust was found also on Callirrhoe alewoides at Salina, Kans., in May, 1893. «Bot. Gaz., Vol. X VIII, p. 453. Ys INVESTIGATIONS OF RUSTS. EK. and K.is still producing weidiospores on Cul/irrhoe involucrata out- doors here at Manhattan at the time of this writing (October 15, 1893), and Mr, Kk. Bartholomew, of Rooks County, Kans., tells me that he has seen in December ecidiospores on specimens of this host growing close by a large snowdrift. In the spring wcidiospores of this species begin forming about the first day of April.” On December 20, 1893, after the above was transmitted for publication, the rust was found still alive although it had been under 4 inches of snow. In a water-drop cul- ture of some of the material four spores germinated in twenty-four hours. Since that time, at later dates in the winter the living rust has been found, but close within the rootstock, with a faint color still, but producing no spores. The peculiar manner of growth of the rust, permeating the entire host and producing scattering sori all along the stems to their bases, as well as on the leaves, and the difficulty of germinating the spores harmonize also with the idea of a propagation by perennial mycelium. Besides the above instance other cultures of the spores were made as follows: At Manhattan, Kans., May 20, 1893, spores from Callirrhoe alceoides, only a few germinations in forty- eight hours; at Manhattan, June 9, 1893, spores from C. /nvolucrata germinated sparingly in twenty-five hours; at Manhattan, January 30, 1894, spores from C. ¢nvolucrata growing in ereenhouse, fair germi- - nation in sixty hours. , In the winter of 1896-97 infected plants of C. /nvolucrata were obtained from Kansas and grown in a greenhouse at Washington, D. C., and on March 17, 1897, inoculations of seedlings of the follow- ing grasses with spores from these plants failed to produce infections: Agrepyron vccidentale, A. richardsoni, Sitanion elymoides, Elymus canadensis, and Bouteloua PUCCINOSA, Rust or PEUCEDANUM FceNICULACEUM. An .eidium occurs on this host in Kansas-and Nebraska which has been reported as 22. anisotomes Reich., but the identity of which is not yet determined satisfactorily to the writer. At certain places a Puccinia follows the A¢cidium so closely that their connection is very probable. Both forms are particularly abundant at Manhattan, Kans. On April 25, 1893, at that place, it was determined by the study of many cross sections of the host plant that the mycelium of the Aeid- ium extends into the rootstock. It is one of the earliest rusts in the spring to appear in that locality. These facts make it probable that this rust is also perennial. On the other hand, it is possible that the teleutospores of the Puccinia may produce a very early infection at the base of the young shoots, resulting in the ecidium, although in some localities no Puccinia has yet been found following the Avcidium. «The species is probably Puccinia jonesii Pk., with the secidial stage present. RUST OF PEUCEDANUM FQ NICULACEUM., 29 At Lincoln, Nebr., on March 24, 1898, teleutospores of this same Pue- cinia germinated in a water-drop culture in twenty-four hours. It should be noted that it is possible for a perennial rust to exist in an annual host, the mycelium of the rust being carried over winter in the seed of the host. Such an instance is practically certain in the Euphorbia rust already discussed. Granting that Doctor Eriksson’s experiments were accurate, there would be cinia glumarum Kriks. and Henn. on wheat. another example in Due- DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. Puare I. Frontispiece. A perennial rust. ./eidium tuberculatum EK. and K,. on Cal- lirrhoe involucrata Gr. Puatre Il. Fig. 1.—Seedling of Luphorbia dentata grown constantly under bell jar from rusted seed. Fig. 2.—Puccinia vevans Farl. on Bouteloua racemosa, both uredosori and amphisori being shown. (Natural size.) Fig. 3.—The same ure- dosori and amphisori shown in fig. 2 magnified 10 diameters. Fig. 4.—Uredo- spores of Puccinia vecans X 600. Fig. 5.—Amphispores of Puccinia verans X 600. Fig. 6.—Teleutospore of Puccinia verans X 600. Fig. 7.—Germinating uredo- spore of Puccinia vexans < 300. Fig. 8.—Germinating amphispores of Puccinia vevans * 300. Fig. 9.—Uredosori of Puccinia verans on young seedling leaf of Bouteloua racemosa produced by artificial infection with uredospores from the same host. (Natural size). 32 O Bul. 63, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, PLATE CY ". Rusts OF EUPHORBIA AND GRAMA GRASS. U. S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE. BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY — BULLETIN No, 64. B. T. GALLOWAY, Chief of Bureau, A METHOD OF DESTROYING OR PREVENTING THE GROWTH OF ALGA) AND CERTAIN PATHOGENIC BACTERIA IN WATER SUPPLIES, GHORGE TaMooreE., PHYSIOLOGIST AND ALGOLOGIST IN CHARGE OF LABORATORY oF PLant PHysIoLoey,. AND KAROGC EF. KELLERMAN, ASSISTANT IN PHYSIOLOGY. VEGETABLE, PATHOLOGICAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. Issurp May 7, 1904. . EA « =e ] = =a hee = ese iene ——* oes sk ss —*: Za = = ? % == a : a “A WASHINGTON: GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE ‘y L904, BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY. B. T. Gattoway, Chief. J. E. Rocxwe.u, Editor. VEGETABLE PATHOLOGICAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. SCIENTIFIC STAFF. ALBERT F. Woops, Pathologist and Physiologist. Erwin F. Smira, Pathologist in Charge of Laboratory of Plant Pathology. GEORGE T. Moore, Physiologist in Charge of Laboratory of Plant Physiology. Hersert J Wesper, Physiologist in Charge of Laboratory of Plant Breeding. Watrer T. SwinGur, Physiologist in Charge of Laboratory of Plant Life History. Newton B. Prerce, Pathologist in Charge of Pacific Coast Laboratory. M. B. Warre, Pathologist in Charge of Investigations of Diseases of Orchard Fruits. Mark A. Careton, Cerealist in Charge of Cereal Investigations. HERMANN VON SCHRENK,® in Charge of Mississippi Valley Laboratory. P. H. Rours, Pathologist in Charge of Subtropical Laboratory. C. O. TownsEND, Pathologist in Charge of Sugar Beet Investigations. P. H. Dorserr, Pathologist. Ropney H. True,? Physiologist. T. H. Kearney, Physiologist, Plant Breeding. Cornetius L. SHear, Pathologist. WiiiiaM A. Orton, Pathologist. W. M. Scorr, Pathologist. JosepH 8S. CHAMBERLAIN, Physiological Chemist, Cereal Ivestigations. R E. B McKenney, Physiologist. Fiora W. Parrerson, Mycologist. CHARLES P Hart.ey, Assistant in Physiology, Plant Breeding. Karu F. KELLERMAN, Assistant in Physiology. DEANE B. SwiInG_e, Assistant in Pathology. A. W. Epson, Scientific Assistant, Plant Breeding. Jesse B. Norton, Assistant in Physiology, Plant Breeding. JAMEs B. Rorer, Assistant in Pathology. Luoyp 8. Tenny, Assistant in Pathology. GrorGE G Hepacock, Assistant in Pathology. PERLEY SPAULDING, Scientific Assistant. P. J. O'Gara, Scientific Assistant. A. D. SHame., Scientific Assistant, Plant Breeding. T. Raven Rosinson, Scientific Assistant, Plant Physiology. FLORENCE HeEpGEs, Scientific Assistant, Bacteriology. Cuar.es J. Brann, Scientific Assistant in Physiology, Plant Life History. a Detailed to the Bureau of Forestry. + Detailed to Botanical Investigations and Experiments. i ae 2) wp LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. U. S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE, Bureau OF PLANT INDUSTRY, OFFICE OF THE CHIEF, Washington, D. C., April 30, 1904. Str: I have the honor to transmit herewith a paper entitled *‘ A Method of Destroying or Preventing the Growth of Algze and Certain Pathogenic Bacteria in Water Supplies,” and to recommend that it be published as Bulletin No. 64 of the series of this Bureau. The paper was prepared by George T. Moore, in charge of Labora- tory of Plant Physiology, and Karl F. Kellerman, Assistant in Physi- ology, in the Office of Vegetable Pathological and Physiological Investigations, and was submitted by the Pathologist and Physiologist with a view to publication. The subject discussed in this bulletin will be of interest and value to all who have to deal with the problem ~ of preventing algal and other contamination of water supplies. Respectfully, B. T. GaLLoway, Chief of Bureau. Hon. James WILson, Secretary of Agriculture. v; ae “ é aie? an See. ae wate tere Bae ; 2 eet: ake dy We 28 Lek a + CE aa PiiaAy ri aan ; a Fer oe E : Me (nn ee iid oe a ee oe so OF ;,. . ere ee Sos PeGunn Suvi GODDOr BMIDMAIO. < cS... 5 < sac gl bie we ran no icine ae eee oe Eg 8 ie i le eS i ee i MIN Noth (Yas a Se act = he tn a oe a ae Se eS EAmMparison Of Gifect of other disinfectants >:.-....2...-.--------.-.+.----<- SEIS al a i eg ee Se 2 ae iff AAS Seen kale oc VENER, SUES SE ad ego > ge oe a Necessity of knowledge of organism and condition in reservoir... -- aa _ Application of method for destruction of pathogenic bacteria not designed to replace efficient means of filtration already in use...........------- ER ee a SC py Pa oso Pees, ge 7 OU RTA ee ee Conditions under which the Department of Agriculture can furnish infor- mation and assistance in applying this method ...........---.-------- B, P. 1.—108, VY. P. P. I.—118. A METHOD OF DESTROYING OR PREVENTING THE GROWTH OF ALGA AND CERTAIN PATHOGENIC BACTERIA IN WATER SUPPLIES. INTRODUCTION. The necessity and importance of maintaining by every possible means the purity and wholesomeness of public water supplies have caused those in authority to welcome a method which would in any way serve as an additional safeguard against the pollution of reservoirs or would prevent the bad effeets produced by the growth of algze and similar organisms. Although scientific men have been investigating the various problems involved for a considerable length of time, it is feared that the public has not always been in sympathy with these methods, and that, owing to the uncertainty of and disagreementamong eminent authorities, the whole question of water analysis, both chem- ical and bacteriological, has come somewhat into disrepute. MICROSCOPICAL EXAMINATION OF DRINKING WATER. While the best known cases of water pollution are those due to the presence of typhoid and other germs which have given rise to serious epidemics, there are a vastly greater number of water supplies which are rendered unfit for use, not because they are dangerous to public health, but on account of the very offensive odor and taste produced in them by plants other than bacteria. For this reason, in recent years, the question of whether or not a water was fit to drink has been submitted to the biologists as well as to the chemists and bacteriol- ogists, a biological examination being generally understood to mean the determination of the character and quantity of the microscopical plants and animals the water may contain as distinct from the bacteria. The history of this method of examining drinking water is really confined to the last quarter of the nineteenth century, but only within ten or fifteen years have we had any accurate knowledge of the effect of these minute plants upon the water in which they live. It is prob- able that Dr. Hassall, of London, was the first to publish any adequate account of a thorough microscopical examination of any water supply, and this work, which appeared in 1850, was practically the only thing 9 10 METHOD OF DESTROYING ALGA IN WATER SUPPLIES. upon the subject for twenty-five years, when ** MacDonald’s Guide to the Examination of Drinking Water” was published. In the mean- time various Germans had carried on investigations relating to the biology of water supplies, notably Professor Cohn, of Breslau, who, in a paper entitled the ‘* Microscopical Analysis of Well Waters,” anticipated much that has since been ascertained in regard to the effect of environment upon the character and quantity of the organism found in the water. About the time of the appearance of MacDonald’s book, interest in the effect of algw in drinking water first began to be aroused in this country, and papers by Farlow” and others called attention to the fact that these plants were responsible for many of the disagreeable odors and tastes in water reservoirs. By the year 1878 there was on record a list of over 60 cities and towns in the United States which had had serious trouble because of the presence of certain forms of vegetation in their reservoirs, but since then thou- sands of water supplies throughout the country have been rendered unfit for use by this cause alone. Early in the year 1891 the special report upon the examination and purification of water by the Massa- chusetts State Board of Health was published, this being the most com- plete treatment of the subject which had appeared up to that time. This report has been supplemented by further investigations and experiments, and the work accomplished by this board in perfecting methods for insuring a pure water supply has established the standard both in this country and abroad for similar lines of investigation. WIDE DISTRIBUTION OF TROUBLE CAUSED BY ALGZ IN WATER SUPPLIES. In order to demonstrate the very wide distribution of the trouble caused by alge in water supplies throughout the United States, a circular letter was sent to about five hundred of the leading engineers and superintendents of water companies, asking for information in regard to the deleterious effects produced by plants other than bacteria in water supplies with which they were familiar. Many instructive replies were received, indicating that those in authority were extremely anxious to be provided with some efficient remedy for preventing the bad odors and tastes in drinking water, and that they considered the @Fartow. Reports on Peculiar Condition of the Water Supplied to the City of Boston. Report of the Cochituate Water Board, 1876. | Reports on Matters connected with the Boston Water Supply. Bulletin of Bussey Inst., Jan., 1877. . Remarks on Some Algze found in the Water Supplies of the City of Boston, 1877. On Some Impurities of Drinking Water Caused by Vegetable Growths. Supplement to Ist Ann. Rept. Mass. State Board of Health. Boston, 1880. Science, IT, 333, 1883. Relations of Certain Forms of Algee to Disagreeable Tastes and Odors. - Ce SS oe =: ~* WIDE DISTRIBUTION OF TROUBLE CAUSED BY ALG, KE subject worthy of most careful investigation. Quotations from some of the letters received are given, but, because there might be some objection to the naming of towns, only the State in which the trouble occurred is indicated. This is suflicient, however, to show that the difficulty is not confined to any one part of the country, and that it is the aly alone which are responsible for most of the bad odors and tastes reported. | CALIFORNIA: Any efforts in the direction of preventing the growth of algee will be gratefully acknowledged. So long as the growth is healthy it is a benefit, but as soon as the alge break up then trouble begins. CoLorapo: We have a reservoir of water that has recently become affected through the presence of micro-organisms of the algze type that impart to the water a dis- agreeable fishy odor and render its use objectionable. DELAWARE: A fishy taste and odor. ILLINOIS: The water tasted and smelled like rotten wood. Trouble serious enough to cause general complaint by consumers on account of odor and taste. People declared that the water was musty. The appearance of the growth is yellowish-brown, and as nearly as I can describe it the smell is musty. I cer- tainly think the subject worthy of the best thought and work the Government can give it. INDIANA: . The growth increased to such an extent that we were compelled to cement the bottom and 5 feet up the stdes. It was as dense as a field of clover in June. Taste was said by the people to be woody or fishy, like rotten wood or decayed fish. At one time the report got out that the body of a missing man had been found in the reservoir. Iowa: After certain stages in the alga’s growth it seemed to die and become decom- posed, thus impregnating the water, giving it a most unpleasant odor and taste. KENTUCKY: Fishy odor and taste, rather musty. The odor was so strong that we had to discontinue sprinkling the streets and lawns. Urgency in this case is great, indeed almost imperative, since the condition of the water during the past two or three summers has culminated in formal action by the authorities. MAINE: Trouble to such an extent as to lead us to consider, without taking definite action, whether or not the water should be filtered before being distributed. Odor is reported as exceedingly disagreeable, so that many customers avoid the use of it as far as possible and believe it injurious to health. MASSACHUSETTS: Trouble very serious; some years water is unfit to drink. Present year odor and taste are not so strong as last year, when it was almost impossible to drink it. The odor was so bad that it would be almost impossible to take itas far as the mouth to taste it. Horses refused it at the street watering troughs and dogs fled from it. 12 METHOD OF DESTROYING ALGA IN WATER SUPPLIES, MINNESOTA: Water at times a fishy odor or taste due to decomposed vegetable matter. Experts claim it is entirely harmless. New JERSEY: Dark green gelatinous substance in water, causing a stench almost unbearable. Have seen Uroglena so abundant that an odor could be plainly detected one- third of a mile away. New York: Water had a very fishy taste and smell. So very offensive as to alarm all water takers. It caused such a prejudice that the supply was rejected, although the pollution was of short duration. Strong fishy odor and taste; also odor of ‘‘smartweed.’’ Popular complaint was dead fish in water mains. Odor and taste weré fishy, popularly“attributed to dead fish; but this is absurd, as the odor is that of live fish. Odor pondy and fishy; bad water; publicly condemned. Board of health interfered, yet analysis showed that water was not unhealthful. Very rank, water smelled bad, particularly when warmed. Tasted bad, but not injurious to health. Looked better than tasted or smelled. Water became unfit for use, musty or cucumber taste and smell, odor very strong in hot water; water became slimy, making it exceedingly hard to filter. Odor and taste at times decidedly fishy. A bright green powder seemed to have been sprinkled on surface. : I am much interested to know that you are taking up an investigation of algee and organisms, and I very much hope you will favor me with all circulars and information which you may issue relating to the same. I have not attempted to fill out the circular on the back of your letter, but so many cases of trouble of this kind have come to my attention that any listing of them would be very difficult. . I am devoutly thankful that science in this particular instance has got beyond the pursuit of science for recreation’s sake and is doing good and endeavoring again directly to be of much use to mankind. I believe your work is the first done in line of either cure or prevention from alge conducted in a rational man- ner, or so far as | know even attempted, and I have been connected with or well informed on public water supplies and their management all my professional life of some thirty-five years. The worst case I know of is at the ——— reservoir. A special commission is at this moment charged with the duty of advising whether or not property worth some two million dollars is to be abandoned on account of annual trouble from alge. On10: Complaint from customers of a fishy taste in water like the slime from fresh- water fish. Water had a fishy taste, causing a general kick; consumers laid it to the fish in the reservoir. All water drawn from house bibbs had an objectionable and strong odor, the popular idea being that it was due to dead fish. The towns A— and B— both have vile water, A— all the year round, B— for six or eight weeks in the hottest part of the summer. A—’s water has a vile odor, offensively musty. All vegetables, cereals, coffee, and such edibles and drinks made with the water are scarcely endurable to the visitor. PENNSYLVANIA: Water had a disagreeable tishy odor. Water smelled and tasted as if dead fish were in it. a ae ——_ ———————eEeEeiOOwoiOo METHODS FOR PREVENTING BAD EFFECTS DUE TO ALGA,. 13 PennsyLvania—Continued, The growth affected the taste of the water on boiling, but was not regarded as dangerous to health. A very fishy taste and smell. I have been unable to locate, but had an idea it came from vegetation. The water during the autumn is so foul in taste and odor that it was necessary to shut off the supply. The odor is similar to that of decayed fish. The first season of using reservoir the water became so fishy that it was almost unfit for use. Since that, owing to our care of reservoir, we have had no trouble whatever. . TEX As: At this time of the year algze are fierce; some days we are on top and some days the algse are on top. Costs us an average of $25 a month for cleaning out algee from two reservoirs. WISCONSIN: Universal complaint, caused by the odor and taste due to alge. METHODS IN USE FOR PREVENTING BAD EFFECTS DUE TO ALGZ. In order to prevent the odors and tastes above described, engineers and those in charge of water supplies have tried various remedies, none of which has been perfectly satisfactory. Since few of the algze can develop without sunlight, the most frequent recommenda- tion has been to cover the reservoir, and this method has proved suc- cessful in a few instances. However, the expense involved is so great as to make the remedy prohibitive in most cases, and other methods have had to be resorted to. One precaution which is now almost uni- versally recommended as a means of preventing the growth of alge is to remove all the organic matter possible from the reservoir and to keep the source of supply as free as can be from dead and decaying animal and vegetable matter. In one notable instance millions of dollars have been spent in the removal of earth and the substitution of gravel at the bottom of an immense new reservoir. It remains to be seen, however, whether this will be sufficient to insure permanent freedom from these troublesome plants. It is certain that attempts of this kind will delay the appearance of algz in quantity, and, wherever it is possible to do so, every effort should be made not only to clean up the reservoir at the time of its construction, but to keep it as free as possible from organic matter after it is filled. In addition to cleanli- ness a direct pumping system with duplicate, in case of breakdown or repairs, has often been recommended for use with ground water, which usually produces a more luxuriant growth of alge and similar organisms than surface water. Where it has been necessary to store such water, it has been advisable to limit the capacity of the reservoir, and frequently this storage is only intended to be used in case of fire. _ Even so, the cleansing of the reservoir and the frequent flushing of the water mains has been considered necessary. In storing surface _ water subdividing the reservoir is occasionally resorted to, and means l4 METHOD OF DESTROYING ALGA IN WATER SUPPLIES, of obtaining frequent agitation are introduced wherever possible. The pumping of air into water or aerating it by means of a spraying apparatus is often of considerable value in removing foul gases which may be in solution, but the effect of aeration upon the growth of algee in a reservoir has been very much overestimated, in some cases the quantity being actually increased by this means. The filtration of water, both mechanically and by sand, which has proved so effective for the removal of pathogenic bacteria, has been recommended as a means of removing the odors and tastes caused by alow, but the results obtained have not given promise of success. Perhaps the most careful experiments to determine this point have been conducted by those in charge of the Ludlow reservoir at Spring- field, Mass. Here the annual trouble from alge for the past fifteen years has been so great that every possible means has been used which offered any relief from the effects produced by these plants. On page 4 of the ‘‘ Special Report on the Improvement of the Present Water Supply and an Alternative New, Independent Supply,” made by the board of water commissioners to the city council of the city of Spring- field, Mass., April 14, 1902, the following statement is made: We find, as the results of the experiments of filtration, made with the sanction of your honorable body during the last fifteen months, that to purify the waters of this source by filtration would be not only doubtful as to the degree of purification, but so expensive in the cost of construction and perpetual maintenance thereafter as to make it inexpedient to attempt improvement by such a method. Your board has given constant and personal attention to the experimental work, and is convinced that the excessive growths of obnoxious fresh-water organisms, notably the Ana- baena, impart to the reservoir such rank and persistent tastes and odors as to make uncertain entire removal by any method of filtration except that of the expensive kind, applicable only to the filtering of extremely small quneiies of water, and requiring constant attention and adjustment. The State board of health, in a special report (p. 84) submitted at the same time, say that the results of the experiments indicate, in the opinion of the board, that by double filtration it will be possible to purify the Ludlow reservoir; hence there seem to be differences of opinion as to the value of this treatment for the removal of odors and tastes, but on account of the expense involved there is not likely to be any very extensive use of this method. DESIRABILITY OF OTHER METHODS. While each of the above-mentioned methods has been used with some success, it is generally conceded by engineers that there is no known remedy which is universally applicable. It is the practice of some of the highest authorities to recommend that reservoirs fre- quently polluted by alge be abandoned, and steps taken to provide an entirely new system of supply. This is, of course, the last resort, as in all such cases a large loss of money is involved. One fact is certain. Lea | DETERMINATION OF A PHYSIOLOGICAL METHOD. 1 If any known method of preventing the growth of algze was considered truly effective, it would under all circumstances be recommended. Because of the unsatisfactory results or the prohibitive expense of the present methods recommended for ridding reservoirs of algee, it seemed advisable that the problem be taken up from an entirely new standpoint, one that would take into consideration the biological aspect of the question and perhaps furnish a solution, through a study of the physiology of the organisms under laboratory conditions. A series of investigations were therefore undertaken to discover, if possible, some substance which, because of its extreme toxic effect upon the algee involved, would absolutely prevent their growth in water supplies. DETERMINATION OF A PHYSIOLOGICAL METHOD. In determining such a physiological method of dealing with reser- voirs contaminated by alge, two conditions had to be considered: The remedy should not only be readily available and cheap enough for practical use in the largest reservoirs and by the poorest communities, but under the conditions used it must also be absolutely harmless to man; the maximum amount necessary to kill the algz being far below the amount which could in any way affect the consumer of the water. Of the large number of substances experimented with, few gave en- couraging results. Free chlorine ata dilution of 1 to 10,000, and sul- phur dioxide in saturated aqueous solution at 16° C., diluted 1 to 1,000 and to 10,000, will destroy many of the common forms of alge, but sul- phur dioxide and chlorine are likewise very injurious to animal life. Silver has a very high toxicity, and were not the expense prohibitive, would undoubtedly warrant extended tests. Mercury and lead are, of course, out of the question, and zine requires too high a concentra- tion to be practically considered. The ordinary sodium, potassium, and ammonium salts are innocuous,?.as are most of the acids. Loew? finds that magnesium sulphate is toxic in pure solution at 0.4 per cent, and that oxalates are slightly more toxic; of the acids, 0.0001 per cent oxalic kills most of the cells of Spirogyra majuscula in five days. Migula ¢ notes the effect of many of the organic acids, but the use of . these substances in the amounts requisite for treating a contaminated water supply is entirely impracticable. EFFECT OF COPPER SULPHATE. Reviewing the experiments carried on in the Laboratory of Plant Physiology, as well as the results obtained by other investigators, it «Cf. Richter, Flora, 75: 4. » Loew, Flora, 75: 368. ¢Migula, Ueber den Einfluss stark verduenter Sauren auf Algenzellen, Breslau, 1888. (Original not consulted. ) 28480—No. 64—04——2 16 METHOD OF DESTROYING ALGA IN WATER SUPPLIES, seems that copper sulphate is the substance best adapted to the work in question. This salt has a very high toxicity for algw, and experi- ments with a number of the forms usually found in reservoirs, and the source of much trouble, have shown that inconceivably small amounts of copper are poisonous ina high degree, These experiments demonstrated, however, that all algve and protozoa are not equally sen- sitive. Among the latter /’ramecium is killed in three hours by a 1 to 1,000,000 solution, while Amuha, Diflugia, and Spirostomum die within two hours. Crustacea are more resistant, some— Cyprvs and Daphnia especially —requiring as much as | part copper sulphate to 10,000 of water to kill them. Mosquito larve die at a concentration varying from 10,000 to 200,000, Quoting the results of other experimenters, Devaux” found that both phenogams and cryptogams were poisoned by solutions of copper diluted to the ten-millionth part or less; Coupin? that 1 part copper sulphate to 700,000,000 of water was sufficient to affect the growth of seedlings when applied to their roots and that this is the most inju- rious of the heavy metal salts tested by him; Deherain and De Moussy ¢ that the development of the roots of seedlings was arrested in distilled water containing the slightest trace of copper, and they conclude from this that higher plants during germination, as well as fungi and algze, are extremely sensitive to copper; Bain’s experiments @ indicated that 1 part of metallic copper to 25,000,000 of water was fatal to apple seed- lings in one day; on the other hand, according to Raulin,’ copper chlo- ride does not injure Sterigmatocystis until a concentration of 1 to 240 is reached, although silver nitrate is toxic at 1 to 1,600,000. In dealing with algw, the toxic concentration varies greatly for dif- ferent genera, even for different species in the same genus. Niigeli/ demonstrated the extreme sensitiveness of Spérogyra nitida and S. dubia to the presence of copper coins in the water. Oscdllatoria, Cladophora, CEdogonium, and the diatoms succumb in six hours to a copper sulphate solution of 1 to 20,000, and in two days to 1 to 50,000, according to Bokorny.’ Galeotti’ finds that a concentration between 1 to 6,300,000 and 1 to 12,600,000 is sufficient to kill Spero- gyra nitida in two days, and that the so-called colloidal solutions at 1 to 6,300,000 are fatal in the same length of time; while in the experi- « Devaux, Compt. Rend., 132: 717. ’Coupin, Compt. Rend., 132: 645. ¢ Deherain and De Moussy, Compt. Rend., 182: 523. @ Bain, Bull. Agr. Exp. Sta. Tenn., April, 1902. é Raulin, Ann. des Sc. Nat. Bot., 5° Ser., II: 93. f Nigeli, Ueber oligodynamische Erscheinungen in lebenden Zellen. Neue Denkschr. d. schweizerischen Gesellsch. fiir die gesammten Naturwiss., 38: 51. 7 Bokorny, Arch. f. d. ges. Phys. d. Mensch. u. Thiere, 64: 262. hk Galeotti, Biol. Centralbl., 21: 321. \ EFFECT OF COPPER SULPHATE. if ments of Israel and Klingman“ the presence of 60 sq. cm. of copper foil in 300 ec. of water for twenty-four hours produced plasmal cut- ting in SN. /ara after one and one-fourth hours, in S. crassa after fifteen minutes, and in S. majuscuda after thirty minutes. The work of Rumm? shows | to 10,000,000 solution still toxic to a few more sus- ceptible cells of S. /ongata. According to Ono,’ weak solutions of the salts of most of the metals encourage the growth of algve and fungi. Mercury and copper, however, at 0.00005 per cent and 0.00001 per cent, respectively, distinctly inhibit growth. This was the case with Stigeocloniuim, Chroococcum, and Protococeus. In the experiments conducted in this laboratory it has not been pos- sible as yet to include all of the organisms known to pollute water supplies. It is believed, however, that, pending the completion of more extensive work, the data at hand will be of considerable benefit to those who have to deal with contaminated reservoirs. The method of procedure in studying this question was to determine roughly the death points of the forms under consideration, using Van Tieghem cells. Accurate solutions were then made, with distilled water, and 200 ce. of each solution was pipetted into an Erlenmyer flask. The algw, if filamentous forms, were rinsed; if free-swimming, they were concen- trated by the Sedgwick-Rafter”’ method from 500 ce. to 5 ce. volume, and this 5 ec. was added to the treated water. The inaccuracy due to the addition of the 5 cc. of untreated water to the 200 cc. of treated water was disregarded. Whenever possible, a test of these concen- trations, determined experimentally, was made under natural conditions by treating the pool from which the species under consideration was taken. If this was impracticable, an additional series was carried through in aquaria of 15 liters capacity, in which were kept goldfish, frogs, minnows, crustacea, and rotifers. Since in no case was there an appreciable difference in the effect of a concentration upon a par- ticular organism under either natural or artificial conditions, no special record is made of these gross experiments. The different species tested may, for convenience, be grouped as (1) those with death points at higher concentrations than 1 part copper sulphate to 1,000,000 parts of water; (2) those with death points between 1 to 1,000,000 and 1 to 5,000,000; and (3) those with death points at greater dilutions than 1 to 5,000,000. “\srael and Klingman, Virchow’s Archiy., 147: 293. ’Rumm, Beitrage zur Wissenschaftliche Botanik, 1: 97. Ono, Journ. of College of Sc., Imp. Univ. Tokyo, 18: 141. @ Whipple, The Microscopy of Drinking Water, New York, 1899, p. 15. 18 METHOD OF DESTROYING ALG IN WATER SUPPLIES. Effect of various concentrations of copper sulphate upon different forms of alge. [d=dead; vfia=very few alive; vid=very few dead; g=in good condition.) Date. — _ ———— ——T 2,000 | 5,000 | 10,000 | 20,000 | 200,000" | 1,000,000 Ootober 10-2)... .<.ssecsencs: 4d g g | g g g Ootoher St-O4.. «csc cccccsecs pod vid zg g g g Cente BE-O on ccdenncudesses id vid g Bg. g g GROUP i. CHLAMYDOMONAS PIRIFORMIS Dill. One part copper sulphate to water, parts— RAPHIDIUM POLYMORPHUM Fres, Date. December 2-5 January 4-7 December 21-24 January 2-5 January 7-11 Date. es Date. we tee tee ee eee «0 i ae d settee ee One part copper sulphate to water, parts— 25,000 | 50,000 | 75,000 | 100,000 | 500,000 | 1,000,000 a d id Yo g an cunts d id i Yo g g d via id vid g : g DESMIDIUM SWARTZII Ag. One part copper sulphate to water, parts— 50, 000 75, 000 | d 3d vid g g da | d id vid g g STIGEOCLONIUM TENUE (Ag.) Rabenh. One part copper sulphate to water, parts— 50,000 100,000 | 300,000 | 500,000 | 1,000,000 | 2,000,000 Aree 3d id 3d 3d vid g 3d 3d 3d id vid g id id id id vid g DRAPARNALDIA GLOMERATA (Vauch.) Ag. One part copper sulphate to water, parts— NAVICULA Sp. One part copper sulphate to water, parts— 100,000 | 150, 000 200,000 _| 1,000, 000 1,000,000 | 2,000,000 Check, mR mH 100,000 | 200,000 | 300,000 | 400,000 500, 000 1, 000, 000 d d id vid vid g Sais RR d via id vid vid g — * EFFEOT OF COPPER SULPHATE. 19 Effect of various concentrations of copper sulphate upon different forms of alga—Cont’ d. GROUP 1—Continued. SCENEDESMUS QUADRICAUDA (Turp.) Breb. Date. ee ——— =. : Check, 100,000 | 200,000 | 300,000 | 400, 000 | 500, 000 | 1, 000, 000 September 14-18 ............. d d via jd g£ g g December 7-12 .............. d via via id V4 g g NO th Ss) ee via via via id g g g EUGLENA VIRIDIS Ehrb. One part copper sulphate to water, parts— | Date. eo ee Th Lt | Cece 100,000 | 200,000 | 300,000 | 400,000 450,000 500,000 SEO oS OR | ee eee eee SS September 21-25............. d via via ad id g en October 26-30...........2---- via via via ad id g | g & December 31-—January 2 ..... via via via id id g SPIROGYRA STRICTA (E. Bot.) Wille. One part copper sulphate to water, parts— Date. a See = 5 Check. F 50,000 75,000 100,000 200,000 500,000 1,000,000 December 26-30 ...........-- d via id g gs - | g g GROUT? '2: CONFERVA BOMBYCINUM Ag. One part copper sulphate to water, parts— Date. Check. 50,000 | 100,000 | 360,000 | 500,000 | 1,000,000 | 2,000,000 J” dt eet d d d d d g ear we ee ae 2 EE ee d d d via via g g eropaner 19-145... esses 52 d d d via via g g CLOSTERIUM MONILIFERUM (Bory ) Ehrb. One part copper sulphate to water, parts— Date. Ma Ll GOMER) Toc Pe | Cee. 25,000 100,000 500,000 1,000,000 2,000, December 14-18 .............. d 12hrs d 24hrs d d | id g SYNURA UVELLA Ehrb. One part copper sulphate to water, parts— Date. Check. 250,000 500,000 666,666 750,000 | 1,000,000 | 2,500,000 March 14 .................|45-25min d.16-S0minid 1545min'd 15-60min d28-60min| gatlhr | gatlhr Mareh 18 . ..i.isuaeeenen d5-25min ceneaa's 15-45min'd 15-60min/d 28-60min| gatlhr | gatlhr 20 METHOD OF DESTROYING ALGA IN WATER SUPPLIES. Eifect of various concentrations of copper sulphate upon different forms of algua—A ‘ont’ d. GROUP R—-Continued ANABAENA CIRCINALIS Raben, One part copper sulphate to water, parts— Date. | Check, 50,000 100,000 500, O00 1,000,000 3,000,000 | 5,000,000 December 26-29. ............. d d d d id vid g January 4-7 . Pe CREE ae 2 d d d d id vid us ANABAENA FLOS-AQU® Breb. One part copper sulphate to water, parts— Date. — ——/| Check. 50,000 100,000 590,000 1,000,000 3,000,000 5,000,000 abe Peete 8 = Oe SG. di2hrs d24hrs d24hrs | d36hrs | Ds ai aby 2." ee Eo es di2hrs | d24hrs d24hrs | d36hrs | d 72hrs d 72hrs id g 1 a GROUP 3. UROGLENA AMERICANA Calk. One part copper sulphate to water, parts— Date. —|; Cheer. 1,000,000 2,500,000 | 5,000,000 10,000,000 | Maron 12. .1908=. =>... .. .o- eee | 43-5min d 16hrs vial6hrs | yta 16hrs | g The foregoing tables clearly demonstrate the effectiveness of copper sulphate as an agent for the destruction of algze, and as the cost for an amount of this salt necessary to make the strongest solution required will not exceed from 50 to 60 cents per million gallons, but one condition remains to be satisfied—that it shall be absolutely harm- less to man, domestic animals, and fish under the conditions used. In general, animal life is less susceptible to injury by copper than is plant life, though most of the higher plants, some of the fungi, and, as the preceding tables show, certain alge will live in concentrations of copper sulphate that would be fatal in a few hours to fish and frogs. The critical concentration for game fish is higher than that for such fish as carp and catfish. Black bass in good condition have endured concentrations of 1 to 50,000 for many weeks with no apparent discom- fort, while 1 to 100,000 was sufficient to kill German and mirror carp in a few hours, and 1 to 500,000 killed the most susceptible in a few days. Mud catfish are affected at practically the same concentration; goldfish at slightly greater, while yellow perch are perhaps less sus- ceptible than goldfish. This agrees with the results of Perry and Adams,“ who state that minnows and goldfish live indefinitely im a 1 to 200,000 solution. | «Perry & Adams, 4th Rept. River Polut. Conn., 2: 377-391. at a EFFECT OF COPPER SULPHATE. 21 The effects of copper upon the higher animals have been studied by a large number of investigators, and the following results may be appropriately cited: Metallic copper and its oxides, mixed with sugar, albuminoids, and fats, had no noticeable effect upon dogs; even 8 grams of fine powder (4 vrams each of copper monoxide and dioxide) caused only a slight sick- ness. Verdigris in small amounts produced none of the violent results it is supposed to cause in man. Soluble salts of copper can be given in quantities up to | gram daily, but more than this has a fatal effect. Dogs that had eaten half a gram of copper acetate per day for 24 days suffered but slightly; one dog was unaffected by doses as high as 5 grams atatime.’? Similar results were obtained by Du Moulin,’ who gave dogs and rabbits as much as .3 to 5 grams, causing sickness but in no case death, and Hippolyte Kuborn” states that a dog can take 4 grams of copper sulphate with but slight effect. Ellenberger and Hofmeister “ experimented with sheep, giving them from 18 to 1824 grams of copper in quantities sometimes as large as 2 grams per day, with fatal results. Tschirsch/ deduced from this that the nontoxicity of weak solutions of copper does not hold for rumi- nants, but this seems hardly warranted. Two grams per day can scarcely be considered a small amount, yet one sheep lived 53 days and the other 128. Ever since copper compounds have come into general use as fungi- cides, the question as to their effect upon the human system has received more or less attention.’ At times there have been vague and misleading statements in the public press, calculated to alarm those who are in the habit of using vegetables and fruits which have been subjected to treatment with Bordeaux mixture. The popular belief seems to be that copper is a poison, but it is found upon exami- nation that the very best authorities are by no means agreed upon this point. It is true that after the question had been discussed for seven months before the Belgian Royal Academy of Medicine, in 1885, it was finally decided that copper compounds in foods were harmful, but it should be remembered that in the whole discussion, where every effort was made by one side to show that copper was an actual poison, not a “ Bureq & Ducom, Journal de Pharmacie et Chimie, 25: 546, 1877. »Galippe, Journal de Pharmacie et Chimie, 23: 298. © Du Moulin, Journal de Pharmacie et Chimie, 5: 189. “ Hippolyte Kuborn, Congrés Internationale d’Hygiéne, 2: 216, 1878. ¢ Ellenberger and Hofmeister, Archiv fiir wissench. u. prakt. Thierheilkunde, 9: 325, 1883. J Tschirsch, Das Kupfer vom Standpunkte der gerichtlichen Chemie, Toxicologie und Hygiene, Stuttgart, 1893. 9 Spraying Fruits for Insect Pests and Fungous Diseases, with a Special Consider- ation of the Subject in Its Relation to the Public Health. U. 8. Department of Agriculture, Farmers’ bulletin No. 7, 1892. See also Bull. No. 6, Div. Veg. Path., U.S. Dept. Agric. ° YY METHOD OF DESTROYING ALG IN WATER SUPPLIES. single instance was given of injury to health resulting from the daily absorption of a small quantity of copper. On the other hand, many instances were cited where foods containing copper in considerable amounts were used without producing any harmful effect whatever. It should be noted also that the law prohibiting the use of copper in regreening fruits was repealed by the French authorities after the dis- cussion before the Belgian Academy. According to Thiemann-Gartner,“ chronic copper poisoning has never been proved. The supposed copper colic was discussed by Bureq? before the Congrés Internationale d’Hygiéne in 1878, and declared by him to have no existence; he even went so far as to assert an immunity against cholera for the workers in copper during various epidemics at Paris, Toulon, Marseilles, and elsewhere, but this state- ment he afterwards modified with reference to the epidemic of 1832. The good health of copper workers is also noted by Houlés and Pietra-Santa,° though they do not claim for them immunity from typhoid and cholera. Gautier@ states that persons working in dye factories, where the hands, faces, and even hair were colored green by copper, were physically unaffected, which is true also of copper turners, who remain apparently in the best of health although con- stantly in an atmosphere highly charged with copper dust. A considerable number of experiments have been made to determine the effect of copper upon man when taken into the intestinal tract. For fourteen months Galippe’ and his family used food cooked and cooled in copper vessels, the amount of copper present in the food being sufficient to be easily determined. Kobert’s experiments’ show that a 60-kg. man can take 1 gram of copper per day with perfect safety. From his own results Lehmann’ considers that copper to the amount of 0.1 gram in vegetables may produce bad taste, nausea, possibly colic and diarrhea, but nothing more serious. He has himself found peas containing as much as 630 mg. of copper per kilogram not dis- tasteful, and 200 mg. consumed at a single meal was without effect. A very careful and thorough series of tests have shown that some individuals, at least, can take copper even to the amount of 400 to 500 mg. daily for weeks without detriment to their health. Tschirsch” finds that 0.01 to 0.02 of copper (0.039 to 0.078 of copper sulphate) in dilute form have no effect; 0.05 to 0.2 causes only vomit- ing and diarrhea. «Thiemann-Gartner, Handbuch und Beurtheilung der Untersuchung der Wasser, Braunschweig, 1895. > Burceg, Congrés Internationale d’ Hygiéne, 1: 529, 1878. ¢ Houlés and Pietra-Santa, Journal de Pharmacie et Chimie, 5th Ser., 9: 3083. @ Gautier, Le Cuivre et le Plomb, Paris. 1883. éGalippe, Compt. Rend., 84: 718. J Kobert, Lehrbuch der Intoxicationen. (Original not consulted. ) ¢ Lehmann, Minch. Med. Wochensch., 38: 603. hk Tschirsch, 1. e¢. EFFEOT OF COPPER SULPHATE. 23 The process of regreening legumes is described by Bouchardat and Gautier,“ showing the amount of copper thus introduced into the vegetables to be too small to produce any injurious effect. The maxi- mum amount of this metal in regreened peas as given by Gautier? is 125 mg. per kilogram, in connection with which he notes that Chatin and Personne have given it as 270 mg. According to Gautier, the amount of copper ordinarily consumed in a full meal is 95 mg. Lafar ° attributes the green color of Lodisan and Parmesan cheese to the presence of copper, giving the maximum amount for Lodisan cheese as 215 mg. per kilogram. Chocolate“ contains 0.005 to 0.125 gram per kilogram, cafe bourbon’ 8 mg. per kilogram, and beef 1 mg. per kilogram. There is 0.01 gram of copper sulphate in 14 pounds of bread,’ 0.1 gram of copper oxide has been found in 1 kilogram of pre- serves, and similar amounts are normally present in a large number of commodities used for food. Medicinal uses of copper compounds are cited by Du Moulin.’ He has prescribed 12 to 15 eg. for scrofulous children, for cases of oph- thalmia, ete., and found no ill effects. Copper sulphate in doses of 40 to 50 cg. for four or five days has proved beneficial to children with diphtheria. Summarizing from a large number of experiments, Bernatzik” con- cludes as follows: After entering the stomach only small quantities of copper are absorbed by the blood, and toxic action occurs only when the necessary amount can accumulate in the circulation. Silver, copper, and zinc have almost the same medicinal properties, the dif- ference being of degree rather than kind. They differ markedly from other heavy metals, having no harmful effects upon the tissues, and producing no fatal functional injuries; hence they are not poisons in the same sense as are lead, mercury, arsenic, antimony, and phos- phorus. Moreover, in the case of copper, after suspension of the dose the injured functions return to the normal. It is evident that there is still a considerable difference of opinion among eminent authorities as to the exact amount of copper which may be injurious, but as a very conservative limit we may accept 0.02 gram as the amount that may with safety be absorbed daily. Accord- ing to Merck’s Index, the National Dispensatory, and the United States Dispensatory, the dose of copper sulphate for tonic and astrin- @ Bouchardat and Gautier, Congres Internationale d’ Hygiene, 5: 486. > Gautier, 1. ¢. ¢ Lafar, Technical Mycology, 159. 4Duclaux, Bull. de la Soc. Chim. de Paris, 16: 35. €Sargeau, Jour. de Pharm., 18: 219, 654; 16: 507. J Tschirsch, 1. c. 9 Du Moulin, Journal de Pharmacie et Chimie, 18: 189. th Bernatzik, Encyclop. d. ges. Medicin., 11: 429; Encyclop. d. ges. Heilkunde, 11: 429. 24 METHOD OF DESTROYING ALG2® IN WATER SUPPLIES. vent purposes is one-fourth grain, or 0.016 gram; as an emetic, a dose of tive grains, or 0.33 gram, Thus it is seen that even if the maximum concentration of copper sulphate necessary to destroy alge in reser- voirs were maintained indefinitely, the total absorption from daily use would be very far below an amount that could produce the least unpleasant effect. Taking a dilution of one to one million, which in all cases would be sufticient to prevent the growth of a polluting algal form, it would be necessary to drink something over twenty quarts of water a day before an amount which is universally recognized as harmless would be introduced into the system, while more than fifty quarts would have to be consumed before there would be danger of producing an unpleasant or undesirable effect. As will be seen from the preceding tables the use of copper sulphate at this maximum strength of one to one million would need to be resorted to only in extreme cases, and for a very short length of time, for, the reservoir once entirely free from the organisms, a very much weaker solution would be suflicient should any further application be necessary. Perhaps the strongest argument in favor of using a chemical treat- ment of this kind is that even though enough copper should be added to a reservoir to make a one-millionth solution, nothing like this amount would appear in the water distributed. A very large percent- age of the copper is combined with the algz and precipitated in other ways, so that practically none would remain in solution after the first few hours.“ Samples of water taken from a reservoir treated with sufficient copper sulphate to make a solution of one to one million, failed to show any reaction for copper after twenty-four hours, although all the algw were killed. It is believed that the process used of evaporating down the original quantity and testing by the delicate potassium ferro-cyanide method would certainly have detected copper had it been present in the proportion of one to fifty million. Other tests were made by different chemists, but always with negative results. In addition to the use of copper sulphate in reservoirs containing water to be used for domestic purposes, there are possibilities of its application in treating irrigation reservoirs, small pleasure lakes, fish ponds, oyster beds, etc. Here it may often be desirable to exceed the strength of solution that would represent the maximum required in a municipal water supply. This would be done not only to kill all the alow, but to destroy or drive away reptiles and other pests, leaving the water perfectly clear and clean. The use of some such method for the destruction of mosquito larvee also seems worthy of attention. The mere removal of the great mass of algal growths in stagnant pools undoubtedly reduces the number of larvee by destroying this source « Adsorption, according to True and Ogilvie (Science, N. S., 19: 421), would materi- ally reduce the quantity of copper in solution. See also Bull. No. 9, Veg. Phys. and Path., U. S. Dept. Agric. METHOD OF APPLYING THE COPPER SULPHATE. 95 of their food and depriving them of protection from fish and other enemies. This is probably the explanation of the reported” decrease in the number of mosquito larve after spraying a lily pond with Bordeaux mixture, although it is possible that the strength of the solution rsed may have been partly responsible for their death. — [t is believe that it will not be impracticable to use the amounts of copper s: -hate necessary to actually destroy such larvee. Certainly this methoo if effective offers considerable advantages over any now in use, and it should be thoroughly tested. Cooperative experiments are now under way with the Bureau of Entomology to determine the strength of solution necessary to kill larvee of different species and ages under various conditions. METHOD OF APPLYING THE COPPER SULPHATE. The method of introducing the copper sulphate into a water supply is extremely simple. Though any plan will suffice which distributes the copper thoroughly, the one recommended and used by the Department of Agriculture is as follows: Place the required number of pounds of copper sulphate in a coarse bag—gunny-sack or some equally loose mesh—and, attaching this to the stern of a rowboat near the surface of the water, row slowly back and forth over the reservoir, on each trip keeping the boat within 10 to 20 feet of the previous path. In this manner about 100 pounds of copper sulphate can be distrib- uted in one hour. By increasing the number of boats, and, in the case of very deep reservoirs, hanging two or three bags to each boat, the treatment of even a large reservoir may be accomplished in from four to six hours. It is necessary, of course, to reduce as much as possible the time required for applying the copper, so that for immense supplies with a capacity of several billion gallons it would probably be desirable to use a launch, carrying long projecting spars to which could be attached bags each containing several hundred pounds of copper sulphate. In waters that have a comparatively high percentage of organic acid it is sometimes advisable to add a sufficient amount of lime or some alkali hydrate to precipitate the copper. The necessity for this will never occur in a limestone region, as in this case there will always be enough calcium hydrate or carbonate to cause the desired 7 recipita- tion. The precipitation of copper does not mean the destruction of its toxicity, for experiments conducted in this laboratory have con- firmed Rumm’s’ results that the insoluble salts of copper, such as the hydrate, carbonate, and phosphate, are toxic only if they are in con- tact with the cell, but are highly toxic in that case. -In this connection it should be mentioned that Hedrick” has described a method for con- —_—_—_—_— — — - ee — es “Hedrick, Gardening, 11: 295. > Rumm, |. e. 26 METHOD OF DESTROYING ALGA IN WATER SUPPLIES, trolling the growth of algal scum in lily ponds by the use of Bordeaux mixture which seems to have been temporarily effective. However, the impracticability of using such a mixture is apparent for the destruction of microscopic algve distributed through a reservoir or a lake containing millions of gallons. PRACTICAL TESTS OF THE METHOD. WATER-CRESS BEDS. The first practical test of the treatment of water for the purpose of killing out extensive growths of algze was made in the fall of 1901 near Ben, Va., in connection with the cultivation of water cress for market. Water cress is grown there, as well as in other parts of the country, in large quantities during the winter, it being a valuable crop at that season of the year. ‘The cress is confined in beds made by construct- ing dams across a small stream, which maintains a water level not too high for the growth of the plants and yet permits flooding when there is danger of a freeze. In the locality where the experiments were carried on the water was obtained from a thermal spring with a tem- perature the year around of about 70° F. Such a temperature was particularly favorable to the development of Sp¢rogyra and similar fila- mentous algv, so that when the cress was freshly cut they frequently increased to such an extent as to completely smother out a large part of the young and tender plants. The only known remedy under such conditions was to rake out the water cress and algve and reset the entire bed. This was an expensive method, however, besides being success- ful only about half the time. Consequently, it was very desirable to devise some means of preventing the growth of the alge without injuring the water cress, and the treatment by means of copper sug- gested itself. At first a strong solution of copper sulphate was used, spraying it on the algal covered surface of the beds, but this only destroyed the few filaments with which the copper came in contact, the large mass of algee being practically unaffected. The method of applying the copper by means of dissolving it directly in the beds was next tried, and the success of the treatment was almost immediately evident. In this case the amount of copper added was about equal to a strength of 1 to 50,000,000 parts of water, but it is probable that by the time it reached most of the Spdrogyra it was considerably weakened, as it was impossible to prevent a slight current of fresh water from passing through the beds at all times. The success of the copper treatment for eradicating alge from cress beds has been thoroughly demonstrated, and there is no reason why growers should have trouble from this cause in the future. The strength of the solution used for killing the algz is so very much weaker than that which might affect the cress that there is no possible danger of PRACTICAL TESTS OF THE METHOD. 27 injuring the latter if the solution is used by anyone capable of observ- ing ordinary care. The question of how long a treatment is effective must, of course, depend upon conditions, but it is believed that the application of the proper amount of copper once or twice a year will in most cases be suflicient to keep down any algal pest. The manager of the Virginia Cress Company writes, under date of April 12, 1904: The ‘“‘moss’’ has given me no trouble at all this winter. In fact I have for six months only had to resort to the copper sulphate once. * * * AJl the conditions were favorable last fall and early winter for a riot of ‘‘moss,’’ but it did not appear at all until just a few days ago, and then yielded to treatment much more readily than it did when I first began to use the copper. WATER RESERVOIRS. The successful elimination ef algee from the cress beds of the South, under conditions which were particularly favorable to the growth of these pests, made it desirable that experiments be inaugurated calcu- lated to demonstrate the possibility of ridding water reservoirs of the disagreeable odors and tastes caused by similar organisms. While it was realized that the popular prejudice against any chemical treat- ment of drinking water was strong, it was believed that the very weak solution, together with the very rapid disappearance of the salt added, would not render it a prohibitive method when applied under the direction of the proper authorities. It was also found that consumers of a water which possessed a disgusting odor and taste were not so prejudiced against the use of even a chemical method of extermina- tion, provided it could be proved that no bodily harm would result. In the spring of 1903 there was brought to the notice of the Depart- ment the supply of a water company in Kentucky, which promised to furnish a most satisfactory test. Ever since the construction of their reservoir it had given off an unpleasant odor. For the first two sea- sons this was supposed to be due to decaying vegetation, but later years demonstrated the well-known ‘‘pigpen” odor due to alge, and this increased from year to year until it was almost unbearable. In July, 1903, when the trial was begun, the microscopical examina- tion demonstrated an average of— SE ees ee Ree os 2 SS Sn per ce.. 7,400 I ie a GLE ee Ree eye 7 eg e ae. > =, 1,,100 IR ad Re eae TCE Kae xishc oS ale Peet die Set ae 4 « do.--:. 200 There were about 25,000,000 gallons of water in the reservoir at the time of the experiment, and on account of the great number of blue- green alge present it was decided to apply the copper at a strength of 1 to 4,000,000. About 50 pounds of copper sulphate was accordingly placed in a coarse sack and this, attached to a boat, was dragged over the surface of the reservoir, giving especial attention to the region which seemed to contain the greatest number of Anabena filaments. 2s METHOD OF DESTROYING ALG IN WATER SUPPLIES. The decrease in the number of organisms as the result of this treat- ment during the next twenty-four hours was very decided. In two days the surface was clear and the water had lost its blue-green color, becoming brown, due to the dead organisms held in suspension. There was a slight increase in odor during the first two days after treatment, but this was followed by a gradual subsidence until it had entirely disappeared, not to appear again that season. The following list of counts made from surface examinations at one station illus- trates what went on throughout the reservoir, and shows the almost immediate effect of a 1 to 4,000,000 solution of copper sulphate upon the number of filaments of Anabena flos-aque. The treatment was made July 9. Filaments per cubie centimeter, Joly Ger eee ease ns onc eon c Cea eee ee eee ee 3, 400 Faby 10 eae ole c oo ons inated eee ne ee 4 Dtghy Bd 5 Se ee ee Se. oe +s ee ae ae i ee ee 8 Bly Ot ee eee PEEP ey ee ee 0 Pr), a RR eS Os Ss ee mn meey Shad t SERA he 0 SOly. 20: . so eae, os 3 Sone on: 2 25 sae er 0 It remains to be seen what the condition will be during the coming summer, but it is believed it can never be any worse than at the time of treatment, and it is reasonable to suppose that there will be considerably fewer organisms this year than last. Even though an annual treatment of the reservoir prove necessary, involving a cost of from $25 to $50, the already great improvement in the quality of the water will certainly make it justifiable. Other experiments of a similar character were carried on in different parts of the country with reservoirs of a capacity of from 10,000,000 to 600,000,000 gallons. While the results were all favorable, it is deemed best not to publish any detailed account until the effect of the treatment can be followed through another season. The summer of 1903 was cold and wet, and in some cases the decrease in the number of organisms may have been due to these factors. However, the several instances of the yery sudden and rapid disappearance of forms which were present in tremendous quantity, without any reappearance, indicated that the treatment was most effective. Those in charge of these water supplies reported that they were well satisfied with the result. EFFECT OF COPPER UPON PATHOGENIC BACTERIA. TYPHOID. The value of copper sulphate as an agent for the destruction of alex polluting reservoirs suggests its use in cases where the organism is pathogenic. Since this salt is fatal to the algal growths, it seemed EFFECT OF COPPER UPON PATHOGENIC BACTERIA, 29 probable that it would also destroy bacteria, and that cholera germs and typhoid germs might succumb to its action. The sterilization of public water supplies by chemical means has so far seemed an impossibility. Nearly every known substance has been tested, but the high concentrations required to produce the desired effect, the extreme toxicity of the agents, their cost, or the difficulty of application, have eliminated all but copper sulphate as a possibility for the present purpose. According to Semmer and Krajewski,¢ 1 to 160 solution of this salt will inhibit action in infected blood, and septic bacteria can be destroyed with a 10 per cent solution. Bolton? says that 1 to 500 is toxic, but 1 to 1,000 permits the growth of cholera; 1 to 200 and 1 to 500, respectively, produce the same results with typhoid, and some of the spore-bearing forms are unaffected at 2 per cent. Green’ gives 25 per cent as the amount necessary to kill typhoid in two to twenty-four hours, and finds cholera only slightly less sensitive. Israel and Klingman,” however, find that almost infinitesimal amounts of copper in colloidal solution are fatal to typhoid, cholera, and Bacillus coli. There is considerable literature upon the use of copper sulphate as a disinfectant for clothing, bed- ding, cesspools, ete., but it is not necessary to review it at this place. Sternberg’ found that its germicide power was decidedly superior to the corresponding salt of iron and zinc, and demonstrated that it destroyed micrococci from the pus of an acute abscess in the propor- tion of 1 to 200. He says, **This agent (cupric sulphate), then, is a valuable germicide and may be safely recommended for the disinfec- tion of material not containing spores.” The high percentage of copper sulphate given by most of these authorities seems to preclude the idea of its practical use for the pur- pose desired. It should be remembered, however, that these inyesti- gators were working for a very different end, namely, to find concen- trations destructive to bacteria in the presence of large quantities of albuminoid and fatty matter. Experiments conducted under similar circumstances have confirmed the above results, but the conditions obtaining in public water supplies are widely different. Here the amount of albuminoid matter is so small that the death point of the typhoid or cholera organism is lowered tremendously and very dilute solutions of copper are shown to be toxic. The tabulated results on the succeeding pages demonstrate this fact. “Semmer and Krajewski, Arch. f. exp. Path. u. Pharmakol., 14: 139. > Bolton, Rep. of Com. on Disinfectants, Am. Pub. Health Assn., 1888, p. 153. ¢Green, Zeit. fur Hyg., 13: 495. @{srael and Klingman, Virchon’s Archiy., 147: 293. eSternberg, Rep. Com. Disinfection, Am. Pub. Health Assn., 1888, p. 38. See also Infection and Immunity, New York and London, 1903. 80 METHOD OF DESTROYING ALG IN WATER SUPPLIES. Effect of copper sulphate upon Bacillus typhi at different temperatures, 4 {Determination made in tubes of bouillon, + indicates growth after 48 hours’ incubation; — indi- cates no growth.} 1 part cop-| 1 part cop-| 1 part cop- per sul- per sul- per sul- Duration of exposure to action of copper | Tempera- Check phate to phate to phate to sulphate, ture, ; 100,000 200, 000 , parts of parts of parts of water. water. water. °¢, | 38 { _ + + 28 + + + + D Oe . ws connexes avnecu en cueneeeiaeeee ss 23.5 + + + oo , re 4) + + + + 1 + + + + 38 + - + + | 28 + - + + 4 DOUG «oo ov ccncuncse ecdees tees se 23.5 + (?) oa +b | 14 + + + + 4 a + + + 38 + = _ + 28 + _ + + G@ROUM Sew esa ds aasccruvoaseneeens Be aKiniwa 23.5 + - + + ". if + He + + 4 + + + + 38 + - = + 28 + _ + + DOING sg xine Ba | > ba mos ays oe 2a | 4|e3| 22 | 4 |e8| 22 | |es = Dae oy oe eg en) RS S |S|88/8 |s|es/s |s/a8 —Q za ID -Q za lw —Q a 1a pense 144| 4] 5] 108| 2| 7 Biot |. A Ea age | 792 | 2 4 90} 1 Ail R198! Pd 5 14,634 | 2 vf 11 0 5 72 3 4 B HOUT os... 255... 16, 212 0 0 126 0 Z 6 0 0 954 0) 2 0 0 1 0 0 0 MOUTH): 2025... Su aa HHS. |. 3 31 0 0 0 0 0 0 24,300 | 2 8 0 uf Z 0 0 i OT a 19,400 | 0 0 2) ot Red | 5 0°) 0 0 20, 484 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 1 Po ile by: \ ee xs 19,674 | 0 0 0} 0 0 0; 0 3 = | ec >. { 6,156 0 33 0 0 | 0 0 0 0 /{21, 600 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SS Im =I coco ooo co KB CERN aExperiment conducted in 12-liter aquaria. 28480—No. 64--04——_ 3 ooo oo oo oo oF ©& coniOo WOW SCF OF O&O oOo FM OF COON FE CO CSC SO Saprophytie bacteria. ao © oo 6. co 6 & ©o oc oe a 2 No. 1 was untreated; copper sulphate was added to Nos, 2, 3,4, and 5. Three cubic centimeters of a mixture of cultures of B. typhi were added to each jar 18 hours before treating. All small nonliquifying colonies counted as typhoid. 32 METHOD OF DESTROYING ALGA IN WATER SUPPLIES, Effect of copper sulphate upon Bacillus typhi at low temperature.4 [Determination made in Petri dishes. | | One part = Duration of exposure to action of copper sulphate. Tempery, Check, | otbD O00 parts water. ° 6, Colonies. Colonies, ean a hud: uae Peas Ca babwe od cc ssceccovsunducncean’ 5] 2,187) 1,944 OE SSE AMEE it D3 5S Sl hola so ae 5| 2,646 | 881 eI oe Pr ee ee ee Te ew waive cklsieus eoebent 5 1, 026 | 702 RR nee et tae oe veces eeaddanueany 5 351 Ys eS 8 eee ee 2 senmloaien ¢ 5 37 | 0 a Experiment conducted in test tubes each containing 5 ce. of sterilized water, part of which had been previously treated with the desired amount of copper sulphate. All tubes inoculated with a 3mm. loop of a culture of B. typhi of the proper age. Eject of copper sulphate upon Bacillus coli cultures of various ages. [Determination made in tubes of bouillon. + indicates growth after 48 hours’ incubation; — indi- cates no growth. | / Duration of exposure to La action of solution of 1 part | Culture 36 Culture 24} Culture 18} Culture 12| Culture6 | Culture 3 copper sulphate to 100,000 | hours old. | hours old. | hours old. | hours old. | hours old. | hours old. parts water. a EEE oe eee + + + + + - @ bert oe 2S eta ed 4 5, ae — — i. _ _ rer. Devnet es mo ieee - = ae = = = a Experiment conducted in test tubes each containing 5 cc. of sterilized water, part of which had been previously treated with the desired amount of copper sulphate. All tubes inoculated with a 3mm. loop ofa culture of B. coli of the proper age. Effect of copper sulphate upon Bacillus coli at different temperatures. [Determination made in tubes of bouillon. + indicates growth after 48 hours’ incubation; — indi- cates no growth. | | One part copper sulphate to— Duration of exposure to action of | Tempera- Check. “|=. en copper sulphate. ture. * | 100,000 parts | 200,000 parts | 500,000 parts water. water. water. “¢ 38 ss i TF + 28 + + oa ~ SONS eas eats ine aetna => 2 == 23.5 + + + + 14 + + + + 1 + + + + 38 + = = + 28 — os — oe ANOUPH scope vacsncan a danceawandess chines 23.5 + + + + 14 ah + bg ss 4 + a 5 + 38 +t 3 3 +- | 28 + + + + GOUT 2. 5..annmanchinaeteasan ete we aicnic's 23.5 ao + + SS | l4 te + + + 4 t as + bi | a Experiment conducted in test tubes each containing 5 ce. sterilized water, portions of which had been previously treated with the desired amounts of copper sulphate. All tubes inoculated with a 3-mm. loop of a 24-hour culture of B. coli. EFFECT OF COPPER UPON PATHOGENIC BACTERIA. 33 Effect of copper sulphate upon Bacillus coli at room temperature, @ {Determination made in Petri dishes. | ae f | 1 part copper sulphate to— uration of expo- | ee ie sure to action of | Check, 00 parts | 2 | r09,000 parts |1,000,000 parts'5,000,000 parts copper sulphate. 100,090 parts | 200,000 parts | 50), parts (1,000, parts 5,000, parts of water, of water. of water, | of water. of water. Colonies, Colonies, Colonies. Colonics. Colonics. Colonies. a 3, 888 5, 697 | 4, 455 8, 987 | 5, 490 6, 426 NE %, 456 2,295 | 1, 755 2,700 3, 483 2, 160 0 eee 2, 592 2, 565 1, 755 2, 403 1,377 1, 873 Oo 2,079 1,971 8, 429 1, 890 | 8, 267 | 3, 942 ES eee 3, 969 2, 885 2, 295 3, 456 2,214 2,349 Oo Loe 2, 457 1,701 1, 242 3, 834 2,106 3, 078 OOS UN 1, 566 1, 404 2, 295 1, 431 2, 025 3, 240 4 hours....... eee 1, 823 | 675 1, 593 2, 403 | 1, 674 | 1, 836 IseS....-....-:-.:- 1,107 96 459 1,026| . 613 | 1,728 oo 297 5 43 366 513 | 891 aExperiment conducted in test tubes, each containing 5 cc. of sterilized water, portions of which had been previously treated with the desired amounts of copper sulphate. All tubes inoculated with a3 mm. loop of an 18-hour culture of B. coli. Effect of copper sulphate upon Bacillus coli at low temperature. [Determination made in Petri dishes. } | 4 part cop- Duration of exposure to action of copper sulphate. i | Check. OTe | water. owes a= Jao = ere BE) = ao Colonies. Colonies. ete eel ES i OA eee > 51 2,700 | 2, 673 oP ayo") I Se eae ne Oe | 5 3, 591 1, 620 COPIES C stat pl a eee ee rE Btn Se on ie oe 5 | 2,403 1,215 RES ES i se te SS Sv. win 0 bine aa ee Ie 5 f | 2,106 | 1, 431 aExperiment conducted in test tubes each containing 5 cc. of sterilized water, part of which had been previously treated with the desired amount of copper sulphate. All tubes inoculated with a 3mm. loop of a culture of B. coli of the proper age. Effect of copper sulphate upon paracolon cultures of various ages. 4 [Determination made intubes of bouillon. + indicates growth after 48 hours’ incubation; —indi- cates no growth. ] Duration of exposure to ac- tion of solution of 1 part | Culture 36 | Culture 24} Culture 18| Culture 12| Culture 6 | Culture 3 copper sulphate to 100,000 | hours old. | hours old. | hours old. | hours old. hours old. | hours old. parts of water. | Ss ae Se eee a = ? be * es EES eee eee — = = : ? 2 0 re = = ne fe. od aExperiment conducted in test tubes each containing 5 ec. of sterilized water, part of which had been previously treated with the desired amount of copper sulphate. All tubes inoculated witha 3mm. loop of a culture of paracolon of the proper age. These tables show that Bacillus typhi is more sensitive to copper sulphate than is co/7, that the para group are about equally sensitive, and that temperature has a very important bearing on the toxicity of 34 METHOD OF DESTROYING ALGA IN WATER SUPPLIES. the copper in solution. At room temperature, which is near the tem- perature of a reservoir in summer, a dilution of 1 to 100,000 is fatal to typhi in three to five hours; at 5° it requires twenty-four hours for complete destruction. The results obtained were checked in three ways: (1) Five cubic centimeters of each of the solutions to be tested, made up with filtered hydrant water and check tubes of the same water, were sterilized in test tubes. ‘To each of these was transferred one 3-mm. loop of a bouillon culture of the bacillus. After the proper exposure, a 3-mm. loop of the inoculated water from each tube was transferred to a sterile bouillon tube with a corresponding number. These bouillon tubes were then incubated forty-six hours at 38°, the time and concentration of the agent required to prevent growth being noted. (2) Instead of transferring to bouillon tubes from the inoculated water, the transfer was made to gelatine tubes, and plates were poured in 10-cem. Petri dishes, thus making it possible to estimate the reduc- tion in the number of bacteria in concentrations not sufficient to pre- vent growth. (3) Five 12-liter aquaria, two of which contained a high percentage of organic matter, also a large quantity of alge and other aquatic plants, were insmainted. each with 3 cubic centimeters of cultures of Bacillus typhi of different ages, and allowed to stand eighteen hours, and two poured plates were made from each aquarium, the 3-mm. loop being used in all cases. To these aquaria were then added al per cent solution of copper sulphate in sufficient quantity to produce the desired concentration. After the proper time had elapsed, another series of plates was made, this being repeated every two hours for a period of twelve hours. The tests were made upon four distinct cultures of Bacdllus typha, designated respectively Wasserman, Stokes, Say, and Longcope, and except in the case of the aquaria series, upon Lacill/us coli and some of the para forms. These organisms were obtained from the labora- tory of H. K. Mulford & Co. ASIATIC CHOLERA. The method of procedure in determining the toxic concentration for Microspiva comma (Spirillum cholere) was identical to that employed in the case of Bacillus typhi. The tables on the next page show that the toxic limits of these two pathogenic organisms are very similar and that Microspira comma is slightly more sensitive to copper sulphate than is Bacillus typhi. To destroy the cholera germ requires about three hours in a 1 to 100,C00 solution at a temperature above 20°. A longer exposure or a higher concentration is necessary to produce this result at lower temperatures. EFFECT OF COPPER UPON PATHOGENIC BACTERIA. 35 effect of copper sulphate upon Microspira comma at different temperatures, @ [Determination made in Petri dishes. } / One part copper sulphate to— Duration of exposure to action of — | Tempera! Gp eex. a copper sulphate. ture, 100,000 parts | 200,000 parts | 500,000 parts water, water. water. 7 —- : | Ts °¢. Colonies. | Colonies. Colonies. | Colonies. | 5 1, 866 1,400 |. 566 3, 366 15 2, 500 533 1, 100 1, 000 ee a's wns anv on Owe wll i ae . os 26 8,500 | 3 100 733 | 30.5 4, 556 7 | 66 | 1, 433 | 5 1, 533 | 133 13 766 | 15 1, 033 21 72 95 aa ahs a wis a Wu dn wae oe bale tite olen 26.5 1, 033 | 0 6 1 30.5 1, 466 | 0 0 12 5 2, 000 | 32 i) 700 15 3, 033 9 20 84 RIS Se boca Balcldy babs eh oetcncel fe an 4) 26.5 3, 600 0 166 533 30.5 1, 066 0 0 90 aExperiments conducted in test tubes, each containing 5 ce. of sterilized water, portions of which had been previously treated with the desired amounts of copper sulphate. All tubes inoculated with a 3 mm. loop of a 14-hour culture of M. comma. Effect of copper sulphate upon Microspira comma at different temperatures.@ [Determinations made in buillon tubes. + indicates growth after 48 hours’ incubation; — indicates no growth. ] 1 part of copper sulphate to— Duration of exposure to action of | Tempera- 7 a a SS aa ‘ * | 100,000 parts 200,000 parts | 500,000 parts copper sulphate. ture. water. water. water. °o ce aly =F a ae == MUMRITES See Se as os tS A ee 24.4 + 4+ +} ~ 30.5 ae = pe : 17 5 fs sf Te _ OD esse 2 24.4 + _ + So 30.5 “Ff _ _ + | 17 +. * + + et eae | 24.4 + ae | + = | ag Ree © 2. = = \ | aExperiment conducted in test tubes each containing 5 ce. of sterilized water, part of which had been previously treated with the desired amount of copper sulphate. All tubes inoculated with a 3mm. loop of a 16-hour culture of M. comma. It will be seen that the concentration of copper required is consid- — erably greater than the maximum necessary for the destruction of alow, and would, of course, be injurious to the aquatic animals nor- mally present in a reservoir if it were allowed to act for any great length of time. Experiments in this laboratory have demonstrated, however, that the time necessary to remove Bacillus typhi is from three to four hours in summer, twenty-four hours in the coldest weather, and that under such conditions the solution does not injure fish and frogs or the common aquatic plants such as HVodea, Myriophyllum, and Lemna. To remove the copper at the desired time the method 36 METHOD OF DESTROYING ALG IN WATER SUPPLIES. suggested in the preceding section in the case of acid and soft waters may be employed — that is, precipitate the copper by some soluble hydroxide or carbonate, This somewhat complicates the treatment, as it will be necessary to determine from the character of the water the amount of copper necessary to produce a solution of 1 to 100,000, as well as to estimate how much of the hydroxide or carbonate should be added. ‘That such work be conducted under the constant and direct supervision of competent authorities is even more important than when treating for algal contamination. COMPARISON OF EFFECT OF OTHER DISINFECTANTS. A comparison of the effect of copper sulphate with certain other substances commonly used as disinfectants is instructive, and gives some idea of the great toxicity of this metal. Mercuric chloride (cor- rosive sublimate) is slightly more fatal to typhoid and cholera than copper sulphate acting at a lower temperature and in a shorter length of time. Carbolie acid, one hundred times as strong as the dilution found to be effective for copper sulphate, and acting eight times as long, failed to kill. The same is true of formalin used between fifteen and twenty times the strength of a 1 to 100,000 solution. Using one thousand times the amount of citric acid that would be used of copper sulphate produces death. Thymol is effective in six hours when used in a solution of 1 to 5,000, and naphthalene is five times weaker. COLLOIDAL SOLUTIONS. The preceding experiments have dealt with copper in solution as the salt of some acid. The effect upon water of metallic copper surfaces, producing the so-called colloidal solution of copper, deserves especial mention. As Niigeli, Galeotti, and Israel and Klingman have abun- dantly demonstrated, the slight amounts of copper thus brought into solution are highly toxic to many forms of algee and bacteria. The experiments carried on in this laboratory show that it is undoubtedly possible to exterminate Uroglena and some forms of Spirogyra by suspending in the water copper foil sufficient to give an area of about 1 sq. em. to each 100 ec. of water. This would not be a practicable method of treating a reservoir, but it suggests the possibility of sheet copper being used as a preventive of pollution. By suspending large sheets of this metal at the intake of a reservoir, it is probable that conditions would be rendered sufficiently antago- nistic to algal growth to maintain the sterility of a reservoir after it had once been thoroughly cleansed of polluting forms. It would, of course, be necessary to keep such copper sheets clean in order to prevent a reduction of the toxic action due to the formation of an insoluble or slimy coating on its surface. It is possible that some COLLOIDAL SOLUTIONS. 87 electrical method may be perfected for rapidly obtaining a strong colloidal solution, which will furnish a more convenient means of application than that of the crude salt. In regard to the bacteria causing cholera and typhoid, the impor- tance of the specific toxic effect of colloidal copper is probably much greater than with algw. The following tables show the proportions of the area of copper to the quantity of water and to the time and the temperature necessary to produce the complete sterilization of water containing these pathogenic germs: Effect upon Bacillus typhi of exposure to colloidal solution of copper at room temperature.4 [Determination made in tubes of bouillon, +4 indicates growth after 48 hours’ inoculation; — indi- cates no growth. } | 15sq.mm. 100sq.mm. | 225sq.mm. Duration of exposure to action of copper. | Check. | i piel pee as sc fg ee water. | water. water. 10 hours. ..-.- Pgs lds wertow Saat a ey Uh Mee Macs OE Se Fiat + t + DRMMRMEEIIEE OC Swlcieras Line 3 scnuw bd ota db ce ean eae mma. 2 + + t NEE Nee Fei as, OG-a «nin nara onda elaine aver ete oe ae + + - _ IRATE TIER See SS wis vic cx Slo clear oe wie oe wee eee eee eet -t - -- aExperiment conducted in test tubes containing 10 ec. each of sterilized water. The copper foil was sterilized and added immediately before inoculating the tubes with the usual 3 mm. loop of a 24-hour culture of B. typhi. This experiment was duplicated with three separate strains of typhoid with identical results, Effect upon Bacillus typhi of exposure to colloidal solution of copper at room temperature.4 [Determination made in Petri dishes. ] | 1lsq.cm. | 48q. cm. Duration of exposure to action of copper. Check. epee ae oh iene / water. water. Colonies. : Colonies. Colonies. Ea Sle eye SE eS er ee ee 1, 650 | 2, 241 2,025 (yp la A eo Se 1, 836 | 1, 94 | 2,349 IMRINESPEER Ss ee re, Soe oo Sc wae 2 ee eee we 1, 566 | 1,620 1,188 0 nh Ti. Le aC ey el. 1, 485 1, 674 1,188 Ss ee SR ie ee a ee ee I eee 92 oY yin PS oe 999 | 675 1, 053 RTI aes) a en ort On oe ate dn care Dee ees 1,134 | 972 918 SNMREETS ee ee ee a Ret ay kn 2 Se Lt a ee ce 1, 080 1, 242 621 Ee ee eee ee ee ae 783 837 360 ree coe sere ese 2 BAe Le ea ot a's 270 | 216 0 | ae | eg ae, 297 24 | 0 | | «Experiment conducted in test tubes, each containing 5 cc. of sterilized water. The copper foil was sterilized, and added immediately before inoculating the tubes with the usual 3 mm. loop ofa 24-hour culture of B. typhi. 7 35 METHOD OF DESTROYING ALGA IN WATER SUPPLIES. Effect upon Bacillus coli of eeposure to colloidal solution of copper at room lemperature.@ {Determination made in tubes of bouillon, + indicates growth after 48 hours’ inoculation; — indicates " no growth. } aoe Se ° we 15 sq. mom. 100 sq. mm. /225 sq. mm. copper foil | copper foil copper foil Duration of exposure to action of copper. | Check. | in'10 ce. of | in 10 ce. of | in 10 ce. of water, Water. | water, LO TOO occ os on cadens en, ee lee wec | t + + + 16 HOUR ans Sis Fe as. feed. | + + + _ 0), Se rie on ee | + + + ~ 60 hea ite ee i oh pe + a: = a Experiment conductedin test tubes containing 10 cc. each of sterilized water. The copper foil was petal Hy added immediately before inoculating the tubes with the usual 3mm. loop of a 24-hour culture of B, coli, Effect upon Bacillus coli of exposure to colloidal solution of copper at room temperature.@ [Determination made in Petri dishes. ] lsq.cm. | 48q. em. copper foil | copper foil to 5 ce. of | to 5 ee. of water. water, — Duration of exposure to action of copper. Check. Colonies. | Colonies, Colonies. Pe RNONRR ES oe See en. Ss ae OO Se Soe Jnintwa emilee 3, 888 2, 241 3, 024 Ehovr..c.-s2.. SO ee OL 2 cla Wadieaiomvemeee's 3, 456 1, 971 2, 025 DAO a ses = ai Spe a ARIE 2 oe < a 2,592 1,512 2, 754 ern Se ee. i wa cet wa sasweee ean’ 2,079 1,188 1, 846 a Ae enn ae on a in a aie e ews nduwaloantewee eae 3, 969 1, 242 999 SOUP soe a ees cee oo ous a wid vy wan weld Sale ohaens 2, 457 1, 242 1, 593 SE PROVEN oo oan a iain wo chon cede akawccoreuannee 1, 566 1, 026 ya | MES OUND ag oe a a an en nadvaasduaancnndsrkneeneee 1,323 1, 323 810 Si oe er ee 8 caw wastweteeeen esas 1, 107 702 69 ETRE es one ee cs cnc sn aces caweonsmenmens 297 348 0 a Experiment conducted in test tubes, each containing 5 ce. of sterilized water. The commer foil was sterilized and added immediately before inoculating the tubes with the usual 3-mm. loop of a 24-hour culture of B. coli. Effect upon paracolon of exposure to collodial solution of copper at room temperature. @ [Determination made in tubes of bouillon. + indicates growth after 48 hours’ inoculation; — indi- cates no growth. | 115 sq. mm. 100 sq. mm.,/| 225sq. mm. copper foil copper foil | copper foil Duration of exposure to action of copper. Check. in 10 66. of | in 10 ea: of | in See water. water. water. Ey VOU ee eee eo ek bee +} + + + OG ey Cee SE Ts 0 ae ee ee eo 2s + _ RG thy a a re roe ata nw a wd wee Seaueeae + + a = yn) eC) 5: ee rn a ak, Ae tr ra El + ae — _ PUB 0). Bae eet he 8 a a er a = ~ a Experiment conducted in test tubes containing 10 ee. each of sterilized water. The copper foil was sterilized and added immediately before inoculating the tubes with the usual 3mm. loop of a 24-hour geukars of Dae: This experiment was duplicated upon another form of paracolon with exactly same results, : COLLOIDAL SOLUTIONS. 39 Effect upon paratyphoid of exposure to colloidal solution of copper ut room temperature. 4 [Determination made in tubes of bouillon, cates no growth. } Duration of exposure to action of copper. Check, RO TOUTS Fe on was ace cinccscecccsnccsnccscccccsctecuvscdsens RES eek ieee kino bane wt ay srwe5a 0h athe tee ake {- tT ne sc wen cies 6.6 6 cide dae eae en ee }- SEE Sarees hanes se aan te wo we sa a aden a eee eee { } aExperiment conducted in test tubes containing 19 ce. each of sterilized water. was sterilized and added immediately before inoculating the tubes with the usual 3 mm, 24-hour culture of paratyphoid. + indicates growth after 48 hours’ inoculation; indi- 15 sq. mm, |100 sq. mm,/225 sq. mm, copper toil | copper foil | copper toil in 10 ce. of water, in 10 ce, of water. in 10 ee. of water. The aeppes foil oop of a Effect upon Microspira comma of colloidal solution of copper at various temperatures. @ [Determination made in Petri dish Tempera- es. | Duration of exposure to action of copper. Give. Check. OF Colonies. 5 1, 866 OS Se a 2 SG OM eRe epee oo 5 - 16 2,500 26.5 3, 500 30.5 4, 556 5 1, 533 pS) SS ale See ese ns eee Peta et SS ee ee 15 1, 033 26.5 1, 033 30.5 1, 466 5 2, 000 (SIRES Bo Sa le ES ss ee 15 3, 033 26.5 3, 600 30.5 1, 066 4 sq. cm. 2 sq. cm. copper foil | copper foil to 5 ec, water. Colonies. 833 | 733 4, 600 1, 666 52 633 | 200 to 5 ce. water, Colonies. 2, 500 2,433 333 533 29 a Experiments conducted in test tubes, each containing 5 cc. of sterilized water, portions of which had been previously treated with the desired amounts of copper sulphate. a3mm. loop of a 14-hour culture of MW. comma. All tubes inoculated with » It is evident that the amount of surface exposed in any ordinary copper tank would far exceed the amount demanded for the above results, and it is likewise certain that after standing from 6 to 8 hours at room temperature in a clean copper vessel water becomes safe to drink even though it may have contained cholera and typhoid germs. It remains to be seen whether or not the application of these facts to conditions in the Tropics, where cholera is abundant, will be of any value. It would seem that the construction of canteens and other water vessels from copper might serve as an additional safeguard, if not an actual preventive of this disease, and would prove of consider- able value where distillation or efficient filtration apparatus is not at hand. 40 METHOD OF DESTROYING ALGA IN WATER SUPPLIES. CONCLUSIONS. It is believed that the foregoing experiments demonstrate the possi- bility of the use of copper sulphate for the destruction or prevention of growths of alge in water supplies, and that when used under the direction of a competent authority, it is the only practicable remedy for this trouble capable of universal application which has ever been proposed. It is, of course, probable that with the experience which must come from a wider opportunity for testing this salt, many improvements will be made in the practical application of the treat- ment to large bodies of water. However, it is hoped that the results already obtained, together with trials now under way, will make it possible to begin using this method within a short time upon a large scale throughout the country. NECESSITY OF KNOWLEDGE OF ORGANISM AND CONDITION IN RESERVOIR. It can not be too strongly emphasized, however, that harmless as the method undoubtedly is under proper control, it must always require a certain amount of definite knowledge in regard to the condition of the reservoir before any treatment can be made, even by those thoroughly able to conduct such an experiment. This is regarded as a fortunate requisite, since it will tend to prevent the irresportsible or careless dosing of reservoirs by incompetents, who are occasionally in charge of water supplies. Before the amount of copper to be added can possibly be known, it is absolutely necessary to ascertain the exact character of the organ- ism causing the trouble. This will make a microscopical examination of the first importance. Also, the sooner such an examination reveals the presence of the polluting form, the more effective will be the treat- ment. If examinations are made at short intervals during the entire year, it is possible to detect the troublesome forms at their first appear- anceand by prompt treatment to destroy the algvw before the consumer is aware of any difficulty. The early detection of the algve will also make a considerable difference in the expense of the treatment, as it may require fifteen or twenty times as much copper to clean a reser- voir after the bad odor and taste are evident than it would could the application have been made before the organism began to rapidly multiply. In all cases the use of copper as a preventive rather than acure is advocated, and this can not be intelligently applied unless the microscopical examinations are thorough and frequent at the time of year the trouble is to be anticipated. On account of the necessity of determining the nature of the organ- ism and the time of its appearance as nearly as possible, it will become as imperative for water companies to employ some one competent to ¢ CONCLUSIONS. 41 make these examinations as it now is to have a chemist or bacteriolo- gist. In fact, in regions where the difficulty from alge is great, the microscopical examination must take precedence of everything else as ameans of keeping the water palatable and satisfactory to the consumer. In addition to the character of the organisms and the earliest possi- ble determination of their appearance, it has already been pointed out that the chemical constitution, the temperature, and other special con- ditions of the water are factors in determining the line of treatment. No specific instructions are given in this bulletin for the amount of copper sulphate which is to be used for each species of algee which is known to affect water supplies, because it is impossible to make a defi- nite statement without a knowledge of the conditions already men. tioned. uch reservoir must be regarded as an indiidual case, re- quiring special knowledge and a particular prescription. Itis believed that the public water supplies of this country are worthy of such spe- cial care, and it would be a matter of regret if the method proposed here should ever be regarded as a universal panacea to be used by everyone, regardless of the organism to be eradicated and the condi- tion of the water. APPLICATION OF METHOD FOR DESTRUCTION OF PATHOGENIC BACTERIA NOT DESIGNED TO REPLACE EFFICIENT MEANS OF FILTRATION ALREADY IN USE. The use of copper sulphate in clearing polluted reservoirs of patho- genic bacteria, such as typhoid and cholera, is regarded as incidental to the main purpose of the investigation. There already exists a most efficient means cf preventing the appearance of these organisms in water supplies, and under no circumstances can it be considered that the method as described is expected to replace or supersede slow sand or any other efficient filtration. There are conditions, however, which sometimes make it desirable to thoroughly sterilize a reservoir, and under those circumstances the use of copper sulphate is believed to offer a new and adequate way of dealing with the difficulty. Expe- rience has demonstrated the impossibility of compelling consumers of what may be an infected water to boil it, or observe other precautionary measures, and the absence of proper filtration plants in a very great number of cities and towns in this country makes it necessary that some efficient method for destroying disease germs in water be employed until the danger from pollution be past. Up to this time no satisfac- tory and yet harmless method has been known that would become effective in the course of a very few hours and the cost of which was in the reach of every community. It is believed that the results of the experiments upon typhoid and cholera germs described in this bulletin indicate that it will be possible under competent direction to employ copper sulphate with perfect safety in any municipal water 42 METHOD OF DESTROYING ALGA IN WATER SUPPLIES. reservoir which may have become infected with some nonspore- forming disease germ. Its application to barnyard tanks and pools as a preventive of hog cholera nay also prove to be of value. Since the selective toxicity of this salt renders it fatal to pathogenic forms peculiar to water, while the common saprophytic or beneficial bac- teria are unaffected, the method is particularly well adapted for this purpose. MEDICINAL USE. While it is not within the province of this bulletin to discuss or recommend any line of medical treatment, reference should be made to the fact that certain eminent practitioners, after reviewing the results here published, are of the opinion that the use of copper in ‘ases of typhoid fever and related diseases should be more thoroughly investigated than it has been heretofore. It was the testimony of sev- eral that other intestinal troubles, more recently presumed to be due to the presence of certain disease germs in drinking water and milk, had responded most favorably to copper in one form or another. CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE CAN FURNISH INFORMATION AND ASSISTANCE IN APPLYING THIS METHOD. The problem of destroying or preventing the growth of alge by the method devised in the laboratory of plant physiology in water reser- voirs, lakes, ponds, water-cress beds, and wherever these plants have become a pest, is one which distinctly comes within the province of the Department of Agriculture. Definite instructions as to the treat- ment to be followed will at all times be furnished to the proper author- ities who may desire assistance, and in so far as the limited facilities of the laboratory permit, determination will be made of the organisms causing the trouble. It is earnestly hoped that no tests of the method described here will be made without first consulting with the Depart- ment. Those most intimately connected with this work are constantly gaining information and experience, and this may prove of consider- able value, besides a saving of expense, to those who have occasion to exterminate algal pests. The treatment of water supplies for the destruction of pathogenic bacteria, or any application of the copper-sulphate method which has to do with public health, is not contemplated or indeed possible by this Department. The requests of private individuals or unauthorized bodies for information or assistance can not be granted. When State or local boards of health consider that the disinfection of.a water sup- ply is desirable and wish information upon the subject it will be supplied as fully and freely as possible. All experiments of this kind, however, must be conducted by the board of health, and the Depart- ment can serve only in the capacity of an adviser. SUMMARY, 43 COST. No definite estimate of the cost of the treatment of a reservoir can be given, because of the special conditions governing each case. It is evident, however, that the maximum cost of material for exterminating alow can not exceed 50 to 60 cents per million gallons, and will often be less than half this amount. The cost for the copper-sulphate destruction of bacteria will be from $5 to $6 per million gallons, and where lime or some soluble hydrate is used in addition the cost would be inereased about one-third. The cost of labor necessary to intro- duce these substances will be slight, since two men can usually treat from 10,000,000 to 20,000,000 gallons in less than three hours. SUMMARY. The importance of maintaining all public water supplies at the highest degree of purity and wholesomeness is too well recognized to require any discussion. The disagreeable odors and tastes so often present in drinking water are due almost exclusively to algv, although the economic importance of studying these plants has not been recognized until recent years. These algal forms are widely distributed, and reservoirs in many States have been rendered unfit for use by their presence. The methods now known for preventing or removing the odors and tastes caused by algz have proved unsatisfactory, either because of prohibitive expense or failure to accomplish result. It is therefore desirable that some new, cheap, harmless, and effective method be devised for ridding reservoirs of these pests. It has been found that copper sulphate in a dilution so great as to be colorless, tasteless, and harmless to man, is sufficiently toxic to the alove to destroy or prevent their appearance. The mode of application makes this method applicable to reservoirs of all kinds, pleasure ponds and lakes, fish ponds, oyster beds, water- cress beds, etc. It is also probable that the method can be used for the destruction of mosquito larve. At ordinary temperatures 1 part of copper sulphate to 100,000 parts of water destroys typhoid and cholera germs in from three to four hours. The ease with which the sulphate can then be eliminated from the water seems to offer a practical method of sterilizing large bodies of water, when this becomes necessary. The use of copper sulphate for the prevention of disease is regarded as incidental and is not designed in any way to supplant efficient pre- ventive measures now in use. It is believed, however, that up to this time no such satisfactory means of thoroughly, rapidly, and cheaply sterilizing a reservoir has been known. Since the selective toxicity of 44 METHOD OF DESTROYING ALG IN WATER SUPPLIES. copper sulphate renders it fatal to pathogenic forms peculiar to water, while the saprophytic or beneficial bacteria are unaffected, the method is particularly well adapted for this purpose. Detinite knowledge in regard to what organisms are present, the constitution of the water, its temperature, and other important facts are necessary before it is possible to determine the proper amount of copper sulphate to be added. A microscopical examination thus becomes as important as a bacteriological or chemical analysis. No rule for determining the amount of copper sulphate to be added can be given. Each body of water must be treated in the light of its special conditions. The cost of material for exterminating alge will not exceed 50 to 60 cents per million gallons and will usually be less. The destruction of pathogenic bacteria requires an expenditure of from $5 to $8 per million gallons, not including the cost of labor. O PLATE |. A “YOSYVH GOD 3AdVO ONISOTION| SVSYY GNVS SHL JO dvi FS a40 73" : YSABUL YSO4Y Ysie ue 27°95 — heg 2487 Qutog Suo7 P27 ade) S suerzezur7d ssesd yore” mg AOGLEL} UMOLIIUIACL 40 por age egerseTr . (4 wy ‘WN O9l—S2 odted j? spur, ydtpy oud 4OQ4PER 4SP POF Ss ve ee e- <3 ep Burareg ast] uPA . : tH mony 0 Ely fas A U. S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE. BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY— BULLETIN NO, 69, B. T. GALLOWAY, Chicf of Bureau, RECLAMATION CAPE COD SAND DUNES. BY J. M. WESTGATE, ASSISTANT IN SAND-BINDING Work. GRASS AND FORAGE PLANT INVESTIGATIONS. IssuED JUNE 30, 1904. WASHINGTON: GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 1904. BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY, Beverty T. Gatroway, Chief. J. E. Rocxwe tr, Editor. GRASS AND FORAGE PLANT INVESTIGATIONS. SCIENTIFIC STAFF, W.. J. Sprtuman, Agrostologist. A. 8. Hrrencock, Assistant Agrostologist, in Charge of Cooperative E C. V. Pirer, Systematic Agrostologist, in Charge of Herbarium. C. R. Bau, Assistant Agrostologist, in Charge of Work on pagEO: m Davip Grirritus, Assistant Agrostologist, in Charge of Range Investi 8. M. Tracy, Special Agent, in Charge of Gulf Coast Investigations. P. L. Ricker, Assistant in Herbarium. J. M. WesrGare, Assistant in Sand-Binding Work. Byron Hunter, Assistant in Agrostology. Marr. A. Crossy, Assistant in Furm Management. R. A. Oakey, Assistant in Agrostology. C. W. Waxsurton, Assistant in Farm Management. AGNEs CuaseE, Agrostological Artist. 2 ¥ = .- ~ ) BS : OF = 7 oo * — - ve Ves ty en ra . al a 4 i. ¢ _* id > sine &e =e. | : y ea Pe ho ie ee LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. U.S. DerarTMENT OF AGRICULTURE, Bureau or Puant INpustry, OFFICE OF THE CHIEF, Washington, D. C., May 10, 1904. Str: I have the honor to transmit herewith a paper on ** Reclamation of Cape Cod Sand Dunes,” and respectfully recommend that it be published as Bulletin No. 65 of the series of this Bureau. This paper was prepared by Mr. J. M. Westgate, Assistant in Sand- Binding Work, Grass and Forage Plant Investigations, and has been submitted by the Agrostologist with a view to publication. The six plates accompanying the paper are necessary to properly illustrate the text. Respectfully, B. T. Gatitoway, Chief of Bureau. Hon. JAMES WILson, Secretary of Agriculture. ah eae + ue | vy * PREFACE. The extensive areas of sand dunes which surround Cape Cod Harbor furnish the best example that this country affords of the extensive utilization of beach grass for the binding of shifting sand which would otherwise cause great damage by its encroachment on valuable prop- erty. The harbor and city alike are endangered by the shifting dunes which have been encroaching upon them since the original devastation of the forests which formerly held the sands in check. For a century and a half beach grass has been utilized for sand- binding work upon the cape by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and by the General Government for the purpose of protecting Cape Cod Harbor, but it was not until 1893 that the State of Massachusetts put in operation the present extensive system of reclamation, which has proved so successful. The Province lands, upon which these plantings have been made, are owned by the State, and the work itself is under the immediate supervision of Mr. James A. Small. Since these operations are proving so successful and the methods developed there are applicable in a large measure to other similar areas in this country, Mr. J. M. Westgate, Assistant in Sand-Binding Work, was authorized to visit Cape Cod for the purpose of investigating the details of the work now in progress, and to determine, as far as possible, the causes which led to the devastation, and also the measures which have at various times been taken looking to the reclamation of the shifting dunes. The results of the investigation are presented in this bulletin. Acknowledgments are due the authorities having the reclamation work in charge for the courtesy shown to Mr. Westgate in providing every means to facilitate his investigations. W. J. SPILLMAN, Agrostologist. Orrick Or THE AGROSTOLOGIST, Washington, D. C., May 11, 1904. or ; wr 4 CONTENTS Page. NN aac adie du dw kee EE os oa anc shan Wane Semudaatevnnseee 9 meomical relations Of the-Vemersue sso ba cee Sk Sie ceed Sect wee oe 10 mecnoca) [schord. .'.. eee MoE ies dele eho Ot Divas dene esac «weir 10 moe of deposition Of the Gene AAAS cos... 6 ek ain so hain enim ns ons ce secnas 12 Derolooment of the dune Faugeras 4c...) -- 6 2 25- . e ee eee tet wee eee ee- 13 Pemttite) FOCHAINATION -.. 2c omen eed Fa 6 slo od os os an awe cncewweceee 14 Areas receiving gradual accumulations of sand ........------------- 15 Areas not receiving gradual accumulations of sand.........--------- 16 Marenes and. hooiyi eres rans cloacae wiles Sb ee Sane se 17 Renee MeCOUNtA .. .. .... 7. eee ete a eS SSE - sso s Sash ese 18 Mevastation of the established dame areas =... 202-2... 22.2422 eee 18 Early conditions incident to the devastation.............--------------- 19 ERENCE 1EMISIAUION 2. lo eee ee aaaer eee s Soo oc ee oe ee eS 20 mcm eraroation of the. Cape sandsi. 2-22 eee! < Ss 2. te se 21 Pueiemoee er parid control.cot2 mene wees oe eee ee ee 21 eeomnmore be the State <.\.cs25 seseeeeweete wes oso > oes 2 Sa oSS s+. 40% 24 Prenimainery Operations: 3012. ee eee 5 oe i oes - ae 24 Attempts without beach grass ......-.-------- eye Sera ae oS Rapp ge 24 Titmestien Oo beach prass: 22. eee So So ke el elf 25 Relative merits of spring and fall planting..-.......-.------.---- 25 Belecine and transplanting the seteum. . - =<... .- 6-0 25-5 s. 22 26 tee TCA 2 2 5 oe eo ee es one 8 = ~ 27 Present. btatus of the various plantige@a: ....-.2-.-.-.-222--..--- 27 Mmectiveness. oF. brug layilip .. 2 gape. ooo. 2 ee Se ee 28 Efficiency of beach grass for sand binding ......-...--.--------- 28 Nec eeaily OF Gliimate forestation | . 2 ses cb Peat eb-- 2 ss -- 30 MBCcnaneous Operations on the sand :. <5 sages - snc ... 0.0 | 1.0 The moisture relations of the dune vegetation are unique. Though the upper layers of sand are usually hot and dry during the growing period except when rain is actually falling, the moisture comes to within a few inches of the surface, even during periods of protracted drought. The effect of a heavy rain is not noticeably different from that of a very light one, as in either case a few hours of sunshine suf- fice to remove all visible traces of the precipitation, most of which per- colates at once to the lower layers of sand. For this reason the number of rainy days, which averages 96, is otf greater moment than the actual annual precipitation of 43 inches, which is sufficient under proper soil conditions to produce a luxuriant vegetation. The snows which 12 RECLAMATION OF CAPE COD SAND DUNES. might afford considerable protection to the vegetation of the sand stretches are blown off and lodged in the lee of the dunes or within areas covered with vegetation. The humidity incident to the oceanic location of the Cape acts in favor of the existing vegetation. The average annual rainfall is 42.58 inches. The accompanying table indicates the normal monthly precipitation as compiled from the nor- mals for neighboring stations. Inches. Inches, PAMUATY . oc cnccncacccunaheeeeeeetEe OO | JULY..<. scenes eeedee Ge ann ane 2.89 February .... 32... sine 8,39 | August .....0.dscceuscedee ean 3. 62 Mareoh, « ..5 <6. ocisca nd cbdepteeenee< 008 | September .c5i¢5. 2. sae 2.91 April . 005 asscons on cue meee, © 41 | Octobers.. ccs oseee eek eee 4. 00 MOY &. . 20 wn oc awete see 8.62 | November ..5...0<<.<6.dsueueneee 4.38 JUNG . 20. wade cle cceeeeeebwaees. 2 14! Decomber..s Jcecsereesee eee 3.74 The factor of associated vegetation or the interrelations of individ- uals and species is of little importance in areas of shifting sands. The conditions do not admit of a closed formation, that is, where the veg- etation completely covers the ground, and it is only when this does finally obtain that the factor assumes an important rdle in the plant society. | Mopr or Deposition OF THE CAPE SANDS. The arm of the Cape extending around Cape Cod Bay consists of glacial deposits, with the exception of about 10 square miles which is composed entirely of post-Glacial sand which has subsequently washed around the head of the Cape from the south, inclosing the harbor within a sickle-shaped sand hook. The addition of sand to the extremity of the Cape apparently takes place in the form of successive bars, which are built up off the north shore and added to the Cape by deposition in the neck of the channels lying to the east and south, forming successive ‘‘race runs” (Pl. I), which are gradually filled in by tide and wind deposits. The sand cast up by the waves on one of these new beaches is dried and blown inland, forming a beach ridge or foredune and eventually a dune range, which, protected by the succeeding deposits, ultimately becomes coy- ered Se the forest and associated vegetation. The above hypothesis is supported by the following observed facts: (1) Four old dune ranges now forested but badly ‘distorted by the long-continued action of the wind; (2) three dune ranges held only by beach grass and lying north of the first-mentioned ranges, parallel with them and also with the north shore of the Cape; (3) a race run (now nearly filled in) with its flanking beach ridge fast becoming a conspic- uous foredune (PI. I and Pl. L, fig. 1); (4) a bar in present process of formation offshore and to northward of the present shore line but parallel with it; (5) the seven dune ranges indicated constitute the ‘hl Sl A Pe TF * DEVELOPMENT OF THE DUNE RANGE. 13 main body of the extremity of the Cape; (6) the presence of shingle or coarse beach deposits underlying the dunes in places, and on the same level with the present beach. If this be the method of deposition it follows that the necessity for sand fixation will never cease unless the sand supply for the shore drift becomes exhausted. However, the process of sand accumula- tion is so comparatively slow as to be of little importance when com- pared with the more serious conditions incident to the extensive areas of only partially reclaimed sand dunes. DEVELOPMENT OF THE DUNE RANGE. It is probable that each of the seven dune ranges which constitute the greater portion of the extremity of the Cape was developed in a similar manner, from the successive beach ridges and ensuing fore- dunes, by the accumulation of the sands blown up from the beaches. The vegetation has been an important factor in their formation, and although the intermediate stages between the foredune and the forested dune range are fragmentary the general sequence of events is evident. As soon as the sand deposited by the waves is blown up to beyond the action of the tides the beach grass, associated with the typical strand vegetation, spreads rapidly over the surface and retards the movement of the resulting beach ridge. As the sand accumulations continue, the ridge becomes a foredune. The beach grass pushes its way up through the accumulating sand by the formation of new root- stocks, thus keeping the ever-increasing area of sand comparatively well covered, as the gradual addition of sand constitutes one of the essential conditions for the ideal growth of the grass (PI. II, fig. 1). The foredune continues to rise and other species of plants come in, but ultimately a height is reached where the unbroken winds are of suflicient force to prevent the vegetation from holding the sand. At this stage the long foredune becomes a dune range and begins to move inland, covering the preexistent vegetation in its path (Pl. IV, fig. 1). The movement continues until the dune range is sufficiently removed from the unbroken force of the ocean winds to permit the develop- ment of a vegetative covering dense enough to prevent its movement. The forested condition ultimately dominates. The development of the succeeding beach ridge and foredune may have been rapid enough to afford some protection to the preceding dune range, and thus hasten its fixation by the vegetation which would develop more rapidly under the protection afforded by the new fore- dune. This beach ridge is of two possible origins. It may be formed from the normal sand accumulations cast up by the waves along the old beach, after the dune range migrates inland, or it may develop from the sand spit or bar which 1s added to the mainland as first indicated. 14 RECLAMATION OF CAPE COD SAND DUNES, In either case it exerts the same protective influence on the inland vegetation. It may or may not remain stationary long enough for the forest in the lee to reach its farthest possible extension seaward before its rejuvenescence causes it to begin its migration inland, The movement inland on the part of the newly formed dune range was probably never extensive, as there is little evidence of its having encroached upon the preceding range. Hlowever, the contour of each indicates that it was shifting to some extent before its fixation. It is quite probable that the ranges were never entirely bare, as the new accumulations of sand were not so rapid as to prevent the existence of a partial vegetative covering upon the dune range. The devastating activities within historic times have destroyed any intermediate stages which may have existed between the foredune at present in process of formation on the north shore and the forested dune ranges which lie inland from the three dune ranges which have been devastated by human agencies. It is probable that the forest was never able to develop as far as the beach, owing to the exposure to the severe north winds. However, old forest beds outcropping in places among the unforested dunes demonstrate that the forest originally extended much farther seaward than it does at the present time. Of the seven dune ranges constituting the body of the extremity of the Cape, only the inner four are at present forested. These are badly distorted, but were probably formed as has just been indicated, as the irregularities are not greater than could be reasonably postulated when the action of the wind during the interval of time which has elapsed since their formation is considered (Pl. 1). These ranges are covered with a growth of pine and oak, with an occasional beech in the more favored situations. The outer three ranges are covered with scatter- ing growths of beach grass. The depressions between the ranges are characterized by wild or partially reclaimed cranberry bogs and the associated vegetation. It is probable that all these ranges, with the possible exception of the outer one, were at one time forested, but have been brought to their present unstable condition within historic times. NATURAL RECLAMATION. The natural reclamation of sand areas may be observed in the study of the series of dunes in the various stages of fixation or establishment by the native vegetation. The forest which ultimately obtains is unable to develop directly upon the bare sand areas. There are certain defi- nite stages that must be passed through before the mesophytic condi- tions incident to the forest are attained. The vegetation of each stage requires more favorable conditions than did that of its predecessor and at the same time is making the conditions possible for the exist- ence of the vegetation which characterizes the succeeding stage. Even | AREAS RECEIVING ACCUMULATIONS OF SAND. 15 when the forest condition is reached the cycle is not complete, for the presence of the ultimate climax forest species is possible only after the continued existence of other species of trees has gradually rendered the soil, moisture, and protection sufliciently favorable for the devel- opment of the climax type. The ultimate forested condition is the sume whether the original area be a salt marsh or a shifting dune, and the sand areas under consideration show several types of reclamation which differ in the initial stages. AREAS RECEIVING GRADUAL ACCUMULATIONS OF SAND. These areas are confined principally to the depositing beaches and are of less relative importance at the present time than formerly. The strand plants form a zone just above the action of the tides. The sea rocket (Cakile edentula), beach pea (Lathyrus mauritius), and cocklebur (Vunthium echinatum) may be mentioned as typical species. These strand plants are effective in retarding the sand which is blown inland from the beach. They also act as pioneers to the succeeding vegetation which dominates when the original area has become built up sufliciently far beyond the action of the tides to permit the devel- opment of another strand or beach formation below the one just indi- ‘ated. Beach grass (Alimmophila arenaria) is the dominant species, and extends itself to well within the limit of the wave action during the winter storms (PI. II, figs. 1 and 2). This is associated with sea- side golden-rod (Solidago sempervirens) and sand wormwood (Arte- misia caudata). The bayberry (M/yrica carolinensis), wild rose (Rosa lucida?), and beach plum (2runus maritima) may be taken as typical of the shrub vegetation which encroaches upon these areas from the wooded stretches lying inland. These, by their presence, increase the humus content of the soil and furnish the necessary protection for the devel- opment of the seedlings of the pitch pine (2/nus 77gida) which soon extend themselves over the partially reclaimed areas. Later the oaks (Quercus rubra and (. velutina) become associated with the pine, and in especially favored situations the beech (/agus americana) ultimately dominates. The few areas which have reached this last stage present a somewhat unusual condition. As the beech represents the extreme mesophytic type of forest growth in the northeastern United States and normally grows only in the presence of the most favorable edaphic conditions of soil, moisture, and exposure, the development of the beech formation upon the sand dune is of rare occurrence. The great bulk of the present forest covering consists of the pine and oak, although the white birch (Betula populifera), white oak (Quercus alba), and red maple (Acer rubrui) are to be observed in the lower areas. 16 RECLAMATION OF CAPE COD SAND DUNES, The undergrowth within the timbered area consists largely of ink berry (//ex glabra) and huckleberry ( Gaylussacid resinosa). The wintergreen or checkerberry (Gaultheria procumbens) forms an exten- sive substratum below the two species just mentioned, while the hog cranberry or bearberry (Arctostaphylos wvd-urs:) forms extensive mats where the undergrowth of shrubs is more open. The two grasses, Agrostis hyemalis and Danthonia spicata, ave abundant, forming seat- tered clumps throughout the open woodlands. Less important but characteristic species of shrubs and vines occurring in the forests are green brier (Smlav rotundifolia), bayberry (Myrica carolinensis), service berry (Amelanchier botryapiwm), Virginia creeper (/urtheno- cissus quinquefolia), dwarf blueberry (Vaccinium pennsylvanicum), and coast arrowwood (Viburnum venosum). Several species of wild rose are to be noted in the more open places in the forest and along its borders. ° AREAS NOT RECEIVING GRADUAL ACCUMULATIONS OF SAND, If, instead of receiving the gradual accumulations of sand, an area is subjected to the eroding action of the wind or at least fails to receive additions of sand, the early stages are quite different from those which characterize the areas just mentioned. The reclamation process at first is very slow, for the heavy winds frequently destroy _ the work of a whole season and the reduced vigor of the plants inci- dent to the conditions renders the process of humus accumulation extremely slow. The beach grass as before is the pioneer and contin- ues to occupy the area for some time, although not showing a thrifty growth. The poverty grass (//udsonia tomentosa) formation gradu- ally develops and often nearly covers the ground with its procumbent herbaceous stems. This condition continues for some time before there is sufficient humus accumulation for the next members of the cycle. At this stage the bearberry or hog cranberry (Arectostuphylos wod-urs?) uppears and extends its mat-like evergreen growth over large areas. This is associated with such species as /%lygonella articulata and Corema conradii. These are followed by the bayberry and the beach plum. The ensuing development is substantially that cited for the areas receiving gradual accumulations of sand, as when the forma- tion becomes closed in the two instances there is no further opportu- nity for either the addition or removal of sand, and hence the initial differences no longer obtain. As indicated above, the succession of stages from the accumulating beach to the forest was probably the one which characterized the development of the vegetation upon the original sand areas of the Cape. As the deposition of the sand was comparatively slow the vege- tation was able to keep pace with the increments, thus preventing the lS ie a MARSHES AND BOGS. i existence of any extensive sand wastes. Tho devastating influences which have been brought to bear upon the forested dune areas within historic times have resulted in the extensive areas of loosely bound sands which, with the exception of the brows of the shifting dunes, are for the most part subject to wind erosion, This renders the latter system of natural reclamation most important at the present time, — It may be doubted if this system of natural reclamation would be able to reforest the extensive wastes of sand were it not for the artificial reclamation processes which have recently been inaugurated, MARSHES AND BOGS. The accumulation of sand incident to the formation of the sand hooks or spits has caused considerable areas of salt marshes to be developed (PI. 1). The shifting sands have prevented the establish- ment of any natural drainage system, and as a result there are exten- sive areas of ponds and marshes between the dune ranges. These two processes have been the cause of the existence of extensive marsh and bog lands throughout the area. The sand hook which exists at the extreme point of the Cape inclosing the harbor is bordered by an extensive salf marsh. The typical marginal species is saltwort (Su/7- cornia ambiqua). The characteristic grasses of the salt marsh are the salt reed grass (Spartina polystachya) and the salt meadow grass (Spartina patens). ‘These grasses constitute the bulk of the salt-marsh hay cut for the local market. . The salt marsh at the head of the old race run at the northwest corner of the sand areas is being gradually filled in by tide and wind deposits. The Salicornia-Juncus-Scirpus formation gives way to extensive areas of cranberry (Oxycoceus macrocarpus). Clapps Pond, one of the fresh-water ponds and marshes lying between the dune ranges, presents over a considerable portion of its surface a sphagnum bog society. Among the characteristic species may be mentioned Sphagnum acutifolium (4), pitcher plant (Sarra- cenia purpurea), Kalmia angustifolia, and NXolisma ligustrina. The margins of the bog are shallow and are rapidly giving way to the encroaching forest. Young pitch pines were noted as extending fora considerable distance into the margin of the bog. In the low, moist areas between the nonforested dune ranges the cranberry is dominant, occupying large areas to the exclusion of other species. These areas are surrounded by ascattered growth of Cyperus graye and Carex silicea. The condition indicated is not permanent, for if undisturbed the woody growth eventually dominates to the exclusion of the above-named species and the forest condition ulti- mately develops. The improvement and utilization of the cranberry bogs often necessitate the remoyal of large numbers of bushes, which 30160—No, 65—04——2 Re. RECLAMATION OF CAPE COD SAND DUNES. are present as forerunners of the forest. ‘The order of the succession of the woody plants is practically the same as that given for the other classes of sand areas, except that the beach plum is not conspicuous, It is these low areas that constitute the nuclei of the forests, as it is here that they first develop and then gradually extend to the higher areas. This fact, as will be mentioned under the development of cran- berry bogs, constitutes the chief reason for the State’s objection to the utilization of these areas for this purpose, as it retards the natural development of the forested condition desired by those who have the preservation of the harbor in mind. While it is not probable that all of these low areas will ever become entirely forested, yet it is evident that this is the stage to which the low areas, as well as the dunes, are slowly trending. ‘The recent recla- mation processes will hasten this condition as the encroachment of the dunes has been checked. EarRLy ACCOUNTS. The early accounts of the New England coast, dating back to the earliest French and English explorers, and possibly even to the Norsemen, essentially agree in their descriptions of the general out- lines and forested condition of the Cape. ‘The wooded area appears to have been much more extensive at those dates than at present, although there has always been, at least within historic times, more or less shifting sand exposed to the action of the winds. Champlain in one of his voyages described the Cape and named it Cape Blane on account of the white color of its sand areas. The old forest beds, now for the most part covered with sand, but outcropping in places, demonstrate that the wooded areas, at least three times, extended much farther toward the north side of the Cape than they do at present. The tree stumps visible at low tide near Wood End light-house substantiate the local tradition that the forest extended well out on to the extreme point of the Cape a century and a half ago. It is safe to say that at least three-fourths of the non- forested sand areas of to-day were well covered with trees within historic times. However, the devastation is not so marked as it was three-quarters of a century ago, at which time extensive reclamation processes were inaugurated. DEVASTATION OF THE ESTABLISHED DUNE AREAS. The principal causes of the rejuvenescence of the sand areas and the incident encroachment upon the forest were the pasturing of stock and the partial destruction of the forest covering. The early statutes show many instances where these practices were forbidden under heavy penalties. Much of the injury has been due to fires, as is : DEVASTATION OF DUNE AREAS. 19 evidenced by the charred stumps and charcoal beds which outcrop in places among the devastated dune areas. The forests close to the harbor were naturally assailed at an early date by the inhabitants and shipmasters, who found the timber a con- venient source of certain necessary supplies. The salt factories, which originally constituted an important industry on the Cape, used wood for fuel for evaporation purposes until the beginning of the last cen- tury when the more economical method of sun evaporation was intro- duced. This caused the destruction of large quantities of timber, as did also the extensive production of pitch and turpentine, and the use of the wood on the part of the inhabitants for fuel, fish flakes, ship repairs, and other purposes. The pasturing of cattle upon the scattered clumps of Agrostis hycimalis and Danthonia spicata in the more open places in the forested area and upon the beach grass on the outer dune ranges appears to have been a very potent cause of much of the rejuvenescence. The more recent devastating influences have been much less impor- tant. It is still the custom to cut certain areas of beach grass for hay. Until recently it was the practice to cure much of the marsh hay on the adjacent beach ridge which has been artificially built up by the Government as a harbor protection. This process resulted in the killing out of much of the beach grass by smothering it in event of rain, owing to the consequent nonremoyval of the marsh hay. The removal of sods for reclamation work within the city limits has caused some concern to the authorities, as has also the utilization of the low areas for the production of cranberries, but, even in the aggregate, these activities are relatively unimportant when compared with the early devastation of the established dune areas. Earty Conpirions INCIDENT TO THE DEVASTATION. - The conditions incident to the devastation of the forested areas appear to have been most severe about a century ago. Many of the houses were constructed on piles to allow the sand to sweep under rather than to accumulate and bury them. Large amounts of sand were artificially removed to prevent the burial of the houses. The sand blast was so severe at times as to completely etch the glass in the windows in a comparatively short space of time. At that time the road led along the beach at low tide and at high tide the travel was through the heavy sands farther up on the beach. The streets were of the same loose sand that everywhere abounded, and it is stated that it was not until the last century that a plank walk was constructed along one side of the principal street of the town. The committee which was appointed in 1825 to investigate the con- ditions at Provincetown reported that the trees and beach grass had > > 20 RECLAMATION OF CAPE COD SAND DUNES, been cut down and destroyed on the seaward side of the Cape, allowing the sand to become loosened and driven in great quantities toward the harbor. ‘The report also states that The space where a few years since existed some of the highest lands of the cape, covered with trees and bushes, now presents an extensive waste of undulating sand. The filling up and consequent destruction of that part of the harbor known as East Harbor was the work of the drifting sands to the north- ward, a fresh-water marsh now marking its original site. As an instance of the effects of the rejuvenated sand areas it may be stated that several once valuable farms situated alone Stouts Creek, near Truro, have been covered with sand and to-day there is no trace of even the creek to indicate the location of the original properties. Restrictive LEGISLATION. The devastated sand areas at the extremity of the Cape have been the object of State and local concern since the earliest days of its set- tlement. Accounts state that as early as 1703 local public measures were taken to prohibit the destruction of timber on the ** Kast Harbor lands.” In 1714 the devastation incident to the boxing and barking of pine trees for the production of pitch and turpentine had become so extensive upon the sand areas at the extremity of the Cape as to be at that date prohibited by State statute. It was originally the practice on the part of the inhabitants farther south along the Cape to allow a considerable number of cattle to range over the northern extremity. As the grass growing in the timbered areas was limited, the stock was forced to subsist to some extent upon the beach grass, which then as now covered considerable areas of the Cape sands. An act was passed in 1740 prohibiting this practice and providing for the impounding of the stock found at large upon the lands. In 1745 the destruction of timber within half a mile of the shore was prohibited under penalty. These acts, however, were not as effective as their framers had hoped and were reenforced at intervals. In 1825 the devastation had become so extensive that commissioners were appointed by the State to investigate the conditions. Their sug- gestions resulted in an act to prevent the unrestricted pasturage of stock and the destruction of beach grass and woody growth either by pulling or cutting. The enforcement of this measure, together with the reclamation processes inaugurated at this time, materially reduced the devastation which at this period was probably the worst in the history of the Cape. In 1838 Provincetown was required to elect annually a committee of three persons: (1) To enforce the existing laws regulating the Province lands; (2) to grant permits for the use of portions of these lands by «Massachusetts House Doc. 339, p. 49, RESTRICTIVE LEGISLATION, 21 various inhabitants of the town when such use was not detrimental to the safety of the harbor or the town; (8) to enter any of the Province lands, inclosed or uninclosed, for the purpose of setting out trees or beach grass. The cost of the planting was to be defrayed by the occu- pant of the lands if the necessity for planting resulted from his actions; otherwise the town was authorized to provide for the expenses incident to the planting operations. This was known as the ‘* beach grass com- mittee,” and it continued in existence until 1893, when the reclamation work by the State required the appointment of « superintendent on full time. In 1854 an act, reenforced in 1869, was passed, appointing an agent to prosecute for the penalties prescribed for the destruction of the vegetation. He was authorized to issue permits for pasturage and the remoyal of sod and brush where the same would work no injury to the harbor or other property. The beach grass committee was continued with the indicated curtailment of its duties. This act became practically noneffective. With the extensive population so close to the public forests and only one person to defend them, it is not sur- prising that the remoyal of timber and sod should have proceeded almost without interruption. In 1891 the agent was paid for only five days’ services and he issued but four permits. No attempt was made to prosecute parties for the removal of sod without a permit. This constitutes only another instance of the difficulty of enforcing a law in the face of opposing public sentiment. In 1893 the inhabitants of Provincetown were ceded the lands lying within and adjacent to the city limits, the State retaining possession of what to-day constitutes the Province lands (PI. I). A superintendent of the Province lands was appointed to look after the interests of the State and to take charge of the reclamation processes at that time inaugurated. ARTIFICIAL RECLAMATION OF THE CAPE SANDS. EARLY Work OF SAND CONTROL. Although at as early a date as the beginning of the eighteenth cen- tury there was considerable local concern for the devastation of the sand dune areas, there does not appear to have been much work, other than legislative, actually performed until after the middle of the same century. It was at this time, when the sea broke through to the cove inlet in the arm of the Cape at East Harbor and threatened to destroy the entire Cape Cod Harbor, that the extensive planting of beach gvass was commenced, This grass, used in connection with brush fences, repaired the break, and in the course of a few years caused extensive accumulations of sand. It appears to have been the practice upon the part of the inhabitants of Truro to devote a specified time 9» RECLAMATION OF CAPE COD SAND DUNES. each year to the planting of beach grass. The aggregate effect of this regular and combined effort was quite marked, although it is always difficult to estimate the results of measures more or less protective in nature. In 1826, as a resultof the report of the commission appointed by the State the preceding year to investigate the devastation of the lands surrounding the harbor, the General Government inaugurated an extensive and systematic attempt at the reclamation of the exposed sand areas by the planting of beach grass. The operations required appropriations extending over a period of twenty-eight years and aggregating the sum of $36,350. Of this amount it is reported that $29,889.06 was spent in planting 1,403 acres of the barren sand areas with beach grass. It was soon found that it was best to first plant the areas lying farthest to the windward, as these constituted the source of the sand and the spreading of the grass by seed over the unplanted areas would be facilitated. The actual planting operations were commenced in 1830, and the bulk of the plantings was made between this date and 1839. The grass was brought from Truro in boats and planted at intervals of from two to three feet, depending upon the exposure to the winds. Most of the grass was set with the aid of a shovel, two men working together, although in the low places a pike provided with a crossbar 15 inches from the point proved an excellent tool, as deeper planting was possi- ble and but one man was necessary. ‘This method was found to be impracticable in dry sand, as the small holes filled with sand before the sets could be inserted. Mr. Asa 8S. Bowly was the superintendent during the greater portion of the time. Spring planting was the rule, and about two hundred acres were planted each season, requiring a force of fifty laborers. In 1852 the planting was resumed, this time for the purpose of strengthening the narrow arm of the Cape separating East Harbor from the ocean. At this time there was an abundance of grass within the old plantations available for transplanting, although the grass on certain areas had been buried, while in others it had been uprooted by the wind. As a rule the grass on the higher elevations had suf- fered the most and it was thought best to confine the plantings to the lower areas. The spreading of the grass was facilitated by prohibit- ing the pasturing of cattle upon the Province lands. The General Government has spent to June 30, 1903, the sum of $162,019.86 for the protection of the harbor. Aside from the amount expended for grass planting, this has been used for dikes, bulkheads, and groin fences to catch and hold the sand in place. It has always been the practice to plant beach grass for the purpose of accumu- lating sand along the dikes and bulkheads, thus increasing the protec- tion afforded by them. | The work of the State was principally confined to legislative acts until the recent work was begun in 1893. It should be stated, however, KARLY WORK OF SAND CONTROL. 93 that in 1868 the sum of $131,770.14 was expended in the construe- tion of a dike across Kast Harbor for the purpose of protecting the remaining portion of the harbor from the large quantities of sand which were carried out by each ebb tide. This dike greatly facili- tates the travel southward from Provincetown and is utilized by the railway and State road. The city of Provincetown was authorized to levy taxes to cover the expenses incurred by its beach-grass com- mittee, but an examination of the general records failed to reveal any considerable expenditures by the committee, which was nominally continued until 1893. The regular annual work on the part of the inhabitants of Truro in the planting of beach grass was probably a potent factor in reducing the evil effects of the shifting sand. The independent work on the part of private citizens was on a very small scale. In one instance a number of cranberry growers combined efforts for the purpose of planting beach grass to protect their bogs from the encroaching sand. There are not sufficient data at hand to render possible a just opinion concerning the effectiveness of the early work of sand reclamation. The devastation is much less than when reclamation processes were commenced, but it is difficult to state to what extent the natural recla- mation processes, unassisted save possibly by the restraining but poorly enforced statutes, are to be credited with the change in the conditions. The grass plantations along the bulkheads, designed to accumulate sand for the protection of the harbor from the sea, have, without apparent exception, been successful. The plantings to restore the breach caused by the sea breaking over into East Harbor resulted in perhaps the greatest single success of any of the earlier operations. The fact that two-thirds of the nonforested areas were covered with beach grass by the end of the last century indicates that the early plantings were probably more lasting in their effect than has been supposed (PI. LV, fig. 2). One criticism made is to the effect that the planting was too much confined to the high hills, where it was without protection and asa result the grass was uprooted and destroyed. The statement concern- ing uprooting indicates that possibly the plantings were too thin, as the plantations recently made on the same exposed places have as yet shown little tendency to be blown out. Perhaps the most just criticism that can be made of the plan of operation is that the woody plants were not introduced within the grass plantations. The life of -the beach grass on the areas not receiving regular accumulations of sand seldom exceeds ten years, a period of time which, however, suf- fices for the establishment of a self-protecting plantation of bushes and tree seedlings which require but little subsequent attention to render the reclamation permanent. 24 RECLAMATION OF CAPE COD SAND DUNES. Recent Work BY THE STATE. PRELIMINARY OPERATIONS. The artificial reclamation which had been prosecuted with more or less vigor during the first half of the last century apparently received but little attention until 1892, when the trustees of the public reserva- tions were authorized to submit all available information concerning the status of the sand encroachments and control, together with a com- prehensive plan for the reclamation of the nontoreaea’ sand areas that threatened the harbor. The committee made a careful personal exam- ination of the land and presented, with their general report, a steno- graphic transcript of the proceedings of a mass meeting of the rep- resentative citizens of Provincetown and Truro, who presented such information and suggestions as they were able to give concerning the historic features of the sand areas and the most practical steps to be taken for their reclamation. As a result of the trustees’ report the Province lands were placed in charge of a permanently employes superintendent, Mr. James A. Small. The State at this time relinquished its right to the lands within and immediately adjoining the city of Provincetown, leaving but 3,290 acres under State title. Of this area appr erie 2,000 acres were nonforested. Correspondence with various authorities revealed the fact that the initial operations would have to be more or less experimental, owing to the lack of data concerning the previous reclamation operations upon similar areas. Even the available details of the extensive grass plantations made upon the same areas in the early part of the century were purely matters of local tradition. There was expended during the ten years ending January 1, 1904, the sum of $31,929.78 for the reclamation of these lands. The follow- ing itemized statement has been furnished by the authorities: Bonch cram mien 2 oc: . 5; 2. cake Ba ee eee $10, 950. 00 Introdnetion gr woody growth. . o.oo i cus sci ecpwndcus= sede 6, O11. 78 Construction and maintenance of roads........-.---------- 6, 250. 00 epg hit) eS (i ees CE ore Sacer ee 6, 000. 00 Incidental expenses, including survey......--.------------ 2, 718. 00 fis Os 2 2 eee rene ele ee 31, 929. 78 ATTEMPTS WITHOUT BEACH GRASS. The three great dune ranges which lie between the timbered area and the north shore of the Cape were entirely bare upon their north- ern slopes, and were encroaching at the rate of 15 feet per year upon the forest and toward the city and harbor from a quarter of a mile to a mile distant (Pl. IV, fig. 1). The- less exposed areas were partially covered with beach grass, while the lower places were dominated by UTILIZATION OF BEACH GRASS, 25 native cranberry bogs, surrounded by the characteristic low-growing vegetation. As the bare northern slopes of the dune ranges constituted the source of the sand supply, the initial attempts involved the cover- ing of these areas with vegetation. Extensive plantings of shrubs and tree seedlings wére made upon the outer range of dunes. The result was that the heavy winter gales of the first season buried, uprooted, or killed by the sand blast so great a portion of these plantings that some other method of proce- dure was considered necessary. The next season the transplanting of beach grass was commenced, as the experience of the preceding season had demonstrated that some protection for the woody plants is necessary until they have made suflicient growth to be self-protecting (Pl. V, figs. land 2). The beach grass was selected for this purpose as it occurs very abundantly in places immediately adjacent to the areas which required planting and had been extensively utilized in the early recla- mation attempts. UTILIZATION OF BEACH GRASS. Grass planting operations on each range commenced on the west end and were extended eastward with more or less regularity. The following table shows the salient points concerning the various plant- ings, which aggregate 219 acres. The mortality percentages were calculated from a number of counts in several representative areas within each season’s planting. The mortality appears to have been less among the fall plantings. | Mortality of pl =i } j plant- ate Acreage planted. ings, per cent. Spring. Fall. Spring. Fall. TR DAES 1S gids care Bape Lee Pape ae eT SS 11 2 50 31 USS. ASS. YES os 28 ee Re Ae eS, ne eee eS ae 12 4 61 38 LO i ees be Pee Se ar 2 ee eS a eee ane Sepa 20 22 40 35 ee ee Se ee eee Wa hb nb ridecan bee beeen 3 17 22 11 ee eee tae feet eee Oe Ne tee She et et bk es ae ye, 6 2 Ne Pe, See ee es Oe Ba be Nk Re Be 4.5 15.5 i 2 Libs SR I a he Sr 2a See ee ee 5 ee ne es 4 21 3 3 EES ie we ee 2 ee ee ee ee ee ai ee a eke. 1 20 1 1 UU Ops SER Ue Ba ee ae Ak en a ee ae ee ee eS ae 2 25 0 0 MOMMA So Gre ws ano oa ean em aoc e tte mee eae oan Sek 70.5 TAB P Och aes to 28 tel eeee RELATIVE MERITS OF SPRING AND FALL PLANTING. The early plantings on the Province lands and the Cape generally were asa rule made in the spring, although many parties practiced fall planting. The plantings incident to the recent work of reclama- tion have been made for the greater part in the autumn. It is the consensus of opinion that better results follow fall planting for the following reasons: (1) In the fall the growth of the season is finished 26 RECLAMATION OF CAPE COD SAND DUNES, and plants are dormant for a considerable period of planting weather. (2) The new rootstocks appear to be more firmly attached than they are in the spring, and are consequently less liable to be broken off dur- ing the transplanting process. (3) ‘The days are cooler and the inel- dent evaporation less. (4) It is easier to distinguish prime planting stock, and the rooted nodes lying within a few inches of the surface of the sand may be readily removed by hand pulling; in the spring they are apt to be either buried or exposed by the action of the shifting sands. (5) There is an additional winter of effectual protection to be gained by fall planting, as the dormant sets suffer no deterioration the first winter. The above table concerning the plantings of the different years and seasons shows a marked difference in favor of fall planting. How- ever, the difference between the two seasons is so slight as to be offset by any practical reason why the spring season should be utilized for planting, as for instance the greater ease in procuring the labor or the necessity of finding nearly permanent employment, for the help in order to keep it available when needed. In case the planting is exten- sive it can rarely be completed in one season, and the planting period is thus practically doubled if the spring as well as the fall season can be utilized. | SELECTING AND TRANSPLANTING THE SETS. The plants selected for transplanting are vigorous and well rooted. This means in practice 2-year-old stock, as the year-old plants are not mature enough or sufliciently rooted to bear transplanting well, as do the older plants.- If more than two years old the vitality is likely to be low. Asa rule the 2-year-old plants may be readily pulled with the hand and still retain suflicient rootage to enable them to grow when transplanted (PL. ILI, fig. 1). It should be mentioned that the hand pulling is not extensively practiced elsewhere in the country, it being the custom to use a spade or shovel in procuring the planting stock. The results indicate that it is largely a matter of opinion as to which method is the better. The plants are piled in bunches and carted to the place where the planting is in progress. Whenever they are to be exposed to the air for any length of time they are heeled in with a covering of moist sand over the roots. When setting out the grass it is the custom for two men to work together (Pl. ILI, fig. 2). The one with a shovel inserts it in the sand as far as the foot can force it. A backward pull of the handle loosens the sand at the bottom of the hole, while a forward thrust produces a sufficient opening between the back of the shovel and the sand to allow the insertion of the plant by the second man, who carries an armful of the sets. The man with the shovel by one pressure of his foot packs the sand around the newly set plant... The shovel is inserted a second i Si Cost OF PLANTING BEACH GRASS. 97 time at a distance of about 20 inches from the first, and all is ready for the next set. The planting proceeds quite rapidly, as two men are able to set 600 plants per hour. COST OF PLANTING, The cost of planting depends upon the thickness at which the grass must be set. On the more exposed areas requiring thick setting five men procuring sets, two teamsters, and eight planters, working nine hours per day, are able to cover an acre in two days. With wages at $2 per day the cost is approximately $65 per acre. This is with an abun- dance of planting stock growing within a mile of the areas to be covered, The thickness of the planting is responsible for the great expense of the operation, but the exposure of the northern slopes to the severe win- ter gales makes it probable that thinner plantings would prove ineffec- tive, at least upon the most exposed areas. The expense is much less on the more protected areas, where thinner planting suffices, and those having the work in charge state that the 219 acres, covered with grass, have been planted at an average cost of $50 per acre. The plantings of the first two years were made in rows ranging from 12 to 18 inches apart with the plants 12 inches or less in the row, but this method appears to be less desirable than the irregular setting which has since been used, as under the latter method there are no uninterrupted channels through which the wind might sweep. The plants are set approximately 20 inches apart, but there is evidence, however, that it is not necessary to set them so close as this, except on the most exposed areas. The thinner plantings afford more root- ing area for the sets, and this helps to maintain the vigor of the trans- planted sets. The increase in cost of the thick over the thin planting is not justified unless there is considerable advantage to be derived from the former. It has been the custom to protect the plantings with lateral brush hedges. The large branches are set vertically in the ground at intervals of from 2 to 3 feet and the interstices filled with smaller brush. These hedges catch great quantities of sand or in case of wind erosion prevent the uprooting of the grass (PI. V1, fig. 1). In some of the areas the small and isolated elevations have been covered at a considerable expense with grass. This has been thought to be an unnecessary procedure, as the wind reduces these elevations, furnishing a gradual accumulation of sand over the plantings on the associated level areas, which instead of proving a detriment to the plantations increases the vigor and vegetative propagation. PRESENT STATUS OF THE VARIOUS PLANTINGS. The table giving the acreage and mortality shows the salient facts 5 > ra) J concerning the plantings of the different dates and seasons. There isa uniform deterioration from the time the plants are set until they have Pe RECLAMATION OF CAPE COD SAND DUNES, disappeared, ‘This is shown more clearly in Plate V, figure 2, than in the mortality table, for in the latter no account is taken of the great redue- tion in size and vigor which the sets have undergone. In the planta- tions of 1895 beach YTASs and poverty grass (Tludsonia tomentost) from wind-scattered seed are slowly working in among the old sets. It is possible that this natural reclamation process will continue until the entire area is permanently covered with vegetation, although this same site was covered with grass in 1830 and the force of the winds prevented the natural vegetation from establishing itself among the transplanted beach grass. In the plantations of 1899 there are to be noted areas where the grass has retained its natural vigor, although there is no apparent difference between these and the areas showing a less vigorous growth, EFFECTIVENESS OF BRUSH LAYING, It has been the custom to cover certain areas with brush, usually those at the top of the ranges and just above the grass plantations. These areas were more or less subject to the eroding action of the wind, and it was thought that brush would answer the purpose better than beach grass. ‘The brush was at first laid on in squares, but this proved less effective than the method of placing the brush uniformly over the entire surface; hence the latter system has been adopted. The beach grass comes in from naturally sown seed, and since the sand is not accumulating the grass is more or less depauperate; yet it is able to survive and by the time the brush decays has prepared the way for the succeeding vegetation, which, in connection with the erass, is able to hold the sand quite effectively. The laying of brush has been practiced quite extensively for the protection of roadways through the sand. ‘The total area covered has been about 15 acres, at an approximate cost of 525 per acre. The addition of a small amount of soil to the area covered with brush has been found to greatly hasten the formation of the vegetative covering. ‘The application need not be continuous nor at all thick. Brush cut with the leaves attached is best, as the humus content of the sand is increased and a much better protection afforded as long as the leaves remain. EFFICIENCY OF BEACH GRASS FOR’ SAND BINDING. Although many grasses have been tried at various times and places in this and foreign countries, no other has proved so effective as the beach grass. The long, tough, but flexible leaves of the beach grass enable it to endure the action of the wind with little detriment. A bunch of dead grass will withstand two seasons of wind action without becoming entirely destroyed. ‘The statements sometimes made con- cerning the sand-binding power of the roots of this grass must be taken with some allowance. The principal place where the sand-binding = EFFICIENCY OF BEACH GRASS FOR SAND BINDING, 29 action of the rootstocks may be observed is where an area covered with beach grass becomes rejuvenated, Tere, the places most thickly overgrown with the grass are the last to be eroded by the wind. ‘The grass stems and exposed rootstocks hanging loosely over the sides of the eroded hillock protect it to a considerable extent and retard its ultimate reduction, So far as observed the rootstocks seldom form a thick mat-like mass sufliciently near the water’s edge to be of mate- rial assistance in reducing the eroding action of the waves, except in severe storms, when the wave action extends inland for a considerable distance (PI. II, fig. 1). The chief value of the grass in this instance is the accumulation of sand induced, which, by its presence, keeps the destruction of the property adjoining the water reduced to a minimum. ‘Beach grass ordinarily requires a gradual accumulation of sand over its crown to induce a normal vigorous growth. It is for this reason that it is to be noted in great clumps protruding from the crest of small dunes, where it has accumulated a considerable quantity of sand each year, but at the same time not enough to cover it so deeply that the new plants are unable to develop. This is due to the fact that when the grass becomes partially buried the sand is no longer held by the protruding grass leaves and it passes over, and the grass is able to renew its growth the following year with increased vigor, since the accumulated sand is permeated with the roots of the new root- stock sent out by the half-buried clump. =: : se Kaa a Fig. 2.—PROTECTING A ROAD THROUGH THE DUNES. = U. S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE. | BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY— BULLETIN NO, 66. B. T. GALLOWAY, Chief of Bureau, SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED DURING THE PERIOD FROM SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1905. INVENTORY No. 10; Nos. 5501—9896. SEED AND PLANT INTRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION. IssurED FEBRUARY 8, 1905. WASHINGTON: GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 1905. BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY. B. T. GALLOWAY, Pathologist and Physiologist, and Chief of Bureau, VEGETABLE PATHOLOGICAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. Ausert F. Woops, Pathologist and Physiologist in Charge, Acting Chief of Bureau in Absence of Chief. BOTANICAL INVESTIGATIONS AND EXPERIMENTS. FREDERICK V. CoviLuE, Botanist in Charge. GRASS AND FORAGE PLANT INVESTIGATIONS, W. J. Spituman, Agrostologist in Charge. POMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. G. B. BracKxerr, Pomologist in Charge. SEED AND PLANT INTRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION. A. J. Pinrers, Botanist in Charge. ARLINGTON EXPERIMENTAL FARM. L. C. Corserr, Horticulturist in Charge. EXPERIMENTAL GARDENS AND GROUNDS. E. M. Byrnes, Superintendent. J. E. Rockwet.u, Editor. James E. Jones, Chief Clerk. SEED AND PLANT INTRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION. SCIENTIFIC STAFF. A. J. Prerers, Botanist in Charge. W. W. Tracy, Sr., Special Agent. S. A. Knapp, Special Agent. Davin G. FarreniLp, Agricultural Explorer. Joun KE. W. Tracy, Expert. GEORGE W. OLIVER, Expert. LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. U.S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE, BuREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY, OFFICE OF THE CHIEF, Washington, D. C., May 5, 1904. Str: I have the honor to transmit herewith, and to recommend for publication as Bulletin No. 66 of the series of this Bureau, the accom- panying manuscript entitled ‘‘Seeds and Plants Imported During the Period from September, 1900, to December, 1903.” This manuscript has been submitted by the Botanist in Charge of Seed and Plant Introduction and Distribution with a view to publica- tion. Respectfully, B. T. GaLLoway, Chief of Bureau. Hon. JAMES WILSON, Secretary of Agriculture. PR Eo GB: The present inventory, No. LO of our series, covers a number of introductions almost equal to the entire number included in the pre- vious nine inventories. It is put forth as the first part of the record of the permanent work of this office with these introductions, and shows what seeds and plants have been introduced. The completion of the record requires a report of the disposition made of these seeds and the results obtained from the experimental work done in this coun- try. Such records will appear from time to time as our different intro- ductions are tested and either discarded or found to be valuable addi- tions to the plants cultivated by American farmers and gardeners. The introductory statement by Mr. Fairchild covers the general information in regard to the sources from which these introductions have been obtained, and I wish in addition to emphasize the fact that the seeds and plants represented by this inventory have all been dis- tributed, and that the inventory is in no sense intended as a check list to enable persons to call for seeds and plants with which they would like to experiment. A. J. PIETERS, Botanist in Charge. OFFICE OF SEED AND PLANT INTRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION, Washington, D. C., May 4, 1904. o—- B, P. I.—105, 8. P. I. D.—3s9 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED DURING THE PERIOD FROM SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. INTRODUCTORY STATEMENT. This inventory of seeds and plants which have been collected by agricultural explorers, or received through other sources by this Oflice, covers the period from September, 1900, to December, 1903. — It includes 4,396 accession inventory numbers. Since the last inventory was published in 1901 the explorers and special agents of this Office have continued their extensive searches after new and promising varieties of plants for introduction into this country. The notes fur- nished regarding the different introductions vary greatly with regard to their completeness and it is desired to point out clearly that this inventory makes no pretenses to being an embodiment of all the infor- mation we possess regarding the various seeds and plants listed. It is merely a collection, largely for use in this Office and by members of the State experiment stations, of the notes which accompanied the various seeds and plants when they were sent in. Their value will in many cases be more historical than explanatory. For some of the most important numbers, separate detailed reports have been. issued in the form of bulletins or are being prepared for publication. It will be noticed that no attempt has been made to follow the latest reforms in nomenclature, the Kew Index having been taken in most cases as a convenient guide in the spelling of the different scientific names. The quantities of seeds or plants represented by these different num- bers are, as a rule, small, and in the vast majority of cases it has been necessary to distribute them as soon as possible after arrival to com- petent experimenters throughout the country. It will therefore be, in most cases, impossible to furnish seeds or plants described in this inventory. If, however, special reasons can be shown by reputable experimenters why further introductions of certain species or varieties should be made, this Office will be glad to take the matter up, for it is desirous of introducing any new variety which may be called to its attention by plant breeders or others in a position to carry out con- secutive and careful plant-introduction experiments. ~ s SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED, Of the nearly 4,400 new introductions, a very large number repre- sent work accomplished by the explorations of Mr. Barbour Lathrop, of Chicago, with whom the writer had the pleasure of being associated as Agricultural Explorer. Mr. Lathrop’s explorations, which have required about four years of travel abroad, were carried out with the one practical object of making a reconnoissance of the useful plant possibilities of the world, and have successfully covered every continent and touched every important archipelago. Owing to the very out-of- the-way parts of the world visited by Mr. Lathrop, a large number of the seeds and plants secured by him are so rare that they will be exceed- ingly difficult to replace, and the Office considers itself extremely for- tunate to have enlisted the cooperation of such a public-spirited man as Mr. Lathrop, who has conducted these various explorations almost entirely at his own expense, with no other idea than that of benefiting the American public through this branch of the work of the Depart- ment of Agriculture. No stronger evidence is needed of the practical value of plant-introduction work than that furnished by Mr. Lathrop’s devotion to its study. The collections of the several Department agricultural explorers which are represented in this inventory have also been gathered from a wide range of the earth’s surface. The explorations of Dr. S. A. Knapp, the results of which are represented in the inventory, covered his second voyage to the Orient in 1901-2, and comprised a trip to Hawaii, Japan, China, Manila, the Straits Settlements, and British India in search of information bearing on the rice question of the South. Bavaria, Austria, Dalmatia, Greece, Egypt, Tunis, Algeria, and Spain were explored by the writer for brewing barleys, hops, fruits, and forage crops. Mr. C. 8. Scofield made a careful survey of the leguminous fodder and green manure crops of Algeria and inci- dentally a study of the wheat varieties of France. Mr. M. A. Carleton made a second trip in 1900 through Austria and Roumania, into Rus- sia and Central Asia, and returned through Turkey and Servia in search of cereals and forage crops. Mr. E. R. Lake, a specialist on American prunes, was sent in 1900 on a short trip to the prune-grow- ing regions of France. Dr. J. N. Rose, of the U.S. National Museum, | assisted us in 1901 in his botanizing trips in Mexico to secure a col- lection of desert plants and varieties of other plants of economic importance. Mr. Ernst A. Bessey was sent as agricultural explorer on two expeditions in search of hardy alfalfas and more resistant fruits for the Northwest. The first was through Russia to Turkestan in 1902, and the second to the Caucasus in 1903. Mr. Thomas H. Kearney and Mr. T. H. Means, the latter of the Bureau of Soils, were sent as explorers to the arid regions of Algeria, Tunis, and Egypt in search of better strains of Egyptian cotton and alkali-resistant grains and fodder plants. Mr. P. H. Rolfs, in charge of the Subtropical SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. Qg Laboratory at Miami, Fla., visited for this Office in 1903 several islands in the West Indies in search of varieties of cassava and other suitable agricultural plants for southern Florida. Mr. G. Onderdonk, of Nursery, Tex., a specialist on stone fruits, made a trip to Mexico for this Office in search of varieties of this class of fruits for the Southern States. In addition to the seeds and plants which these various exploring trips have brought in, the Office is indebted to correspondents all over the world for numerous interesting things which have been presented to it and for which credit is given in each separate instance under the various numbers. It is desired to urge strongly in this introductory statement that the numbers which accompany these seeds and plants when they are sent out should be carefully preserved by those who receive them. By means of these inventory numbers the seeds and plants can always be identified. The machinery of the Office is so arranged that a perma- nent record is kept on file of all seeds and plants sent out, and the addresses of the experimenters to whom they are sent. This feature is considered essential, and unless carefully carried out there will be nothing on record to prevent reintroductions of plants which have proved by extensive trials to be unworthy of a place in American agriculture, and much annoyance and delay will be caused in the han- dling of those things which are successful. While it is one of the aims of plant introduction to encourage those who can afford it to try new plants, such an object would not be gained by any attempt to supply those who—misguided, perhaps, by exag- gerated newspaper accounts—apply for seeds or plants which they are not in a position to test successfully. Ali seeds are sent out with the idea that those who receive them are willing to take the pains to reply to queries from this Office regarding the success of their trial and to supply on request reasonable quantities of seeds, scions, or plants pro- duced from the imported material. A failure on the part of an experi- menter to respond to repeated inquiries or his refusal to assist In giving new introductions a wide distribution will affect unfavorably his stand- ing in the list of capable experimenters which it is one of the objects of this plant introduction work to create. Davip G. FAIRCHILD, Agricultural Explorer. Wasuineton, D. C., April 18, 1904. dad be INVENTORY. 5501 to 5512. rom Washington, D. C. Seeds from a number of crab-apple trees growing on the grounds of the Department of Agriculture. These trees were imported from Russia, by Prof. N. EK. Hansen, in 1898. The numbers in parentheses are those under which the trees were received from Professor Hansen. They are as follows: 5501. Pyrus PRUNIFOLIA EDULIS. (No. 4.) 5502. Pyrvus PRUNIFOLIA PURPUREA. (No. 5.) 5503. Pyrus prunirouia. (No. 6.) Transparent. 5504. Pyrus PRUNIFOLIA. (No. 7.) Transparent. 5505. Pyrvus PRUNIFOLIA MOSCOWIENSIS. (No. 8.) 5506. Pyrvus PRUNIFOLIA PURPUREA. (No. 9.) 5507.. Pyrus PRUNIFOLIA MACROCARPA. (Nos. 10 and 11.) 5508. Pyrus PRUNIFOLIA BACCATA. (No. 12.) 5509. PyRvs PRUNIFOLIA BACCATA. (Nou dd.) 5510. Pyrus prRuNrIFOLIA BACCATA. (No. 16.) 5511. Pyrus pruniro.iia. (No. 17.) 5512. Pyrus prunirouia. (No. 18.) 5513. AVENA SATIVA. Oat. From Tornea, Finland. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 435), September 27, 1900. North Finnish Black. ‘‘This seed is from the north province of Finland, and being grown at this high latitude should be early ripening. It is not, however, of first quality because the recent crops have been very poor.”’ (Fairchild. ) 5514. AVENA SATIVA. Oat. From Tornea, Finland. Presented by F. O. U. Nordberg, through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 435a, Aug. 6, 1900). Received September 27, 1900. North Finnish Black. ‘One liter of black oats of the 1897 crop, which was so highly prized here that I could only get this small quantity. It should ripen earlier than No. 5513.’’ ( Fairchild. ) 5515. ‘TRITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. From Michaux, Va. Received September 27, 1900. Banat. Grown in Virginia from seed imported by this Department in 1899. 11 12 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 5516. PaAssIFLORA EDULIS. Passion flower. From New South Wales, Australia. Presented by Dr. N. A. Cobb. Received September 27, 1900. “This plant grows best in good soil at some distance from the coast, where there is little frost and an annual rainfall of about 50 inches. The plants are usually trel- lised about 6 feet apart, grow rapidly, and bear fruit the second year.’’ (Cobb,) (See No. 1906, Inventory No, 5.) 5517. GLYCINE HISPIDA. Soy bean. From Macassar, Celebes. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 336, Jan., 1900), October 8, 1900. Katjang- Koro. 5518. PHASEOLUS MUNGO. Gram. From Macassar, Celebes. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 337, Jan., 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘‘A small bean used in soups.’’ ( /airchild. ) 5519. Donicuos sp. Ussi bean. From Lombok, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 338, Jan., 1900), October 8, 1900. Katjang Ussi. 5520. CUCURBITA sp. Squash. From Amboina, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 339 Jan. 15, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘*‘Native-grown squash, suited to a moist, warm climate. Said to be very sweet oo) ( Hcroht ; when cooked.”’ (Fairchild. ) 5521. PHASEOLUS LUNATUS. Lima bean. From Lombok, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 340, January 7, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘*A peculiar white and black striped lima bean.”’ Fairchild. I I 5522. ARACHIS HYPOGAEA. Peanut. From Matarum, Lombok, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 341, January 7, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘‘A large rough-shelled, three-seeded peanut, having thin shells and a good flavor.” ( Fairchild.) 5523. ORYZA SATIVA. Rice. From Surabaya, Java. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 342, January, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘‘Short-grained Java rice.” ( Fuirchild.) (Injured in transit. ) 5524. CapsiCUM ANNUUM. Red pepper. From Macassar, Celebes. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 343, January 10, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘‘A small variety of very hot red pepper generally used green in Macassar. Prob- ably the same as that used in Java and other parts of the Dutch East Indies.” ( Fairchild. ) a ——————————— ss CUCU i ee Gul SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 13 5525. CapsicUM ANNUUM. Red pepper. From Macassar, Celebes. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No, 344, January 10, 1900), October 8, 1900, “A long red pepper of the shape of the so-called Guinea pepper.’ (Mairehild. ) 5526. CarsicUM ANNUUM. Red pepper. From Bali Island, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 345, January 7, 1900), October 8, 1900. A long red variety. 5527. SoLANUM sp. From Bali, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fair- child (No. 346, January 7, 1900), October 8, 1900. “A white-fruited species which is used on the ijstafel or rice table of Muropeans. Much like an eggplant, of which it may be only a variety.”? = ( /airchild. ) 5528. Momorpica sp. From Macassar, Celebes. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 347, January 11, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘A fruit called Paparé here. It is eaten raw. When mature it is very showy, with bright-red endocarp. Said by Paillieux and Bois to grow well in France.’’ ( Fairchild. ) 5529. Cirrus LIMETTA. Lime. From Macassar, Celebes. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 348, January 11, 1900), October 8, 1900. “A very thin-skinned, juicy lime of inferior flavor.’’? (Fairchild. ) 5530. CAPSICUM ANNUUM. Red pepper. From Macassar, Celebes. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 349, January 11, 1900), October 8, 1900. A long red variety. 5531. CITRUS LIMONUM. Lemon. From Banda, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fair- child (No. 350, February 8, 1900), October 8, 1900. ~ “ Sauerbier, a very large, thin-skinned, exceedingly juicy lemon of good flavor, sent through the kindness of Mr. Sauerbier from his own garden. The fruit examined was 3 inches in diameter, with smooth skin, not over one-quarter of an inch thick, and large oil glands. The flesh is composed of large cells which are much elongated in shape and therefore easily broken by pressure. The amount of juice is exception- ally large. Nearly three-fourths of an ordinary glassful was squeezed by hand from a single fruit. Juice of good flavor, somewhat aromatic, but the fruit was too ripe to judge fairly. The tree is said to be small. This is the finest lemon seen by us on the expedition, and its discovery was made by Mr. Lathrop.”’ (Fairchild. ) 5532. CITRUS LIMONUM. Lemon. From Banda, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fair- child (No. 351, February 8, 1900), October 8, 1900. From the garden of Mr. Sauerbier. ‘‘Seeds from the remarkable lemon described in No. 5531. Its seedlings may produce its like.’”’? ( Muirchild. ) 5533. CrrRUS LIMONUM. Lemon. From Banda, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fair- child (No. 352, February 8, 1900), October 8, 1900. “Seeds from lemon said to have come from the same tree as No. 5531. The fruits from which these seeds were taken were smaller, but still of unusual size and excel- lence.”’— ( Fuirchild. ) 14 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED, 5534. CANARIUM AMBOINENSE, Amboina almond. From Amboina, Dutch Kast Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fair- ehild (No. 353, February 8, 1900), October 8, 1900, ‘*This is possibly the stateliest avenue tree in the world and forms in the famous garden of Buitenzorg, Java, the ‘Canarium Al/ée,’ which is noted as the most beauti- ful avenue in existence. A valuable table oil is made from the kernels of the fruits and these are highly prized by Europeans, being eaten like almonds. Lf introduced into the Philippines they might be made to pay as a secondary crop.’’ ( Fairchild.) 5535. SOLANUM MELONGENA. Eggplant. From Amboina, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fair- child (No. 354, February 8, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘Fruit long, striped with red, purple, and white.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5536. CapsiICUM ANNUUM. Red pepper. From Amboina, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fair- child (No. 355, February 14, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘“An excellent variety of egg-shaped red pepper.’’ (Fairchild. ; ot } pep} 5537. CAPSICUM ANNUUM. Red pepper. From Singapore. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 356, January 24, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘‘A long, slender variety of red pepper.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5538. CapsICcUM ANNUUM. Red pepper. From Macassar, Celebes. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 357, January 11, 1900), October 8, 1900. **A small red pepper.’’? (Fairchild. ) 5539. Forest tree. From Boela, Ceram Island, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 358, January 18, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘*Seeds from a single fruit of a beautiful orange-red color; borne by a small forest tree with lanceolate dark-green leaves. Fruits borne in pairs, and are pulpy, jelly- like, and almost transparent. One of the showiest fruits I have ever seen. do not know whether or not it is edible.”’? (Fairchild. ) 5540. Forest tree. From Boela, Ceram Island, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 359, January 18, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘Fruit oblate spheroid, dark green, several-seeded with hard, smooth exocarp. Flesh brown and spongy. Not known to be edible.’”’ (Fairchild. ) 5541. Forest tree. From Boela, Ceram Island, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 360, January 18, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘‘One-seeded, purple-fleshed fruit, from clearing in virgin forest. Said to be poisonous.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5542. VIcIA FABA. Broad bean. From Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 361, January 11, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘“‘Sample of a variety of broad bean which is canned and sent from Holland to India, where it is cooked in water and eaten asa great delicacy by Europeans. Most — excellent eating.’? (Fuirchild. ) ~y SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBE R, 1903. 15 5543. Shade tree. From Toeal, Kei Island, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No, 862, January 20, 1900), October 8, 1900, “A rapidly growing shade tree resembling Albizzia lebbek, but with long cylin- drical pods of dark-brown color. Suitable for Florida, Porto Rico, or any tropical region.”’ (Fairchild. ) 5544. Momorpica sp. From Toeal, Kei Island, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 363, January 20, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘‘A small-fruited species growing wild in the island. Said to be eaten raw by the natives.’’ ( Mairchild. ) 5545. SOLANUM MELONGENA. ' Eggplant. From Toeal, Kei Island, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 364, January 20, 1900), October 8, 1900. “A yellow-fruited species of Solanum, cooked and eaten by the natives. May prove valuable for breeding purposes.’’ (Jairchild. ) 5546. CAPsICUM ANNUUM. Red pepper. From Gisser Island (a typical atoll near Ceram), Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 365, February 3, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘‘A large oblong variety of red pepper.’”’ (Jairchild. ) 5547. CITRUS DECUMANA. Pomelo. From Sekar, Dutch New Guinea. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fair- child (No. 366, February 1, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘Seeds of a large and very sour variety of pomelo or shaddock presented by the Radja of Sekar, a village on the coast of Dutch New Guinea. The shaddock is native of the islands of the Malay Archipelago, being more particularly abundant in the Friendly Isles and Fiji. Introduced into India from Java and into the West Indies by Captain Shaddock, hence the name Shaddock. It is cultivated in most tropical countries.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5548. From Wetter Island, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 367, January 23, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘‘Long purple fruit found on the shore of the island of Wetter. The pulp is soft like that of'a plum. It is said not to be edible.”’ (Fairchild. ) 5549. CONVOLVULUS sp. (‘) From Dammer Island, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 368, January 22, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘A large vigorous vine with curious seed pods.”’ (Fairchild. ) 5550. CONVOLVULUS sp. (74) From Dammer Island, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 369, January 22, 1900), October 8, 1900. ““Small-fruited vine which covers low trees and shrubs.”’ ( /wirchild. ) 5551. From Dammer Island, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 370, January 22, 1900), October 8, 1900. “From vine not in flower, but of luxuriant growth, covering trees and shrubs,”’ ( Fairchild.) 29861—No. 66—05 9 ~ 16 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 5552. Cucursira sp. (4) From Dammer Island, Dutch East Indies, Received through Messrs, Lathrop and Fairchild (No, 371, January 22, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘* A vigorous cucurbitaceous vine, covering trees and shrubs and bearing large numbers of curious dry fruits resembling Lujfa.’’ ( Fairchild.) 5553. CAPSICUM ANNUUM. Red pepper. From Gisser Island, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 372, February 4, 1900), October 8, 1900. **A cherry-shaped red pepper.’ ( Fairchild.) 5554. CIrrrRus LIMETTA. Lime. From Gisser Island, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 373, February 3, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘*‘Seeds from a lime of very peculiar shape. Long and slender, with a decided beak at the lower end. Flavor inferior.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5555. CapsicUM ANNUUM. Red pepper. From Gisser Island, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 374, February 3, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘*A small red pepper.”’ 5556. CapsicUM ANNUUM. Red pepper. From Toeal, Kei Island, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 375, January 31, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘*4 small cherry-shaped red pepper.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5557. CoONVOLVULUS sp. (/) From Dobbo, Aru Islands, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 376, January 28, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘‘Seed from vine growing in the mangrove swamps near the town. Ornamental.’’ ( Fairchild. ) 5558. CONVOLVULUS sp. (7) From Dobbo, Aru Islands, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 377, January 28, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘Seeds from a plant growing near mangrove swamps on sandy soil.’’ (Fairchild. i g g 5559. CUCURBITA sp. Squash. From Sekar, Dutch New Guinea. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fair- child (No. 378, February 2, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘‘Seeds from a squash presented by the Radja of Sekar, a small village on the coast of New Guinea.”’ ( Fairchild.) 5560. ZEA MAYS. ~ Maize. From Amboina, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 379, February 7, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘‘A yariety of Indian corn which is of such superior quality that it is shipped from the island of Amboina to many other points in the archipelago. A hard flinty variety, and worthy of trial in Porto Rico, Hawaii, and the Philippines.”’ ( Fuirchild.) 5561. ARACHIS HYPOGAFA. Peanut. From the Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 380, February 7, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘‘A very large peanut, one of the most delicious we have ever tasted, probably from the island of Ternate.’’ (Fairchild. ) We eer eS,” SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 17 5562. From Letti Island, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 881, January 25, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘Small fruits with lemon-yellow pulp, very sour. Brought on board and sold by natives of Letti.’? (/airchild. ) 5563. CHAVICA OFFICINARUM. Long pepper. From Macassar, Celebes. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. $82, January 22, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘‘A sample of so-called Tjabeh aroij, used in the Dutch East Indies as a condiment. It is very hot, and is much used by the natives in their curries. It is also used in medicine.’”’ (Fairchild. ) 5564. CIiccA NODIFLORA. From Amboina, Dutch East Indies, Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 383, February 7, 1900), October 8, 1900. **Seeds from fruit tree, the sap of which is used for poisoning arrows. The roots are used as a medicine for asthma. Syphilis is treated with a decoction of the leaves, and the sour fruits are used for making preserves. The seeds act as a purgative. The tree grows about 25 feet high.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5565. CAPsIcCUM ANNUUM. Red pepper. From Fack Fack, Dutch New Guinea. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 384, February 1, 1900), October 8, 1900. ‘Very small red pepper found growing on a bush 4 feet high.”’ (Fairchild. ) 5566. CALOPHYLLUM sp. From Saparoea Island, Dutch East Indies. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 385, February 8, 1900), October 8, 1900. “A giant tree growing in front of the Controlleur’s house at Saparoea. One of the most beautiful shade trees I have ever seen.’ (Fairchild. ) 5567. CucUMIS SATIVUS. Cucumber. From Macassar, Dutch East Indies. . Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild, October 8, 1900. ‘‘An excellent variety of uniform size and shape, especially suited for cultivation in the Tropies.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5568. STUARTIA PENTAGYNA. From Gage, Tenn. Presented by Mr. J. H. H. Boyd, through Mr. Lyster H. Dewey, of the Division of Botany. Received October 17, 1900. 5569. HuMULUS LUPULUS. Hop. From Auscha, Bohemia. Received through Mr. E. R. Lake, October 18, 1900. Auscha Red. 5570. HuMmuLUS LUPULUS. Hop. From Auscha, Bohemia. Received through Mr. E. R. Lake, October 18, 1900. Saaz. 5571. THEA VIRIDIS. Tea. From Ceylon. Received October 30, 1900. Highest class ‘‘Jat,’’ a wild indigenous tea. 1s SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED, 5572 to 5585. Leguminous forage plants. From Algeria. Presented by Doctor Trabut, Government Botanist of Algeria, through Mr. W. T. Swingle. Received November 2, 1900, “This valuable collection comprises small amounts of the seed of a number of for- age plants which are cultivated by Doctor Trabut at the Algerian experiment sta- tion at Rouiba. Many of these were introduced into culture by Doctor Trabut, and are now sent out of North Africa for the first time. Some of the plants occur in other parts of the Mediterranean region, but in general the forms of these species found growing in Algeria are more resistant to drought than those obtained elsewhere. This has proved true of the common vetch from Tunis, the narrow-leaved lupine or naturalized form of the Corsican lupine. All of these species are adapted for plant- ing in autumn in the warmer regions of the South and Southwest. Unfortunately, only a small amount of seed of these species could be obtained. It is hoped that enough can be grown in this country to give a fair trial another year. There can be no doubt that all of the native North African forage plants deserve a most careful trial in the arid and semiarid regions on the Pacitic slope. All of these are winter crops and should be sown in early autumn, since at that time there is sufficient moist- ure in the soil to enable the seed to germinate. The climate of North Africa is very mild in winter, and probably most of these species would be injured by severe frosts. They could, however, be grown in spring in Washington State and Oregon, where the winter would probably prove too severe to permit of their being sown in autumn.’’ (Swingle.) 5572. Vicra CALCARATA. Vetch. ‘*This vetch is native to the Mediterranean region. The seed of this par- ticular sort was obtained at Boghar in Algeria where the climate is very dry. This is one of the species introduced into culture by Doctor Trabut.”’ (Swingle. ) 55'73.. VIcIA HIRTA. Vetch. ‘*This plant, which is usually considered to be a hairy form of Vicia lutea, occurs very commonly in Algeria and has been introduced into cultivation by Doctor Trabut. It reaches a height of 16 to 18 inches at the experiment station at Rouiba.”’ (Swingle. ) 5574. VIcIA FULGENS. Scarlet vetch. ‘*An Algerian vetch with handsome red flowers. It is an annualand grows with extraordinary vigor, reaching a height of 6 to 8 feet and yielding an abundance of excellent forage. Doctor Trabut, who introduced the species into culture, reports that at the experiment station at Rouiba, near Algiers, it yields 40 tons of green fodder to the acre. The great drawback of this most promis- ing vetch is that the pods when ripe snap open, especially under the influence of hot winds, and scatter the seed, rendering its collection very difficult and the seed in consequence high priced. It is sown in autumn before the first rains in Algeria, either alone or with winter oats. It occasionally produces seed abundantly. It is to be hoped that some region may be found in the United States which has a sufficiently humid atmosphere during the ripening period of the pods to prevent their scattering the seeds. It might be possible to breed varieties which would hold the seed better. This vetch is mostlikely to succeed in the Southern States and on the Pacific slope.’’ (Swingle.) (See Nos. 3825 and 4336, inventory No. 8.) 55'75. VIcIA SATIVA. Common vetch. ‘Doctor Trabut has been making comparative tests of all obtainable varieties of the common vetch at the Algerian Experiment Station at Rouiba. The one which proves best adapted to Algerian conditions is the present number, which is from the dry regions of Tunis.’’ (Swingle. ) 5576. VICIA BENGALENSIS. Bengal vetch. ‘This name is given by the Kew Index as a synonym of J. nissoliana. _ It is one of the best of the numerous species of vetch grown at the Algerian Experiment Station at Rouiba. It somewhat resembles the scarlet vetch, attaining a considerable height.’’ (Swingle. ) SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 19 5572 to 5585—Continued. 5577. Vicia FABA. Horse bean. “This is a dwarf form of horse bean which Doctor Trabut reports as grow- ing wild 25 miles south of Teniat. He considers it to be undoubtedly the wild form of the cultivated broad beans and horse beans. It is utilized by the Arabs, but is probably of little value compared with the improved form, though it may resist drought better, since it comes from a dry region in Algeria.”’ (Swingle. ) 5578. MELILOTUS MACROSTACHYS. Melilot. ‘*This species of melilot, native to Algeria, differs from most of the sweet cloyers in Hadne no pronounced odor. In consequence of this it is readily eaten by cattle. It has succeeded very well at the Experiment Station at Rouiba, where it attains a height of from 3 to 6 feet.” (Swingle. ) 5579. TRIGONELLA CORNICULATA. Small fenugreek. “This species, which has the same strong odor as fenugreek, from which it differs, however, in having very much smaller pods and seeds, grows very vigorously at the Experiment Station at Rouiba, where it attains a height of from 3 to 5 feet. It could not be used for feeding milch cows, as the strong odor would make the milk unsalable. It is, however, used for fattening stock and as a green manure. It is said to resist drought very well.’”’? (Swingle.) 5580. TRIGONELLA GLADIATA. Trigonella. ‘This plant also resembles fenugreek in odor. It has been cultivated with some success at the Experiment Station at Rouiba.’? (Swing/e.) 5581. ScorRPIURUS VERMICULATA. Rabbit’s ear. ‘*This plant is a half-prostrate annual and grows wild all through northern Algeria. It is said to furnish an excellent forage on good land and the Arabs eat the seeds. The pods, which are bent more or less into a circle, are as large as one’s finger and lie on the ground. They are eaten greedily by the sheep and constitute one of their important foods on the plains of northern Algeria.”’ (Swingle. ) 5582. ONONIS AVELLANA. Ononis. ‘“This is said by Doctor Trabut to be a good green manure for heavy soils. It is found only in Algeria, where it occurs in few localities on clay hills.” (Swingle. ) 5583. LuPINUS ANGUSTIFOLIUS. Narrow-leafed lupine. ‘““This species is commonly grown by the Kabyles and Arabs, and is used by them as a substitute for coffee. It is the earliest maturing species grown in North Africa and is good for green manure. It is said to dislike an excess of lime in the soil.’’ (Swingle. ) 5584. LUPINUS TERMIS. Egyptian or Corsican lupine. ““This is considered by Doctor Trabut to be the best species for culture in North Africa. It is sown at the rate of about 100 pounds to the acre, in autumn, and it grows rapidly, and in February or March can be plowed under. It much resembles the white lupine, but is said to be taller and have larger seeds. It is a very promising species for culture in California.’? (Swingle. ) 5585. Larnyrvus TINGITANUS. Tangier flat pea. ‘‘Thisspecies, which isanative of North Africa, isconsidered by Doctor Trabut to be one of the best forage plants in Africa. It reaches a height of from 3 to4 feet and drives out all other plants. Sown in autumn it prevents the growth of all weeds, and on the 16th of May gives a crop of 34 tons of dry hay to the acre. It is sown at the rate of about 50 pounds of seed per acre and is some- times sown with one-third the weight of winter oats. It is a beautiful plant, very vigorous, and probably has a great future as a forage plant in the South and Southwest. (Swingle. ) 2() SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 5586. NEOWASHINGTONIA sp. Fan palm. From San Diego, Cal. Presented by Mr. T. 8. Brandegee; collected in Cajon de Santa Maria, near Calamaguet, on the eastern shore of Lower California, 5587. HuMULUS LUPULUS. Hop. From Spalt, Bavaria, Germany. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No, 461), November 19, 1900, Spalt City. ‘‘ Cuttings or ‘ Fiichser’ of the finest Spalt hops grown in the restricted area of Spalt, Bavaria. These Spalt hops are renowned throughout Germany as next to the Saaz and Auscha, the best in the world. They are exported from here in con- siderable quantities to America where they are used by the large brewers in the man- ufacture of their finest beers. In planting these cuttings it should be remembered that they have been taken in October and transported to America and may suffer in vigor-by this unusual treatment. The cuttings are planted here four or five together in one hill, being placed upright in the ground some 3 inches apart and covered about 13 to 2 inches with soil. The hills are from 3 to 4 feet apart each way. The soil, which is the most important item of any in hop culture, must be a sandy loam. In Spalt it is a disintegrated red sandstone, similar to the soil in the Bohemian hop region of Saaz. Only in the small region about the little village of Spalt do these famous hops develop their fine aroma and valuable lupulin contents. Before plant- ing, the soil should be carefully worked to a depth of 2} to 3 feet and the culture should be scrupulously clean during the season. ‘This is not a heavy bearer, one pound per pole being a maximum. Its value lies in its superior quality of aroma. The best grade of hop from which these cuttings are taken brings this year on the Spalt market over 15 cents per pound. Great care should be taken that no male hop plants are grown near these Spalt hops, as their presence induces a heavy seed pro- duction and an immediate lowering of the quality of the yield. Harvesting, sulphur- ing, ete., as usual.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5588. HuMULUS LUPULUS. Hop. From Spalt, Bavaria, Germany. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 462, October 24, 1900), November 19, 1900. Seed from the best Spalt hops, grown in the village of Massendorf. ‘‘This variety of hop produces very few seeds indeed, and these may be of distinct value for breed- ing purposes and for the selection of a more vigorous strain of superlative quality.” ( Fairchild. ) 5589. CoCHLEARIA ARMORACIA. Horse-radish. From Biersdorf, Bavaria. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 457, October 19, 1900), November 12, 1900. ‘Cuttings of a variety of Bavarian horse-radish which ranks among the best in Europe. It is much milder in flavor than the malin variety, and its method of culti- vation is different.’’ (Fairchild.) (See S. P. I. Circular No. 21.) 5590. HorpdrEUM DISTICHUM. Barley. From Kitzing, Bavaria. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 458), November 26, 1900. Lower Frankish Kitzing brewing barley. ‘‘The most noted Bavarian variety, and one of the best brewing barleys in the world. It is a heavy, thin-skinned sort containing a large percentage of starch. It was grown ona heavy clay soil, and should, according to the growers in Bavaria, be tried on a light but not too sandy soil. A change of soil is considered essential.’? (Fairchild. ) 5591. HorbrUM DISTICHUM. Barley. From Kitzing, Bavaria. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 459, Octo- ber 22, 1900), November 26, 1900. ‘‘This is the same as No. 5590, except that it was grown on light soil, and should, therefore, be tried on heavy clay soils in America.’’ (Fairchild. ) SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 21 5592. Horprum DISTICHUM. Barley. From Wiirzburg, Bavaria. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 460, October 22, 1900), November 26, 1900. Lower Frankish brewing barley. Essentially the same as Nos. 5590 and 5591. Suited to fairly light soils. 5593. HuMuULUS LUPULUS. Hop. From Wolnzach, Bavaria. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 462, Octo- ber 25, 1900), November 19, 1900. Cuttings from the Wolnzach hops. ‘‘These are late-ripening hops of excellent quality, but not so highly prized as those from Saaz or Spalt. Cuttings from 6-year- old stocks, suited to a friable loam; yield from + to 4 pound per pole; probably not so suse eptible to soil conditions as the Saaz.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5594. HumMuLUS LUPULUS. Hop. From Wolnzach, Bavaria. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 463, October 25, 1900), November 19, 1900. Seeds from Wolnzach hops. 5595 to 5608. From the Government Laboratory, Georgetown, Demerara, British (Guiana. Received through the Division of Chemistry, October 19, 1900. A collection of sugar-cane arrows with fertile seeds sent by Mr. J. B. Harrison. 5595. (J.B.H. 74.) 5602. (J.B. H. 5044.) 5596. (J.B. H. 116.) 5603. (J.B. H. 5201.) 5597. (J.B. H. 790.) 5604. (J.B. H. 5443.) 5598. (J. B. H. 1485.) 5605. (J.B. H. 5444.) 5599. (J.B. H. 1850.) 5606. (J.B. H. 5454.) 5600. (J.B. H. 2093.) 5607. (J.B. H. 5717.) 5601. (J.B. H. 5041.) oGO0G. (J.B. H. 5774.) 5609. MELINIS MINUTIFLORA. Molasses grass. From Sao Paulo, Brazil. Presented by the Brazilian minister, the Hon. Dr. J. F. de Assis-Brasil, through the U. 8. Consul at Sao Paulo, September, 1900. 5610. VILLEBRUNEA INTEGRIFOLIA. Assam rhea. From Calcutta, India. Presented by D. Prain, Superintendent of the Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta. Received November 16, 1900. (See Agric. Ledg., Calcutta, 1898, No. 15, for description of this fiber plant.) 5611. HuMULUS LUPULUS. Hop. From Wolnzach, Bavaria. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild, November 19, 1900. ‘“A mixture of hop seeds from the dryizs room of Wolnzach.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5612. PAssIFLORA EDULIS. Passion flower. From Auckland, New Zealand. Presented by J. P. Carolin, through Mr. George William Hill, Chief of the Division of Publications. Received November 21, 1900. 5613. ATRIPLEX LEPTOCARPA. Saltbush. From Berkeley, Cal. Presented by the California Experiment Station, through Prof. Chas. H. Shinn. Received November 21, 1900. 99 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 5614. ATRIPLEX HALIMOIDES. Saltbush. From Berkeley, Cal. Presented by the California Experiment Station, through Prof. Chas. H. Shinn. Received November 21, 1900, 5615. CINNAMOMUM CAMPHORA. Camphor. From Berkeley, Cal. Presented by the California Experiment Station, through Prof. Chas. H. Shinn. Received November 21, 1900. 5616. VITIS VINIFERA. Grape. From Saonara, Italy. Reeeived through Mr. D. G. Fairchild, November 23, 1900, from Fratelli Sgaravatti. Sultanina rosea. 5617 to 5621. From Manila, P. I. Received July 1, 1900. No descriptions furnished. 5617. ERYTHRINA CARNEA. Dap-dap. 5618. BIxa ORELLANA. j Achiote. 5619. SoLANUM MELONGENA. Eggplant. 5620. Corx LACHRYMA-JOBI. Job’s tears. 5621. INGA LANCEOLATA. 5622. HuMULUS LUPULUS. Hop. From Tetschen, Bohemia. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild, November 30, 1900. ‘‘Seed from wild hops growing on the grounds of the Experiment Station at Tetschen-Liebwerd.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5623. CLIANTHUS DAMPIERI. From Roebourne, West Australia. Presented by Mr. W. F. Cusack. Received December 3, 1900. ‘*A beautiful garden flower and also good feed for stock. It will grow with 6 inches of rain per annum, or one day good rain in the year. The seed requires scorching or soaking in hot water.’’ (Cusack. ) 5624. | From Roebourne, West Australia. Presented by Mr. W. F. Cusack. Received December 3, 1900. ‘‘A leguminous shrub 6 feet high. Splendid feed for horses, cattle, and sheep. It is smaller than 5623, erect instead of prostrate. A beautiful garden flower.’’ (Cusack. ) 5625. From Roebourne, West Australia. Presented by Mr. W. F. Cusack. Received December 3, 1900. Mundle bundle. ‘A good perennial tussock grass. Grows where the annual aver- age rainfall is 14 inches, and the thermometer sometimes shows temperatures up to 127° F. in theshade.’’ (Cusack. ) 5626. Pela. From Roebourne, West Australia. Presented by Mr. W. F. Cusack. Received December 3, 1900. “A good annual. It grows on sandy soil very well with small rainfall.’’ (Cusack. ) SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. ° 98 5627. Rupus NUTKANUS. Salmon berry. From Blaine, Wash. Presented by Mr. C. E. Flint. Received November 6, 1900. A large red raspberry growing on the Pacific Coast of North America. . 5628. ‘TriricuM VULGARE. Wheat. From Portland, Oreg. Presented by Mr. R. C. Judson. Received December 4, 1900. Yaroslaf winter wheat. Grown from No. 2792; imported from the Government of St. Petersburg, Russia, in March, 1899, by Mr. M. A. Carleton. Considered objec- tionable for Oregon because of bearded character. 5629. ‘TRIricUM VULGARE. Wheat. From Portland, Oreg. Presented by Mr. R. C. Judson. Received December 4, 1900. Banatka winter wheat. Grown from No. 2956; imported by Mr. M. A. Carleton in March, 1899. 5630. TRITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. From Portland, Oreg. Presented by Mr. R. C. Judson. Received December 4, 1900. Sandomir winter wheat. Grown from No. 2958, imported by Mr. M. A. Carleton in March, 1899. 5631. HUMULUS LUPULUS. Hop. From Schwetzingen, Germany. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 456, Noy. 6, 1900), December 5, 1900. ‘‘Cuttings of the Schwetzingen hop, one of the best early varieties, ripening the middle of August. Not considered by Professor Braungart as so delicate as the ‘Saaz’ or ‘Spalt,’ and on this account may thrive better on American soils.’ ( /airchild. ) 5632. CAESALPINIA BONDUCELLA. From Manila, P. I. Received July, 1900. This genus of leguminosee contains some 40 species; inhabitants of the Tropics of both hemispheres. Robust, erect trees, shrubs, or woody prickly climbers; leaves large; flowers showy, yellow. In some parts of India it grows at an altitude of 2,500 feet. Oil from the seeds is useful in convulsions and palsy, debility after fever, and other diseases. Is said to soften the skin and remove pimples. The seeds are used instead of quinine, and also as an ointment. In disorders of the liver the leaves are considered very efficacious. The nuts are used for making bracelets and necklaces. -The seeds are used by children in place of marbles and in other games. The root is also used for medical purposes. 5633. JUGLANS REGIA. Walnut. From Mettmenstetten, Switzerland. Presented by Hon. A. Lieberknecht, U. 5. Consul at Zitirich. 5634. (iARCINIA MANGOSTANA. Mangosteen. From Ceylon. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild, December 7, 1900. Pre- sented by Dr. Valentine Duke, of Newara, Eliya. Fruits covered with a coating of paraffin to preserve the germinative power of the seeds. 5635. TrRITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. From Kurman-Kemelchi, Central Crimea. Received through Mr. M. A. Carleton, December 12, 1900. Crimean. ‘A hard red winter wheat, one of the best in the world. Adapted for trial in Kansas, Oklahoma, northern Texas, Missouri, and southern portions of lowa and Nebraska.”’ ( Carleton. ) Y4 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 5636. ‘TrRITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. From Altonau, near Melitopol, in northern Taurida. Received through Mr, M. A. Carleton, December 12, 1900. ‘Similar to No, 5635, but from a rather colder latitude and not ripening quite so early. Adaptation like No. 5635.’’ (Carleton. ) 5637. ‘TRITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. From Altonau, near Melitopol, in northern Taurida. Received through Mr. M. A. Carleton, December 12, 1900. Girka winter wheat. ‘A beardless variety, soft-grained, but very hardy. Adapta- tion like No. 5635.”’ (Carleton. ) 5638. ‘TRITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. From Constantinovskol, 40 miles east of Stavropol, in north Caucasus. Received through Mr. M. A. Carleton, December 12, 1900. Ulta. ‘‘A hard, red-grained, bearded, winter variety, very resistant to cold and drought. Adapted for trial as a winter wheat in lowa, Nebraska, and the southern portions of Wisconsin, Minnesota, and South Dakota, and eastern Colorado. An excellent variety for all of Kansas and northern portions of Missouri and Oklahoma.”’ ( Carleton.) 5639. ‘TrRITICUM DURUM. Wheat. From Uralsk Territory, Russia. Received through Mr. M. A. Carleton, Decem- ber 12, 1900. Kubanka. ‘‘One of the best macaroni wheats known. Sowninthespring. Admir- ably adapted for growing in the semiarid regions, between the one hundredth meri- dian and the Rocky Mountains, and North Dakota to Texas, and also in New Mexico, Arizona, Utah, eastern Oregon, and the Palouse country.’’ (Carleton. ) 5640. ‘TrRITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. From Padi, Saratov, Russia. Received through Mr. M. A. Carleton, Decem- ber 12, 1900. ; Padi. ‘‘A beardless, soft, or semihard winter wheat. Adapted to all the north- ern winter wheat States, from New York to Kansas and southward to the thirty-fifth parallel.’’ (Carleton. ) 5641. ‘TRITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. From Starobelsk, Kharkof, Russia. Received through Mr. M. A. Carleton, December 12, 1900. Kharkof. ‘‘A bearded, hard, red, winter wheat, similar to No. 5635, but coming from a region much farther north and therefore extremely hardy. Especially resist- ant to piercing, dry, winter winds, where there is little snowfall. Admirably adapted for trial as a winter wheat in Minnesota, South Dakota, Iowa, northern Nebraska, Wisconsin, and perhaps southern North Dakota.’’ (Carleton. ) 5642. ‘TRITICUM DURUM. Wheat. From Ambrocievka, 20 miles northeast of Taganrog, in the Don Territory, Russia. Received through Mr. M. A. Carleton, December 12, 1900. Yellow Gharnovka. ‘‘A macaroni wheat similar to No. 5643, but having yellow grains. Sown in the spring. Adapted for trial in the most arid portions of the United States.’? (Carleton. ) 5643. ‘TRITICUM DURUM. Wheat. From Ambrocievka, 20 miles northeast of Taganrog, in the Don Territory, Russia. Received through Mr. M. A. Carletou., December 12, 1900. Gharnovka. ‘‘The best macaroni wheat from the vicinity of Taganrog. Sown in the spring. Adapted for trial in the most arid portions of the United States.” ( Carleton. ) so SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 25 5644. 9‘TrIricuM DURUM. Wheat. From Ambrocieyka, 20 miles northeast of Taganrog, in the Don Territory, Russia. Received through Mr. M. A. Carleton, December 12, 1900. Velvet Don. ‘‘An excellent macaroni wheat with black beards. Sown in the spring. Adaptation same as for No. 5643.”? (Carleton. ) 5645. 9‘TrRItTICUM DURUM. Wheat. From Ambrocievka, 20 miles northeast of Taganrog, in the Don Territory, Russia. Received through Mr. M. A. Carleton, December 12, 1900. Black Don. ‘‘A black-chaf? macaroni wheat. Sown inthe spring. This wheat and the two preceding numbers, however, might be sown in November or December with good results in Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, and southern California. Adaptation same as for No. 5648.’’ — ( Carleton.) 5646. ‘TrITICUM DURUM. Wheat. From Taganrog, Don Territory, Russia. Received through Mr. M. A. Carleton, December 12, 1900. Gharnovka. ‘‘A spring wheat, but may be sown in late autumn south of the 35th parallel. This and No. 5643 are the best of the Taganrog macaroni wheats. Adaptation same as for three preceding numbers.”’ (Carleton. ) 5647. PANICUM MILIACEUM. Proso. From Uralsk Territory, Russia. Received through Mr. M. A. Carleton, Decem- ber 12, 1900. White Ural. ‘‘ The best sort for milling and extremely drought resistant. Adapted to growing in all semiarid districts west of the Mississippi River.’’ (Carleton. ) 5648. PANICUM MILIACEUM. Proso. From Uralsk Territory, Russia. Received through Mr. M. A. Carleton, Decem- ber 12, 1900. Yellow Ural. ‘‘A variety of excellent quality, yielding heavily, and very resistant to drought. Adaptation same as No. 5647.”’ Capleton.) 5649 to 5686. PRUNUS DOMESTICA. Prune. From France. Received through Mr. E. R. Lake, December 8, 1900. A collec- tion of French grafted stock, as follows: 5649. Coeur de beuf. From Salvetat, Carcassonne, France. (Lake No. 1.) 5650. Chaproni. From Vallerand, Traverny, France. (Lake No. 2.) 5651. Giant. From Barbier, Orleans, France. (Lake No. 3.) 5652. Isjum Erik. From Barbier, Orleans, France. (Lake No. 4.) 5653. Des Béjonniers. From Barbier, Orleans, France. (Lake No. 5.) 5654. Quetsche sucré. From Barbier, Orleans, France. (Lake No. 6.) 5655. Mirabelle de Metz. From Barbier, Orleans, France. (Lake No. 7.) 26 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 5649 to 5686—Continued. 5656. Sainte Catherine. From Barbier, Orleans, France. (Lake No. 8.) 5657. Bleu de Belgique. From Rothberg, Gennevilliers, France. (Lake No. 9.) 5658. Jaune @ Agen. From Rothberg, Gennevilliers, France. (Lake No. 10.) 5659. The Czar. From Rothberg, Gennevilliers, France. (Lake No. 11.) 5660. Grand Duc. From Rothberg, Gennevilliers, France. (Lake No. 12.) 5661. Altesse. From Rothberg, Gennevilliers, France. (Lake No. 13.) 5662. Big rose. From Croux et Fils, Paris, France. (Lake No. 14.) 5663. (Juetsche de Letricourt. From Croux et Fils, Paris, France. (Lake No. 15.) 5664. Belle de Louvrain. From Croux et Fils, Paris, France. (Lake No. 16.) 5665. Surpasse monsieur. From Croux et Fils, Paris, France. (Lake No. 17.) 5666. (Number not occupied. ) 5667. Tardive musque. From Baltet Fréres, Troyes, France. (Lake No. 19.) 5668. Mirabelle grosse. From Baltet Fréres, Troyes, France. (Lake No. 20.) 5669. Mirabelle petite. From Baltet Fréres, Troyes, France. (Lake No. 21.) 5670. Mirabelle précoce. From Baltet Fréres, Troyes, France. (Lake No. 22.) 5671. Mirabelle tardive. From Baltet Fréres, Troyes, France. (Lake No. 23.) 5672. De Norbet. From Baltet Fréres, Troyes, France. (Lake No. 24.) 5673. Monsieur hdtif. From Baltet Fréres, Troyes, France. (Lake No. 25.) 5674. Précoce de Tours. From Baltet Fréres, Troyes, France. (Lake No. 26.) 5675. Prince Englebert (strain). From Baltet Fréres, Troyes, France. (Lake No. 27.) SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 27 5649 to 5686—Continued. 5676. Reine Claude @’ Owillins. From Baltet Fréres, Troyes, France. (Lake No. 28. ) 5677. Reine Claude @ Althau. From Baltet Fréres, Troyes, France. (Lake No. 29.) 5678. De Montfort. From Baltet Fréres, Troyes, France. 5679. (Lake No. 30.) D’ Agen améliorée. From Baltet Fréres, Troyes, France. (Lake No. 31.) 5680. Quetsche de Dorel. From Baltet Fréres, Troyes, France. (Lake No. 32.) 5681. Reine des Mirabelles. From Baltet Fréres, Troyes, France. (Lake No. 33. ) 5682. Reine Victoria. From Fleury-Meudon, near Paris, France. (Lake No. 34.) 5683. Violet prune. From Fleury-Meudon, near Paris, France. (Lake No. 35.) 5684. Sannois quetsche. From Sannois, France. 5685. (Lake No. 36.) Reine Claude violette (strain). From Sannois, France. (Lake No. 37.) 5686. Gloire @ Epinay. From Epinay, France. 5687. PyRUS MALUS. (Lake No. 38.) Apple. From France. Received through Mr. E. R. Lake, December 8, 1900. Transparente de Croncels. (Lake No. 39.) 5688. PyRuUS MALUS. From France. Received through Mr. E Transparente de Zurich. (Lake No. 40.) 5689. VITIS VINIFERA. From France. Received through Mr. E Gamay. (Lake No. 41.) 5690 to 5744. PyRus spp. From France. Received through Mr. E tion of ornamental apples, as follows: 5690. SEROTINA. 5691. IJmvLENT ARGENTE. 5692. OBLONGA. 5693. Joun Downir. 5694. Pauw’s IMPERIAL. 5695. SprecraBiLis IMPERIAL. 5696. PuLCHELLA. 5697. SPECIOSA. 5698. SvuLFuUREA. 5699. ATROPURPUREA. 5700. NIvEA POLYPETALA. 5701. Fasriciata. Apple. . R. Lake, December 8, 1900. Grape. . R. Lake, December 8, 1900. Apple. . R. Lake, December 8, 1900. A collec- 5702. 5703. 5704. 5705. 5706. 5707. 5708. 5709. 5710. 6711. 5712. 5713. FLAVA. INTERMEDIA. TURBINATA. COERULESCENS. HALLEANA. VESPER ROSE. MARENGO. TENORII CARNEA PLENA. AMPLA. PRUNIFOLIA PENDULA. MINNESOTA. SPHAEROCARPA. Ys SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 5690 to 5744—Continued. 5714. GeNERAL GRANT. 5730. LOoNGIPOLia, 5715. Tarpiv bp’ HIVER, 5731. Maxima. 5716. Ruinaco. 5732. A FLEUR DOUBLE. 5717. PuLcwra. 5733. FAsTIGIATA BIFERA. 5718. Karpo. 5734. Wuirney. 5719. MaAGnNirica. 5735. A rrurr BLANC. 5720. NIGRA. 5736. (QUAKER BEAUTY. 5721. Eputis. 5737. Isric? 5722. ORANGE. 5738. SpecraBitis ImperRiau Re- 5723. Lapy ELain. _ VENI. 5724. TRANSLUCENS. 5739. NIKITA FLORIBUNDA. 5725. Monrreau Beaury. 5740. Van Wyck. 5726. LUTESCENS. 5741. Hysvop. 5727. MAGNIFICA. 5742. Tue Farry. 5728. FLAVESCENS. 5743. TorInaco. 5729. CrRe. 5744. YELLOW SIBERIAN. 5745. KEucAaLypTus GLOBULUS. From San Francisco, Cal. Received through Trumbull and Beebe, July 14, 1900. 5746 to 5750. ‘TRIFOLIUM PRATENSE. Red clover. From Hamburg, Germany. Received December 14, 1900. A collection of seeds of various European strains, as follows: 5746. ENGLISH. 5749. MRussIAn. 5'74'7. HUNGARIAN. 5750. SILESIAN. 5748. ITALIAN. 5751. ANDROPOGON RUFUS. Jaragua. From Matto Grosso Province, Brazil. Presented by the Brazilian minister, Hon. J. F. de Assis-Brasil, December 1, 1900. A native fodder grass called by the Portuguese ‘‘provisorio.’’ Described by Mr. Assis-Brasil in his book on Brazilian agriculture. (See letter of October, 1899.) 5752. ARCTOSTAPHYLOS sp. Pendicuas. From Celaya, Mexico. Presented by Prof. Felix Foéx. Received December 10, 1900. ‘“The brown berries of this plant are edible. When fresh they are not disagree- able, having a fresh subacid flavor. When dried they are nearly tasteless, but are used in great quantities medicinally. An infusion is used for catarrh and headaches. The tree which produces them is very ornamental.’’ (/0é2. ) 5753. CARICA HETEROPHYLLA. Jarrilla. From Celaya, Mexico. Presented by Prof. Felix Foéx. Received December 10, 1900. ‘A curious fruit, being drunk as one would swallow a raw egg, and not eaten. The name is Jarrilla or ‘little pitcher,’ because it is shaped like a pitcher and is always full of water. The water contained in it is fresh and slightly acid, resembling lemon juice. When the fruit is taken from the plant it acquires in a few days a bitter taste, something like lemon peel, but without its aroma. The plant is a perennial, half climber, and grows wild on the hills around Celaya.” (Foéx.) SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 29 5754. Triticum DURUM. Wheat. - From Matagalpa, Nicaragua. Presented by Hon. Isaac A. Manning, U.S. con- sular agent. Received December 17, 1900. Nicaragua. Grown at an elevation of 2,200 feet. 5755. CucuMIS MELO. Muskmelon. From Erfurt, Germany. Received December 13, 1900. Coral Reef. This is a cantaloupe of very striking appearance, the rind being studded with warty excrescences. The melon is bright yellow, with reddish mark- ings, small seed cavity, and greenish yellow flesh. If planted in frames in winter it ripens fruit in early summer. 5756. HorpdrvuM DISTICHUM. Barley. From Pilsen, Austria. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 466, Novem- ber 7, 1900), February 9, 1901. Mixed barley used for brewing the original Pilsen beer; said by the brewing mas- ter of the great Pilsen ‘‘ Urquelle’’ Brewery to compare favorably with Hanna barley. 5757. HUMULUS LUPULUS. Hop. From Polepp, Bohemia. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 469, November 14, 1900), December 18, 1900. Seed from the drier in Polepp of the Semsch Red variety. 5758. HumMuLUs LUPULUS. Ezop. From Polepp, Bohemia. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 470), December 18, 1900. Red Semsch. ‘‘This variety originated in the immediate neighborhood of Polepp. It was discovered in 1853 as asport among the so-called ‘Tschims’ hops, which were then “ge herein Polepp, by Wenzel Semsch, a hop grower then only 20 years ofage. This op is earlier than the Saaz variety and more productive. It is remarkably uniform in time of blooming and ripening, and has been sent all over Bohemia and Alsatia, and thousands of cuttings go every year to Saaz, where they are planted. The largest proportion of Saaz hops comes from these cuttings. The exact locality of the garden from which these cuttings were taken I can not positively affirm further than that it is in the renowned Polepp or Polepp-Platte region, which is famous through its pro- duction of a quality of hop which often in good years approaches very closely to that of the best Saaz variety. The important facts are that it isan August-ripening hop of very uniform maturity and possessed of a very fine aroma and ‘bitter’ (so fine in fact that it is everywhere reported as being used for mixing with Saaz hops as a substitute) , and a productiveness which stands to the Saaz hop as 5 to 3 in proportion; 180 poles will yield 110 pounds of hops, while it requires about 300 poles of the Saaz to yield as much. The soil upon which these hops are grown is a dark friable loam with a subsoil of gravel, in strong contrast with the soil of Saaz or Spalt, which is so-called perm or disintegrated red sandstone. The whole Polepp region, which is the largest single stretch of hop country in Bohemia, has this dark, rich, alluvial soil. Formerly the whole valley bottom was a peat bog. Fine sand is often used to lighten the soil. It is strewn along the rows and worked in. For further particulars regard- ing the origin of this Semsch hop, see No. 5759.”’ (Fairchild. ) 5759. HuMULUS LUPULUS. Hop. From Werbitz, Bohemia. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 471), December 18, 1900. Semsch red. ‘‘Cuttings of the original specimen from the garden of the son of Wenzel Semsch, to whose efforts the production and distribution of this remarkable hop are due.”’ (Fuirchild. ) BU SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 5760. HuMULUS LUPULUS. Hop. From Saaz, Bohemia. Received through Mr. D, G. Fairchild (No. 475, Novem- ber 19, 1900), December 18, 1900, Saaz. One-year-old plants of the original Saaz hop. This variety has without doubt the finest *‘ bitter’’ and best ‘‘aroma’’ of any known sort, but its small yield makes it an unprofitable kind to raise. It requires often from 300 to 480 plants to pro- duce 110 pounds of hops, while 180 poles of the Semsch red will produce the same amount. These plants come from the city region of Saaz, where the soil is a brick- red broken-down sandstone of the Lower Permian formation. 5761. CocHLEARIA ARMORACIA. Horse-radish. From Malin (Kuttenberg), Bohemia. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 479, November 22, 1900), December 18, 1900. Malin. The finest flavored, sharpest horse-radish in the world, being cultivated in a different way from that generally practiced in America. The marketable shoots are only one season old instead of several. (See Circular No. 1, Section of Seed and Plant Introduction. ) 5762. CYDONIA VULGARIS. Quince. From Carlovitz, Slavonia. Presented by Director Hess, of the Agricultural School of Laun, Bohemia, through Mr. D. G.Fairchild (No. 473, November 15, 1900). Received December 18, 1900. Cuttings from a tree that bore fruit weighing 14 ounces, of excellent shape, and of a deeper yellow than most quinces seen in America. Said to be an indigenous Sla- vonian variety. 5763. ARACHIS HYPOGAEA. Peanut. From Washington, D. C. Seed of No. 4253, grown during the season of 1900 on the Potomac Flats. 5764 to 5766. (GLYCINE HISPIDA. é Soy bean. From Washington, D. C. Three varieties of soy beans from Japan, grown dur- ing the season of 1900 on the Potomac Flats. . 5764. Common. (S. P. I., No. 4912.) 5765. Bestwuite. (S. P. I., No. 4913.) 5766. BestGREEN. (S. P. I, No. 4914.) 5767. PiIsTACIA VERA X P. TEREBINTHUS. From San Francisco, Cal. Presented by Mr. G. P. Rixford, through Mr. W. T. Swingle. Received December, 1900. ‘“This number comprises the fruits of the terebinth tree ripened near San Fran- cisco. Most of these fruits contain no seed, although they look very plump and have a perfectly developed pit or stone. According to Mr. Rixford, the fruits which are decayed or with dark-purple exteriors are the ones which most often contain seeds. The majority of the fruits vary from wine color to pink and are more or less studded over with white specks. The flesh is very thin, probably only about one thirty-second of an inch,”? (Swingle.) 5768. HuMULUS LUPULUS. Hop. From Tettnang, Bavaria. Received from Mr. J. A. Bueble, through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 464, November 4, 1900), December 26, 1900. ‘Sets of the earliest ripening hop variety in Europe, often maturing by the end of July. They occupy a special place on the European hop market, being used by many breweries for brewing their first summer beer.’’ (Fairchild. ) SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 31 5769. Bera VULGARIS. Sugar beet. From Paris, France. Received February, 1900, Vilmorin’s French Very Rich. 5770. Brera VULGARIS. Sugar beet. From Germany. Received February, 1900, NStrandes K leinwanzleben. 5771. Bera VULGARIS. Sugar beet. From Germany. Received February, 1900. Hoernings K leinwanzleben. 5772. BETA VULGARIS. Sugar beet. From Germany. Received February, 1900. Dippes Kleinwanzleben Elite. 5773. BeTA VULGARIS. Sugar beet. From Utah. Received February, 1900. American-grown seed. From Lehi, Utah. 5774. CucuUMIS MELO. Winter muskmelon. From Arizona. Received December 29, 1900. Seed grown at Phoenix, Ariz., from No. 149, originally imported from New Bok- hara, Turkestan, by Prof. N. E. Hansen, February, 1898. 5775. VACCINIUM VITIS-IDAFA. Foxberry. From Finland. Presented by Dr. Gésta Grotenfeld. Received December 31, 1900. 5776. Oxycoccus PALUSTRIS. Small cranberry. From Finland. Presented by Dr. Gésta Grotenfeld. Received December 31, 1900. 5777. QUEBRACHIA LORENTZII. Quebracho colorado. From La Plata, Argentina. Presented by Dr. Carlos Spegazzini. Received Jan- uary 4, 1900. ‘““A magnificent slow-growing tree, with a wood like iron, containing much tannic acid. Last year’s seeds from Salta Province.’”’ (Spegazzini. ) 5778. MAcCHAERIUM TIPU. Tipu. From La Plata, Argentina. Presented by Dr. Carlos Spegazzini. Received Jan- uary 4, 1900. “Leguminosve; beautiful tree for gardens and forest, rapid grower, producing excel- lent wood for building purposes.’’? (Spegazzini. ) 5779. ELYMUS ANDINUS. Coiron flor. From La Plata, Argentina. Presented by Dr. Carlos Spegazzini. Received Jan- ary 4, 1901. 29861— No. 66—05——3 82 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 5780. LiIrBocepDRUS CHILENSIS. From La Plata, Argentina. Presented by Dr. Carlos Spegazzini. Received Jan- uary 8, 1901, Cipres de Patagonia, 5781. ASPIDOSPERMA QUEBRACHO BLANCO. Quebracho blanco. From La Plata, Argentina. Presented by Dr. Carlos Spegazzini. Received Jan- uary 8, 1901. ‘‘A very rapidly growing tree, with medicinal properties.”’ (Spegazzini. ) 578la. GOMPHOCARPUS sp. Buluba. From La Plata, Argentina. Presented by Dr. Carlos Spegazzini. Received December, 1900. 5782. LATHYRUS MAGELLANICUS. From La Plata, Argentina. Presented by Dr. Carlos Spegazzini. Received Jan- uary, 1901. Mixed seeds of this and Vicia macraei. ' 5783. PROSOPIS DENUDANS. From La Plata, Argentina. Presented by Dr. Carlos Spegazzini. Received January 5, 1901. Algarroba orozti? 5784. BERBERIS DULCIS. From La Plata, Argentina. Presented by Dr. Carlos Spegazzini. Received January 5, 1901. Calafata parra. From Chubut. 5785. PHYSALIS FRANCHETI (7%). From Tokyo, Japan. Presented by Mr. T. Watase, of Tokyo Plant and Seed Co. A variety with very large fine fruits. 5786. (GOMPHOCARPUS sp. Buluba. From the Soudan, Africa. Presented by Doctor Trabut, Government Botanist of Algeria, through Mr. Lyster H. Dewey, Assistant Botanist, U. 8. Department of Agriculture. “‘T have cultivated this species of gomphocarpus for several years under the name ‘Buluba.’ It attains a large growth, and yields a beautiful fiber closely resembling silk.’’ (Trabut.) 5787. HUMULUS LUPULUS. Hop. From Bohemia, Austria-Hungary. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 483), January, 1901. Semsch. ‘‘Cuttings of this noted hop, from the neighborhood of the most famous locality of the Platte, where it is known to yield almost as fine hops as the best Saaz variety and in much larger quantity. It is this variety which the growers of the Saaz variety have imported in large quantities into Saaz to replace the old Bohemian variety, which has so fallen off in yield that its culture no longer pays, unless a fancy price can be secured. These hops possess an aroma that is really fine. Pro- fessor Chodounsky, of the Experiment Station for Brewing Industries in Prague, one of the best-known and most careful judges of hop varieties, says of this Semsch hop: «This red hop, which gives a much larger yield than the old Bohemian red hop (Saaz variety), is to be reckoned among the very good hops. It has an oval form, a well-shaped spindle, and an agreeable aroma. It is considered as an inter- mediate type approaching the Rakonitz-Saaz hop, standing next to it as regards worth. This is probably the best yielder of all the really fine European varieties.’ SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 33 ‘Ag these cuttings have been secured with great difficulty, and as it will be more and more difficult to obtain others, they should be given especial attention. In order to propagate them as rapidly as possible, the young shoots should be layered next spring and cut into lengths when rooted. These cuttings have been taken from one of the best hop gardens in the Platte region in Bohemia, but being cut during the winter they are not as thrifty as if taken in the spring. The rule in Bohemia is to place a single cutting in a hill, but if small and weak it might be better to put two together. “These hops produce the finest aroma when planted on yellow clay soils. The vines are light yellow when grown in sandy or clayey soil, but darker when grown where the soil has more humus, or is of a peaty or swampy character—what the Germans call ‘moor Erde.’’’ — ( Fuirchild. ) 5788 to 5792. Horprum pbIsTICHUM. Barley. From Munich, Bavaria. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 467), Jan- uary 16, 1901. A collection of prize-winning barleys from the Barley and Hop Exposition, 1900. Forwarded by Hon. James H. Worman, U. 8. Consul at Munich, as follows: 5788. (467b.) 5791. (467f.) 5789. (467d.) 5792. (467g.) 5790. (467e.) 5793. HorprUM DISTICHUM NUTANS. Barley. From Kwassitz, Moravia, Austria. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 481), January 16, 1901. Moravian or Hanna. ‘‘The noted Hanna brewing barley from the breeder or selecter, Emanuel Ritter von Proskowetz, of Kwassitz. This is unquestionably one of the best brewing barleys in the world and is noted for its qualities of early ripen- ing, unusual heavy yields, and special mealiness, which latter, together with other qualities of kernel, renders it one of the great favorites among German as well as Austrian brewers. Notwithstanding a duty in Bavaria of 22 marks per German ton on brewing barleys and an increased cost of transportation, the best Bavarian breweries import this Hanna barley. In the Thirty-ninth Session of the Bavarian House of Deputies (1899) the purchase of these Hanna barleys among other foreign sorts by the famous Hofbrauhaus was made the reason of an attack upon the director of this State institution and, although the claim was not sustained that the Hanna barley is supe- rior to the best Bavarian, the inference which is drawn is that on the average it is more satisfactory and economical from the brewer’s standpoint. The former director of the Brauhaus Staubwasser claimed in his defense that the Hanna barley, especially that grown in Hungary, was ready for malting earlier than Bavarian varieties, which speaks for the earliness of the variety claimed by the producer. Von Proskowetz claims for the variety a pedigree and says that it was selected as a single plant from some barley which he knew to be of very old Moravian origin. Through careful selection he has been able to bring its productivity up to 3,700 kilos per hectare and shorten its period of growth by over a week. It is a light straw producer suited especially to light or sandy loams. Owing to its early ripening quality it is especially valuable in Hungary, where the hot season occurs the latter part of July, but after the Hanna barley has'so far matured as to be little influenced by it. Sow in March, or earlier if possible, providing soil is in proper condition. On ‘light soil drill in rows 5 inches apart, on heavier soils 6 to7 inches. If it can be made to follow a beet root or potato crop so much the better. Owing to its heavy yielding capacity, earliness, and high grade as a brewing grain, this variety is driving out all other sorts in Austria and every year large quantities of seed grain are imported into Hungary. So far as [ can sina this is the first importation of this variety ever made into America.’’ ( Mair- child. ) 5794. HorDEUM DISTICHUM. Barley. From Leneschitz, Bohemia. Received from Prof. Frantisek Hess, of the Laun Ag. School, through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 472, November 15, 1900), January 16, 1901. An excellent brewing barley, probably not a pure stock. A part of the same lot which took the first prize in the Austrian section of the Paris E xposition. From the estate of Josef Pisoft. 54 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 5795. PHASEOLUS VULGARIS. Adler bean. From Sachsenfeld, Styria, Austria. Received through Mr. D, G, Fairchild (No, 484, December 21, 1900), January 16, 1901, idler. A sample. ‘One of the finest varieties known in Austria. It is indige- nous to Styria, where it is considered by connoisseurs an exceptionally fine table bean. Ihave eaten it and found it unusually good, though the skin is somewhat tough. It is, however, worth a trial by experiment stations.”’ (/airchild. ) 5796. PAPAVER SOMNIFERUM. Poppy. From Sachsenfeld, Styria, Austria. Received through Mr, D. G. Fairchild (No. 485, December 20, 1900), January 16, 1901. A large-podded variety of poppy, grown in Styria exclusively for the production of oil. The pods are collected in autumn, dried, their tops cut off, and the seed shaken out. The seed is then ground and an oil is pressed out of it. This oil is extensively used in cooking and asa table oil. It is said not to grow rancid, and is very highly esteemed by the Styrians. The pods are often 2 inches in diameter.” ( Fairchild. ) 5797. CoOFrFEA ARABICA. Coffee. From Macassar, Celebes. Presented by Mr. Karl Auer, U. 8. consular agent, Macassar, through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 485a, February 11, 1900), January 22, 1901. Patjoe or Bonthain coffee. ‘‘A superior local variety from south Celebes, which was formerly exported in large quantities to Europe.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5798. bROMELIA sp. Timbiriche. From Celaya, Mexico. Presented by Prof. Felix Foéx. Received January 22, 1901, ‘Like the Jarilla (No. 5753), it is a fruit to be drunk, not eaten. It is ground or crushed in water. The Mexicans prefer this asa refreshing drink to lemonade made from lemons. It is especially valuable for improving hard water, i. e., calcareous or magnesian waters, because the acid in the fruit precipitates these salts. The fruit does not grow in this vicinity, but in an arid region higher up. The plant is said to resemble the Yueca, but | have not seen it. The fruits sell in the markets here at 1 cent each, while other fruits have no value because of their abundance.”’ (Fvéz.) 5799. ‘TRITICUM POLONICUM. Polish wheat. From France. Received January 23, 1901. Polish or Astrakhan. 5800. TrRITICUM DURUM. Wheat. From Paris, France. Received January 23, 1901. Belotourka. 5801. LAVANDULA VERA. Lavender. From Paris, France. Received January 23, 1901. 5802. LAVANDULA SPICA. Spike lavender. From Paris, France. Received January 23, 1901. 5803. SESAMUM INDICUM. Sesame. From Paris, France. Received January 23, 1901. White seeded. SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 35 5804. SesaAMUM INDICUM. Sesame. From Paris, France. Received January 28, 1901. Yellow seeded. 5805 to 5809. ANDROPOGON SORGHUM. Sorghum. From Medicine Lodge, Kans. Received February, 1901. Seed of the following varieties: 5805. 5808. Amber. Kansas orange. 5806. 5809. Collier. Minnesota early amber. 5807. Colman. 5810 to 5823. Pyrus MALUS. Apple. From Stockholm, Sweden. Presented by Director Axel Pihl, of the Swedish Horticultural Society, Rosendal, through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairehild (Nos. 400-413, July 18, 1900). Received February 4, 19C1. 5810. Astrachan sparreholms (Svensk Pomologi Applen, p. 73). ‘‘Originated in 1859. Ripens late in September; not commonly cultivated even in Sweden; as good as any ripening at this time; believed to be a hybrid between White Astra- khan and Rosenhiiger.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5811. Bjorkvicks (Svensk Pomologi, p. 93). ‘‘A fall apple; well known; first described in 1862; original tree in middle Sweden, at Bjorkvicks.’’ ( Fairchild.) 5812. : Fageré (Svensk Pomologi, p. 91). ‘‘A new sort worthy of trial. Not well known, even in Sweden.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5813. Froésdkers. ‘‘A fall apple, little known, even in Sweden. Director Pihl says it is a good sort; has been introduced into Finland within the last ten years, and is cultivated there with great success.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5814. Gimmersta. “Of unknown origin. Little known, even in Sweden. An excellent early (September) table apple; very hardy; a first-rate market apple.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5815. Hampus. ‘‘A summer apple of the very first quality; rather small; trees hardy, but of slow growth; probably of Swedish origin; very commonly grown; one of the best known and most extensively grown sorts.’’ ( Fuirchild.) 5816. Oranie. ‘‘A well-known summer or early autumn sort, in color not very attractive, but in flavor next to ‘‘Humus,’’ the best in Sweden; very heavy and early bearer; hardy; largely cultivated in Sweden. Director Pill recom- mends it heartily for trial.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5817. Svensk vinterpostof. ‘‘One of the oldest and commonest sorts; late autumn and early winter variety of medium quality; most used as a table apple, but is suitable for kitchen use; does not keep late into winter.’’ (/uirehid. ) 36 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 5810 to 5823—Continued. 5818. Ringstads. ‘‘A showy red-cheeked table apple of excellent quality; a good market sort; largely planted in Sweden and Finland; quite hardy. Highly recommended by Director Pihl.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5819. Stenkyrke. ‘‘One of the very best Swedish sorts. Excellent keeper. A very good table apple. Originated on the chalky soil of Gottland. It does well on clay soil and is heartily recommended by Director Pihl.’”’ (Fairchild. ) 5820. Stiringe. ‘‘Late summer or early autumn variety. Ripens in September. A table apple of very fine quality. Origin unknown. Ranks very high, though it is not very commonly cultivated.”’ (Fairchild. ) 5821. Sifstaholms. ‘‘Ripensin September. A most popular sort and one Director Pihl thinks would be very highly prized in America. A table sort made known by the well-known Swedish pomologist, Olof Eneroth. Quite hardy.’’ ( Fairchild. ) 5822. Akeré. ‘‘This variety is considered, at the present time, to be the best of all the Swedish apples. The tree is one of the hardiest and of uncommonly strong growth. Not liable to disease. A winter table apple of excellent quality. Keeps until spring. A heavy bearer only at advanced age. Grows well in any kind of soil. The original tree is standing at Akero, although planted more than one hundred years ago. Much propagated in last twenty- five years.”’ (Fairchild. ) 5823. Olands Kungs. ‘‘Closely related to Scharlakansparmin, but is not the same. A small, very bright red table apple. Sold in very large quantities as a Christ- mas-tree apple, for which it is especially suited, as it keeps well until Christmas. Hardy and tolerably productive.”’ (Fairchild. ) 5824. PRUNUS DOMESTICA. Plum. From Stockholm, Sweden. Presented by Director Axel Pihl through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 414, July 18, 1900). Received February 4, 1901. Allmiinna gul. ‘A very good cooking plum. Extremely hardy, but not a very heavy bearer. Almost always propagated by root division. Grown as far north as any plum.”’ (Fairchild. ) 5825. CERATONIA SILIQUA. Carob. From Lissa Island, Dalmatia. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 499, January 7, 1901), February 5, 1901. ‘Bud sticks of a variety with large sweet pods.’’ ( Fairchild.) 5826. LATHYRUS PLATYPHYLLUS. From Stockholm, Sweden. Presented by Prof. V. Wittrock, director of the botanic gardens, Frescati, through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 441, August 11, 1900). Received February 5, 1901. ‘‘ A species of Lathyrus named by Retzius L. platyphyllus. Its origin is uncertain. In Professor Wittrock’s garden, at Frescati, are plants which have been growing for twelve years. One of these is planted against a wall 12 feet or more high, and the plant has spread over a large surface and overtops the wall by several feet. The SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 37 vigor of this plant is remarkable and the amount of fodder produced apparently rreat. So far no experiments with the plant have been made in the field. As it is a perennial and makes a comparatively little growth in the first three years, such experiments as have been started do not as yet show results. A few seeds only are obtainable here, as the plant seldom ripens its seeds in this latitude. Director Wittrock thinks it is quite possible that this plant is a different variety from that described by Retzius. So far as I am aware it is quite unknown as a fodder plant outside of southern Sweden, where Professor Wittrock has sent seeds. It deserves careful attention.’’ ( /airchild. ) 5827. Bromus INERMIS. Smooth brome-grass. From Stockholm, Sweden. Presented by Prof. V. Wittrock through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 442, August 10, 1900). Received February 5, 1901. 5828. CrpHALARIA TATARICA. From Stockholm, Sweden. Presented by Prof. V. Wittrock through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 443, August 10, 1900). Received February 5, 1901. “A new fodder plant of exceptionally vigorous growth. Professor Wittrock thinks it is worthy of extensive trial.”’ (Fairchild. ) 5829. HerpysARUM OBSCURUM. From Stockholm, Sweden. Presented by Prof. V. Wittrock through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 445, August 10, 1900). Received February 5, 1901. ‘*A high Alpine fodder plant which occurs above the timber line and is especially suited to mountain climates, although growing well in deep soil in the valleys or on the plains. The root system is very long; grows readily from seed if latter has been passed through a ‘ preparator’ or rubbed with sandpaper. Otherwise it will take one to three years to germinate. Has been grown here twelve years on same spot. Yield is good. Highly ornamental. Professor Wittrock says it is the best Alpine fodder plant he knows.”’ (Fairchild. ) 5830. CALAMAGROSTIS PHRAGMITOIDES. From Stockholm, Sweden. Presented by Prof. V. Wittrock through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 446, August 11,1900). Received February 5, 1901. ** An excellent fodder grass for moist localities. It very seldom seeds, but spreads rapidly when once planted. Yields a heavy, nutritious fodder.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5831. AMMOPHILA ARENARIA. Beach-egrass. From Stockholm, Sweden. Presented by Prof. V. Wittrock through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 447, August 11, 1900). Received February 5, 1901. “An excellent fodder grass for moist localities in high latitudes. The plant has a wandering habit. It dies out in one place after a few years, but spreads from a cen- ter in all directions. It yields a large quantity of valuable fodder, according to Pro- fessor Wittrock.”’ (Fairchild. ) 5832. (GLYCERIA SPECTABLIS. From Stockholm, Sweden. Presented by Prof. V. Wittrock through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 448, August 11, 1900). Received February 5, 1901. ‘‘ A forage plant grown extensively in some parts of Sweden. Adapted to moist places. Baron von Pijkull Volloesiiby, of Knifsta, Sweden, has large cultures of this plant and can supply rhizomes in quantity for trial if desired.’’ ( Fairchild.) 5833. VERBASCUM SPECIOSUM. From Stockholm, Sweden. Presented by Prof. V. Wittrock through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 449, August 11, 1900). Received February 5, 1901. ‘‘An East European or West Asiatic biennial that has just been determined by Professor Wittrock. It is quite new, and one of the most gorgeous yellow decora- 35 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. tive plants I have ever seen. The immense flower spikes, of which there are many branches, remain covered with blossoms for more than a month. Caution should be taken with it as, like others of the same genus, it may prove a weed. Professor Wittrock says it is very easily rooted out and will probably never be a bad weed.’’ ( Fairchild. ) 5834. ‘TRIrFOLIUM PANNONICUM. From Stockholm, Sweden. Presented by Prof. V. Wittrock. Received Febru- ary 5, 1901. 5835. FESTUCA ARUNDINACEA. From Stockholm, Sweden. Presented by Dr. V. Wittrock. Received Febru- ary 3, 1901. 5836. HuMULUS LUPULUS. Hop. From Polepp, Bohemia. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 470a), 1901. Red Semsch. Same as No. 5758. 5837. CocHLEARIA ARMORACEA. Horse-radish. From Polepp, Bohemia. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild, January, 1901. 5838. KLEUSINE CORACANA. Ragi millet. From Rhodesia, South Africa. Presented by Dr. Wm. L. Thompson, of Oberlin, Ohio. Upoka or Ngoza. ‘*This is the most important food plant of the natives of Rhodesia and its yield of seed is said to be something phenomenal.’’ ( Fairchild.) 5839. CUCUMIS SATIVUS. Cucumber. From Znaim, Austria. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 480), Jan- uary 10, 1901.’ Znaim. ‘A variety largely grown for salting and pickling. Said by Mr. W. W. Tracy, sr., to be a mixture of strains probably deriving its name merely from the noted locality where cucumber growing is largely practiced.”’ (Fuirchild. ) 5840. AcrTINIDIA. From Ichang, China. Received through Mr. G. D. Brill (No. 1), December, 1900. ‘Large fruited. Chinese name Yang Tao.’’ (Brill. ) 5841. ASTRAGALUS CICER. From Stockholm, Sweden. Presented by Dr. V. Wittrock through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 444, August 10, 1900). Received February 6, 1901. ‘*Considered by Doctor Wittrock to be a very important forage plant. It spreads with great rapidity and should be watched as it may become a weed. Suited to both sandy and clay soils. A true Steppe plant. Better for prairies than for cultivated lands.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5842. HorpdEUM DISTICHUM. Barley. From Binsbach, Bavaria. Received from Mr. D. G. Fairchild, through the kind- ness of Hon. James H. Worman, United States Consul at Munich, 1901. Chevalier. 5843. HorDEUM VULGARE. Barley. From Binsbach, Bavaria. Received from Mr. D. G. Fairchild, through the kind- ness of Hon. James H. Worman, United States Consul at Munich, 1901. Webs. SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 39 5844. HorprEUM VULGARE. Barley. From Binsbach, Bavaria. Received from Mr. D. G. Fairchild, through the kind- ness of Hon. James H. Worman, United States Consul at Munich, 1901. Franken. 5845. HorpruM DISsTICHUM. Barley. From Thalham, Bavaria. Received from Mr. D. G. Fairchild, through the kind- ness of Hon. James H. Worman, United States Consul at Munich, 1901. Bohemian. 5846. HorpdrUM DISTICHUM var. NUTANS. Barley. From Binsbach, near Gonheim, Bavaria. Received through Mr. D. G. Fair- child (No. 478), February, 1901. ; ‘This barley was awarded the gold medal as the best of 680 exhibits of brewing barley at the Bavarian Barley and Hop Exposition, held at Munich, September 29 to October 3, 1900.” ( Fairchild.) 5847 to 5899. Horprum DISTICHUM. Barley. From Paris. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild, February, 1901. Samples of barley obtained at the exposition, as follows: 5847. 5859. Kitzinger. (No. 479.) 5848. 5860. Pilsen. (No. 108. ) 5849. 5861. Laniger. (No. 573.) Lower Bavarian. (No. 476.) 5850. 5862. Kwassitzer. Hanna. (No. 149.) 5851. 5863. Landgerste. (No. 442.) Melon. (No. 325.) 5852. 5864. Scottish pearl. (No. 159.) Imperial. (No. 48.) 5853. 5865. Chevalier. (No. 47.) Chevalier. (No. 64.) 5854. 5866. Fiinfstettener. (No. 551.) Chevalier. (No. 198.) 5855. 5867. Fiinfstettener. (No. 63.) Bohemian. (No. 135.) 5856. 5868. Saal or Kaiser. (No. 167.) Bohemian. (No. 454.) 5857. 5869. Frankish. (No. 608. ) Goldthorpe. (No. 1.) 5858. 5870. Common two-rowed. (No. 238.) Frankish. (No. 356. ) 40 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 5847 to 5899— Continued. 5871. " 6885. Frankish. (No. 300.) (No. 3.) 5872. 5886. Lower Bavarian. (No. 417.) sohemian. (A). 5873. 5887. Mittelgerste Thitrengen. (No. 599.) Poppenheim. 5874. 5888. Christensen’s Goldthorpe. (Probably not a pure variety. ) (No. 43.) 5889. ali (No. 2.) Juwel. (No. 324.) 5890. 5876. P oppenheim. Bavarian. (No. 567.) 5891. 587%. Hanna, Hanna. (No. 79.) 5892. 5878. Kitzingen. Laninger. (No. 670.) 5893. (Number not used.) 5879. (No. 683. ) 5894. Hanna. 5880. ; us 5895. Frankish. (No. 220.) Bohemian. . 5881. 5896. Hanna. (No. 152.) d Bohemian. 5882. 5897 Webbs. (No. 191.) I Schwarzenberg. 5883. j 5898. Lower Bavarian. (No. 107.) ar Schwarzenberg. 5884. 5899. Tauber. (No. 310.) ITT Schwarzenberg. 5900. CuCUMIS SATIVUS. Cucumber. From Auburn, N. Y. Received through Mr. G. W. Boynton, February 6, 1901. Aksel dwarf, grown from No. 8, Inventory No. 1. 5901. RAPHANUS SATIVUS. Radish. From Amite City, La. Received through Mr. W. O. Posey, February 6, 1901. Seed grown from No. 1189, Inventory No. 2. 5902. CaApsicUM ANNUUM. Sweet pepper. From Anna Maria Key, Fla. Received through Mr. W. C. Berg, February 9, 1901. ’ Seed grown from No. 3976, Inventory No. 8. ei Nae me SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 41 5903. Horprum pisTicium. Barley. From Saaz, Bohemia. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 477, Noy. 20, 1900), February 9, 1901, ‘Bohemian brewing barley from the estates of Prince Schwarzenberg, at Jinovie, near Saaz. From sandy loam, soil rich in lime. Much exported to Norway. This is an excellent representative Bohemian barley, though probably not a pure variety.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5904. CuCUMIS MELO. Muskmelon. From Elgin, Utah. Received through Mr. J. F. Brown, February 9, 1901. Khiva. Seed grown from No. 114, Inventory No. 1. 5905. SECALE CEREALE. Rye. From Tenmile, W. Va. Received through Mr. F. Spiker, February 12, 1901. Winter Ivanof, grown from No, 1342, Inventory No. 2. 5906. CuCURBITA MAXIMA. Honey pumpkin. From Eden, Nebr. Received through Mr. D. J. Wood, February 14, 1901. Seed grown from No. 14, Inventory No. 1. 5907. CHAETOCHLOA ITALICA. Millet. From Brookings, 8. Dak. Received through Prof. D. A. Saunders, February 15, 1901. : Seed grown from No. 2798, Inventory No. 7. 5908. CUCUMIS MELO. Muskmelon. From Waterloo, Kans. Received through Mr. J. W. Riggs, February 14, 1901. Maroussia Lessevitsky, grown from No. 27, Inventory No. 1. 5909 to 5918. VITIS VINIFERA. Grape. From Lesina Island, Dalmatia. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (Nos. 486-495), February 20, 1901. A collection of grape cuttings of the following varieties: 5909. Boglich. ‘‘A dark-colored sweet table grape having a thick skin. The bunches are said to grow to a very large size, sometimes weighing as much as fourteen pounds. Suitable for limestone soils.’’ (No. 486.) (Fairchild. ) 5910. Marascina. ‘‘A small light-brown translucent grape, of unusual sweetness. It is a shy bearer and subject to Peronospora. Originated near Sebenico on mainland. A high-grade dessert wine, known as Marascina, is made from this grape. This wine somewhat resembles Marsala, but is considered by some as superior, and sells for a much higher price than any of the other wines of this region.’’ (No. 487.) (Fuirchild.) 5911. Stronzo di Gallo. ‘‘One of the three best grapes grown on this island. It is a thin-skinned white grape of a peculiar long shape and contains but one seed. It will keep until January. Suitable for poor limestone soils.’ (No, 488. ) ( Fairchild.) 42 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 5909 to 5918 — Continued. 5912. Kurtelaska, ** A white wine grape, native of the island, producing medium- sized crowded clusters. A wine known as ‘ Apollo,’ highly prized in Ger- many and Austria, is made by extracting the juice from the fresh grapes and fermenting it, separated from the skins. Suitable for limestone soils.’’ (No. 489. ) ( Fairchild. ) 5913. Dernekusa. ‘‘The black grape from which the common wine of Lesina is made. It is a thin-skinned grape of medium size, and is said to be a fair table grape. Itis a heavy producer.’’ (No. 490.) (Fairchild. ) 5914. Ugava. ‘‘A white grape serving for the production of a bottled wine exported from Lesina. Only afew plantations of this variety exist on the island because the plants require a rich soil. The wine is sold for 1.20 to 1.30 florins a liter, which is high, considering that ordinary wines bring from .25 to .50 florin a liter.’ (No. 491.) (Fairchild. ) 5915. Banjoska. ‘‘A variety of wine grape brought to the island from a neighbor- ing small island, called ‘San Clementi,’ according to accounts given me. It makes a strong wine, which is imported especially into Hungary. Berries small. Heavy bearer. Suitable for dry, strong, calcareous situations.’’ (No. 492.) ( Fairchild.) 5916. Palarusa. ‘‘A white wine variety from which much of the Lesina wine is produced. One hundred kilos of grapes yield, it is said, 90 kilos of wine. Not particular as to soil.’? (No. 498.) (Fairchild. ) 5917. Puiska. ‘‘A thick-skinned, firm-fleshed white grape, originally from Apulia, Italy, but grown here many years. Said to bea very heavy bearer.’’ (No. 494.) ( Fairchild. ) 5918. Trojka. ‘‘A very large table grape of excellent flavor. It isa heavy bearer and keeps well. It is a native of Lesina and requires a rich soil.’’ (No. 495.) ( Fairchild. ) 5919. Ficus CARIca. Fig. From Lesina Island, Dalmatia. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 496, Jan. 7, 1901), February 20, 1901. San Pietro. ‘‘The figs of the small island of Lesina, which lies off the Dalmatian coast, are noted in Triest as the most delicate of any which come to that port, except the high-priced Smyrna sorts. They have not the size or the flavor of the Smyrnas, but, considering the fact that they do not require fertilization with the caprifig insect, they are certainly worthy of atrial in the California fig plantations. This variety is a very early one, ripening here in June. It is also reported to be excep- tionally large.’”’ (Fairchild. ) 5920. Ficus CARICA. Fig. From Lesina Island, Dalmatia. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 497, January 7, 1901), February 20, 1901. Zarniza. ‘‘ Cuttings of one of the ordinary figs grown on this island. Dark in color, produces crops twice a year. It is sometimes dried and packed in small barrels and exported.’’ ( Fuirchild.) SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903, 43 5921. Ficus CARICA. Fig. From Lesina Island, Dalmatia. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 498, January 7, 1901), February 20, 1901, Zamozujit/a. “A good fig with unusually tender skin, far superior to the dried Italian or Greek figs. Many maintain that as far as tenderness of skin is concerned it is really superior to the Smyrna figs. It is not fertilized by the caprifig inseet and may prove a superior sort if once fertilized seed are produced. Worthy of trial. This fig is shipped in large quantities to Triest.”’ ( Mairchild. ) 5922. AMYGDALUS PERSICA. Peach. From Lesina Island, Dalmatia. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 500, January 8, 1900), February 20, 1901. Giallo. ‘‘ Cuttings of one of the best peaches of Dalmatia, and, although a cling- stone, is worth trying in any variety test. Suitable for stony hillsides of a calcareous nature.”? (Fairchild. ) 5923. AMYGDALUS PERSICA. Peach. From Lesina Island, Dalmatia. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 501, January 8, 1900), February 20, 1901. Bianca. ‘‘Cuttings of a white-fleshed freestone peach of excellent quality, matur- ing in August. Suitable for stony hillsides of a calcareous nature.”’ (Fairchild. ) 5924. PyRus COMMUNIS. Pear. From Lesina Island, Dalmatia. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 502, January 8, 1901), February 20, 1901. Nyoko. ‘‘ Cuttings of a variety of pear said to be of superior quality. Somewhat similar to the Bartlett. Suitable for calcareous hillsides in warm climates like Ari- zona and southern California.”’ ( Fairchild. ) 5925. BRASSICA OLERACEA. Cabbage. From Osage, Iowa. Received through Mr. George Phillips, February 12, 1901. Earliest white, grown from No. 6. Inventory No. 1. 5926. BRASSICA OLERACEA. Cabbage. From Osage, lowa. Received through Mr. George Phillips, February 13, 1901. White Reval, grown from No. 4. Inventory No. 1. 5927. PHASEOLUS VULGARIS. Bean. From Waynesville, N.C. Received through Dr. G. D. Green, February 13, 1901. Flageolet, grown from No. 2069. Inventory No. 5. 5928. CICER ARIETINUM. Garbanzo. From Tenino, Wash. Received through Mr. J. F. Cannon, February 25, 1901. Seed grown from No. 2376. Inventory No. 5. 5929. PHASEOLUS VULGARIS. Bean. From Judsonia, Ark. Received through Mr. Jacob C. Bauer, February 25, 1901. Soissons, grown from No. 2068. Inventory No. 5. 5930. ANDROPOGON SORGHUM. Sorghum. From Scottsville, Ky. Received through Mr. Rupert Huntsman, February, 1901, Colman, grown from No. 4308, Inventory No. 8, 44 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 5931. PRUNUS DOMESTICA. Plum. From Saaz, Bohemia. Presented by Doctor Wolfram through Mr. D. G. Fair- child (No. 476, November 18, 1900). Received February 26, 1901. Dolan. ‘Cuttings of a plum originated in the village of Dolan, near Saaz, and said by Doctor Wolfram, one of the best Bohemian horticulturists, to be of superior quality. The dried prunes made from this sort are said to be little, if any, inferior to the famous Bosnian prunes. They are large and sweet, and have a flat stone that separates very easily from the flesh.”” ( Fairchild. ) 5932. SoRBUS EDULIS. Sorb apple. From Saaz, Bohemia. Presented by Doctor Wolfram through Mr. D. G. Fair- child (No. 474, November 18, 1900). Received February 26, 1901. ‘‘ Cuttings of a variety of Sorb apple discovered several years ago in the forests of Moravia, and since distributed by the Austrian Government through its agricultural schools. The fruit is small, about the size of Vaccinium vitis-idea, and, when cooked, the ‘compot’ closely resembles that made from this cranberry.’’ ( Fairchild.) 5933. PyRUS MALUS. Apple. From Saaz, Bohemia. Received through Doctor Wolfram, February 26, 1901. Calville Madame Lesans. ‘‘Similar to Calville blanc, but more resistant to fungous attacks.’’ ( Wolfram.) 5934. FAGOPYRUM ESCULENTUM. Buckwheat. From Berlin, Conn. Received through Mr Earl Cooley, February 26, 1901. Orenburg, grown from No. 2801. Inventory No. 7. 5935. ASTRAGALUS SINICUS. Genge clover. From Yokohama, Japan. Received through Suzuki and lida, March 2, 1901. 5936. LUPINUS PILOSUS CAERULEUS. Lupine. From Paris, France. Received through Vilmorin-Andrieux & Co., February, 1901. 5937. LUPINUS PILOSUS ROSEUS. Lupine. From Paris, France. Received through Vilmorin-Andrieux & Co., February, 1901. 5938. AVENA SATIVA. Oat. From Proskurow, Russia. Received through Dr. 8. de Mrozinski, March 6, 1901. Sirty-day. Originated by Doctor Mrozinski. 5939. GossYyPIUM BARBADENSE. Egyptian cotton. From Mansourah, Egypt. Received through Mr. Alfred Dale, March 6, 1901. Jannovitch. 5940. OrRyZA SATIVA. Rice. From Mansourah, Egypt. Received through Mr. Alfred Dale, March 6, 1901. : Fino. ‘ 5941. Oryza SATIVA. Rice. From Mansourah, Egypt. Received through Mr. Alfred Dale, March 6, 1901. Eyne-il- Bint. es SS. we & | SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 4! 5942. Lorus ULIGINOSUS. From Paris, France. Received through Vilmorin-Andrieux & Co., March 9, L901, 5943. PINUS SYLVESTRIS. Scottish pine. From Paris, France. Received through Vilmorin-Andrieux & Co., March 9, 1901. 5944. PINUS SYLVESTRIS. Scottish pine. From Paris, France. Received through Vilmorin-Andrieux & Co., March 9, 1901. Var. Rigensis. 5945. PICEA EXCELSA. Norway spruce. From Paris, France. Received through Vilmorin-Andrieux & Co., March 9, 1901. 5946 to 5957. LINUM USITATISSIMUM. Flax. From Paris, France. Received through Vilmorin-Andrieux & Co., March 9, 1901. A collection of seed of different varieties, as follows: 5946. 5952. Common flax. Improved Russian imported Pskoff. 5947. 5953. True imported Riga, Winter. 5948. 5954. French-grown Riga. Of Belgian origin. 5949. 5955. White-flowering. Of Dutch origin. 5950. 5956. Yellow-seeded. Nostrana of Lombardy. 5951. 5957. Pskoff. Catanian or Sicilian. 5958. CICHORIUM INTYBUS. Chicory. From Goérz, Austria. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 515, January 24, 1901), March 11, 1901. ‘‘A white variety of this excellent winter salad plant, which is one of the specialties of Gorz.”’? (Fairchild. ) 5959. BRAsSICA OLERACEA. Cabbage. From Gorz, Austria. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 516, January 24, 1901), March 11, 1901. “A variety of cabbage which is noted for its remarkable winter-keeping qualities. Recommended by Director Bolley, of the Gérz Experiment Station, for trial in the Southern States.”’ ( Fuirchild.) 5960. Brassica OLERACEA. Cabbage. From Bocche di Cattaro, Dalmatia. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 520, February 2, 1901), March 11, 1901. “Seed of a perennial cabbage known as Capuzzo, which forms the principal food of many hundreds of families in Dalmatia. Grown especially in the regions about Cat- taro and Ragusa. It grows toa height of 5 feet and bears in this warm climate tender 46 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED, leaves throughout the winter. These are picked off singly, or the whole, rather irregular, small head is cut off. The stems sprout out again and furnish, in a few months, a second crop of edible leaves. They require little culture and are allowed to stand in the fields for three or four years. Other crops are cultivated between the rows of Capuzzo. The method of planting is precisely similar to that for cabbages. From the ease with which it is grown and its apparent favor among the common people this plant is worthy a trial in the Southern States,’’ (Jwirchild. ) 5961 to 5963. NICOTIANA TABACUM. Tobacco. From Corfu, Greece. Presented by the director of the Corfu Agricultural Exper- iment Station through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (Nos. 523-525, February 9, 1901). Received March 11, 1901. ‘* Seeds of the Turkish tobaccos from which the noted Egyptian cigarettes are made, being exported from parts of Turkey where they are grown, into Egypt where they are manufactured. Egyptian cigarettes are said to be made of blends of these three and other tobaccos.”’ (2uirchild. ) 5961. Kavala, from the region in Turkey of this name. (No. 523.) 5962. NXanthe, from the region in Turkey of this name. (No. 524.) 5963. Trebizond, trom the region in Asia Minor of this name. (No. 525.) 5964. CUPRESSUS SEMPERVIRENS. Cypress. From Ragusa, Dalmatia. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 526, Feb- ruary 7, 1901), March 11, 1901. ‘‘The cypresses of Ragusa and vicinity are very beautiful, and seem to be a distinct strain, much more symmetrical in shape than the common pyramidal kind grown in America.’’ ( Fuirchild. ) 5965. VICIA FABA. Broad bean. From Corfu, Greece. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 527, February 9, 1901), March 11, 1901. ‘‘Sample of a variety of broad bean originally from the island of Malta. It is a very heavy bearer and is preferred by the planters of Corfu to the native varieties.”’ ( Fairchild. ) 5966. AVENA SATIVA. Oats. From Proskurow, Russia. Received through Dr. 8S. de Mrozinski, March 8, 1901. Polish. ‘Very fruitful and resistant to all changes of temperature. In spite of great drought, it gives comparatively good yields.’ (Mrozinski. ) 5967. AVENA SATIVA. Oats. From Proskurow, Russia. Received through Dr. 8. de Mrozinski, March 8, 1901. Polish. The same as No. 5966. 5968. TRIFOLIUM PRATENSE. Red clover. From Proskurow, Russia. Received through Dr, 8, de Mrozinski, March 8, — 1901, p SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 47 5969. ‘TRIFOLIUM PRATENSE. Red clover. From Proskurow, Russia. Received through Dr. 8. de Mrozinski, March 8, 1901. Same as No. 5968. 5970. KocHIA SCOPARI From Tokyo, Japan. Received through Mr. T. Watase, December 28, 1900. 5971. HuMULUS LUPULUS. Hop. From Tettnang, Bavaria. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 482, December 10, 1900), March 12, 1901. Tettnang late. Seed. 5972. VIOLA ODORATA. Violet. From Gorz, Austria. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No, 513, January 23, 1901), March 12, 1901. Czar. “‘A single violet from Antonio Ferrant’s houses that has been cultivated here for many years. It has a decided perfume, but is inferior to the double varie- -ties.”? (Fairchild. ) 5973. VIOLA ODORATA. Violet. From Gorz, Austria. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 512, January 23, 1901), March 12, 1901. Conte de Brazza. ‘‘A double white violet originated in Italy and brought to Aus- tria by Count de Brazza. It is said to be one of the best white varieties known.’’ ( Fairchild. ) 5974. VIOLA ODORATA. Violet. From Gorz, Austria. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 511, January 23, 1901), March 12, 1901. Parmensis. ‘‘An unusually large sweet-scented double violet, somewhat similar to the Neapolitan. The favorite market sort of Gorz. A native of France, being found wild about Grasse.”’ ( Fuirchild.) 5975. HorDEUM DISTICHUM. Barley. From Leschkau bei Podersam, Bohemia. Presented by Wilhelm Hoffer & Son, through Mr. D. G. Fairchild. Received February, 1901. Goldfoil. 5976. Horpreum pISTICHUM. Barley. From Kitzingen, Bavaria. Presented by Nathan Gerste & Son, through Mr. D. G. Fairchild, February, 1901. Kitzing. ‘‘Of the best quality.”’ ( Fairchild.) 5977. UMBELLULARIA CALIFORNICA. California laurel. From San Bernardino, Cal. Received through Mr.8. B. Parish, February, 1901. 5978. ACTINIDIA sp. From Ichang, China. Received through Mr. G. D. Brill (No. 2), December, 1900. Yang tao. ‘‘ Bears a fruit resembling the gooseberry, about 1} inches long and | inch in diameter. Skin dull purple and quite tough. Eaten raw or cooked and also used for preserves. There are several species, to all of which the Chinese give the name Yang tao.’’ (Brill. ) 3 29861—No. 66—05 4 45 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 5979. AOCTINIDIA sp. From Ichang, China, Received through Mr. G. D. Brill (No. 3), December, 1900. Yuny tao. ** Fruit larger and more pointed than No, 5978, The skin is a lighter purple and thinner, and when eaten raw this has the better flavor.” ( Brill. ) 5980. KUCOMMIA ULMOIDEs. From Ichang, China. Presented by Mr, Kk. El. Wilson, of Kew Gardens, through Mr. G. D. Brill (No. 4). Received December, 1900. Ti Cheng. ‘A medium-sized tree growing wild around Ichany. It is said to be cultivated in the mountains of Hupei. The bark is used as a medicine and the glu- tinous seeds to adulterate silk, It is said that rubber can be extracted from the seeds. No successful experiments have, however, been mace in the extraction of this supposed rubber.’’ (Brill. ) 5981. BrENTHAMIA FRAGIFERA. Strawberry tree. From Ichang, China. Received through Mr. ‘+. D. Brill, December, 1900. ‘* Medium-sized tree, quite showy, fruit very palatable and used for food in some parts of China.”’ (Brill. ) 5982. CITRUS LIMONUM. Lemon. From Bocce di Cattaro, Dalmatia. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 517, February 1, 1901), March 13, 1901. Cattaro Giant. ‘‘A very large lemon, said to have originated in Mesopotamia. The trees are very vigorous and good bearers. The fruit sometimes weighs four or five pounds, and has a flesh of excellent flavor and juiciness.’’ ( Fairchild.) 5983. JUGLANS REGIA. Walnut, From Bocce di Cattaro, Dalmatia. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 578, February 2, 1901), March 13, 1901. Giant of Cattaro. ‘A very large English walnut of fine flavor, which brings double the price of ordinary walnuts on the Dalmatian market. Specimens, which were said to be smaller than the average, measured 2$ inches long by 1 inches in diameter. The shell is hard and irregular. The tree grows rapidly and isa free bearer. Scions were taken from a tree on the farm of Francesco Navarin. Called to my attention by Cristoforo Spalatin of Castelnuovo.”’ ( Fairchild.) 5984. OLEA EUROPAEA. Olive. From Bocce di Cattaro, Dalmatia. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 519, February 2, 1901), March 13, 1901. (riant of Cattaro. ‘‘A very large seedling olive, specimens of which measured 1} inches in length by 1 inch in diameter. From two trees growing near Castelnuovo. Called to my attention by Cristoforo Spalatin.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5985. VITIS VINIFERA. Grape. From Corfu, Greece. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 521, Febru- ary 7, 1901), March 13, 1901. Sultanina. ‘‘A light-yellow, transparent, seedless raisin grape. Considered to be one of the most valuable varieties, and that from which the ‘Sultanina’ seedless raisins of Greece are made. These raisins must not be confused with the ‘Corinths,’ for they are twice as large, of a light golden color, semitransparent, and much more valuable.”’ (Fairchild. ) 5986. CITRUS LIMONUM. Lemon. From Corfu, Greece. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 522, Febru- ary 7, 1901), March 13, 1901. A giant-fruited variety of lemon, probably the same as No. 5982. oo° @ © SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 49) 5987. PUNICA GRANATUM. Pomegranate. From Patras, Greece. Presented by the British consul, Mr. F. B. Wood, through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 548, February 16, 1901). Received March 14, 1901, “A very large pomegranate, sometimes at least 6 inches in diameter. The fruit is red and attractive, and instead of being sweet as most sorts are, this is sour like a lemon.”’ = ( airchild. ) 5988. PUNICA GRANATUM. Pomegranate. From Patras, Greece. Presented by the British consul, Mr. F. B. Wood, through mr. Di G. Fairchild (No. 549, Fe sbruary 16, 1901). Received March 14, 1901. ‘A large sweet-favored pomegranate of excellent quality.”’ (/airchild. ) 5989. CITRUS AURANTIUM. Blood orange. From Patras, Greece. Presented by the British consul, Mr. F. B. Wood, through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 550, February 16, 1901). Received March 14, 1901. Patras blood. “A small, nearly seedless blood orange, the pulp being the most completely blood-red of any orange I have ever seen, the segment partitions espe- cially so. Skin too thin for a good shipping variety, mottled dark and light, with many large oil glands. It is very juicy, of excellent, almost vinous flavor.’’ ( Fairchild. ) 5990. CITRUS AURANTIUM. Blood orange. From Corfu, Greece. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 528, Febru- ary 10, 1901), March 14, 1901. “A blood variety, the pulp of which is beautifully mottled with light red and the skin with a darker orange color.’’? (Fairchild. ) 5991. CITRUS LIMONUM. Lemon. From Corfu, Greece. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 529, Febru- ary 10, 1901), March 14, 1901. “A variety of lemon which bears quite seedless fruits from the flowers which mature in October, and fruits full of seed from the spring flowers. The seedless fruits are called ‘‘mules”’ or ‘‘ mulas,’’ and differ in shape from the ordinary, being more globose and possessing a persistent pistil which often projects some distance beyond the circumference of the fruit. Often over 10 and sometimes even 20 per cent of the fruits on a tree are seedless, I am told. Iam inclined to attribute the seedlessness to lack of fertilization.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5992. CoRYLUS sp. Hazelnut. From Corfu, Greece. Presented by Antonio Colla through Mr. D. G. Fair- child (No. 540, February 18, 1901). Received March 14, 1901. ‘‘A large thin-shelled, full-meated hazelnut, growing wild in Corfu. The trees are vigorous and good bearers.’’ (Fairchild. ) 5993. CITRUS LIMONUM. Lemon. From Corfu, Greece. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 530, February 10, 1901), March 14, 1901. Similar to No. 5991. 5994. PopuLus ALBA (‘) Poplar. From Patras, Greece. Presented by the British consul, Mr. F. B. Wood, through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 551, February 16, 1901). Received March 14, 1901. “Cuttings from a poplar of remarkably rapid growth. The tree is 30 years ol 1 and over 34 feet in diameter, while neighboring trees of about the same age are not more than half that size. The tree is very beautiful, of spreading habit.”’ ( Puirchild.) 50 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 5995. TRITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. From San Giovanni a Teduccio, Italy. Received through Dammann & Co. (No.1), March 12, 1901. SCavurso, 5996. ‘TRITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. From San Giovanni a Teduccio, Italy. Received through Dammann & Co. ( No. 2), March 12, 1901. Tumilio. 5997. ‘TRITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. From San Giovanni a Teduccio, Italy. Received through Dammann & Co, (No.3), March 12, 1901. Biancolilla. 5998. BoRONIA MEGASTIGMA. From Melbourne, Australia. Presented by Carolin & Co. Received March, 1901. ‘‘Sow in spring in seed pans in light, loamy soil. Plant out in autumn from 2 to 4 feet apart. Use no manure, The plants come into bearing the second year, and live six or seven years.’’ (Carolin. ) 5999. TRITICUM DURUM. Wheat. From Proskurow, Russia. Presented by Dr. 8. de Mrozinski. Received March 19, 1901. Kubanka. A sample packet of this well-known variety of macaroni wheat. 6000 to 6110. From Russia, Hungary, and Roumania. Received through Mr. M. A. Carleton, November, 1900. A collection of seeds secured during the season from June to September, 1900. 6000. TrRITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. From Odessa, Russia. ‘‘A semihard red wheat; of good quality for milling, but not commonly exported. Adapted for cultivation in the middle States of the Plains.’’ ( Carleton.) 6001. TRITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. From Odessa, Russia. U/ta. ‘‘A hard or semihard red spring wheat of excel- lent quality for milling, forming a large part of the wheat that is exported from the Kherson and Ekaterinoslav governments through Odessa.’’ (Carleton. ) 6002. TrITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. From Odessa, Russia. (Ghirka. ‘‘This is the principal beardless variety of red spring wheat grown in Russia, particularly in south Russia and the Volga River region. It differs from the usual varieties of Russian spring wheat in being beardless and not quite so hard grained. It forms a large part of the wheat exported from Russia.’’ ( Carleton.) 6003. TRITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. From Berdiansk, Russia. Berdiansk. ‘‘A red, hard-grained, bearded winter wheat with white chaff, very similar to Crimean. It is grown in the region north of the Sea of Azov. It is an excellent variety for cultivation in the middle prairie States.’’ (Carleton. ) 6004. TriticuM VULGARE. “Wheat. From Berdiansk, Russia. Belokoloska. ‘‘A red, hard-grained, beardless spring wheat with white chaff, very similar to No. 6001. Grown in the vicin- ity of the Sea of Azoy.’’, ( Carleton.) a SCC SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 51 6000 to 6110—Continued. 6005. Triticum DURUM. Wheat. From Berdiansk, Russia. Arnautka. ‘A very good sample of this variety of wheat commonly grown in the region just north of the Sea of Azoy.” ( Carleton.) 6006. TrRITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. From Konstantinovskoe. Russia. U/ta. See No. 5638. 6007. TriTicUM VULGARE. Wheat. From Tsaritsyn, Russia. Torgova. “A very hard-grained, hardy winter wheat grown in the extreme northern portion of Stavropol government, well adapted for trial in lowa, Nebraska, and Soath Dakota.’? (Carleton. ) 6008. $=TRiticUM DURUM. Wheat. From Tsaritsyn, Russia. Black Don or Chernokoloska, ‘‘A very good variety of macaroni wheat, with black chaff, grown in the Don Territory near Poltava, Russia.’’ (Carleton. ) 6009. TriTICUM DURUM. Wheat. From Tsaritsyn, Russia. AKubanka. ‘‘A very good sample of this variety of macaroni wheat commonly grown in south Russia.’’ ( Carleton.) See No. 5639. 6010. TrITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. From Berdiansk, Russia. Belokoloska. The same as No. 6004. 6011. Triticum puRUM. Wheat. From Saratov, Russia. Egyptian. ‘‘A very hard-grained variety of macaroni wheat somewhat similar to Kubanka, but having longer grains.’’ (Carleton. ) 6012. TrRITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. From Rostoy-on-Don, Russia. Beloglino. ‘‘One of the hardiest red winter wheats known. Grown near Beloglinskaya, in the northern portion of the Stavropol Government, a region of great extremes of temperature and moisture. The grain is very hard and makes an excellent quality of flour. It is admir- ably adapted for trial in lowa, Nebraska, and South Dakota.”’ (Carleton. ) 6013. TrITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. From Rostoy-on-Don, Russia. Beloglino. ‘‘Practically the same as No. 6012, but a poorer quality.’’ (Carleton. ) 6014. Triticum DURUM. Wheat. From Taganrog, Russia. Gharnovka. ‘‘A representative sample of the best quality of this macaroni wheat, grown by the peasants in the region south of Taganrog.’’ (Carleton.) 6015. Triticum VULGARE. Wheat. From Ambrocievka, Russia. Crimean. ‘‘A very hard red winter wheat, similar to Nos. 5635 and 5636, but grown in the district about 20 miles north of Taganrog, in the Don Territory.’’ (Carleton. ) 6016. TrITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. From Berdiansk, Russia. Kerch. ‘‘A hard red winter wheat, very similar to Crimean, grown near the Sea of Azoy. It is very drought-resistant and well adapted for the middle prairie States. It will probably ripen a little earlier than the variety commonly called Turkey.’’ (Carleton. ) 6017. TriticuM VULGARE. Wheat. From Kurman-Kemelechi, Russia. Crimean. Same as No. 5635. 52 SEEDS AND PLAN'S IMPORTED. 6000 to 6110— Continued. 6018. TriricuM DURUM. Wheat. From Berdiansk, Russia. Arnautka. ‘‘A sample of this excellent macaroni wheat, grown near Taganrog.’’ = ( Carleton.) 6019. Triticum puRUM. Wheat. From Berdiansk, Russia. Arnautka, ‘The same variety as No, 6018, but of better quality.’’ (Carleton. ) 6020. Triticum DURUM. Wheat. From Berdiansk, Russia. Arnautka, ‘Similar to Nos. 6018 and 6019, but of better quality.’’ (Carleton. ) 6021. TRITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. From Stavropol, Russia. ‘‘A hard red winter wheat of excellent quality, very similar to No. 5638.”’ (Carleton. ) 6022. AVENA SATIVA. Oat. From near Stavropol, Russia. ‘A large white oat haying heavy straw and large, well-filled heads.”’ (Carleton. ) 6023. HorpDEUM HEXASTICHUM. Barley. From near Stayropol, Russia. Siv-rowed. ‘‘Apparently a standard variety in this region.’’ (Carleton. ) 6024. PANICUM MILIACEUM. Proso. From Chaplino, Russia. White. ‘‘One of the varieties of millet commonly grown in the Don Territory, Russia.’’ (Carleton. ) 6025. PANICUM MILIACEUM. Proso. From Sarepta, Russia. White. ‘‘A standard variety of millet grown in the lower Volga region.”’ ( Carleton.) 6026. PANICUM MILIACEUM. Proso. From Sarepta, Russia. Grey. ‘‘This variety of millet succeeds quite well in the lower Volga region, but is not so commonly grown as other kinds.” (Carleton. ) 6027. PANICUM MILIACEUM. Proso. From Sarepta, Russia. Yellow. ‘‘One of the standard sorts of millet grown in the lower Volga region.’’ (Carleton. ) 6028. ZEA MAYS. Corn. From Bukharest, Roumania. Red Pignoletto. ‘‘A standard variety of Italian Pignoletto corn commonly grown in Roumania. — Pignoletto is a term which per- haps belongs more properly to a group of varieties than to a single variety. It includes some of the best sorts grown in Italy and to a large extent in Roumania.’’ (Carleton. ) ‘ 6029. ZEA MAYS. Corn. From near Taganrog, Russia. Czekler. ‘‘One of the best varieties of corn grown in South Russia.’’ ( Carleton. ) 6030. ZEA MAYS. Corn. From near Taganrog, Russia. Bessarabian. ‘‘This is a standard variety of corn, commonly grown in Bessarabia, where a large proportion of the entire Russian corn crop is grown.’’ (Carleton. ) SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 53 6000 to 6110—Continued. 6081. ZAwa Mays, Corn. Krom near Taganrog, Russia. Chenkvantino, ‘‘A variety of corn grown to a considerable extent in south Russia, Roumania, Hungary, and Italy.’ ( Carleton. ) 6032. Zea MAYs. Corn. Krom near Taganrog, Russia. Asiatic. ‘‘A Trans-Caucasian variety of corn £ 4 , considered to be one of the best for south Russia.’? (Carleton. ) 6033. ZEA MAYs. ; Corn. From Ambrocievka, Russia. Red Flint. 6034. Za Mays. Corn. Krom Saratov, Russia. ‘A large-grained variety of sugar corn grown in the lower Volga region.”’ — ( Carleton. ) 6035. CANNABIS SATIVA. Hemp. From Mezohegys, Hungary. ‘A standard variety of hemp grown in central Hungary.’’ = (Carleton. ) 6036. CAMELINA SATIVA. False flax. From Bukharest, Roumania. ‘‘A plant grown to a considerable extent in Russia and Roumania for the oil. It should be used only experimentally, as it is likely to become a bad weed. ( Carleton.) 6037. CITRULLUS VULGARIS. Watermelon. From Berdiansk, Russia. ‘‘A rather small, round, red-fleshed melon of very good flavor.’’ (Carleton. ) 6038. CITRULLUS VULGARIS. Watermelon. From Berdiansk, Russia. ‘‘A red-fleshed melon of average size.’’ (Carleton. ) 6039. CrITRULLUS VULGARIS. Watermelon. From Taganrog, Russia. ‘‘An excellent red-fleshed melon of medium size.’’ ( Carleton. ) 6040. CITRULLUS VULGARIS. Watermelon. From Taganrog, Russia. ‘‘An excellent melon of medium size, dark-green skin, with red flesh and black seeds.’’ ( Carleton.) 6041. CrrrRuLLus VULGARIS. Watermelon. From Rostoy-on-Don, Russia. ‘‘A very rich melon with red flesh and black seeds.’’ ( Carleton.) 6042. CITRULLUS VULGARIS. Watermelon. From Tikhoretskaya, Russia. ‘‘A medium or small round melon, very light aga >] a > e = green on the outside with darker green bands. Red flesh and very small black seeds; flavor, excellent.’’ (Carleton. ) 6048. CITRULLUS VULGARIS. Watermelon. From Stavropol, Russia. ‘‘A large red-fleshed melon with black seeds. It is peculiarly colored on the outside, being light green with vertical bands of dark green.’’ (Carleton. ) 6044. CITRULLUS VULGARIS. Watermelon. From the region about 40 miles east of Stavropol, Russia. ‘‘A melon of medium size, dark green outside with light-brown seeds, adapted for cultiva- tion in the semiarid districts.’? (Carleton. ) 54 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 6000 to 6110 Continued. 6045. CirRULLUS VULGARIS. Watermelon. From Stavropol, Russia. ‘‘A melon of medium size, very light green on the outside with darker vertical stripes, red flesh, and spotted brown seeds. Adapted for cultivation in semiarid districts.’’ (Carleton. ) 6046. CirRULLUS VULGARIS, Watermelon. From Ekaterinodar, Russia. ‘‘A rather large melon, dark green on the out- side, with red flesh and large brown seeds.’’ ( Carleton.) 6047. CrITRULLUS VULGARIS. Watermelon. From Guiloyaksaiskaya, near Ekaterinodar, Russia. ‘‘An excellent melon of rather large size, dark green on the outside, with red flesh, brown seeds, and good flavor.’’ (Carleton. ) 6048. CrIrRULLUS VULGARIS. : Watermelon. From Tsaritsyn, Russia. ‘‘A rather largé melon, very light green or nearly white on the outside, with light-green stripes, very small black seeds. This is one of the most common watermelons grown on a commercial scale in the Volga region.’’ (Carleton. ) 6049. CrIrRULLUS VULGARIS. Watermelon. From Saratov, Russia. Mixed watermelon seeds. 6050. CITRULLUS VULGARIS. Watermelon. From Uralsk, Russia. ‘‘A small round melon, greenish white on the outside, red flesh, red seeds, and very rich flavor. Grown by the Kirghiz on the steppes. Adapted for cultivation in very dry districts.’’ (Carleton. ) 6051. CrrRULLUS VULGARIS. Watermelon. From Uralsk, Russia. ‘‘A good melon of medium or small size, round, green- ish white on the outside, with red flesh and small black seeds. Grown by the Kirghiz on the steppes. Adapted for cultivation in very dry districts.” ( Carleton. ) es Se ee ie ee ae 6052. CrrrRUuLLus VULGARIS. Watermelon. From Saratov, Russia. ‘‘An excellent melon of very large size, round, dark green on the outside, with large reddish-brown seeds. Grown in an extremely dry region, therefore adapted for cultivation in dry districts.’’ (Carleton. ) 6053. CrrRULLUS VULGARIS. Watermelon. From Novokhopersk, Russia. ‘‘A very fine rich-flavored melon of unusual appearance. It has the form of a crooked-neck squash, dark green on the outside, netted with lighter green, yellow flesh tinged with salmon-white seeds. Adapted for cultivation in very dry regions.’’ (Carleton. ) 6054. CirrUuLius VULGARIS. Watermelon. From Blagodat, Russia. ‘‘An excellent melon of average size, green outside, with white flesh and spotted dark-brown seeds.’’ ( Carleton.) 6055. CITRULLUS VULGARIS. Watermelon. From Ambrocievka, Russia. ‘‘An excellent melon of large size, dark green on the outside, with red flesh and light-brown seeds.’’ ( Carleton.) 6056. CITRULLUS VULGARIS. Watermelon. From Dolinskaya, Russia. ‘‘A good melon of rather small size, peculiarly colored on the outside, gourd-shaped, with light-brown black-bordered seeds.” ( Carleton. ) SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 55 60V0 to 6110—Continued. 6057. CITRULLUS VULGARIS. Watermelon. From Russia. ‘A very large rich melon, green outside, with red flesh and light-brown seeds.’’ (Carleton. ) 6058. Cucumis MELO. Muskmelon. From Odessa, Russia. Bread melon. ‘‘An Egyptian melon of medium size, somewhat flattened vertically, prominently ribbed with a very rough surface, remaining green on the outside for a long time, but tarning considerably yellow when fully ripe; flesh yellow, sometimes slightly tinged with salmon, rather firm. When fully ripe the flavor is excellent. It is sometimes called the Pineapple (Ananas) melon.”’ — (Carleton. ) 6059. CucuMIS MELO. Muskmelon. From Sevastopol, Russia. ‘‘A melon of average size with greenish-yellow flesh and white seeds.’’ (Carleton. ) 6060. CucuUMIS MELO. Muskmelon. From Berdiansk, Russia. ‘‘One of the common varieties of muskmelon grown in the region north of the Sea of Azoy.’”’ (Carleton. ) 6061. CuCUMIS MELO. Muskmelon. From Berdiansk, Russia. ‘‘A round, smooth melon of medium size and fine flavor; flesh greenish yellow.’’ (Carleton. ) 6062. CuCUMIS MELO. Muskmelon. From Taganrog, Russia. ‘‘An excellent, smooth-skinned melon; flesh green- ish yellow.”’ (Carleton. ) 6063. CuCUMIS MELO. Muskmelon. From Rostoy-on-Don, Russia. ‘‘An excellent round melon of medium size; very smooth on the outside; flesh white with pink spots.’’ (Carleton. ) 6064. CucUMIS MELO. Muskmelon. From Rostoyv-on-Don, Russia. Kochanka. ‘‘One of the most popular melons grown in South Russia; rather small, round and smooth, yellowish white on the outside, with green bands or splotches; flesh green except near the seed, where it is salmon color; seeds rather large and almost white.’’ (Carleton. ) 6065. CucuMIS MELO. Muskmelon. From Ekaterinodar, Russia. ‘‘A rather large melon, yellowish green on the outside and netted; green flesh, very juicy, and of fairly good flavor.’’ ( Carleton. ) 6066. CucuMIS MELO. Muskmelon. From Ekaterinodar, Russia. The same variety as No. 6064. Grown in North Caucasus. 6067. CucUMIS MELO. Muskmelon. From Tsaritsyn, Russia. Kalminka. ‘‘Name derived from the word Kal- muck. Melon netted, nearly round, yellow, mottled with green when ripe. Flesh green, very sweet, and good. Seeds light yellow.’ (Carleton. ) | 6068. CuUCUMIS MELO. Muskmelon. * From Kamishin, Russia. Kvrestyanka. ‘‘A rather large, long melon, yellow, slightly netted. Flesh yellow, and fairly good. A popular sort in the north Volga region.’’ (Carleton. ) 56 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 6000 to 6110—Continued. 6069. CuUCUMIS MELO, Muskmelon. From Astrakhan, Russia. ‘‘A large, round melon of excellent flavor. Seeds below medium size, brownish green in color, rather short and thick.”’ ( Carleton.) 6070. CuUCUMIS MELO, Muskmelon. From Saratoy, Russia. Aalminka. ‘‘A large, rather long melon of light orange color, netted greenish white; flesh very juicy and sweet. Large seeds. One of the best varieties in the Astrakhan government.’”’ (Carleton. ) 6071. CucUMIS MELO. Muskmelon. From Uralsk, Russia. Bokhara. ‘‘A rather large melon, yellowish green in color, and netted. Flesh green near the rind; salmon pink near the seeds, with very rich flavor. One of the best sorts grown by the Kirghis farmers on the east side of the Ural River.’’ (Carleton. ) 6072. CucUMIS MELO. Muskmelon. From Uralsk, Russia. ‘‘A rather long melon, yellow, with dark-green spots; flesh greenish white.’’ ( Carleton. ) 6073. CucuUMIS MELO. Muskmelon. From Povorino, Russia. ‘‘A very large melon, yellow, roughly netted with green. Flesh white, or slightly tinged with green, very firm. Flavor good. | Seeds nearly white.’’ (Carleton. ) | 6074. CucuMIS MELO. Muskmelon. | . From Kharkof, Russia. Ananas. ‘‘Probably the same as No. 6058.” | ( Carleton. ) | . 9 6075. CucuMIS MELO. Muskmelon. | From Taganrog, Russia, ‘‘A melon of medium size, nearly round, yellow, surface considerably netted. Flesh green with very rich, sweet flavor near | the rind.’ (Carleton. ) . | 6076. CucUMIS MELO. : Muskmelon. From Taganrog, Russia. Ananas. ‘‘Similar to No. 6074.’’ (Carleton. ) | 6077. CucuUMIS MELO. Muskmelon. ! From Taganrog, Russia. ‘‘A small melon with smooth surface, netted , yellow and green. Flesh green.’’ (Carleton. ) 6078. CucuMIS MELO. — Muskmelon. From Blagodat, estate of Mr. Rutchenko, about 20 miles north of Tag- anrog, Russia. Rostov. ‘An excellent melon of medium to large size, elongated or fairly round, smooth, almost white on the outside. Flesh green, very sweet, and juicy.”? (Carleton. ) 6079. PIsTACIA VERA. . Pistache. From Stavropol, Russia. ‘A variety said to come from Syria bearing unusually large nuts.’? (Carleton. ) 6080. CucuMIS SATIVUS. Cucumber. From Saratov, Bussia. Pavlovskii. ‘ One of the standard varieties of garden cucumbers grown in the lower Volga region of Russia.’’ ( Carleton.) 6081. CucuMIs SATIVUS. Cucumber. From Saratoy, Russia. Moscow. ‘‘A long, dark-green variety, grown in the lower Volga region, Russia.’’ (Carleton. ) or ~I SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 1 . 6000 to 6110—Continued. 6082. CucUMIS SATIVUS. Cucumber. From Saratov, Russia. ‘One of the standard varieties of cucumber grown in the lower Volga region.’’ (Carleton. ) 6083. CucuMIS SATIVUS. Cucumber. From Saratov, Russia. Muron. ‘A rather early variety of cucumber, grown in the lower Volga region.”’ (Carleton. ) 6084. RapnHaNus sativus. Radish. From Saratov, Russia. Moscow. 6843. PUNICA GRANATUM. Pomegranate. From Smyrna, Asia Minor. Received through Mr. George C. Roeding, July 8, 1901. Schekerdekses. ‘‘Seedless pomegranate.’’ (Roeding. ) 116 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 6844. PRUNUS ARMENIACA. Apricot. From Smyrna, Asia Minor. Received through Mr, George C. Roeding, July &, 1901, ‘‘A very large apricot, growing in the garden of Doctor Lane, American consul, Smyrna. Kernel sweet.’’ ( Roeding. ) 6845. PRUNUS ARMENIAOA. Apricot. From Smyrna, Asia Minor. Received through Mr. George C. Roeding, July §, 1901. ‘‘A large freestone apricot, having sweet kernels like an almond ”’ ( Roeding. ) 6846. PHOENIX DACTYLIFERA. Date. From Orleansville, Algeria. Presented by M. Yahia ben Kassem. Received May, 1901. Deglet Noor. 6847. PopuLus sp. Poplar. From Kephisia, near Athens, Greece. Received through Mr. George C. Roeding, July 17, 1901. ‘‘\ poplar resembling the silver leaf in foliage, but with smaller leaves. Tree very vigorous and of spreading habit. Superior to any poplar I have ever seen. | saw one tree 6 feet in diameter, whose estimated height was 125 feet, and which had a spread of branches of 80 feet.’’ ( Roeding.) 6848. Morus sp. Mulberry. From Royal Grounds, Kephisia, near Athens, Greece. Received through Mr. George C. Roeding, July 17, 1901. ‘A variety of mulberry with large, dark-green, rough leaves, no gloss, and haying very fine fruit.’’ (Roeding. ) 6849. PISTACIA VERA. Pistache. From Athens, Greece. Received through Mr. George C. Roeding, July 17, 1901. ‘‘ Buds of a very fine pistache nut from the garden of the agricultural experiment station at Athens.’’ (Roeding. ) 6850. Ficus CARICA. Caprifig. From Kephisia, near Athens, Greece. Received through Mr. George C. Roeding, July 17, 1901. ‘*\ late fruitine variety of caprifig.’’ (Roeding. 5 S } $ 6851 to 6912. From Oneco, Fla. Received through the firm of Reasoner Brothers, July 5, 1901. A collection of ornamental and economic plants (nomenclature is in the main that of the nurserymen): 6851. ABERIA CAFFRA. Kei apple. 6852. ANACARDIUM OCCIDENTALE. Cashew. 6853. ANONA MURICATA. Sour sop. 6854. ARTOCARPUS INTEGRIFOLIA. Jack fruit. 6855. CoccoLOBA UVIFERA. Shore grape. SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO 6851 to 6912 —Continued. 6856. CUPANIA SAPIDA, DECEMBER, 1903. 117 Akee. ‘The fruits are said to be delicious when eaten in omelettes.’? (Fairchild. ) 6857. 6858. 6859. 6860. Ficus GLOMERATA. MALPIGHIA GLABRA, MELICOCCA BIJUGA, PHYLLANTHUS EMBLICA. Cluster fig. Barbados cherry. Spanish lime. Emblic myrobalan. ‘This is not the true myrobalan of commerce, although its fruits are used for tanning purposes, according to Talbot.’’ of the Bombay Presidency, 2d ed., p. 300. ) 6861. 6862. 6863. 6864. 6865. 6866. 6867. 6868. 6869. 6870. 6871. 6872. 6873. 6874. 6875. 6876. 6877. 6878. 6879. 6880. 6881. 6882. 6883. 6884. 6885. SPONDIAS DULCIS. TERMINALIA CATAPPA. RHODOMYRTUS TOMENTOSA. AMOMUM CARDAMOMUM. CEDRELA ODORATA. CEDRELA TOONA. CINNAMOMUM CASSIA. CRESCENTIA CUJETE. GFARCINIA MORELLA. GUAIACUM OFFICINALE. LAWSONIA ALBA. MARANTA ARUNDINACEA. DITTELASMA RARAK. SEMECARPUS ANACARDIUM. ZINGIBER OFFICINALE. CUPRESSUS FUNEBRIS. ABRUS PRECATORIUS. ARDISIA POLYCEPHALA. BAPHIA RACEMOSA. BAUHINIA ACUMINATA., BAUHINIA GALPINI. BRUNFELSIA MACROPHYLLA. BUTEA FRONDOSA. POINCIANA REGIA. CAESALPINIA PULCHERRIMA. ( Trees, Shrubs, and Woody Climbers Otaheite apple. Tropical almond. Downy myrtle. Cardamom. Jamaica cedar. Toon tree. Chinese cinnamon. Calabash tree. Gamboge. Lignum-vite. Henna. Bermuda arrowroot. Indian soap berry. Marking nut tree. Ginger. Funeral cypress. Crab’s eye vine. Mountain ebony. Bastard teak. Royal poinciana. Dwarf poinciana. 118 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 6851 to 6912 Continued. 6886. CABSALPINIA SAPPAN. Sappan. “The pods and hard wood of this plant yield the valuable red dye used in coloring silk. A native of the Asiatic tropics.’’ ( Talbot.) 6887. DILLENIA INDICA, Gunstock tree. ‘‘Native of India. Ripe fruit eaten in curries. Wood durable, used for gunstocks.’’ ( Tulbot. ) 6888. DrRaAcakENA DRACO. Dragon’s blood. Native of the Canary Islands, where, until recently, a noted tree of great age and size was standing. A valuable and curious ornamental for parks. 6889. Ficus HISPIDA. 6890. HIBISCUS TILIACEUS. ‘Fiber used in India for the manufacture of elephant timber-dragging ropes.’’ (Talbot. ) 6891. JAcCQUINIA ARMILLARIS. 6903. (CHAMAEROPS FARINOSA. 6892. MABA NATALENSIS. (Not in Kew Index. ) 6904. RHAPIDOPHYLLUM HYs- ; HEVETIA NEREIFOLIA. 6893. THEVETIA NER a Trumpet flower. - - 6905. OCOS AUSTRALIS. 6894. ATALANTIA TRIMERA. ( : = r ‘ . (OCOS IN . 6895. TuRRAEA FLORIBUNDA (7?) 6906. Cocos ALPHONSE! 6896. TuTSIA AMBOSENSIS. 6907. Cocos BONNETI. (Not in Kew Index. ) 6908. ELAEIS GUINEENSIS. Oil palm. 6897. ToppDALIA LANCEOLATA. 6909. BacrrRis GASIPAES. 6898. AcCROCOMIA SCLEROCARPA,. 6910. Bacrris UTILIs. 6899. ATTALEA COHUNE. 6911. LicvaALA GRANDIS. 6900. CaRyOTA URENS. 6912. LiIcuALA RUMPHII. 6901. CHAMAEROPS HUMILIS. 6902. CHAMAEROPS HUMILIS Var. SPINOSA. 6913 to 6932. From Mexico. Received through Dr. J. N. Rose, assistant curator, U. S. National Museum, July 9 and 10, 1901. A collection of Mexican ornamentals and economic plants, many of which have not been specifically identified; made in 1901 by Dr. J. N. Rose. No further data than Doctor Rose’s numbers and the generic names were at hand when this inventory was prepared. 6913. Oxauissp. (No. 207.) 6918. Oxauissp. (No. 212.) 6914. Oxauissp. (No. 208) 6919. HyMENOCALLIS HARRISON- IANA. (No. 222.) 6920. (No. 213.) ‘*Pepo.” 6915. Oxauissp. (No. 209.) 6916. Oxa.uissp. (No. 210.) 6917. Oxauissp. (No. 211.) —— . oe a, ee i SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903, 119 6913 to 6932— Continued. 6921. 6922. 6923. 6924. 6925. 6926. (No, 201.) CISSUS Sp. ECHEVERIA PLATYPHYLLA, Rose, n. sp. (No. 202.) ECHEVERIA MACULATA, Rose, n. sp. (No. 217.) FOUQUIBRIA SPLENDENS. (No. 205. ) ZEPHYRANTHES sp. (No. 206.) ZEPHYRANTHES Sp. (No. 214. ) 6933 to 6958. From Malta. 6927. 6928. 6929. 6930. 6931. 6932. AMPELOPsISsp. (No, 215). TRADESCANTIA CRASSIFO- LIA. (No. 216.) Sepum sp. (No. 218.) SoLANuMsp. (No. 219.) ERYTHRINA sp. (No. 220. ) TILLANDSIA sp. (No. 221.) Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild, July 9 and 10, 1901. A collection of figs, loquats, pomegranates, and citrous fruits secured during a short stay in Maltain May, 1901. 6933. A large white variety. 6934. FICUS CARICA. Ficus CARICA. (No. 685.) 6935. PUNICA GRANATUM. (No. 679.) 6936. PUNICA GRANATUM. (No. 677.) 6937. St. Catherine. 6938. PuNICA GRANATUM. (No. 673.) ERIOBOTRYA JAPONICA. (No. 681.) 6939. ERIOBOTRYA JAPONICA, (No. 684. ) 6940. St. Joseph. PUNICA GRANATUM. (No. 674.) 6941. Ficus CARICA. Xehba. (No. 685c.) 6942. Ficus CARICA. Barnisotte. (No. 685f.) 6948. ERIOBOTRYA JAPONICA. (No. 680.) 6944. PUNICA GRANATUM. Santa Rosa. 6945. (No. 675.) ERIOBOTRYA JAPONICA, (No. 682.) (No. 685e. ) In most cases scions only were sent. Fig. Fig. Pomegranate. Pomegranate. Pomegranate. Loquat. Loquat. Pomegranate. Fig. Fig. Loquat. Pomegranate. Loquat. L?0 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 6933 to 6958 — Continued. 6946. Ficus Carica. Fig. Black Parsot or Barnisotte. (No, 685d. ) 6947. Cirrus AURANTIUM. Orange. ‘‘The round blood orange of the island of Malta. This variety has nearly always a blood-colored flesh and is one of the best strains of oranges on the island. Probably originated here or was brought here at a very early date. It is quite distinct from No. 6948 and not esteemed so highly.”’ (/airehild.) 6948. CITRUS AURANTIUM. Orange. ‘‘An oval blood orange, said by Dr. Giovanni Borg, a specialist in citrous matters in Malta, to be the finest flavored orange on the island. Personally | find it superior to No. 6947 and unparalleled for its remarkably vinous flavor.” ( Fairchild. ) 6949. ERIoBorRYA JAPONICA. Loquat. ‘‘Seeds of some very large loquats from Bosketto Gardens, Malta, collected May 22, 1901.”’ (Fairchild. ) 6950. CrirrRUS AURANTIUM. : Orange. Maltese oval seedless. ‘‘ Cuttings taken from trees in the governor’s palace grounds in Malta. This is the best known seedless Malta orange. My expe- rience is that it sometimes has a few seeds or rudiments of seeds in it. By many it is thought to be the best orange in Malta.’’ (Pairchild. ) 6951. CurrrRus LIMETTA. Lime. | ‘‘A variety of lime growing in the gardens of San Antonio near Valetta. The origin of this variety is unknown by Doctor Borg, the citrus specialist. The fruits are almost without exception quite seedless and attain a very con- siderable size for limes, being often 3 inches long by 2} inches in smaller diameter. Doctor Borg says that owing to the peculiar flavor (a typical lime flavor) this is not appreciated in Malta, people preferring forms with seeds. It isa very juicy sort, with thinnish rind, and of a good color. Possibly this is the same as that sent in by Mr. Swingle (No. 3412) from Algiers. The trees are very vigorous here, even strikingly so. They commonly bear only one crop of fruit, but occasionally two crops are produced. A single fruit yielded one-fourth of an ordinary drinking glass full of juice of good flavor. Secured through the kindness of Dr. Giovanni Borg, of San Antonio Gardens, at the governor’s palace.’’ ( Fairchild.) 6952. Ficus CARICA. Fig. Tin Baitri or St. Johns. ‘‘ Precocious fig, two cropper.’’ ( Fairchild.) (No. 685h. ) 6953. Ficus CARICA. Fig. Tina baida. (No. 685b.) 6954. Cirrus AURANTIUM. Orange. LIumi-laring. ‘‘A remarkable variety of orange otherwise known as the Sweet orange or China orange. It is always sweet even when quite green and immature. Doctor Bonavia, well known as a specialist on the oranges of India, speaks of this variety in a recent article in the Journal of the Royal Horticul- tural Society, April, 1901 (Vol. XXV, pt. 3, p. 308). He remarks: ‘I am informed that in Malta there exists a unique orange of the same (Portugal orange) group, but which is never sour from beginning to end, but sweet and juicy. * * * Ihave never met with an orange of this description in India. It would be worth while getting hold of it for the purpose of multiplying it and bringing it into commerce. Such a unique orange, I believe, has never appeared on the English market.’ In Malta this orange is not very highly esteemed, and personally I find it not nearly so agreeable as the sour varieties, but nevertheless it is far superior to an immature sour orange. It is as sweet as sugar and water, and is declared to be just as sweet when half grown as when mature. It may have a decided value commercially, and will find many SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 12] 6933 to 6958-—Continued. who will appreciate it. If it proves to be early ripening enough it might be sent to market much in advance of the sour sorts, when it would surprise all buyers by its sweet flavor at a time when all other varieties were too sour to be appreciated. It is medium in size, globular in shape, skin good and of fair thickness, flesh fine color and juicy, and color medium dark orange.’’ — ( /uir- child, ) 6955. Erionorrya JAPONICA, Loquat. (No. 688. ) 6956. Ficus Carica. Fig. (No. 685g. ) 6957. Ficus CARICA‘ Caprifig. Duccar. (No. 686. ) 6958. ERIOBOTRYA JAPONICA. Loquat. Seeds of large fruits. 6959. ‘TRITICUM sp. Wheat. From Shibin-el-Kanatir, Egypt. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 653, May 11, 1901), July 11, 1901. **A collection of selected typical races of Egyptian wheat, gathered from the fields about a small village between Zagazig and Cairo. These are the best, and they show how mixed the races of Egyptian wheat are, but at the same time how remarkably free from rust. The wheat was mostly dead ripe when gathered May 7, while American sorts grown at Cairo were several weeks behind. All grown by perennial irrigation.’’ ( Fairchild.) 6960. CITRUS LIMONUM. Lemon. From Chios, Turkey. Presented by Mr. N. J. Pantelides through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 590, March 23, 1901). Received July 17, 1901. Paffa. ‘‘A variety of almost seedless lemon, grown in the island of Chios.’’ ( Fairchild. ) 6961 to 6977. From Rouiba, Algeria. Received through Mr. C. S. Scofield. A collection of the root tubercles of a number of leguminous forage plants collected by Mr. C. S. Scofield in May, 1901, at Dr. L. Trabut’s experimental gardens. 6961. VIcIA FABA. 6970. Lorus TETRAGONOLOBUS. Horse bean. Square pea. 6962. VIcIA LUTEA. 6971. Lupinus ANGUSTIFOLIUS. Blue lupine. 6963. TRIGONELLA FOENUM-GRAE- CUM. 6972. LupINUS TERMIS. 6964. ASTRAGALUS BOETICUS. 6973. LATHYRUS TINGITANUS. 6965. MeELILOTUS INFESTA. 6974. LaAaTHYRUS CLYMENUM. 6966. ONoBRYCHIS VICIAEFOLIA. 6975. Lorus EDULIS. Sainfoin. 6976. LorusS ORNITHOPODIOIDES, 6967. ANTHYLLIS TETRAPHYLLA. ; 6977. ONONIS ALOPECUROIDES. 6968. ANTHYLLIS TETRAPHYLLA. 6969. ScorRPIuRUS SULCATA. 122 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 6978 to 6995. (Numbers not utilized. ) 6996. ‘l'RITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. From Oklahoma Agricultural Experiment Station Farm, Stillwater, Okla. Re- ceived July 26, 1901, Weissenburg. Box containing a few heads of wheat grown from No, 5499 during season 1900-1901. 6997. ‘TRITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. From Oklahoma Agricultural Experiment Station Farm, Stillwater, Okla. Received July 26, 1901. Weissenburg. Bag of wheat grown from No. 5499 during season 1900-1901. 6998. MeEpICAGO SATIVA. Alfalfa. From Gizeh, near Cairo, Egypt. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild, July 1, 1901. ‘*A small package of dried plants of alfalfa with roots showing very few nodules. These plants were grown from Argentine seed sent to Cairo by the Office of Seed and Plant Introduction and Distribution, U. 8. Department of Agriculture, and planted in the spring of 1901.”? ( Fairchild. ) 6999. CICER ARIETINUM. Chick-pea. From Gizeh, near Cairo, Egypt. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild, July 1, 1901. Package of dried plants and roots for root tubercle germ. (See No. 6961.) 7000. ‘T'RIFOLIUM ALEXANDRINUM. Berseem. From Gizeh, near Cairo, Egypt. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild, from the agricultural society. Collected about May 1, 1901. ‘Roots of berseem dried in the shade. These roots came from a field which had just been grazed over by cattle.’’? (See No. 6961.) (Fairchild. ) 7001. PHOENIX DACTYLIFERA. Date. From Fayum, Egypt. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 617), July 1, 1901. Wahi. ‘‘Twenty kilos of dried fruit of a variety of date which is said to have been brought from Siwah, a small village in the oasis of Bahriyeh. It is to my taste the sweetest drying date in Egypt—at least it is much sweeter than the Amri or any other I have tasted. It hasa very peculiar mealy flesh of golden to greenish yellow. The skin is very thin and smooth and of a golden brownshade. Seed short, rather large, and clinging to the meat rather firmly. The flesh is somewhat granulated with the sugar. I can not be certain that this variety did really come from Siwah, but it cer- tainly is a sort not commonly seen at this season in Cairo, and is superior in flavor to that which is considered the best in Egypt. The word Wahi signifies merely oasis, according to Mr. H. A. Rankin, of Fayum.”’ ( Fairchild.) 7002. PHOENIX DACTYLIFERA. Date. From Fayum, Egypt. Received through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 618), July 1, 1901. ‘Dried dates of the common variety of the Province of Fayum. They are of fair quality as a drying date, but are not equal to the ‘ Wahi’ or ‘Amri’ dates, the former of which was for sale on the same market in Fayoum. It is probable that seedlings from these seeds will be mixed, although in northern Egypt only one variety of male plant is grown.”’ (Fairchild. ) ; SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 1238 7003 to 7010. From Mexico. r > Kaiserin Augusta. 8382. CAMPANULA MEDIUM. 8375. VIoLA ODORATA. 8383. CopoNoPSIS VIRIDIFLO- RA (?) Laucheana. : 8384. DIANTHUS BARBATUS. 8376. VIOLA ODORATA. Reine des Violettes. 8385. DeELPHINIUM ZALIL. 8386. ‘THEA VIRIDIS. Tea. From Tokyo, Japan. Received through The Tokyo Plant and Seed Company, February 10, 1902. Formosa. 8387 to 8409. From Yokohama, Japan. Received through L. Boehmer & Co., February 3, 1902. A collection of plants and bulbs, as follows: 8387. LILIUM LONGIFLORUM. 8392. PAEONIA MOUTAN. 8388. IRIS LAEVIGATA. 83893. CASTANEA CRENATA. Re a oe Japanese mammoth chestnut. 8390. Iris TECTORUM. 8394. DAPHNE ODORA. Blue. 8391. Iris TECTORUM. White. Pink. 8395. DAPHNE ODORA. White. SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 195 8387 to 8409—Continued. 8396. HypRANGEA HORTENSIS var. AIGAKU. 8397. HypRANGEA HORTENSIS var. AJISAIL. 8398. HyprRANGEA HORTENSIS var. BENJAKU. _ 8399. HypRANGEA HORTENSIS. 8400. MAGNOLIA PARVIFLORA ERECTA, 8401. MAGNOLIA PARVIFLORA PENDULA. 8402. MAGNOLIA GRANDIFLORA EXONIENSIS. 84038. Cornus KOUSA. 8404. CINNAMOMUM LOUREIRII. 8405. RAPHIOLEPIS JAPONICA, 8406. Ruvs succeDANEA. 8407. RHUS VERNICIFERA. 8408. ZELKOVA ACUMINATA, 8409. STAUNTONIA HEXAPHYLLA. 8410. CITRULLUS VULGARIS. Watermelon. From Elgin, Utah. Received through Mr. John F. Brown, February 12, 1902. Winter. A round, white melon, which will keep in perfect condition for several months after maturing. Flesh crimson, very sweet and tender. Seeds small and black. Rind quite tough when fully ripe. The average weight of these melons is about 20 pounds, although specimens weighing 40 pounds have been grown. 8411 to 8413. MANGIFERA INDICA. Mango. From Colombo, Ceylon. Presented by Dr. C. Drieberg, of the Agricultural School, Cinnamon Gardens, Colombo, through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (Nos. 805 to 807), January 13, 1902. Received February 15, 1902. Scions of three varieties of mangoes, as follows: 8411. Jaffna. ‘A long-fruited, medium-sized green mango. The seed is fairly large; flesh golden yellow. It is edible even before fully ripe. A vigorous grower and good bearer. This is the best market mango in Ceylon, and is the one generally planted about the villages. The name would imply its origin in the northern province of Ceylon, but Doctor Willis, of Peradeniya Gardens, says the variety is scarcely known in that province.”’ (Mairchild.) (No. 805. ) 8412. Rupee. ‘‘The largest fruited variety of mango grown in Ceylon. It is called the Rupee, or two-shilling mango, because of the price paid for a single fruit. Its origin is unknown. It is very large, sometimes 5 inches long, nearly globu- lar, light green in color when ripe. A shy bearer. Skin tender and easily bruised, rendering it a poor shipper. Flesh a golden yellow. Seed small in proportion to the size of the fruit. A rare variety even in Ceylon. The fruits are considered a great delicacy and much sought after by those who know it. Flesh free from stringiness and flavor delicious, but only when properly and perfectly ripened. The tree is not very robust, and Doctor Drieberg does not recommend the variety for general planting.”’ ( Pairchild.) (No. 806.) 1Y6 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED, 8411 to 8413—Continued. 84138. Thurston. ‘‘These scions are from a single tree (there is only one on the island of Ceylon) growing directly in front of Doctor Drieberg’s bungalow, at the agricultural school at Colombo (Cinnamon Gardens). This tree was planted by a Mr. Thurston, and for convenience I have given it his name. It is not a variety known elsewhere on the island. The tree is between 30 and 40 years old and is a very heavy bearer. The fruit is of medium size, short, and somewhat globular. The stone is of medium size and the skin is dark green even when ripe. It ripens well off the tree. It is a vigorous grower, has a sweet flavor, and, according to Doctor Drieberg, is acid when not fully ripe. The flesh is greenish in color near the skin and slightly fibrous,’’ ( Fairchild.) (No. 807.) 8414. CITRUS NOBILIS X CITRUS DECUMANA. Orange. From Mustapha, Algiers, Algeria. Received through Dr. L. Trabut, Government Botanist, February 15, 1902. Seeds. 8415. CITRUS AURANTIUM. Orange. From Mustapha, Algiers, Algeria. Received through Dr. L. Trabut, Government Botanist, February 15, 1902. Merki: A small packet of seeds of a variety of sweet orange. 8416. CERATONIA SILIQUA. Carob. From Candia, Crete. Presented by H. B. M. consul, Walter E. Lanson, of Can- dia, through Mr. D. G. Fairchild (No. 579), February 17, 1902. ‘*Cuttings of the best variety of carob, or St. John’s bread, for grafting on seedling trees. 1am informed that the Candian variety of carob is one of the best in the market, bringing the highest prices. It is a tree which is being more extensively planted every year on the island of Crete, and its pods already form one of the prin- cipal exports, both of Crete and Cyprus. It is exported to England, France, and Italy, where it is used for cattle food and fora surrogate to mix with chocolate. According to the inspector of agriculture of Crete, Cavre. G. M. Fumis, this Candian variety has more sugar in it than the other sorts grown in Crete.”’ ( Fuirchild.) 8417. CARICA PAPAYA. Papaw. From Honolulu, Hawaii. Received through Mr. Jared G. Smith, special agent in charge of the agricultural experiment station, February 17, 1902. Seed grown from No. 5112, Inventory No. 8. 8418. VIGNA CATJANG. Cowpea. From Monetta, 8. C. Received through Mr. T. S. Williams, December 5, 1901. Tron. This variety of cowpea is noted for its remarkable resistance to wilt disease and root-knot. 8419 to 8421. MANGIFERA INDICA. Mango. From Bombay, India. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (Nos. 810 to 812, January 21, 1902), February 24, 1902. Scions of three varieties of mangoes, as follows: 8419. Douglas Benneti’s Alphonse. ‘‘The Bombay mangoes are noted all over the Orient, and they are generally classed as a single sort, but in reality there are numerous varieties. The Alphonse, or, in Hindustani, Alfoos, is considered by connoisseurs as the very finest. These scions are taken from a tree on the estate of Mr, Cooper, near Groregon Station, one hour’s ride from Bombay, and SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903, 197 8419 to 8421 — Continued. represent an especially fine strain of the Alphonse mango, which was called to our attention by Mr. Douglas Bennett, superintendent of markets in Bombay, who desires that it be given hisname. He says that all he knows of its origin is that over one hundred and thirty years ago it was discovered by a Parsee mer- chant, and that grafts were put down at Gwalia Tank Road, below Combali Hill, in Bombay, but that now very few of these are to be seen. The supply of this mango is so limited that fancy prices are paid for it, and few Kburopeans even have ever tasted the fruit. In size it is 3 by 4 by 2 inches and in color a golden yellow when ripe. The flesh is quite without stringiness, stone small, and flavor, according to Mr. Bennett, the best in the world. It is a large- leaved variety and forms a good-sized tree, but is of secraggly growth.’ ( /ir- child.) (No. 810.) (See No. 8727.) 8420. Bottle. ‘‘A good market sort, of Bombay. Green in color, ripening to red- dish yellow. Flesh is yellowish in color and is not stringy. The fruit is long and slender, hence the name ‘ Bottle.’ The stone is small. The fruit ripens, as do most of the Bombay mangoes, from April to May.”’ ( Mairchild.) (No. 811.) 8421. Pirie. ‘‘A green, pointed-shaped variety from the Cooper estate at Goregon. Said by the owner, an inspector in the Bombay markets, to be, next to the y , an ins} a kets, to be, 7 Alphonse, the best of the Bombay mangoes. The seed is larger than that of the ’ . "hs 2 . . . . Alphonse and the flavor is excellent. Has the undesirable quality of being a sit sees : cepa ; Li a aon z 5 poor keeper, losing its flavor quickly after fully ripe.”? (airchild.) (No. 812.) 8422 to 8424. (GLYCINE HISPIDA. _ Soy bean. From Yokohama, Japan. Received through Dr. 8. A. Knapp, February 24, 1902. 8422. 8424. Ita Name. Early. Ita Name. Late. 8423. lta Name. Medium. 8425. JUGLANS CORDIFORMIS. Walnut. From Yokohama, Japan. Received through Dr. S. A. Knapp, February 24, 1902. 8426. JUGLANS SIEBOLDIANA. Walnut. From Yokohama, Japan. Received through Dr. S. A. Knapp, February 24, 1902. 8427. PHYLLOSTACHYS MITIS. Bamboo. From Yokohama, Japan. Received through Dr. 8. A. Knapp, February 24, 1902. Moso chiku. 8428. PHYLLOSTACHYS QUILIOI. Bamboo. From Yokohama, Japan. Received through Dr. 8. A. Knapp, February 24, 1902. Madake. 8429. JUNCUS EFFUSUS. . Rush. From Yokohama, Japan. Received through Dr. S. A. Knapp, February 24, 1902. 198 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED, 8430 to 8433. PUNICA GRANATUM. Pomegranate. From Valetta, Malta, Presented by Baron Testaferrata Abela, through Mr, D, G. Fairchild. Received February 25, 1902. Cuttings as follows: 8430. 8432. (riuseppe. Prima quality : Mrances. 8431. 8433. Due Colon, di S. Caterina. S. Rose. 8434. ELEUSINE CORACANA. Ragi millet or Kurakkan. From Colombo, Ceylon. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 809, January 15, 1902), February 25, 1902. \ species of millet which is planted all over Ceylon by the Singalese. Itisa most important food crop for the natives, although given little attention by Euro- peans. Watt’s Dictionary of Indian Products, 1890, Vol. II], p. 237,’gives a long account of the use of this species in India, where it forms one of the great staples. Ferguson describes it as the most prolific of cultivated grasses. One variety, 2. stricta Roxb., gives an increase of 120 fold, another 500 fold, and a single seed has been calculated to produce no less than 8,100 seeds in a single year. These seeds are very small, however. The food made from this species is coarse, though nourish- ing. When boiled the flour forms a sticky paste, which must be eaten with greasy gravy to be palatable. There are two varieties in this sample, mixed together, this being the way the field was sown. The two sorts are called Hanasu Kurakkan, or Black Kurakkan, and Kiri (White or Milk) Kurakkan. The seed is broadcasted and raked in or trampled in with the feet in May, in Ceylon, and the crop ripens in three months. It seems, however, to be sometimes planted at other times of the year. These varieties are suited only to irrigated lands and for trial in tropical regions with an abundance of rain. This species is a native of Ceylon, but varieties of “the same species are cultivated under the native names of Marua Kaivarti or Kelvaragu in con- tinental India. This whole question of the Indian millets, many of which withstand severe dry weather, Watt says, is worthy of especial attention, and all the best var- ieties should be secured. Doctor Drieberg, superintendent of School Gardens, Cinna- mon Gardens, Colombo, should be applied to fora larger quantity of this seed, which at this season is difficult to secure in good condition. Asa chicken food this is reputed to be unsurpassed, fattening poultry with great rapidity. This is grown in a region which has 75 to 100 inches of rainfall a year.”’— ( Fairchild. ) 8435. CITRUS DECUMANA. Pomelo. From Poona, India. Received eee Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 815, January 26, 1902), February 2: 1902. ‘*A variety of pomelo which is said to be practically seedless, though not of first quality. It may prove useful for crossing purposes. — It is medium large and has a thick skin. The flesh is too dry.’ ( Fuirch id.) 8436. VITIS VINIFERA. Grape. From Poona, India. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 816, January 27, 1902), February 25, 1902. Bhokri. ‘‘A sweet, white sort, with rather tough skin, but very productive. This is one of the best varieties for general cultivation about Poona, which has a high alti- tude, tropical climate, temperature as high as 120°, and with 30 inches of rainfall. It is said to have originated i in the north of India. ‘It bears two crops a year, only the second one, however, being sweet.’’ (Fairchild. ) 8437. JASMINUM SAMBAC. Arabian jasmine. From Poona, India. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 817, January 25, 1902), February 25, 1902. ‘“‘A variety of jessamine much cultivated by the natives of India and used by them in their worship under the name of Mogaree. It is a vigorous growing shrub and SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 199 bears an abundance of very large, double, white flowers, which are highly perfumed. Some of these flowers are said to be as large asa camelia blossom. The plant requires rich soil and is very sensitive to cold. It is strictly a tropical plant, although doing well in gardens in Cairo. The cuttings should be treated in the usual way, i. e., rooted in moist sand, and the plants can be set out in a rich border, This is the largest variety of the jessamine I know, and if not already introduced into Hawaii, southern California, or Florida, deserves to be generally propagated and distributed. From the Empress Gardens, in Poona, India.’’?— ( /irchild. ) 8438. PoOINSETTIA PULCHERRIMA. Poinsettia. From Poona, India. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 818, January 25, 1902), February 25, 1902. “A double poinsettia of rare beauty. Instead of the usual whorl of bright red leaves characteristic of the ordinary poinsettia this sort has from three to five such whorls. These are at their best when the green leaves have fallen and the light gray stems are quite bare. As a decorative plant for giving a splash of the brightest red to a landseape this plant is unequalled.”’ (Fairchild. ) 8439. CITRUS AURANTIUM. Orange. From Poona, India. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 819, January 26, 1902), February 25, 1902. Kowla., ‘‘ Described by Woodrow in his ‘Gardening in India,’ page 193, as an indifferent dessert fruit, but considered by the natives of India as well worth atten- tion and, in fact, recommended as a good sort. A distinct variety, and hence worthy of a collection.”? (Jirchild. ) 8440. MANGIFERA INDICA. Mango. From Poona, India. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 820, January 26, 1902), February 25, 1902. Alphonse or Aphoos. ‘‘From a tree in the Empress Gardens at Poona. It may prove a different strain from Nos. 8419 and 8727. This is the best Bombay mango and is remarkable for its good shipping qualities. It can be picked when still green, laid or shipped in straw with plenty of air, and kept for six weeks. Even after ripe, fruits can be kept for a week or more. A much better shipper than the Mulgoba and more productive.”’ (Fairchild. ) 8441. CITRUS AURANTIUM. Orange. From Poona, India. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 821, January 26, 1902), February 25, 1902. Ladoo. ‘‘This is a popular orange in India and is of the mandarin class, although not so fine looking in appearance. The oil glands are finer and the color is a duller orange, sometimes russet. It deserves a place in every collection of oranges as a dis- tinct type. Woodrow, in his ‘Gardening in India,’ page 209, figures this variety and recommends it for planting. It is a loose-skinned sort but the skin is more nearly filled by the flesh than the ordinary mandarin and in texture it is unusually crisp and of good flavor. Very little fiber is one of its characteristics. In size it is about the average of the mardarin type. Secured by the superintendent of the Impress Gar- dens in Poona.’”’ (Fairchild. ) 8442. MANGIFERA INDICA. Mango. From Poona, India. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 822, January 26, 1902), February 25, 1902. Borsha. ‘‘See Woodrow, Gardening in India, page 248. Fruit weighs on an average 10 ounces. Ripens by the first of July. Flesh isasdry as that of Mulgoba or Alphonse and can be cut like cheese. It is three to four weeks later in ripening than the Alphonse and is considered almost its equal in quality. One large tree of this variety is said to have often yielded over $150 worth of fruit in a single crop. It should be planted in alluvial soil and given plenty of bone ash. The banks of a river or irriga- tion canal are especially well suited to mango culture. This variety is distinguished from the Mulgoba by its young shoots, which are distinctly reddish in color. Mangoes are sometimes shipped from Bombay to London, which is eighteen days’ or more of sea travel.”? (/urchild.) YOO SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 8443. CITRUS asp. From Poona, lndia, Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 825. January 26, 1902), February 25, 1902, J Jamburee or Jambooree, **X variety of Citrus which is used in India extensively for stocks on which the orange is grafted. Considerable discussion regarding its influence on the scions of sweet oranges will be found in Woodrow’s ‘Gardening in India,’ pages 214 and 215. In one place Woodrow calls this a lime, in another a citron.’’ = ( Fairchild. ) 8444. MANGIFERA INDICA. Mango. From Poona, India. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No, 824, January 26, 1902), February 25, 1902. Pukria, **Deseribed at some length by Woodrow, page 247, in his Gardening in India, and considered by some as one of the three best mangoes in the Bombay presidency; at any rate it isa sort in big demand for planting. It ripens three or four weeks later than the A/phouse—i. e., from the end of May to the end of June. Secured through the kindness of Mr. Kannetkar, superintendent of Empress Gar- dens in Poona. ( Fairchild. ) 8445. ‘THYSANOLAENA AGROSTIS. From Poona, India. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No, 825, January 26, 1902), February 25, 1902. | ‘Two pieces of rhizome of an ornamental cane from the Himalayas. It flowers ~ profusely and remains in flower for four months. The inflorescences are steel-gray und great masses of them are produced. The plant grows to a height of 8 to 10 feet and forms large clumps like pampas grass or like some species of Arundo. It is altogether . the handsomest cane for borders that I have everseen. It deserves a wide distribution | in Hawaii and southern California. As seeds were not procurable the experiment of sending two rhizomes in a perforated tin case by sample post has been attempted. | If successful more can be had of the superintendent of the Empress Gardens in | Poona. Seed may be had of the Calcutta Botanic Gardens. The plant requires good . rich soil and plenty of moisture. In the Poona Gardens it is grown on irrigated land | because there are only about 25 inches of yearly rainfall. The cuttings should be given such treatment as would be given the ordinary ornamental canes.’’ (Fairchild. ) . 8446. CITRUS AURANTIUM. Orange. | From Poona, India. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 826, | January 26, 1902), February 25, 1902. | Cintra or Suntura. ‘*Woodrow (Gardening in India, p. 210), says this is the finest orange in India. It weighs from 7 to 10 ounces. One sort has loose skin, the other tightly fits the pulp. It has very few seeds, and is often quite seedless. The flesh is unusually crisp and has almost no fiber, but is somewhat lacking in sweetness. The oil glands are very small and close together in the skin. The color is not so bright as that of the mandarin of Japan. This variety is of especial interest only because of its reported seedlessness and the fiberless nature of the flesh, which is quite remarkable. [I am assured this is the tight-skinned variety, which is superior to the . loose-skinned one. The type is distinctly a mandarin one. Through the kindness of Superintendent Kannetkar of the Empress Gardens, Poona.’’ (Fairchild. ) 8447. CrrTRULLUS VULGARIS. Watermelon. From the Agricultural Experiment Station, Pomona, Cal. Received February 20, 1902. Khama or Tsamma. This melon is very valuable for stock feeding in dry countries, as it thrives with very little water. (Grown from No. 4322. ) 8448 to 8453. Pyrus MALUS. Apple. From Misserghin, near Oran, Algeria. Received through Messrs. D. G. Fair- child and C. 8. Scofield, from the Nursery of the Orphelinat de l’ Annoncia- tion, February 26, 1902. SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903, Y()] 8448 to 8453— Continued. Apple trees and seions as follows: 8448. 8451. Algerienne. Nain Paradis, 8449. 8452. ly Ive. Precoce de Thins. 8450. 8453. De Chataiqnier. “ Nain de Mahon. 8454 and 8455. CyDONIA VULGARIS. Quince From Misserghin, near Oran, Algeria. Received through Messrs. D. G. Fair- child and ©. §. Scofield from the Nursery of the Orphelinat de I’ Annon- ciation, February 26, 1902. Quince scions as follows: 8454. 8455. De Laghouat. De Mahon. 8456 to 8460. From San Giovanni « Teduecio, Italy. Received through Dammann «& Co., March 3, 1902. 8456. VIOLA CORNUTA. 8459. VIoLA CORNUTA. slue Perfection. 8457. VIOLA CORNUTA ALBA. 4 ponies 8458. VIOLA CORNUTA 8460. VIOLA ODORATA SEMPER- ' * en FLORENS. Admiracion. 8461. LATHYRUs sp. From the Vomero, Naples, Italy. Received through Dr. C. Sprenger, March 5, 1902. ““A native of Mexico.’’? (Sprenger. ) 8462. VITIS VINIFERA. Grape. From Kurrachee, India. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 827, February 2, 1902), March 10, 1902. Sufetha. ‘‘An indigenous white grape, grown successfully at Kurrachee. It is one of the three best in cultivation here, where there is only 7 inches of rainfall and the temperature in summer goes to 110° F. from March to the end of June, and the soil is noticeably alkaline. Berry large and round; bunches 43 pounds in weight; long, crowded, heavy cropper; flavor good; skin thick and leathery. It is said to bea good keeper and shipper, being shipped from Kurrachee to Bombay and Lahore. These cuttings are from the Kurrachee Public Gardens.’’ (Fairchild. ) 8463. VITIS VINIFERA. Grape. From Kurrachee, India. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 829, February 2, 1902), March 10, 1902. Goolabie. ‘‘An indigenous variety of grape which thrives better than such forms as the Black Hamburg, and, according to our informant, Mr. Lester, superintendent of the public gardens of Kurrachee, it is considered superior in flavor to the Black Hamburg. This is the favorite grape for Kurrachee conditions, which resemble those of Tulare (California) and Arizona, being a desert where only 7 inches of rain falls and where, for the summer months, a temperature of 110° is of daily occurrence. The soil is decidedly alkaline, in fact too much so for ordinary European grapes. The variety is said to be a purple, small-berried kind, a very heavy cropper, fruit- POY SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. ing the end of April. The bunches weigh 14 to 2 pounds. The berry has a very thin skin and two or three seeds, The name means ‘rose flavored’ and the flavor is that of rose petals. It was introduced into Poona, India, but did not sueceed there.”’ ( Fairchild.) 8464. VITIS VINIFERA. Grape. From Kurrachee, India. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No, 828, February 2, 1902), March 10, 1902. Kandhari. *‘A long-berried, thin-skinned, white grape with very large bunches, 3 to 4 pounds in weight. It is a vigorous grower, but light bearer. An indigenous sort, of fine flavor, suited to an arid climate, and alkaline soil in a very warm climate.”’ ( Fairchild. ) 8465 to 8475. CITRULLUS VULGARIS. Watermelon. From Monetta, 8. C. Received through Mr. T. 8. Williams, November 5, 1901. Seeds from hand-pollinated melons, grown from seeds imported by the Office of Seed and Plant Introduction: 8465. From No. 16. Melon of average size with dark-green stripes. Flesh orange-colored and of very fine flavor. Vine small and not vigorous. This is an excellent melon for home use. 8466. From No. 35. A small green melon with white spots. The flesh is deep red and very fine. The vine is small, but strong. 8467. From No. 68, which is evidently mixed seed, A large, pale-green melon with broad, dark stripes. The flesh is orange- colored and of very fine flavor. The vine is very vigorous. 8468. From No. 68. A medium-sized, pale-green melon with broad, dark-green stripes. The flesh is orange colored and of good flavor. The vine is very vigorous. 8469. From No. 46. A large, light-gray melon. ‘The flesh is deep red and of fine flavor. The vine is very vigorous. 8470. From No. 95. A rather large, gray melon, with green stripes. The flesh is pink and of very fine flavor. The vine is vigorous. 8471. From No. 2847. A fairly good, green melon of average size. The flesh is pale red and of good flavor. The vine is strong. 8472. From No. 2847. A medium-sized, mottled-green melon. The flesh is red and of good flavor. The vine is strong. 8473. From No. 2848. A large, white melon. The flesh is deep red, of fine texture and very fine flavor. 8474. From No. 2849. A medium-sized, dark-green melon, with small white stripes. The flesh is deep red, of fine texture and delicious flavor. 8475. From No. 6151. A very large, dark-green, striped melon. The flesh is pink, of rather coarse texture, but fine flavor. SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903, 203 8476. PISTACIA MUTICA. Menengech. From Aintab, Syria. Presented by Rey. A. Fuller, through Mr. W. 'T. Swingle. Received March 10, 1902. 8477 and 8478. PIsTAciA VERA. Pistache. From Aintab, Syria. Presented by Rey. A. Fuller, through Mr. W. T. Swingle. Received March 10, 1902. 8477. 8478. Large red, Large green. 8479 to 8482. PISTACIA VERA. Pistache. From Aintab, Syria. Presented by Rey. A. Fuller, through Mr. W. T. Swingle. Received March 10, 1902. 8479. Selected mixed fresh pistache nuts from the market. 8480. Aleppo red. Very large and fine. 8481. A large, unnamed, green variety. 8482. Koz. Known as the ‘‘Walnut’’ pistache. 8483. PISTACIA VERA X (74) Butum. From Aintab, Syria. Presented by Rev. A, Fuller, through Mr. W. T. Swingle. Received March 10, 1902. Fresh, selected ‘‘ Butum’’ nuts. 8484. PISTACIA MUTICA. Menengech. From Aintab, Syria. Presented by Rev. A. Fuller, through Mr. W. T. Swingle. Received March 10, 1902. Selected fresh seeds. 8485. PISTACIA MUTICA. Menengech. From Aintab, Syria. Presented by Rev. A. Fuller, through Mr. W. T. Swingle. Received March 10, 1902. Ordinary seeds from the market. 8486 to 8501. From Washington, D. C. Received March 10, 1902. A collection of seeds grown on the Potomac Flats by Mr. W. R. Beattie from seeds furnished by the Office of Seed and Plant Introduction. 8486. PHASEOLUS MUNGO. Grown from No. 6321. 8487. PHASEOLUS MUNGO. Grown from No. 6417. 8488. PHAsEoLUS MuNGO. Grown from No. 63138. 8489. GLycINE HISsPIDA. Grown from No. 6314. 8490. (GLYCINE HISPIDA. Grown from No. 6333. 8491. GLYCINE HISPIDA. Grown from No. 6334. ~O4 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED, 8486 to 8501— Continued. 8492. GLYCINE HisrIDA, Grown from No, 6386, 8493. GLYCINE HIsPIDA. Grown trom No, 6506, 8494. GLYCINE HispIpA. Grown from No, 6556, 8495. GLYCINE HispIDA. Grown from No, 6397, 8496. GLycine miserpa. Grown from No. 6416, 8497. GLYCINE HIsPIDA. Grown from No, 6312, 8498. ViGNa caTrsANG. Grown from No, 6511, 8499. ViGNAa CATJANG. Grown from No. 6527, 8500. ViGNA CATJANG. Grown from No, 63528, 8501. ViGNA CATJANG. Grown from No, 6413. 8502. MAGNOLIA KOBUS. Magnolia. From Yokohama, Japan. Received through L. Boehmer & Co,, March 13, 1902. 8503. PAKONIA MOUTAN. Tree peony. From Yokohama, Japan. Received through L. Boehmer & Co., March 13, 1902. 8504. ZAMIA FLORIDANA. Coontie. From Miami, Fla. Received through Prof. P. H. Rolfs, in charge of the Sub- tropical Laboratory of the United States Department of Agriculture. 8505. ‘THA VIRIDIS. Tea. From Heneratgoda, Ceylon. Presented by Messrs. J. P. William & Bros. Received March 17, 1902. Formosa, 8506 and 8507. FIcUS CARICA. Fig. From the island of Chios, Turkey. Presented by Mr. N. J. Pantelides, through Mr. D. G. Fairchild. Received March 19, 1902. Fig cuttings as follows: 8506. Figue de Chios. ‘‘Very fine when tresh.’’ (Pantelides.) 8507. Figue de Syria. Lombardica. ‘‘A very fine, large variety, blackish on the outside and bright red inside.’’ ( Pantelides. ) 8508 to 8515. ORYZA SATIVA. Rice. From Japan. Received through Dr. $. A. Knapp, March 19, 1902. Seed rice as follows: 8508. 8512. Fusakichi. From Bizen district. From Iyo district. (M) (1) 8513. 8509. From Higo district. (N) Mansaku bozu. From Fukuoka district. (J) 8514. 8510. From Bizen district. (O) From Ise district. (K) 8515. 8511. From Banshu (?) district. (P) From Buzen district. (L) iy _ SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 205 8516. CANNABIS SATIVA. Hemp. From Danville, Ky. Received through Mr. George Cogar, March 20, 1902. 8517 to 8520. PIsTacia VERA. Pistache. From Marseille, France. Received through Mr. Claude Montel, March 21, 1902. 8517. Ciralted female pistache 8519. Female pistache scions. trees. 8520. Male pistache scions. 8518. Grafted male — pistache trees. 8521. PISTACIA TEREBINTHUS. Terebinth. From Marseille, France. Received through Mr. Claude Montel, March 21, 1902. Terebinth stocks for grafting. 8522 and 8523. ‘Triticum puURUM. Wheat. From Brookings, 8. Dak. Seed grown in 1901 under contract by Prof. J. HH. Shepard, of the South Dakota Agricultural Experiment Station. 8522. Kubanka. Grown from No. 5639. 8523. Velvet Don. Grown from No, 5644. 8524 to 8529. From Paris, France. Received from Vilmorin-Andrieux & Co., March 27, 1902. 8524. LINUM USITATISSIMUM. Flax. Original Riga. 8525. CANNABIS SATIVA, Hemp. Russian. 8526. THYMUS VULGARIS, Thyme. 8527. THYMUS SERPYLLUM. Creeping thyme. 8528. LAVANDULA VERA. Lavender. 8529. LAVANDULA SPICA. Spike lavender. 8530 to 8537. Received from J. M. Thorburn & Co., of New York City, March 29, 1902. A collection of foreign-grown seeds of medicinal plants, for use in experimental work under the direction of Dr. R. H. True, of the Department of Agriculture. 8530. ATROPA BELLADONNA. Belladonna. 8531. ARNICA MONTANA. Mountain tobacco, or mountain snuff. 8532. DiGiTaLis PURPUREA. Foxglove. 8533. GLYCYRRHIZA GLABRA, Licorice. 8534. DarcurRA STRAMONIUM. Thorn apple. 8535. HyoscyAmMUs NIGER. Henbane. 8536. PAPAVER SOMNIFERUM. Poppy. 8537. ACONITUM NAPELLUS. Aconite. 206 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED, 8538. AVENA SATIVA. Oat. From Bozeman, Mont. Presented by the Director of the Agricultural Experi- ment Station. Received April 1, 1902. Swedish Select. Grown from No. 2788. 8539 to 8542. From Poona, India. Received through Dr. $8. A. Knapp, April 1, 1902. 8539. PHASEOLUS ACONITIFOLIUS. Math. ‘This legume is grown in the Deccan and the Gujarat as a ‘ kharif,’ or rain crop, sown only in the rainy season. It does well on light, stony, upland soil, with an average annual rainfall of 30 inches. The usual method is to sow a mixture of 8 pounds of Bajri (Pennisetum typhoideum) and 14 pounds of Math per acre in July, the crop being harvested in November or December.’’ (Anapp. ) 8540. PHASEOLUS MUNGO. Mug. ‘‘This plant is largely grown as a ‘kharil,’ or rain crop, and also as a ‘rabi’ (cold-weather crop) in many parts of India. As a ‘kharif’ crop it is mixed with sorghum (Jowari), while as a ‘rabi’ crop it is sown after rice has been harvested. It does best in a deep, black soil, with an average rainfall of from 30 to 35 inches. It ripens in three months after sowing.”’ ( Knapp. ) 8541. PHASEOLUS RADIATUS. Udid. ‘This bean is largely cultivated in India as a subordinate crop with sorghum (Jowari), the usual amount sown being 6 pounds of Jowari and 3 pounds of Udid. It does best if sown in June in deep, black soil, with a rainfall of from 30 to 35 inches, being harvested in September. Udid is also grown in some sections as a second crop after rice.’’ (Anapp.) 8542. DoLicHos UNIFLORUS. Kulthi. ‘‘This plant is largely grown on light soils of a strong or sandy nature, and thrives with a moderate rainfall. It is usually sown with bul- rush millet (Pennisetum typhoideum), the rate per acre being 8 pounds of millet to 2 pounds of Kulthi.”” (Knapp. ) 8543 to 8547. From Nagpur, India. Received through Dr. 8. A. Knapp, April 1, 1902. 8543. ORYZA SATIVA. Rice. Dhan. A quick-ripening variety. 8544. TriITICUM DURUM. Wheat. Haura Gahoo. 8545. DoLicHos LABLAB. Lablab bean. Tal, Val, or Popat. 8546. ANDROPOGON SORGHUM. Sorghum. A late variety used for forage. 8547. ANDROPOGON SORGHUM, Sorghum. Used for forage. 8548 to 8552. From Lahore, India. Received through Dr. S. A. Knapp, April 1, 1902. A collection of wheats as follows: 8548. TrITICUM VULGARE. Pure red wheat, grown without irrigation on land near the river. (No. 1.) SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 207 8548 to 8552—Continued. 8549. $TriTicUM VULGARE. Pure white wheat, grown on slightly salty land irrigated with canal water. (No. 2.) 8550. Triticum DURUM. Round red wheat, grown on slightly salty land irrigated with canal water. (No. 3.) 8551. TritricuM DURUM. Round white wheat, grown on strong black soil irrigated with canal water. (No. 4.) 8552. TriticuM DURUM. Wadanak. Grown on light, slightly sandy soil irrigated with well water. 8553 to 8562. From Christiania, Norway. Presented by Prof. C. Doxrud, of the Christiania School of Technology, for testing in ¢ 1 seeds from other coun- School of Technology, testing omparison witl ds fr th tries. Received April 2, 1902. 8553. PHLEUM PRATENSE. Timothy. 8554. DacryLis GLOMERATA. Orchard grass. 8555. TrIFOLIUM PRATENSE. Red clover. 8556. TrrroLiuM HYBRIDUM. Alsike clover. 8557. Pisum SATIVUM. Pea. Early. 8558. AVENA SATIVA. Oat. 8559. HorpDEUM HEXASTICHUM. Barley. 8560. HorbdeEUM DISTICHUM. Barley. 8561. TriticUM VULGARE. Wheat. Red spring. 8562. Pisum SATIVUM. Pea. Sueding. 8563 and 8564. PHOENIX DACTYLIFERA. Date. From Kurrachee, India. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchiltl ( No. 830, February 1, 1902), April 4, 1902. Cupcap, Chupchap, or Cupcup. ‘‘ This is a variety of the Karak pokhta, or cooked dates, and is considered one of the best of its class. These cooked dates are prepared in the following way: The fruits are picked before fully ripe, while still full, plump, and slightly astringent. They are boiled for an hour in fresh water, to which one handful of salt per gallon of water is added. After boiling they are spread out in the sun todry. These boiled dates are sold in large quantities in India. They form an indispensable part of every marriage feast. Higher prices are paid for them in India, I am informed, than for the dates shipped to America. This sort is, when properly prepared, quite sweet, in fact, tastes quite as if candied. The slight flavor of tannin may be due to careless preparation. It is a fairly early date, coming into fruit about Maskat in July. It is also a good date to eat fresh. It keeps almost indefinitely. There are several qualities of this variety. That marked a came from Kurrachee, while ) was secured in Maskat.’’ (Fairchild. ) 29861—No. 66—05——14 208 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED, 8565. CAPSICUM ANNUUM. Red pepper. From Kurrachee, India. Received through Messrs, Lathrop and Fairchild (no number), April 4, 1902. Bird’ s biil. 8566. CapsicCUM ANNUUM. Red pepper. From Kurrachee, India. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No, 828, February 6, 1902), April 4, 1902. ‘The common red pepper in use in Kurrachee. It is mild in comparison with the Maskat variety. It is dark wine-red in color, and long and conical in shape. Bought ina Maskat market.’’ (Fairchild. ) 8567. PHOENIX DACTYLIFERA. Date palm. From Kurrachee, India. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (no number), April 4, 1902. ‘‘Bagist or Dairi dates, a second-class variety eaten by the common people.” ( Fairchild. ) 8568. CaAPpsiCUM ANNUUM. Chili pepper. From Maskat, India. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 837, February 6, 1902), April 4, 1902. ‘‘\ very hot orange or light-red variety of red pepper, reputed to be one of the hottest peppers on the Persian Gulf. Bought in a Maskat bazaar.”’ (Fairchild. ) 8569. PHOENIX DACTYLIFERA. Date palm. From Maskat, India. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 831, February 6, 1902), April 4, 1902. Burni. ‘Dried dates of one of the Karak pokhta or cooking class. This date is also said to be a first-class drying or pressed date, but with poor keeping qualities. It is so delicate that it can not be sent successfully to America, but it is considered superior in flavor to the Furd date, which is the variety commonly shipped to America. It is the earliest date known at Maskat, and one of the very finest flavored sorts. It ripens in Maskat in June, but this region of Maskat has a temperature in summer of 110° and even 117° F. in the shade, so that the sort might ripen later if transplanted to a region with a cooler summer temperature. The dates sent are of the boiled sort only, the dried kind being quite unobtainable.”’ (Fairchild. ) 8570. PHOENIX DACTYLIFERA. Date palm. From Kurrachee, India. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 834, Feb. 2, 1902), April 4, 1902. Jahadi. ‘‘Dried dates of one of the second quality sorts shipped into India from the Persian Gulf. This variety is probably shipped to America.’’ (Fuairchild.) 8571. PHOENIX DACTYLIFERA. Date palm. From Maskat, India. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 833, February 6, 1902), April 4, 1902. Khanezi. ‘‘ Dried dates of a first-class Persian Gulf sort sent largely to America. This is considered inferior to the Furd, but still ranks as a very good sort.”’ (Fair- child. ) 8572. PHOENIX DACTYLIFERA. Date palm. — From Kurrachee, India. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 832, February 5, 1902), April 4, 1902. Fard. ‘Dried dates of the variety most commonly shipped from the Persian Gulf to America. This is not considered the finest of the dates, but is one of the best shippers. It is a dark, medium-sized sort, of good quality. It is grown about Maskat and the southern part of the Persian Gulf. It is a medium early date, later than Burni.”’ (Fairchild. ) SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 209 8573. PHOENIX DACTYLIFERA. Date palm. From Bahrein, Arabia. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 835, February 10, 1902), April 4, 1902. Khalasa. ‘‘ Dried dates of one of the finest varieties in the Persian Gulf. These dates are so delicate that they are not shipped to America, although they may be kept several months, as is evidenced by the present samples. They are reported to ae ad by the sea voyage. The date has very little fiber, being a sticky sort with a decidedly caramel-like texture. The flavor is superior to that of the best Murd date and the skin is soft and delicate. The stone is small, but not unusually so. It is considered the best date on the Persian Gulf by Mr. J. C. Gaskin, British consul, who has been a dealer in one of the largest date firms at Bassorah, and by Mr. 8. M. Zwemer, who has traveled all over Arabia. Personally I prefer the Pangh Ghur date and the Deglet Noor, but the Ahalasa approaches these closely for sweetness and delicacy. It is sticky, however, and might not be well suited to such style of packing as is in vogue with the French packers in Algiers. Secured through the kindness of Messrs. Gaskin and Zwemer, of Bahrein.’? (airchild.) (See No. 8753. ) 8574. PISTACIA VERA. Pistache. From Bunder Abbas, Persia. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 839, February 11, 1902), April 4, 1902. ‘*Bought in the market of Bunder Abbas. They were said to have been brought down some nineteen days by caravan from the town of Kerman, in the interior. They were fresh in December or November. The trees were probably grafted, although no definite information on this point could be obtained. Kerman is said to have a temperate climate.”? (airchild.) 8575. LAGENARIA sp. Gourd. From Jask, Persia. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 840, February 11, 1902), April 4, 1902. ‘‘A white, edible gourd growing to a large size, 14 feet long by 8 inches in diam- eter. It forms a pretty trellis plant in Jask, where the temperature rises to 110° F. and no rain falls. It is grown by irrigation. It may prove of value in the Colorado desert region. It is prepared by boiling in salt water like any of the squash family. The leaves are large and the flowers are white with long tubes to the corolla.” ( Fairchild. ) 8576. VITIS CANDICANS. Mustang grape. From Tiger Mill, Texas. Presented by Mr. H. T. Fuchs to Hon. A. 8. Burleson and by him to this Department. Received April 7, 1902. Seeds of the finest wild grapes of Texas, according to Mr. Fuchs’ letter. 8577. CARICA PAPAYA. Papaw. From Mexico. Presented by Mr. Elmer Stearns, 3226 Manitou avenue, Los Angeles, Cal. Received March 29, 1902. ‘‘These seeds were from a fruit 6 inches long by 33 inches in diameter, grown in the hot country southwest of Guadalajara.’’ (Stearns. ) 8578. OPUNTIA sp. Prickly pear. From Guadalajara, Mexico. Presented by Mr. Elmer Stearns, 3226 Manitou avenue, Los Angeles, Cal. Received March 29, 1902. Tuna colorado. ‘‘These seeds were from a fruit 2 inches by 14 inches in diame- ter.’’ (Stearns. ) 8579. OPUNTIA sp. Prickly pear. From City of Mexico, Mexico. Presented by Mr. Elmer Stearns, 3226 Manitou avenue, Los Angeles, Cal. Received March 29, 1902, Tuna amarilla, 210 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 8580. CEREUS sp. Pitahaya. From Mexico. Presented by Mr. Elmer Stearns, 3226 Manitou avenue, Los Angeles, Cal. Received March 29, 1902. ‘‘ These seeds were from a fruit weighing | pound, grown in the foothills 75 miles west of Tampico, Mexico.’’ (Stearns. ) 8581 to 8583. VITIS VINIFERA. Grape. From Aintab, Syria. Received through Rey. A. Fuller, April 15, 1902, Grape cuttings as follows: 8581. Aintab Summer (Nabodada). ‘‘A large, oblong, white grape. The flesh is rather coarse, but it is much prized for table use.’’ (/*uller. ) 8582. Aintab Autumn (Kabbajuk). ‘‘A medium-sized, round, white grape, much prized for table use. It ripens in July and August.’’ ( Fuller:) 8583. Aintab Winter (Hunisa). ‘‘A large, wine-colored, oblong grape. It ripens in October and November and keeps until March.”’ ( Fuller.) 8584 to 8589. From Chin-kiang, China. Received through Dr. 8S. A. Knapp from Rey. Dr. S. P. Barchet, Shanghai, China, April 15, 1902. 8584. GLYCINE HISPIDA. Soy bean. ‘“A very prolific, nearly white variety, used for making oil and also for food. It is sometimes ground into flour and used for making cakes.’’ (Knapp. ) 8585. PHASEOLUS sp. Bean. ‘‘Used for food and for making starch. It grows well on sandy soil.” (Knapp. ) 8586. GLYCINE HISPIDA. Soy bean. ‘“A very oily variety, used chiefly for fattening purposes. Planted in July or August.’? (Anapp. ) 8587. VICIA FABA. Broad bean. “A large, rank-growing variety that will stand frost. It is planted in November.’’ (Knapp. ) 8588. Pisum sp. Pea. ‘““\ rank-growing variety used for food. It is planted in November.’’ (Knapp. ) 8589. TrITICUM VULGARE. Wheat. . ‘*\ hardy, rust-proof variety. Sown in October or November. (Anapp. y; h Pp 8590 to 8592. From Shanghai, China. Received through Dr. 8. A. Knapp from Rey. Dr. S. P. Barchet, April 15, 1902. 8590. ORYZA SATIVA. Rice. ‘An early variety. It is sown late in May or early in June.’”’ (Knapp.) SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903, 211 8590 to 8592 —Continued. 8591. ORYZA SATIVA. Rice. ‘‘A late variety. It is sown late in June or early in July.”? (Anapp. ) 8592. VICIA FABRA. Broad bean. ‘*Quite similar to No. 8587, but not so large.’’ (Anapp. ) 8593 and 8594. ORYZA SATIVA. Rice. From Kiang-si Province, China. Received through Dr. 8. A. Knapp from Rey. Dr. D. W. Nichols, Nan-chang, China, April 15, 1902. 8593. Wan Ku (late rice). ‘A beautiful white grain, quite flaky when cooked.”’ (Nichols. ) 8594. Tsoa Ku (early rice). ‘‘A crop of this and the preceding variety can be grown on the same ground the same year.”’ (Nichols. ) 8595. THEA VIRIDIS. Tea. From Calcutta, India. Received from the Pashok Tea Company ( Limited), Kil- burn & Co., agents, April 15, 1902. Pashok Darjeeling. 8596. VICIA FABA. Broad bean. From Sheridan, Mont. Presented by Mr. 8. M. Wilson, April 15, 1902. These beans are said by Mr. Wilson to come from northern Sweden, and to endure a degree of cold that kills other tender vegetation. 8597 and 8598. From Erfurt, Germany. Received through Haage & Schmidt, seedsmen, April 19, 1902. 8597. CARYOTA URENS. Wine or toddy palm. 8598. RAVENALA MADAGASCARFENSIS. Travelers’ tree. 8599. PUNICA GRANATUM. Pomegranate. From Bagdad, Arabia. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 883, March 8, 1902), April 21, 1902. Achmar or Red. ‘‘This variety bears fruit of a very large size. I have seen a speci- men over 2 pounds in weight. The skin is thin, but there are many thick walls dividing the segments. The seeds are large, each with a deep, very juicy, wine-red arillus. Remarkable for its size and red color.”’? ( Fairchild.) 8600. ZiIzYPHUS JUJUBA. Jujube. From Bagdad, Arabia. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 887, March &, 1902), April 21, 1902. Nebuk or Nabug ajam. ‘‘A Persian variety, called the red jujube. A variety larger than the Bagdad, but not of as good flavor. These jujube trees, as they are grown in Mesopotamia, are the most picturesque, in fact the only conspicuous shade trees in the region, and are worthy of trial along irrigation canals. They bear enormous crops of small fruits, about the size of cherries, which are greedily sought after by the children. The fruits taste much like baked apples. There is a variety in which the seed, instead of being hard, like a date stone, is thin shelled, and one can eat it easily.’? (Fuairchild.) (See No. 8702.) 212 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 8601. CITRUS LIMONUM. Lemon. From Bagdad, Arabia. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 889, March 8, 1902), April 21, 1902. Hameth. ‘‘A Bagdad variety which is of most excellent quality and characterized by a dark orange ‘blush’ at the stem end, making it a peculiar and any fruit. i The skin is very thin, and the fruit very juicy and of medium size. The shape of those I saw was almost that of an egg.’’ ( Fairchild.) 8602. CITRUS AURANTIUM. Orange. From Bagdad, Arabia. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 890, March 8, 1902), April 21, 1902. Portugal Asfar. ‘‘A common Bagdad orange which is in all respects, except the presence of seeds, a remarkably fine orange. It does well in the alluvial adobe soil of Bagdad, and even where there is some alkali in the soil. These scions came from the garden of Abdul Kader Kederry, at Bagdad.”’ ( Fairehild.) 8603. CITRUS AURANTIUM. Orange. From Bagdad, Arabia. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 891, March 8, 1902), April 21, 1902. Aboul serra. ‘‘A navel orange, with seeds, of especially fine aroma, I am told, which is cultivated by Sheik Abdul Kader Kederry, and is worth testing as a new variety. The orangesof Bagdad are in general excellent, and this one, although I was unable to test it, may be no exception.’’ (Fairchild. ) 8604. CITRUS AURANTIUM. Orange. From Bagdad, Arabia. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 892, March 8, 1902), April 21, 1902. Narinji. ‘*A variety of orange with a ‘button’ at the flower end; from a tree in the garden of Sheik Abdul Kader Kederry. It has an excellent flavor and has few seeds. This is one of the common varieties of Bagdad, and is an excellent orange.” ( Fairchild. ) 8605. VITIS VINIFERA. Grape. From Bagdad, Arabia. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 893, March 9, 1902), April 21, 1902. (L. & F. No. 893 is Citrus aurantium, but the tube so marked contained grape cut- tings without data. ) 8606. CITRUS DECUMANA. Pomelo. From Bagdad, Arabia. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 894, March 9, 1902), April 21, 1902. ‘* A species of pomelo or shaddock, of which the skin is used for making preserves. I did not have an opportunity to taste the fruit, but presume it is of second quality.” ( Fairchild. ) 8607 to 8642. CITRULLUS VULGARIS. Watermelon. From Monetta, 8. C. Received November 5, 1901. A collection of seeds of hand-pollinated watermelons grown by Mr. T. 8. Williams from seed furnished by the Office of Seed and Plant Introduction. 8607. Grown from No. 18. 8611. Grown from No. 39. 8608. Grown from No. 25. 8612. Grown from No. 48. 8609. Grown from No. 26. 8613. Grown from No. 55. 8610. Grown from No. 33. 8614. Grown from No. $4. SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 213 8607 to 8642 — Continued. 8615. Grown from No. S4. 8629. Grown from No, 2845. 8616. Grown from No. 85. 8630. Grown from No. 106. 8617. Grown from No. 86. 8631. Grown from No, 2846. 8618. Grown from No. 8&6. 8632. Grown from No. 2850. 8619. Grown from No. 87. 8633. Grown from No. 3680. 8620. Grown from No. 88. 8634. Grown from No. 3680. 8621. Grown from No. 98? 8635. Grown from No. 4899. 8622. Grown from No. 98? 8636. Grown from No. 6149. 8623. Grown from No. 102. 8637. Grown from No. 6170. 8624. Grown from No. 104. 8688. Grown from No. 6038. 8625. Grown from No. 2739. 8639. Grown from No. 6039. 8626. Grown from No. 2740. 8640. Grown from No. 6046. 8627. Grown from No. 2848. 8641. Grown from No. 6052. 8628. Grown from No. 2844. 8642. Grown from No. 6056. 8643. PUNICA GRANATUM. Pomegranate. From Bassorah, Arabia. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 847, February 26, 1902), April 22, 1902. Mellasi. ‘‘A large ‘seedless’ pomegranate with light-colored flesh. This is said to be the best variety in Arabia and to be quite free from seeds; i. e., the coats of the seeds are probably so delicate that they offer no resistance to the teeth when eating the fruit. Secured through the kindness of Mr. Raphael Sayegh, of Bassorah.’’ ( Fairchild. ) 8644. PyRUS. MALUS. Apple. From Bassorah, Arabia. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 848, February 26, 1902), April 22, 1902. Persian. ‘‘This apple will grow well in a region where dates are produced and where for three months the thermometer keeps about the 100° F. mark. It is not of the best quality, but is quite edible, and should be tested in the desert regions of the Colorado River and in the dry regions of Texas. Itrequiresirrigation.’’? (Fairchild. ) 8645. CYDONIA VULGARIS (?) From Bassorah, Arabia. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 849, February 26, 1902), April 22, 1902. Bahamro. ‘‘ A stock which is used in Arabia, especially in Mesopotamia, on which to graft apples, pears, and quinces. It is reported to be an excellent stock in this very hot region of the Tigris Valley, where the thermometer stands for three months near the 100° F. mark and where it often rises to 117° F. It is cultivated here on adobe soil under irrigation.’’ (Fairchild. ) 8646. PUNICA GRANATUM. Pomegranate. From Bassorah, Arabia. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 850, February 26, 1902), April 22, 1902. Nejidi. ‘‘A red-fleshed variety of pomegranate which is considered second only to the seedless or Mellasi variety. The fruit is large and has a very thin skin.” ( Fairchild. ) 214 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 8647. VITIS VINIFERA. Grape. From Bassorah, Arabia. Presented by Hadji Abdulla Negem through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 854, February 25, 1902). Received April 22, 1902, Abiat. ‘*A white grape which is medium in time of ripening and of reputed excel- lent quality. It is trained from trunk to trunk of the date palms at Abu Kasib. Soil an adobe with abundant moisture in it.’”’ (Fairchild. ) 8648. VITIS VINIFERA. Grape. From Bassorah, Arabia. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 855, February 25, 1902), April 22, 1902. Asuad Suamee. ‘‘A black, early grape, with very large berries and rather tough skin, which is cultivated among the date groves at Abu Kassib. The quality of this sort is reported to be exceptionally good. The practice of grape growing under the palms is rapidly spreading in Mesopotamia. It is worthy of trial in Arizona and southern California.’’ (Fairchild. ) 8649. VITIS VINIFERA. Grape. From Bassorah, Arabia. Presented by Hadji Abdulla Negem through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 856, February 25, 1902). Received April 22, 1902. Bengi. ‘‘A late, black grape of superior quality, according to the report of Euro- peans in the region. It is said to be the best variety here in Bassorah and to be really ‘as fine as the hothouse-grown Black Hamburgh.’ Grown under the date palms at Abu Kassib.’”’ (Fairchild. ) 8650. AVENA SATIVA. Oat. From Mustiala, Finland. Received through Messrs. Lathropand Fairchild from Mustiala Landtbruks och Mejeri-Institut, April 25, 1902. North Finnish Black. 8651. FAarTsIA JAPONICA. From Paris, France. Received through Vilmorin-Andrieux & Co., April 26, 1902. 8652. ‘TRITICUM DICOCCUM. Emmer. From Dunseith, N. Dak. Received through Mr. Arthur Hagendorf, April 29, 1902. 8653. ANONA CHERIMOLIA. Custard apple. From Chile. Presented by Dr. A. W. Thornton, of Ferndale, Wash. Received April 28, 1902. Cherimoya. Seeds of a choice variety. 8654 to 8679a. From Ootacamund, India. Presented by R. L. Proudlock, esq., Curator of the Government Botanic Gardens. Received April 30, 1902. 8654. ACROCARPUS FRAXINIFO- 8660. CEDRELA TOONA. LIUS. 8661. CLEMATIS WIGHTIANA. 8655. CUPRESSUS TORULOSA. 8662. DaLBERGIA LATIFOLIA. 8656. LASIOSIPHON ERIOCEPHA- LUS. 8668. ExacuM BICOLOR. 8657. MELIOSMA ARNOTTIANA. 8664. ILEX WIGHTIANA. 8658. Rosa GIGANTEA. 8665. PHOTINIA LINDLEYANA. 8659. ACER OBLONGUM. 8666. PrEeROCARPUS MARSUPIUM. a | SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. 21 8654 to 8679 — Continued. 8667. RiHopomMyRrrus TOMENTOSA. 8674. PHOENIX RUPICOLA. 8668. UrcroLa BSCULENTA, 8675. AGAPANTHUS UMBELLATUS. 8669. CrLTIS SEROTINA, 8676. CassiA GRANDIS. 8670. Mickorropis OVALIFOLIA. 8677. PrDICULARIS ZEYLANICA. 8671. TuRPINIA POMIFERA. 8678. PINUS LONGIFOLIA. 8672. Everrarta CARDAMOMUM. 8679. SaNrALUM ALBUM, 8673. MICHELIA NILAGIRICA. 8679a. LITSsEA ZEYLANICA. 8680. MANGIFERA INDICA. Mango. From Colombo, Ceylon. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 948, April 6, 1902), May 5, 1902. Jaffna. ‘‘For a description of this variety see No. 8411. I have tasted this mango but find it, although not stringy, far inferior to the A/phonse Bombay mango. It lacks the fine aroma and dark orange colored flesh.’? (airchild. ) 8681 and 8682. From Heneratgoda, Ceylon. Received through J. P. William & Bros., May 5, 1902. 8681. Correa LIBERICA. Coffee. 8682. CoFFEA HYBRIDA. Coffee. 8683. LuUFFA AEGYPTIACA. Sponge gourd. From Springfield, Mo. Presented by Mr. Joe P. Wilson. Received May 10, 1902. Grown from No. 3982, Inventory No. 8. 8684 and 8685. From Poona, India. Received through Dr. 8. A. Knapp, May 10, 1902. 8684. Triticum DURUM. Wheat. Kala Kushal. 8685. ANDROPOGON SORGHUM. Sorghum. Hasar. Grown in Sampayam, Belyaum district. 8686 to 8692. From Surat, India. Received through Dr. 8. A. Knapp, May 10, 1902. 8686. DoLicHos LABLAB. Bean. Kadva Val or Kadva. Wal. 8687. VIGNA CATJANG. Cowpea. Chowali, Chola, or Choli. 8688. ORYZA SATIVA. Rice. Kamoda. From Ahmedabad, Geyarat. 8689. ORYZA SATIVA. Rice. Sunkhavel. From Surat, Geyarat. 8690. ORYZA SATIVA. Rice. Ambamore. From Surat, Geyarat. 216 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. 8686 to 8692—Continued. 8691. ANDROPOGON SORGHUM. Sorghum. Sholapuri. 8692. ANDROPOGON SORGHUM. Sorghum. Perio. 8693. ‘THEA VIRIDIS. Tea. From Colombo, Ceylon. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No, 947, April 6, 1902), May 14 and May 29, 1902, ; Assam. ‘‘Sent by Mr. Hadden, of Kotiyagala, Ceylon, through Director John C. Willis, of the Peradeniya Gardens.”’ (Fairchild. ) 8694 to 8697. From Santiago, Chile. Presented by Sefior Federico Albert, chief of the Sec- tion of Zoological and Botanical Investigations. Received May 14, 1902. 8694. ARISTOTELIA MACQUI. Maqui. 8695. KAGENECKIA sp. 8696. TREVOA QUINQUENERVIA. Tralhuen. 8697. TREVOA TRINERVIA. Trevu. 8698. HreIscus SABDARIFFA. Roselle. From Punjab, India. Presented by Abdulla Khan, clerk in the office of director of land records, through Dr. 8. A. Knapp, agricultural explorer. Received May 14, 1902. Patma. Common red. 8699. ORYZA SATIVA. Rice. From Hongkong, China. Received through Dr. S. A. Knapp, agricultural explorer, May 16, 1902. Simi. 8700. PrRITCHARDIA GAUDICHAUDII. Fan palm. From Honolulu, Hawaii. Presented by Mr. Jared G. Smith, director of the Hawaii Agricultural Experiment Station. Received May 22, 1902. % 8701. MANGIFERA INDICA. Mango. From Saigon, Cochin China. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 949, April 16, 1902), May 22, 1902. Cambodiana or Xodi Véi. ‘‘This is a delicious mango, of medium size, furnished with a short beak, yellow when ripe, with a faint but agreeable aroma. The flesh varies slightly from light to deep orange in color. Has an excellent, fine, delicate flavor and is never stringy. It is not as rich as the Alphonse, of Bombay, either in aroma or flavor, but nevertheless worthy of rank among the best mangoes I have ever eaten. Doctor Haffner, of the botanic gardens of Saigon, informs me that this sort is never grafted, but is a variety which reproduces itself from seed. This being the case, I deem it probable that out of the lot of over a hundred seeds which we are sending some remarkable ones ought to be secured. I believe there is a slight varia- tion among the seedlings, although it isa surprisingly constant variety.’”’ (Fairchild. ) 8702. ZizyPHUS JUJUBA. Jujube. From Bassorah, Arabia. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 851, February 26, 1902), May.22, 1902. Nabug. ‘‘The seed in this fruit, instead of being covered with a very hard shell, is like paper, giving the variety the name of being seedless. The tree is the most SEPTEMBER, 1900, TO DECEMBER, 1903. ay satisfactory shade tree in this hot region, having a spreading top with somewhat drooping branches covered with small, dark-green leaves. The plant is a most pro- lific bearer. The fruits when ripe are like Haws in mealiness, and they are keenly relished by the Arabs. They are about one-half to three-fourths inch in diameter. This ipcalied seedless sort is, paradoxically enough, propagated by seed, and is said to come true to them. It is a tree well suited to the banks of irrigation canals in the hottest regions which we have.” — ( /irchild.) 8703. ZizYPHUS JUJUBA. Jujube. From Bassorah, Arabia. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild, May 29 1902 od ae 9 ‘ ae “Seeds of the common jujube largely grown throughout this arid country.” ( /uir- child. ) 8704. (QUERCUS CORNEA. Oak. From Hongkong, China. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 950, April 29, 1902), May 22, 1902. ** Edible acorns from a species of oak which grows in southern China, even on the island of Hongkong. The acorns have a hard, horny shell and a sweet flesh of very agreeable flavor. The acorns are sent in very large quantities to Hongkong from Canton. They are eaten by the Chinese with great pleasure, and are often roasted. They would be acceptable, I believe, to Americans, and the tree ought to do well in the Southern States. If the tree, which is a pretty one, proves a success, large quan- tities can be had through the botanic gardens at Hongkong, but only at this season of the year.”? (Fairchild. ) 8705. PRUNUS sp. Plum. From Hongkong, China. Received through Messrs. Lathrop and Fairchild (No. 951, April 19, 1902), May 22, 1902. ‘*‘A beautiful little plum, said to be grown in Canton. It was purchased on the Hongkong market. It is of a beautiful, transparent, wine red color, with a delicate skin which is covered with the finest, most delicate pubescence imaginable, resem- bling a bloom which can not be rubbed off. When ripe the fruit has a delicate, agree- able aroma, which is that of a half-ripe Japanese quince. In taste the plum is not very good, but decidedly refreshing. It is sour with a slightly bitter taste. The flesh is yellow in color and inclined to be solid and stringy. The stone is a cling, being covered with many long fibers. In shape it is pointed with a distinct keel. The skin is very delicate but in flavor is intensely bitter. It separates from the flesh with difficulty.”’ (Fairchild. ) 8706. CITRUS AURANTIUM. Orange. From Kabylia, Algeria. Presented by Dr. L. Trabut, Government Botanist, Mustapha, Algiers, Algeria. Received May 26, 1902. Bandja, 7145, 7431 to 7438. alba, 7537, 9384. multicaulis, 8335. INDEX OF COMMON Mountain tobacco, 8531. Mug, 8540. Mulberry, 6848, 7141 to 7145, 7431 to 7438, O384. Chinese, 8835. Mundle bundle, 5625. Musa ensete, 7295. mannii, 7154. martini, 7259. rosacea, 7260, 7262. sapientum, 9575, 9610. sumatrana, 7240. superba, 7261, lextilis, 6234 to 6237, 6239, 9028, 9134. Mushroom, 8222 to 8225. Muskmelon, 5755, 5774, 5904, 5908, 6058 to | . Oracco, 9775. 6078, 6131, 6146 to 6148, 6363, 6364, 6426, 6697, 7015, 7397, 7972, 8219, 8308 to 8310, 9020, 9022. Mussaenda grandiflora, 7615. Mustard, Chinese, 6394, 6607, 6613, 6614, 6622. tree of Scripture, 7362. Myoporum insulare, 9621, Myrica faya, 9060, 9276, 9316, 9476. nagi, 9164, 9314. Myristica horsfieldii, 7835. Myrobalan emblic, 6860. Myrtle, downy, 6863. Nanca, 6275. Natal thorn, 8239, 9617. Nectarine, 9221, 9284, 9882. Nelumbium speciosum, 9248 to 9267. Neowashingtonia sp., 5586. filamentosa, 6351. Nephelium litchi, 9802, 9803. Nicotiana glauca, 8261. tabacum, 5961 to 5963, 6229, 7686, 8893. Nigella aromatica, 6375. Nolina sp., 7097, 7391. Notochaena hamosa, 9112. Nuytsia floribunda, 9037. Oak, 8704. cork, 9456. holly, 6340, 6348, 6844. Valonia, 6833. Oat, 5513, 5514, 5938, 5966, 5967, 6022, 6174, 6626, 7450, 7944, 8538, 8558, 8650, 9422, 9571, 9878. Mapstone, 9571. wild, 6626. Ocimum basilicum, 6381. viride, 9868. : Oenothera sp., 9025. Oil plant, 7644 to 7646. Okra, 6376. Olea europaea, 5984, 6125 to 6130, 6240, 6251, 6649, 6831, 6834, 7675, 8872, 8909. laurifolia, 9123. verrucosa, 9124, 9559. Oleander, yellow, 6893. Olearia haastii, 8262, 8873. AND SOCTENTIFIO NAMES. 327 Olive, 5984, 6125 to 6130, 6240, 6251, 6649, 6831, 6834, 7675, 8872, 8909, 9124, 9559. Chinese, 8364. Onion, 6390, 7034, 9301, 9318. Onobrychis sp., 7746. onobrychis, 7526, 7527. viciacfolia, 6966, Ononis sp., 7745. alopecuroides, 6977. avellana, 5582, 7691, 7747. Opuntia sp., 7379, 7507, 8578, 8579, 9135 to 9146. decumana, 8916. ficus-indica, 8961, 9317, 9352, 93553. gymnocarpa, 9115. Orange, 5989, 5990, 6116, 6184, 6245, 6247 to 6249, 6636, 6640, 6642, 6644, 6647, 6950, 6954, 8210, 8367, 8368, 8414, 8415, 8439, 8441, 8446, 8602 to 8604, 8706, 8896, 8902, 8904, 8905, 9132, 9271, 9274, 9275, 9437, 9480, 9488, 9493 to 9499, 9595 to 9597. hitter, 8894, 8895, 9268. kumquat, 8896, 9274, 9275, 9493, 9494. Mandarin, 6247, 6642, 6644, 8902, 8904, 8905, 9271, 9495, 9496, 9499. Orchard grass, 8554. Orchid, 7094, 7469 to 7478. Oreodoxa oleracea, 8325, 9722. regia, 8328. Oreopanax platanifolium, 8874. Orobus, 6435. Oryza sativa, 5528, 5940, 5941, 6200 to 6220, 6307, 6308, 6384, 6575 to 6588, 8300 to , 8359 to 8361, 8508 to 8515, 8543, 8590, 8591, 8593, 8594, 8688 to 8690, 8699, 8804, 8911, 8912, 9326 to 9343, 9667. Osyris alba, 9114. Oxalis sp., 6913 to 6918, 7010, 7050, 7412. corniculata, 8875. pringlei, 7009. Oxycoccus palustris, 5776. Paeonia moutan, 8072 to 8121, 8392, 8503. Pagoda tree, 9034. Palisota barteri, 9000. Palm, 5586, 6351, 6908, 7072, 8700, 9472, 9473, 9776. date. (See Date. ) Panax aureum, 7559. Pandanus aquaticus, 7340. utilis, 9730. vandermechii, 9726. Panicum crus-galli, 6409, 8891. miliaceum, 5647, 5648, 6024 to 6027, 6408, 6682, 6692, 6709, 6711, 8805, 8821, 9423 to 9425, 9785, 9798. trypheron, 9315. Papas amarillas, 9059. Papaver sp., 9829. 8708, eu 28 SEEDS Papaver bracteatum, 7186, 7253, 8319. orientale, 7164, 7220, 7250 to 7252. somniferum, 5796, 8536. Papaw, 7510, 8417, 8577. Paper plant, 9162, 9163, 9165. Paprica, 9475. Paraguay tea, 8935. Parkinsonia aculeata, 8931. Parrotia persica, 7899. Paspalum digitaria, 9618. Passiflora Sp., 7056, 7131. edulis, 5516, 5612. pruinosa, 7560, 8263. quadrangularis, 9713. Passion flower, 5516, 5612, 7056, 7131. Paulownia sp., 6657. Pea, 6227, 6316, 6332, 6428, 6551 to 6554, 8557, 8562, 8588, 8810. flat Tangier, 5585. square, 6970, 7656, 7700. Peach, 5922, 5923, 6109, 6541 to 6545, 6547, 6548, 6629, 6635, 7670, 8330 to 8334, 8337, 8340, 8343, 9217 to 9220, 9285, 9302, 9304, 9305, 9320, 9321, 9372 to 9380, 9389, 9391 to 9396, 9420, 9805, 9815, 9848 to 9850. ornamental, 7863 to 7868. Peanut, 5522, 5561, 5763, 8982, 9355, 9406. Pear, 5924, 6110, 6507 to 6521, 6532, 7669, 8901, 8901a, 9360, 9361, 9388, 9492. Japanese, 9239 to 9243. melon, 9570. prickly, 9317, 9352, 9353. Pecan, 7990, 7991, 8200 to 8203. Pedicularis zeylanica, 8677. Pela, 5626. : Pelargonium zonale, 9115. Pendicuas, 5752. Pennisetum spicatum, 7646. Pentzia virgata, 9619. Peony, tree, 8072 to 8121, 8392, 8503. Pepino, 9570. Pepo, 6920. Pepper, 5524 to 5526, 5530, 5536 to 5538, | 5546, 5553, 5555, 5556, 5565, 5902, 6382, 6383, 7448, 7654, 7781 to 7783, 8565, 8566, 8568, 8799, 9445, 9475. Pereskia aculeata, 9663. Perilla sp., 6393. ocymoides, 9282. Perimedium discolor, 8264. Persea gratissima, 9001. indica, 9870. lingue, 9128. Persimmon, Japanese, 6522 to 6527, 8341, 9804. Peruvian bark, 7357. Petrea volubilis, 9714. Pe-tsai. (See Cabbage, Chinese. ) Phacelia lyoni, 7114. Phaseolus sp., 5517, 6279, 6391, 6415, 6560, 8585, 9147 to 9160, 9404, 9405, 9438 to 9444. aconitifolius, 8539. calcaratus, 6226. lunatus, 5521. Pistache, 6079, 6122, 6123, 6252, 6253, 6349, AND PLANTS IMPORTED, Phaseolus mungo, 5518, 6224, 6378, 6564, 8486 to 8488, 8540, 9786. mungo-radiatus, 6318, 6417, 6418, 6562, 9419. radiatus, 8541. viridissimus, 6430, 8814, 9889, YS. vulgaris, 5795, 5927, 5929, 6092, 6565, 7503, 7504. Phlewm pratense, 8553. Phlomis fruticosa, 9433. Phlox drummondii, 7156, 7177, 7218. Phoenix dactylifera, 6438 to 6442, 6445, 6846, 7001, 7002, 7285, 7631 to 7636, 7798, 8563, 8564, 8567, 8569 to 8573, 8738 to 8795, 9600. hybrid X reclinata, 7443. pumila * reclinata, 7444, 8266. reclinata, 7296, 7442, 8265. rupicola, 8674, Phormium tenax, 7172, 7189, 7232, 7234, 7263, 8267, 8320, 9116. Photinia lindleyana, 8665. Phygelius capensis, 9117. Phyllanthus emblica, 6860. Phyllostachys aurea, 7817, 9052. bambusoides, 9044. castillonis, 9041. henonis, 9043, 9047. marliacea, 9048. mitis, 7820, 8427, 9045. nigra, 7822, 9042. quilioi, 8428, 9046. ruscifolia, 9051. violascens, 7824. Physalis sp., 9448. Ffrancheti, 5785. peruviana, 7577. Picea excelsa, 5945. Pimenta acris, 9002. Pimpinella anisum, 7449. Pinanga decora, 7337. Pine, Pyrenean, 6141. Scottish, 5943, 5944. stone, 6189. umbrella, 9827. Pineapple, 7366, 9485, 9606, 9634, 9732. Pinus brutia, 6141. canariensis, 9830. longifolia, 8678. ] pinea, 6189, 9827. ) sylvestris, 5943, 5944. Piptadenia cebil, 8929. macrocarpa, 9082. 6321, 6360, 6355, 6824, 6849, 7335, 7668, 7949, 8349, 8477 to 8482, 8517 to 8520, 8574, 9477, 9490, 9491, 9778. Pistacia sp., 6355. atlantica, 9325. lentiscus, 7336, 9426, 9446. mutica, 7951, 8476, 8484, 8485, 8707, 8801, 9474 (?). terebinthus, 7291, 7673, 8521. INDEX OF COMMON Pistacia vera, 6079, 6122, 6128, 6252, 6253, 6349, 6350, 6824, 6849, 7335, 7668, 7949, 8349, 8477 to 8482, 8517 to 8520, 8574, 9477, 9490, 9491, 9778. (?) (Butum), 8483, 8800. < palaestina, 7950. x lerebinthus, 5767, 8204. Pisum sp., 6553, 6554, 8588. sativum, 6316, 63832, 6428, 6551, 6552, 8557, 8562. Pitahaya, 7509, 7519, 8580. Pithecolobium sp., 7408. pruinosum, 7212. saman, 9003. unguis-cati, 7255. Pittosporum pendulum, 9625. tobira, 8128. undulatum, 9435. Plectranthus striatus, 8268. Plocama pendula, 9598. Plum, 5824, 5931, 6103 to 6106, 6108, 6536 to 6540, 6546, 8338, 8339, 8342, 8345, | 8365, 8705, 8824, 8826, 8827, 9222, 9223, 9279, 9281, 9346, 9362, 9363, 9806. hog, 6259. Japanese, 9202 to 9210, 9233, 9235, 9236, 9270, 9273, 9306, 9313. Podachaenium paniculatum, 8269, 9118. Podocarpus macrophylla, 8192. Poinciana, dwarf, 6885. Poinciana regia, 6884, 9004. Poinsettia, 8438, 9712, 9866. Poinsettia sp., 9712. pulcherrima, 8438. Polygonum sp., 6624. lanigerum, 8270. tataricum, 8215. Pomegranate, 5987, 5988, 6843, 6935 to 6937, 6940, 6944, 7440, 7674, 7676, 7677, 7776, 8430 to 8433, 8599, 8643, 8646, 9385, 9386. Pomelo, 5547, 6246, 6250, 6645, 6646, 8435, 8606, 8895, 8903, 9017 to 9019, 9268, 9269, 9272, 9500. Popat, 8545. Poplar, 5994, 6847, 8356. Poppy, 5796, 8536, 9829. Matilija, 7518. Populus sp., 6847, 8336. alba, 5994. Porana racemosa, 8271. Portulacaria afra, 9604, 9605, 9615. Potato, 7073, 7395, 7396, 7489, 9059. sweet, 6173. Primula obconica 7157, 7185, 7211, 7221, | 7233, 7265, 7314, 7315. Prince’s feather, 8803. Pritchardia gaudichaudii, 8700. marti, 8708. Proso. (See Panicum miliaceum. ) Prosopis denudans, 5783, 9081. glandulosa, 8272. juliflora, 8214. Prune, 5649 to 5686. AND SCIENTIFIC NAMES. 329 Prunus sp., 6096 to 6100, 6103 to 6108, 6531, 6536 to 6540, 6546, 8338, 8339, 8342, 8345, 8365, 8705, 8824, 8826, 8827, 9806. armeniaca, 6534, 6630, 6841, 6844, 6845, 7136, 7140, 7672, 8363, 8825, 8913, 9015, 9016, 9319, 9364 to 9371, 9390, 9397 to 9402, 9463, 9464, 9831 to 9846. cerasus, 6529, 6631, 9029, 9030, 9847, 9851. triflora Huds., 9233, 9235, 9236, 9270, 9273. domestica, 5649 to 5686, 5824, 5931, 9346, 9362, 9363. laurocerasus, 9867. mume, 9200, 9211 to 9216. Pseudo - Cerasus var. hortensis, 7900, 9170 to 9199. tomentosa, 9201, triflora,-9202 to 9210, 9222, 9223, 9279, 9281, 9306, 9313. Psidium cattleianum, 7445, 8944. guajava, 8344, 8922, 8966, 9023. Psychotria ipecacuanha, 7360. Pterocarpus marsupium, 8666. | Pterocarya caucasica, 7271. stenoptera, 6609. Ptychoraphis augusta, 7573. Pueraria thunbergiana, 9227, 9228. Pumpkin, 5906, 6088, 6089, 6402, 7505. Punica granatum, 5987, 5988, 6843, 6935 to 6937, 6940, 6944, 7440, 7674, 7676, 7677, 7776, 84380 to 8433, 8599, 8643, 8646, 9385, 9386. Pyrethrum, 6142. roseum, 7244, 7326, 8316. tchihatchewii, 9027. Pyrus sp., 6507 to 6521, 6528, 6532, 7669. baccata, 6162, 6358. communis, 5924, 6110, 8901, 8901a, 9360, 9361, 9388, 9492. elaeagrifolia, 9387. longipes, 9161. malus, 5687, 5688, 5690 to 5744, 5810 to 5823, 5933, 6102, 6113, 6656, 6713 to 6772, 8448 to 8453, 8644, 8710 to 8726, 9014, 9469 to 9471, 9863. prunifolia, 5501 to 5512. salicifolia, 9387. sinensis, 9239 to 9243. Quassia amara, 7192. Quebrachia lorentzii, 5777, 6345, 6828, 7012. - Quebracho blanco, 5781, 6346, 7013. colorado, 5777, 6345, 6828, 7012. Quercus acula, 8129. aegilops, 6833. cornea, 8704. cuspidata, 8130. dentata, 8131, 8182. glandulifera, 8133. glauca, 8134. ilex, 6340, 6345. lacera, 8135. laevigata, 8136. 330 SEEDS Quercus phillyraeoides, 8137. prnnatifida, 8138, pubescens, 6344. serrata, 8139, suber, 9456. Quillaja saponaria, 8927. Quince, 5762, 6120, 6187, 6193, 8454, 8455, 8645. Chinese, $209. 6183, 6186, 6188, 6362, Rabbit’s ear, 5581. Radish, 5901, 6084 to 6087, 6135 to 6137, | 6169, 9487. Raisin tree, 6608. Ramie, 6337, 6338. Rape, 6198. Raphanus sativus, 5901, 6084 to 6087, 6135 6398, 6605, 6612, 6699 to 6704, to 6137, 6169, 6398, 6605, 6612, 6699 to | | Sand box, 9720. | Santalum album, 6449, 8679. 6704, 9487. Raphia pedunculata, 7290. vinifera, 9005. Raphiolepis japonica, 8405. Raspberry, 6348, 6627, 6628, 7068. Ravenala madagascariensis, 8598. Recina de Nato, 6238. Red dye, 6886. Redwood, 6196. Rhamnus californica, 6662. Rhapidophyllum hystrix, 6904. Rhapis cochinchinensis, 7275. Rheum palmatum, 7188, 7214. Rhodes grass, 9608. Rhodomyrtus tomentosa, 6863, 8667. Rhopalostylis sapida, 8887. Rhus coriaria, 6195. Rhus ovata, 7111. succedanea, 8406. vernicifera, 8407. Ribes rubrum, 6101. sanguineum, 7901. Rice, 5523, 5940, 5941, 6200 to 6220, 6307, 6308, 6384, 6575 to 6588, 8300 to 8306, 8359 to 8361, 8508 to 8515, 8543, 8590, 8591, 8593, 8594, 8688 to 8690, 8699, 8804, 8911, 8912, '9326 to 9343, 9667. Richardia sp., 7557, 7567, 7622, 7623, 7814. africana, 8273. albo-maculata, 8274. elliottiana, 7622, 7813. nelsoni, 7814. pentlandi, 7623, 7815. Ricinus communis, 8275, 8276, 9283. Rivina humilis, 9119. Romneya coulteri, 7518. Rondeletia chinensis, 8198. Rosa sp., 7049, 9465. gigantea, 8658. Rose, 7059, 9465. Roselle, 8698. Roupala pohlii, 7616. Roystonea regia, 9731. Rubber, Lagos, 7361. Rubus sp., 6627, 6628, 7068, 7407, 9035. idaeus, 6348. Rubus nutkanus, 5627. AND PLANTS IMPORTED. | Ruppelia grata, 9711. Ruscus hypoglossum, 8277. | Ruscus hypophyllum, 8199. Rush, 8429, 9860, 9861, 9873. Rye, 5905, 7531, 9865, 9887. Sabal sp., 9723. adansoni, 9725. eatonia, 7770. — Saccharum officinarum, 5595 to 5608, Safllower, 7644, 9787, 9800. | Sainfoin, 6966, 7526, 7527. St. John’s bread. (See Carob. ) Salmon berry, 5627. Salsola arbuscula, 9580. Saltbush, 5613, 5614, 9892. Salvadora persica, 7362. Salvia gesneraeflora, 8876. Sambucus australis, 8917. Sandalwood, 6449. Sapindus trifoliatus, 6452, 8942. | Sapium sebiferum, 6625, 7158. Sapota, white, 7505. Sappan, 6886, 7206. Sausage tree, 6444. Schinus dentata, 9068. dependens, 9069. molle, 7538, 8278, 8943. montana, 9070. terebinthifolius, 7539. Scorpiurus sulcata, 6969, 7751. vermiculata, 5581, 7698, 7750. Scutia buxifolia, 8970. Secale cereale, 5905, 7531, 9865, 9887. Sechium edule, 9733. Sedum sp., 6929, 7066, 7067, 7074, 7076, 7078, 7080, 7083. Semecarpus anacardium, 6874. Semele androgyna, 7630. | Senecio sp., 7091, 7092. deltoides, 8877. grandifolius, 8879. hyoni, 7118. longifolius, 8279. petasites, 8878. Sequoia sempervirens, 6196. Serenoa serrulata, 77 72. Sesame, 5803, 5804, 6222, 6420, 6595, 6596, 6683, 7661, 7662, 9780, 9797. Sesamum indicum, 5803, 5804, 6222, 6420, 6595, 6596, 6683, 7661, 7662, 9780, 9797. Sesbania sanctipaulensis, 8926. Sideroxylon dulcificum, 9006. Simmondsia californica, 8312. Siris. (See Lebbek. ) | Sissi, 8802. Soap berry, Indian, 6873. Soap tree, 6572. Solanum sp., 5527, 6930, 7070, 7073, 7395, 7396, 7410, 7489, "8280, 9121, 9289, 9445, 9614. aculeastrum, 9617. dregei, 8239. erythrocarpum, 9120. laciniatum, 8281. __———— ——— = a INDEX OF Solanum marginatum, 8282. melongena, 5535, 5545, 5619, 6696, 7130, 9297, 9298. muricatum, 9570. pocote, 8919. pseudococapsicum, 8283. pyracanthum, 8880. sodomaeum, 8881. tuberosum, 9059. warszewiczii, 8284. Sollya heterophylla, 8285, 8882. Sophora japonica, 8883, 9034. Sorbus edulis, 5932. Sorghum, 5805 to 5809, 5930, 6406, 6411, 6604, 6681, 6685, 6686, 6689 to 6691, 6693, 6710, 7797, 8546, 8547, 8685, 8691, 8692,. 8815, 9779, 9796, 9855, 9856, 9862. Sorghum halepense, see Andropogon hale- pensis. vulgare, see Andropogon sorghum, Sour sop, 6853. Spargel kurbis, 7508. Sparrmania africana, 7826, 7827. Spathodea campanulata, 9007. Spek-boom, 8604, 9605, 9615. Sphaeralcea sp., 7411. Spinach, 6616. Spinacia oleracea, 6616. Spirostachis occidentalis, 6163. Spondias sp., 7501. dulcis, 6861, 9008. lutea, 8240, 9009. Spruce, Norway, 5945. COMMON AND Squash, 5520, 5559, 6133, 6620, 6621, 6695, | 6698, 9481, 9626. Stangeria paradoxa, 7365. Stauntonia hexaphylla, 8409. Sterculia acerifolia, 7237, 7254, 9122. acuminata, see Cola acuminata. diversifolia, 6668, 7268. platanifolia, 9036. Stigmaphyllon periplocaefolium, 8197. Strawberry, 7769. tree, 5981. Strelitzia augusta, 7146. reginae, 7169. Streptosolom jamesonii, 9661. Strychnos nux-vomica, 7210. spinosa (?), 9611. Stryphnodendron barbatimam, 9403. Stuartia pentagyna, 5568. Styrax japonica, 8125. obassia, 8126. a cane, 5595 to 5608. Sulla, 7037, 7528, 7710, 7784, 7788, 7790. Sumac, 6195. Sunflower, 6093 to 6095, 9668. Sutherlandia frutescens, 9434. Swietenia mahogani, 7548. Sycamore, 7011. Tacsonia manicata, 9436. mollissima, 8885, 8907, 8908. “a ae sp., 6424. Tal, 8545. 7306, 8190, 8884, | SOLENTIFIC NAMES. 331 Tallow tree, 6625, 7158. Tamaria chinensis, 9290. Tamil avaria, 9859. Tamis, 6277. Tangerine, 9132, 9480, 9700 to 9702. Taxus baccata, 6161, Tea, 5571, 6633, 7902 to 7907, 8226 to 8228, 8386, 8505, 8595, 8693. Teak, 9032. bastard, 6883. Tecoma sp., 9071. stans, 8950. Tectona grandis, 9032. Terebinth, 5767, 7673, 8521. Terminalia catappa, 6862. triflora, 8925. Testudinaria elephantipes, 7829. Thalia dealbata, 8286. Thea viridis, 5571, 6633, 7902 to 7907, 8226 to 8228, 8386, 8505, 8595, 8693. Theobroma sp. nov., 9858. cacao, 6274, 9010. Thermopsis fabacea, 9234. Thevetia nereifolia, 6893, 9011. Thrinax altissima, 7323. argentea, 7338. barbadensis, 7298. floridana, 7771. Thunbergia erecta, 9012. grandiflora, 9708. harrissii, 9709. | laurifolia, 9710. Thyme, 8526. creeping, 8527. Thymus serpyllum, 8527. vulgaris, 8526. | Thysanolaena agrostis, 8445, | | _ Ti cheng, 5980. Tigridia sp., 7099. | Tillandsia sp., 6932, 7093, 7367, 7384 to 7386, 7481 to 7484, 7486. benthamiana, 7088. lindeniana, 7618. Timbirichi, 5798. Timothy, 8553. Tipu, 5778. Tipuana speciosa, 5778, 8932. Tobacco, 5961 to 5963, 6229, 7686, 8893. Toddalia lanceolata, 6897. Toluifera balsaminum, 7544. Tomato, 6090, 6091. ‘*Kiswaheli,’’ 9289. Tonga, 7363. Toon tree, 6866. Torenia fournieri, 7175, 7178, 7180, 7187, 7197, 7217, 7235, 7236, 7241. Trachycarpus excelsus, 7277, 7416, 7441, Tradescantia crassifolia, 6928. Tralhuen, 8696. | Trevoa quinquenervia, 8696. trinervia, 8697. Trevu, 8697. Trichilia dregei, 9482. _ Tricholaena rosea, 9888. Trichosanthes cucumeroides, 9286, 9287. japonica, 9288. Tricuspidaria dependens, 8946. 8382 SEEDS AND PLANTS IMPORTED. Trifolium sp., 7052. Triticum vulgare, 5515, 5628 to 5630, 5635 to alevandrinum, 7000, 7031, 7657 5638, 5640, 5641, 5995 to 5997, to 7659, 9874 to 9876, 6000 to 6004, 6006, 6007, 6010, angustifolium, 7682, 7753, 9750, | 6012, 6013, 6015 to 6017, 6021, arvense, 9751. 6111, 6112, 6272, 6369, 6370 bifidum, 7119. | 6373, 6598 to 6600, 6996, 6997, bonanii, 9752. 7033, 7429, 7466, 7467, 7512 to cherleri, 9753. 7515, 7582, 7660, 7685, 7786, ciliatum, 7120. 7787, 8220, 8221, 8548, 8549, diffusum, 9754. 8561, 8589, 8812, 8817, 8892, fragiferum, 9755. 9125, 9129, 9131, 9358, 9781, fucatum, 7128, 7129. 9782, 9790 to 9794, 9871. ae FOr r OUR hoop bern Eben 9t06, Trochodendron aralioides, 9292, 9293. hispidum, 9757. Trumpet flower, 6893, 9011. hybridum, 8556. Puberose, 9885. incarnatum, 7529, 7530, 9758. Tu Chung, 5980, 8709. involucratum, 7122. ones bah 5 8579, 9135 to 9146. lappaceum, 7754, 9759. urmeric, 8735. pose all Turnip, 6134, 6176, 6178, 6179, 6265. maritimum, 9760. Turpinia pomifera, 8671. medium, 9761. Turraea floribunda, 6895. microcephalum, 7126. Tutsia ambosensis, 6896. microdon, 7127. montanum, 9762. t ‘ ochroleucum, 9763. eae ecm pallidum, 7756. pannonicum, 5834, 9817, 9864. panormitanum, 7683, 7699, 7757, Udo, 9166 to 9169, 9224. Ulex europaeus, 7333. Umbellularia californica, 5977. 9764. ; : pauciflorum, 7123, 7124. a bebe iS 8668 pratense, 5746 to 5750, 5968, i COONS COC ee 5969, 7138, 8555, 9765. Trceolina pendula, 7620. repens, 7758, 9766. resupinatum, 9026, 9767. Vaccinium vitis-idaea, 5775, 6347. rvubens, 9768. a Val, 8545. spumosum, 6825, 7759, 9769. Verbascum speciosum, 5833. — Bhs Veronia elephantum, 6826. pelle 9771. Vetch, 5572, 5573, 5575, 6555, 6670, 7521, pet Bybel so 7534. subterraneum, 9772. tomentosum, 7761, 9773. bea 4 6. tridentatum, 7125. ox vesiculosum, 9774. habgpek he ; hairy Triglochin maritimum, 8886. scarlet, 5574. : Trigonella corniculata, 5579, 7714. ps ae eee foenum-graecum, 6963, 7029, Vieta i sepa syire 7705 7071, 7520, 7642, 7713, 9021. hs onion Per x SS gladiata, 5580, 7752. calcarata, 5572, 7706. : ; : 1 cracca, 6559. Triticum (mixed), 6959, 7422. egyptiana, 7718. dicoccum, 8652. ervilia, 6435. durum, 5639, 5642 to 5646, 5754, faba, 5542, 5577, 5965, 6313, 6315, 5800, 5999, 6005, 6008, 6009, 6550, 6669, 6961, 7020, 7024, 7035, ) 6011, 6014, 6018 to 6020, 6272, 7426, 7462, 7498, 7702, 8358, 8587, 6371, 6680, 7016, 7425, 7428, 8592, 8596, 9307 to 9312. 7430, 7459, 7463 to 7465, 7575, equina, 7942, 7943. 7576, 7578 to 7581, 7650 to 7653, 7785, 7792 to 7795, 8212, 8213, 8230 to 8232, 8522, 8523, 8544, 8550 to 8552, 8684, 8737, 8808, 8811, 8813, 8816, 8818 to 8820, 8897 to 8899, 9130, 9324, 9478, 9479, 9853, 9854, 9872. junceum, 9609. polonicum, 5799, 6372. turgidum, 75865. gemella, 9225. gigentea, 6670. hirsuta, 9237. hirta, 5573, 7679, 7701, 7764. lutea, 6962, 7716. narbonnensis, 7532, 7704. fulgens, 5574, 7703. | sativa, 5575 7707, 7708, 7709, 7762, 7762a, 7763, 7765. var. macrocarpa, 7765. INDEX OF COMMON AND SCLENTIFIC NAMES. 333 Vicia sicula, 7717. villosa, 7533. Vicos, 6436, Vigna catjang, 6311, 6327, 6828, 6413, 6431, 6557, 6568, 6566, to 6568, 8354, 8418, 8498 to 8501, 8687. Villebrunea integrifolia, 5610. Viola cornuta, 8353, 8456 to 8459. munbyana, 8369. odorata, 5972 to 5974, 6192, 7842 to» 7847, 8350 to 8352, 8370 to 8381, 8460. Violet, 5972 to 5974, 6192, 7842 to 7847 ‘8350 to 8353, 8369 to 8381, 8456 to 8460. Viraris, 6830. Vitex incisa, 8287. Vitis sp., 6280 to 6306, 6356, 7048, 7687. candicans, 8576. romaneti, 6505. rupestris, 9812, 9813. var. metallica, 9607, 9809. vinifera, 5616, 5689, 5909 to 5918, 5985, 6118, 6119, 6124, 6140, 6366, 6374, 6429, 6500, 6501, 7671, 7993 to 8071, 8436, 8462 to 8464, 8581 to 8583, 8605, 8647 to 8649, 8796, 8797, 9560 to 9568, 9576 to 9579, 9810, 9811, 9814. Voandzeia subterranea, 8915, 9013. Vriesia fenestralis, 7617. Wal, 8686. Walnut, 5633, 5983, 6180 to 6182, 6354, 6650 to 6652, 8208, 8307, 8425, 8426, 9231, 9232, 9280. black, 7954. Watermelon, 6037 to 6057, 6149 to 6159, 6170, 6171, 8410, 8447, 8465 to 8475, 8607 to 8642, 9572. Wheat, 5515, 5628 to 5630, 5635 to 5646, 5754, 5799, 5800, 5995 to 5997, 5999 to 6021, 6111, 6112, 6272, 6369 to 6373, 6598 to 6600, 6680, 6959, 6996, 6997, 7016, 7033, 7422, 7425, 7428 to 7430, 7459, 7463 to 7467, 7512 to 7515, 7575, 7576, 7578 to 7582, 7585, 7650 to 7653, 7660, 7685, 7785 to 7787, 7792 to 7795, 8212, 8213, 8220, 8221, 8230 to 8232, 8522, 8523, 8544, 8548 to 8552, 8561, 8589, 8684, 8737, 8808, 8811 to 8813, 8816 to 8820, 8892, 8897 to 8899, 9125, 9129, 9130, 9131, 9324, 9358, 9478, 9479, 9781, 9782, 9790 to 9794, 9853, 9854, 9871, 9872. Wigandia sp., 8288. Wikstroemia canescens, 9165. Wing nut, 6609. Woandsu, 8915, 9013. Xanthoxylon sp., 8928. piperitum, 8191, 9291. Ximenia americana, 6259. Yang tao, 5840, 5978, 5979. Yew, 6161. Yucca sp., 7392. Zamia floridana, 8504. Zapote borracho, 7055. Zea mays, 5560, 6028 to 6034, 6172, 6230 to 6233, 6273, 6401, 6573, 6574, 6827, 7502, 8822, 9356, 9357, 9449, 9573, 9795. Zelkova acuminata, 8408. Zephyranthes sp., 6925, 6926, 7393, 7402, 7405, 7485. Zingiber officinale, 6875, 7621, 8736. Zinnia elegans, 6423. Zizyphus jujuba, 6549, 8600, 8702, 8703, 8828. Zoysia pungens, 6404, 6405, 9299, 9300. PLATE |. HONVY VWNOZIYY NYSHLNOS AVOIdAL V ‘vSOV7]] U.S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE. BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY— BULLETIN NO. 67. B. T. GALLOWAY, Chief of Bureau, \ RANGE INVESTIGATIONS IN) ARIZONA. BY DAVID GRIFFITHS, ASSISTANT IN CHARGE OF RANGE INVESTIGATIONS. GRASS AND FORAGE PLANT INVESTIGATIONS. IssuED OcToBER 6, 1904. RUM cli Aan : OS = ANUEACTUN ra fp ase Diane SSS = WASHINGTON: GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. L904, | BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY. B. T. GAaLLoway, Chief. J. KE. Rockwe.u, Editor. GRASS AND FORAGE PLANT INVESTIGATIONS. SCIENTIFIC STAFF, W. J. SprueMan, .lyrostologist. A. S. Hrrencock, Assistant Agrostologist in Charge of Alfalfa and Clover Investigations. — C. V. Pirer, Systematic Agrostologist in Charge of Herbarium. 4 Davip GrirritHs, Assistant Agrostologist in Charge of Range Investigations. C. R. Ban, Assistant Agrostologist in Charge of Work on Arlington Farm. S. M. Tracy, Special Agent in Charge of Gulf Coast Investigations. D. A. Bropir, -Lssistant -lLgrostologist in Charye of Cooperative Work. P. L. Ricker, Assistant in Herbarinun, J. M. Wesrcare, Assistant in Sand-Binding Work. Byron Hunrer, Assistant in Charge of Pacific Coast Investigations. R. A. Oakey, Assistant in Domestication of Wild Grasses. _C. W. Warsurton, Assistant in Fodder Plant and Millet Investigations. M. A. Crossy, ‘ssistant in Southern Forage Plant Investigations. J. 8. Corron, Assistant in Range Investigations. Lesuz F. Pauw, Assistant in Investigations at Arlington Farm. Harouip T. Nrevsen, Assistant in Alfalfa and Clover Investigations. AGNES CHASE, Agrostological Artist. 2 LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. U.S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE, BuREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY, OFFICE OF THE CHIEF, Washington, D. C., Suly 1, 1904. Sir: I have the honor to transmit herewith the manuscript of a paper * on Range Investigations in Arizona, which embodies a report upon investigations conducted in cooperation with the experiment station of the University of Arizona. The paper is a valuable contribution to our knowledge of improve- ment of range lands, and | respectfully recommend that it be issued as Bulletin No. 67 of the regular Bureau series. Respectfully, B. T. GaLLoway, Chief of Bureau. Hon. JAMES WILSON, Secretary of Agriculture. vo PREPAC E, The main features of the range problem have been reduced to two: The carrying capacity of the range, and the best methods of managing the range so as to secure the largest amount of feed from it without permanent injury to the food plants that furnish the covering of the soil. The principles of management may be reduced to the following: A proper control of the amount of stock upon a given range and the time of the year at which they are allowed upon the various subdivisions of it; the protection of such native plants as are of value, and, par- ticularly. the saving of seeds of such plants and scattering them upon the range; lastly, the introduction upon the range of such new forage plants as experience has shown can be thus introduced. A knowledge of the carrying capacity of the ranges is of the utmost importance, for it must form the basis of any intelligent legislation relating to the range question. This knowledge determines the rental and sale value of range lands and should also determine the size of the minimum lease or homestead for range purposes in case laws are passed providing for such disposal of the public ranges. The present report includes a general study of range problems in southern Arizona, but is devoted more particularly to the investiga- tions conducted in cooperation between the United States Department of Agriculture and the Arizona Experiment Station on two tracts of land situated on the Santa Rita Forest Reserve in the Territory of - Arizona. The work upon one of these tracts, consisting of a fenced area of 58 square miles, has been conducted under the immediate super- vision of Dr. David Griffiths, of this Office. The work upon the other area, which is also fenced and consists of some 240 acres of land, has been conducted under the supervision of Prof. R. H. Forbes, Director of the Arizona Experiment Station, by Prof. J. J. Thornbur of that station, since August, 1901. Previous to that time Doctor Griffiths was a member of the station staff at Tucson, and conducted the work on the small tractalso. Once each year the Department has furnished the Arizona Experiment Station with a report of the work done by its officers upon the large tract, while the officers of the station have furnished to the Department a similar report of the work on the small tract. Particular attention is called to the study of the amount of 5 6 PREFACE. vegetation produced upon the large tract since it was fenced nearly two years ago. It will be noted that deductions concerning the car- rying capacity of this range made from this study agree in a most satisfactory manner with actual practice. It is proposed in the near future to determine by actual trial the amount of stock this fenced area will carry without deteriorating. Acknowledgments are due to Mr. Howell Jones, of the Santa Fe railway system, for much assistance in prosecuting the investigations reported in this bulletin. W. J. Spruuman, Agrostologist. OFFICE OF GRASS AND ForAGE PLANT INVESTIGATIONS, Washington, D. C., June 29, 1904. C Otel eiNi Ss: TREE ES er a EE eg on RS SS Ln ae EE RET cP en hr toc ae ek ee ny Cee Bee wee oo aol wee a ae Kk» 7 ya ePyra og ie Aaa Bae Re Pre ci aT 0 RS Ae a eh Sep ae a 1g NES Seg lie apne ory Trae pate A sted phy ee ee seerpy” Dea oe OEE CREED TUPAC Sot RR os pt ae de ch aoe MN etre ae a Ne I a ie she adele ancien’ NIRA eth en Se 7 se cee hora eo data Sota bin a See een La RET ee et cles otic caste he ta et ae Sn Bee Sey. a Oh ae ge nN Ie aay fa te ho ag ee es. oe NRG Ree [ae A, Ry eee Lr A 2 ee 9 Se Een Aa aed a Ue a Sea Ra te ee A AS el er ee 5S aia Sop By ean I reel Tis aed es a ts 1: Ole ee ee SNUIMPRIR Ne te eee tN fo ee ee al. saw ome eae Nea a hn te Re ee ene Mere ESS es ks a Be hd nae ES Hema ees. See ae eee emen cel kl PS Miscenancous winter and spring annuals... .....2--- 2... 2 eee cece ee Miscellaneous browse plants ..-....-..- ae i nn 3 eae as ng oe I Set ene aia eat a aS ee ei | Ea saa gh iy. Be Siegel eater er iinet Be tL Fut iyi So 3 a re ENG MiteN ce oe So oe Ode. en eee 2 ae oc oboe Sas NTE ee OR a cL eS Ae ee so kn eee ONE EEO ae pane eg ay Mire ote 9 Td 4 OS hr cr a ‘ 2 Gn Cr. Gre Ov Cue const oe S Jo) o> bo Puate I, Il. II. L¥, VIII. Bie. 8: ILLUSTRATIONS. PLATES. Page. Laosa, a typical southern Arizona ranch ...... ... do ...| Thin stand. Elymus ambiguus ” .......... 63 | Walla Walla, Wash .....-.. Feb. 21 | Very thin stand. Elymus condensatus .......-. 64 | Washington .......-........ Mar. 8 | Thin stand. Elymus virginicus submuti- | 65 | Walla Walla, Wash .........].... do...| Very thin stand. cus. | | | Agropyron tenerum....-...... 66 |....- GO... oo... Mar. 8 Do. tus. | Phleum asperum........-...-. 75 | Walla Walla, Wash ........ 2 OO oe Do. «For information as to the location of the plots and methods of culture, see Bul, No, 4, Bureau of Plant Industry, 1901. Shortly after completing the seeding on the range plots, a small grass garden was established on the university campus in rather a pro- tected place behind the main building. This was designed for purely scientific study, but it served nevertheless as a very instructive check upon the species planted on the range. The planting was done here on the 13th and 14th of February and the plots were irrigated by well water when they needed it. The saltbushes were planted in a plot by themselves at some distance from the building, and conse- quently in a more exposed place. The following tabular statement lists all the plants sown upon the range which germinated under irrigation and did not do so under the natural mesa conditions. The two tables, therefore, include all species, the seed of which was of known origin, planted on the mesa, which germinated in the spring; but the last table does not give a complete record of the grass-garden germinations, for there were many things planted in the grass garden that were not at hand in sufficient quan- tity to be sown upon the mesa: THE SMALL INCLOSURE. 13 Record of germination upon irrigated grass garden, spring of 1901. Date of | Name. of plete germina. | Source of seed, Condition, | DOD 51, Sporobolus cryptandrus...... | 6 | Nov. 15 | Tueson, Ariz ................ Thin stand, Sporobolus wrightii .......... | 7| Mar. 4/4..... alas kpein tx alias waa aon ep Good stand, GHIOrIS GlGRANS.....5.00...-0. 11 | Mar. 22 |..... Osos sateen ce sobs Cae fee Very thin stand, Muhlenbergia SYGOGIUIS. ok an ess 18 | Mar. 4 COCHISE ANS civzecde oe vvicle ss Thin stand. Hilaria cenchroides .......... 17 | Mar. 22 | WOW MGRICO it wate cas ceo Very thin stand, Poa fendleriana ...... eeaetent 31 Mar. 15 Silver’ City, N; Mex....)......- Good stand, Phaseolus retusus ............ 88 Mar. 22 | New Mexico..............-. Do. Andropogon saccharoides.... OO Maree Or COUMISG, ATIZ 5.0 cuits nob cleese as Thin stana, Bouteloua rothrockii?........ BO pre cee ey Hee ee OSG wis £5 vieurtivle swe Re biewe Very thin stand. Atriplex lentiformis.......... 62: Deere te) Lemme; ATIF. 05 secur dene sine Thin stand, Atriplex polycarpa ........... 005.) ele la crea COs nine a Steele ustaae Pabee sy Do. aThese are numbers of plots in the grass garden and have no_ reference to previously published numbers. b This was incorrectly called B. polystachya in Bul. No. 4 of the Bureauof Plant Industry in referring to plots 26,31,and 70. Throughout that publication these two species were not segregated. By the middle of May there was nothing which had been planted upon the range plots alive, except a little Lippia repens, which had been placed upon one of the embankments thrown up across an old roadway, and a few scattered plants of shad scale (Atriplex canescens) on area F. Everything else had succumbed to the drought which invariably prevails in this region from March to June. During the rainy season of the following August several plants which were sown in the winter germinated and made some growth. The most conspicuous of these was Metcalfe’s bean (7haseolus retusus), which germinated and grew beautifully through August, but died out completely by the middle of September. Andropogon saccharoides and Chloris eleguns made a very small growth, but nothing commensurate with the quantity of seed sown and the labor involved. During the autumn of 1903 there was nothing to show for the plant- ings of 1901 except a few stray plants of Andropogon saccharoides in the southeastern corner of the field, a similar growth of shad scale on portions of area F, anda small strip of Lippia repens on one of the embankments. None of these, however, gave promise of success. In June, 1901, the writer discontinued his connection with the Ari- zona Experiment Station to accept his present position in the United States Department of Agriculture. The work upon the small tract was placed under the immediate supervision of Prof. J. J. Thornbur, of that station. During the summer of 1902 cooperative arrange- ments were entered into by the Department of Agriculture and the Arizona station whereby the investigations on the small tract were to be continued and those upon the large tract, discussed later, were to be instituted. Since that time Professor Thornbur has had charge of the work upon the small tract and the writer that upon the large tract. 14 RANGE INVESTIGATIONS IN ARIZONA, The following paragravhs relating to the work upon the small tract are based upon data obtained from reports furnished this office by Professor ‘Thornbur. Since the winter of 1900-1901 considerable work has been performed on this area in an attempt to conserve storm waters by the erection of embankments and by the introduction of forage plants which will thrive under the advantages afforded by the dams. It is believed that the perennial plants which have been sown thus far can not be suecess- fully established upon these mesas without careful attention to the soil and conservation of the waters, both of which entail considerable expense. ; The dams built were thrown up across the water courses as in the winter of 1901, but their forms have been slightly changed because it was found that the diversion of the water did not suflice to spread it out very much nor to check its flow sufficiently to allow it to penetrate the ground as much as necessary. ‘This is especially true with refer- ence to the summer rains. The precipitation during the winter months, although causing considerable run-off, is much more gentle and pene- trates the ground more readily. The work done thus far seems to indicate that the most efficient dam for a gently sloping mesa is one which is so constructed that it will spill around the ends when the water has reached a height of not more than 12 inches. This requirement demands that the dam be constructed nearly on contour lines,“ except at the ends, which are turned so as to retain water up to the desired depth and spread it over as much ground as possible. Besides the two dams mentioned in Bulletin No. 4, seven additional ones were built in January, 1902. ‘These vary in length from 270 to 600 feet and in height from 12 to 24 inches, and are built at an average cost of a little more than $13. In January, 1902, some seeding was done, but only in favored places, mostly above the embankments. Fewer species were planted than the previous year, and only two made any growth at all. Egyptian clover (Trifolium alewandrinum) and Panicum texanum were sown in the same dam, the first in the lower situation. The Egyptian clover ger- minated beautifully early in August, but all died in a very short time. Panicum tecanhum produced only a few plants, which made no seed. Besides the above, seeds of the following species were planted: Hilaria mutica, Bouteloua rothrockii, Atriplex coronata, A. elegans, A. nuttallii, A. canescens, A. bracteosa, A. polycarpa, A. nummularia, A. halimoides, A. leptocarpa, A. semibaccata, A. eremicola, Rhagodia ‘nermis, and PR. linifolia. No seedlings of any of these species were observed. During the last week in June, 1903, a third seeding was done. As in the second operation, the seed was sown in the vicinity of the dams pe «This form of dam was first suggested by Prof. S. M. Woodward. THE SMALL INCLOSURE. 15 and the ground was prepared to receive it. In some cases, however, seed was sown below the dams, as well as above them. The following species were planted: Panicum eran, Andropogon saccharoides, Bouteloua curtipendula, B. rothrockii, B. oligostachya, B. hirsuta, B. aristidoides, Hriochloa punctata, Sporobolus wrightii, SN. stricta, S. cryptandrus, Phaseolus retusus, Astragalus nuttallianus, Chietochloa composita, Puppophorum apertum, Chloris elegans, Llyimnus glabrifolius, Lpicampes rigens, wd Leptochloa dubia. In all cases the seed was sown very thick. Had all grown, the plants would have been entirely too numerous upon the ground. — In many cases four times as much seed was sown as would produce a good stand if it all grew. Experience has shown that a good deal of the native seed is of very low germinating quality, and must often be sown excessively thick in order to even approximate a stand. Many of the seeds of plants sown this time made considerable growth, but only in two or three cases was there anything like a stand secured. Andropogon saccharoides, Bouteloua curtipendula, B. oligostachya, B. hirsuta, and Leptochloa dubia all made thin stands. Bouteloua roth- rockii made a scattering growth in one situation and quite a fair stand in another, but nowhere was there a better stand where it was sown than on favorable situations upon the uncultivated and undisturbed mesa in the immediate vicinity. The best stands and the best growth were secured with Panicum texanum and Chloris elegans. The former was especially good in places, but very uneven on account of having been sown partially in the depressions in the dams where the surface soil had been removed for the construction of the embankments and partially upon ordinary weathered soil. The lower depressions doubt- less held water a little too iong after the summer rains for the best development of the grass. In one of the dams there was considerably less than one-half acre which would cut at the rate of 1 ton of dry feed per acre. There was about a quarter of an acre of Ch/or/s elegans in one of the dams which would yield at the rate of one-fourth ton of dry feed per acre. Panicum texanum has yielded by far the most promising results of anything tried thus far. It is an annual, how- ever, and can not be used except in some such way as the common cul- tivated millets. There is little doubt that this grass is capable of con- siderable application in forage-plant culture in this region. If the seed could be secured at reasonable prices it might be sown upon barley fields for the production of summer and fall grazing and possi- bly for a small crop of hay in October. It matured this year in about ninety days after being sown. The behavior of some of the native grasses was very interesting this year, especially when considered from the standpoint of seed habits. Usually perennial grasses do not mature much seed the year they are planted. The case is very different with species from this region. Some of them, although distinctly perennial in habit, 4416—No. 67—04——2 16 RANGE INVESTIGATIONS IN ARIZONA, mature seed in abundance in three months after being sown. This Was especially the case with Andropogon succharoides, Bouteloua hirsuta, and 2B. oligostachya, and less conspicuously true of 2B, curtipendula, Bouteloua rothrockii and Leptochloa dubia produced mature heads from practically every plant which grew. Louteloua rothrockié produced fine, large bunches, with an abundance of mature seed. It should be noted that the latter is but a short-lived perennial at best. It is therefore not so surprising that it should produce an abundance of seed the first season. 77/chloris fasciculata often pro- duces two crops of seed—one in May and the other in September—in neglected spots and fence corners in the Salt River Valley. THE LARGE INCLOSURE. During the spring of 1903 arrangements were made for enlarging | the work begun upon the mesas near Tucson in 1900. Permission having been granted by the Department of the Interior, an irrecular tract of land upon the Santa Rita Forest Reserve, containing 49.2 square miles, or 31,488 acres, in the four townships Nos. 18 and 19, in ranges 14 and 15 east, Gila and Salt River meridian, was inclosed by a four- wire fence, completed early in June (fig. 1). Practically all stock was excluded from the tract by the 10th of June. This area differs very materially from the desert mesas upon which the small inclosure is situated, as will be seen from the descriptions given below. Much of it is situated within the altitude where perennial grasses are produced, and it is therefore capable of sustaining much more stock tnan the small inclosure upon the mesa. | TOPOGRAPHY. The portion of the Santa Rita Forest Reserve which, after a prelimi- nary survey, it was decided to fence is located in the northern foot- hills of the Santa Rita Mountains. It has a general northwesterly slope toward the Santa Cruz River (PI. IL, fig. 2). All of the region is well drained and there is consequently no accumulation of alkali at any point. Considerable quantities of water flow over portions of the area at certain seasons of the year. The presence of Atriplex canescens in the northwestern portion does not necessarily indicate that there are accumulations of soluble salts in the soil at this point. The field, as a whole, contains typical foothill pasture lands of the region at this altitude. Along the eastern side there are rocky, steep bluffs rising 500 to 800 feet above the general level of the area. To the west and south of this point there are gently sloping areas free from brush. On the west half of the north side there occurs a con- siderable area of ‘* washed country,” while the east half of this side is a typical arid, creosote-bush area where no grass of any consequence ever grows. None of the higher mountain areas has been included on THE LARGE INCLOSURE., 17 account of the difficulty and expense of fencing. | Neither are any bottom lands included, for none of the typical river bottoms lies within the reserve. The bluffs spoken of above, however, answer very well for the mountain area, for they have upon them some of the more valuable mountain grasses; but they possess the disadvantage of not ARROYOS - — - — SLOPES <_<" SCALE —S89,4" Fig. 1.—Diagram of the large inclosure in the northern foothills of the Santa Rita Mountains. getting the rainfall of the higher mountains. It is to be regretted that no bottom land could have been fenced; but after all, in some respects, this wouid not be very much of an advantage, because the vacant river bottom lands in this vicinity are not, as a rule, productive, and do not figure at all conspicuously in the range feed supply. 1s RANGE INVESTIGATIONS IN ARIZONA, The entire tract is more or less cut up by arroyos. These are usually steep, rugged, and rocky close to the mountains, but become wider and more shallow northward. The water which they carry during flood time is consequently spread over larger areas on the north side of the field. The surface water which goes down to the north side, however, is small in quantity and of short duration, but the sands of the arroyos carry an underground supply of water for several days after a rain. ‘This supply of moisture to the shrubby vegetation is very considerable along these temporary water courses, but the areas between them receive only such moisture as happens to fall at those points. During the violent summer showers much of this runs off. As stated above, the southern portion of the area is a comparatively open region, being cut by frequent arroyos, as indicated on fig. 1 between points Land G. The largest of these is the one which runs close to Proctor. At this point it is from 150 to 200 feet deep and 800 feet wide from bank to bank. Here the bottom of the arroyo is on solid rock, which accounts for the appearance of water at the surface. In general, however, it, like the others, is of coarse sand and like them widens out to the northward, its banks becoming lower and less rocky. Between the points L and B on fig. 1 on the fence line there are a number of small steep arroyos, and the same condition exists on the southern half of the west line, but the latter are less pronounced than the former. All of the arroyos are more rocky close to the mountains, and gradually spread out to the northwest, making the whole area a sloping plain, cut at frequent intervals by usually shallow washes to the northward and by deeper arroyos and canyons to the south. Besides the above water courses there are numerous gullies cut by the flood waters. ‘These usually occur as laterals to the main arroyos, and extend into the broad gentle slopes which exist between the main water courses. The condition is a diflicult one to portray, for the cuts are made by the flood waters, whose action is explained only when con- sidered in connection with a surveyor’s level and with the chemical and physical conditions of the soil. One can drive with a light rig over the entire tield by picking his way slowly, but in many places he is obliged to travel considerable distances in order to get around the arroyos. This is especially true of the southern half of the field. = SOIL. But little discussion of the subject of soil can or need be entered into. In general it may be said that the soil is of a light-brown color and composed of very fine particles intermixed with a large amount of coarse sand and gravel. On the south side it is much looser in texture, has more gravel in its composition, and packs less firmly upon drying than on the north side. On this account the sloping areas between the arroyos are not so badly washed, which condition, together with a THE LARGE INCLOSURE. 19 more abundant supply of moisture, accounts for the more luxuriant vegetation and evenly distributed grassy covering. On the whole the soil does not differ from that which obtains throughout the entire region in similar situations. The area is well drained, but the soil softens very much more upon being moistened than would be expected. It is true, however, that it is very seldom that the moisture penetrates to great depths. In October, 1902, it was with great difficulty that l-inch stakes of redwood or Oregon pine could be driven into the eround to a depth of 6 inches with an ax, yet, when the heavy rains of November came, these fell down of their own weight and could, be driven into the ground their entire length by the pressure of the hand. When the fence was built a peculiar condition of soil was observed along the middle of the northern fence line. The post-hole work was purposely done at a time when the ground was wet, and consequently, easily dug over the greater portion of the tract. In the above locality, however, to our astonishment, a heavy rainfall had not penetrated move than 2 or 3 inches, although the soil received the drainage of the entire Box Canyon region. On the greater part of the fence line, however, the winter and spring 1 rains had penetrated to a depth of 2 feet or more. This area is known here as ‘‘ washed country,” which simply signifies that the upper strata of sandy loam has been removed, leaving the very closely packed, nonabsorbent, subsoil exposed, Underlying portions of the ground is a deposit of caliche, a calcare- ous hardpan, of variable thickness. All the arroyos, canyons, and washes are covered with a clean, coarse sand, while the steeper areas are.coarse gravel and rocks. The soil particles are only slightly washed, as would be expected. Prof. W. P. Blake” considers the ‘aliche to be derived from long-continued evaporations of subterranean waters raised by capillary action. The soil of the general area is derived for the most part from the disintegration of the granitic rocks of the Santa Rita Mountain upheaval. BRUSH AND TIMBER. The greater part of the area is covered with a scattering growth of yarious shrubs and small trees. The northern and western portions contain much more shrubbery than the southern and eastern parts. A line drawn from corner L to corner I, figure 1, represents approxi- mately the dividing line between the heavier and lighter brush. Upon the southern half there are large stretches which have practically no brush at all. Along the washes and arroyos, however, there are invariably found numerous shrubs, some of which attain to the dignity of trees, although very scraggy. A close examination of the broad, Prtisactions eeioaan Enatitate ae Marake ee tcers. "Richman: meeting, Feb- ruary, 1901. 20 RANGE INVESTIGATIONS IN ARIZONA, gentle, grassy slopes between the arroyos in this vicinity reveals a very scattering growth of mesquite (/’rosop/s velutina), which is in the form of twigs 2 to 3 feet high, with an occasional larger shrub in some of the more favorable localities. Without more critical data regarding the previous history of the region than it is possible to secure at the present time, one can not tell whether this growth indi- cates that this shrub is spreading or not. The present condition rather suggests this possibility. It would not be at all surprising, for there appears to be abundant evidence that such is the case under the influence of stock grazing in portions of Texas, where a closely related mesquite grows in abundance. By far the most important shrub is the mesquite, which, like the majority of the other shrubs, is especially at home from the line LI, figure 1, northward and along the arroyos in the southern half of the inclosure. In many localities in the southern half cat-claw (Acaecéa gregg’/) is nearly as abundant as the mesquite at the present time. This, however, is better protected than the mesquite, and the wood choppers have generally avoided it on this account. The other smaller species of acacia (cl. constr/cta) is less abundant, but is also confined to the arroyos. The blue palo verde (Parkinsonia torreyana), which rivals the mesquite in size, grows in similar localities. The desert willow (Chilopsis linearis), cottonwood (Populus fremonti7), hackberry (Celtis reticulata), soapberry (Sapindus marginatus), and walnut (Juglans californica) grow sparingly in some of the upper canyons. A large part of the northwestern portion of the field is badly infested with /socoma coronopifolia. The line LI, figure 1, passes through a very conspicuous growth of large bunches of Z/2/phus lycioides, which is of as little value as the creosote bush (Cowllea tridentata), which occupies some of the southeastern portion of the field. The greater part of the latter was avoided, however, in the final fencing, a very large area being found immediately north of the eastern portion of the inclosure. The upper edges of it are included in the northeastern portion of the field and in places along the northern portion of the McCleary road to Tucson. The line LI also represents the most pro- fuse growth of the Cactacex, the main species of which are prickly pear (Opuntia engelmann?), cholla (Opuntia fulgida), and Opuntia spinosior. ‘These, together with the sewarah (Cereus giganteus), are the most conspicuous of the cacti within the inclosure. The biznaga (LAchinocactus wislizen?) occurs in seattering individuals over the entire tract. Of the other cacti little need be said. Opuntia arbuscula grows seatteringly on the northern portion, while Cereus fendleriana and C. greggt are occasionally found in the same region. On the rocky banks and higher bluffs are numerous other inconspicuous species, such as Mammillaria graham, M. arizonica, Cereus rigidissimus, and THE LARGE INCLOSURE. 21 (. caespitosus. Upon the higher elevations there are scattered plants of Yueca baceata, Agave applanata, and A. schotti7, while Yucea radi- osa is seattered along the northeastern fence line in rather limited numbers. Wolina microcarpa and Dasylirion wheeler’ ave conspicu- ous, especially on the northern slopes of the hills, while thickets of ocotilla (Jouguicra splendens) ave frequent on the southern slopes. Seattered at rather frequent intervals all over the brushy area are to be found clumps of Brigham’s tea (/phedra trifurca). Besides these there are a great many other usually smaller shrubs scattered over various portions of the inclosure, some .of them of considerable eco- nomic importance. They will be discussed under another head. The area contains typical foothills, and does not differ materially from similar regions in the foothills of the Huachuca, Santa Catalina, and Babuquivari mountains in this same general region. As a rule, there are large, gently sloping, grassy areas comparatively free from brush between the brushy mesas and the sparsely timbered mountains, not only in southern Arizona, but in New Mexico as well. FORAGE PLANTS. This inclosed area contains three typical and natural subdivisions of the grazing lands of this portion of the Southwest, and the cattleman would look upon it as an average grazing proposition, not the best, nor yet by far the poorest. The first subdivision may be described as an arid desert mesa; the second, adjoining the first, may very properly be designated as open, gently sloping foothills, comparatively free from rocks; and the third, as rough, rocky bluffs and arroyo banks. The arid mesa portion of the inclosure occupies approximately half of the field, and we may.accept a line drawn from corner L to corner I, figure 1, as the division between this region and the open foothills. This division line would in all probability be more accurate if it were described as extending from L to a point about 1$ miles north of I on the west fence line. It will be seen that the upper edge of the heavy brush (Aeavy is used in a purely relative sense) corresponds roughly with the lower edge of the grassy area. North of this line there is but little grass, the main forage plants being various desert herbs and shrubs to be described later. In a favorable season there are areas of considerable magnitude of six weeks’ grass (Louteloua aristidoides) along the arroyos and on the higher levels of the west side, as far north as section 9, township 18, range 14; and there is usually more or less Zriodia pulchella and six weeks’ grass upon the rocky ridges in the northwest part of the pasture. These two grasses, however, are of little forage value here. They never, so far as experience since 1890 teaches, occur here except scatteringly. At times there are tufts of such perennial grasses as Leptochloa dubia, Chwtochloa composita, - 22 RANGE INVESTIGATIONS IN ARIZONA, Andropogon saccharoides, and Bouteloua rothrockii, together with the annual Louteloud polystauchya. By far the greater part of the feed here is produced by the winter and spring annuals and the browse plants. The first of these are mainly Indian wheat (//antago fastigiata), Pectocarya linearis, Sophia pinnati, S, incisa, Thelypodium lausiophyllum, Monolepis nuttalliana, Phacelia arizonicd, Killisia chrysanthem ifolia, Spheerostigma chamen- erioides, and several species of Gilia and Linanthus. There are also extensive areas of Afriplea elegans, often growing to the exclusion of all else and producing from 200 to 500 or more pounds of dry herbage peracre. This plant, although an annual, usually germinates in the spring and matures in autumn, passing through the dry season in the vegetative state. The list of shrubby plants which occur here and which are of more or less forage value is quite large. The majority of them have been mentioned under another heading. The mesquite is by far the most important. Cat-claw (Acacia greggi/), A. constricta, Parkinsonia torreyana, wd Ephedra trifurca are also abundant. LBaccharis brachy- phylla, B. bigelowi?, and Anisacanthus thurbert, while common in the shrubby mesa region, are much more abundant along the arroyos in the southern half of the field. During late spring the annual ground- sel (Senecio longilobus), is a very conspicuous plant upon portions of the lower areas, and purslane (/ortulaca retusa), forms a loose cover in many places in the fall. The former is probably of no forage value, while the latter furnishes good feed. In places in autumn two other species of purslane (7”. ste///formis and 2. pilosa) are of some value on the east side of the field. It is to the open foothills that the greatest interest attaches, for it is here that the perennial grasses become numerous enough to be reckoned with in the range ration. ‘The six weeks’ grama (Louteloua aristi- doides) is by far the most abundant grass over the greater portion of this area, being especially abundant in the Z/z¢phus lycioides areas in the neighborhood of the line LI, fig. 1. In the same locality are also to be found large quantities of Aristida americana and its variety humboldtiana, the latter being usually found surrounding ant hills. Bouteloua rothrockii makes a tall, thin stand on the better portions of the gently sloping stretches between the arroyos, where in favorable years it makes a very conspicuous growth, but can not be said ever to take possession, for mixed with it are invariably found much six weeks’ grama and Ar/stida americana. Growing in similar situations, and in some seasons covering large areas, are to be found Louteloua bro- moides, B. eriopoda, and B. havardii, which, however, are the main grasses on the majority of the rocky banks and bluffs along the arroyos. In the latter situations are also to be found Andropogon contortus, either in solid patches or scattering bunches, and Andropogon saccha- THE LARGE INCLOSURE. 23 voides at slightly lower levels. Confined mainly to the loose sands in the vicinity of the washes, but also at times extending over portions of the rocky hillsides, is a seattering growth of Bouteloud vestiita, while Muklenbergia porterd, the black grama of this region, is invariably limited to the protection of cat-claw and other spiny or thorny shrubs, The rough grama (outeloud A7drsuta) is usually found upon all of the rocky banks, but it is at home in the higher bluffs and mountains beyond the inclosure. The same may be said of the side-oat grama (Bouteloua curtipendula). Growing under the protection of bushes along the arroyos in this section is always to be found more or less tanicum lachnanthum. In the spring these open, grassy foothills are a veritable flower garden of magnificent proportions, so conspicuous in the neighborhood of section 24, township 18, range 15, as to be plainly visible from Tucson, a distance of from twenty-five to thirty miles away. The poppies (Zschscholtzia mexicana) in this place develop a little later than upon the mesa near Tucson or in the foothills of the Tucson Mountains. This is explained by the difference in altitude and expos- ure, and at times may be influenced by variation in rainfall as well, although the rainfall of the winter is more evenly distributed than that of the summer season. Other plants which are abundant enough to influence the vernal landscape by their floral colors are Linanthus aurea, Phacelia arizonica, P. crenulata, Orthocarpus purpurascens palmert, Baileya multiradiata, Lupinus leptophyllus, Eriophyllum lanosum, and Bueria gracilis. None of these are altogether without forage value, although the poppies and one or two of the other species mentioned are not eaten when there are other plants of greater palata- bility. The other vernal vegetation consists of such small plants as *“patota” (Pectocarya linearis), Plagiobothrys arizonicus, Hremocarya micrantha, Lotus humistratus, L. humilis, Astragalus nuttall77, Indian wheat (/antago fustigiata and P. ignota), all of which are of forage value. To these should also be added covena (DBrodixa capitata) and the mustards (Lesquerella gordonii, Sophia pinnata, S. ineisa, and Thelypedium lasiophyllum). | The spring grasses on the open foothills amount to little in the average season. The perennials mentioned above, especially the gramas, make a slight growth of root leaves in a favorable season, and Aristida americana sometimes develops to the point of seed produc- tion. Festuca octoflora is common throughout the area, but it is never abundant enough to make any feed. oa bigelovii often furnishes quite a little grazing around the bases of bushes and in other protected areas in the arroyos, where Chetochloa grisebachii is of some value in the fall. In autumn there is usually considerable feed produced by lamb’s-quarters (Chenopodium fremontit). An enumeration of the main forage plants upon the rougher portion _ 24 RANGE INVESTIGATIONS IN ARIZONA, of the inclosure has necessarily been made in the previous paragraphs. All of the perennial species mentioned aboye grow here in scattering clumps. Besides those mentioned, of which the gramas (Louteloua hromoid sy BL. eriopoda, LB. curtipe ndula, and /. hirsuta), Andropogon succharoides and A, contortus are the most important, J/uhlenbergia vuseyuand, Tlilaria cenchroides, Aristida divergens, A. schiedeana, lra- grostis Luge Ws, Chetochloa composita, Trachypogon montufure, Lep- tochloa dubia, Epicampes rigens, together with a little ///laria mutica in a few places, are of importance. /’%anicum lachnanthum usually erows under the protection of shrubs, as stated above, but it some- times covers considerable areas of open land, as shown in PI. II, fig. 2. In 1902 and 1908, Pappophorum apertum made a very conspicuous growth upon the top of Pyramid Hill, where it and V/cotiana trigono- phylla were the only conspicuous plants. | The blue grama ( Bouteloua oligostachya), although of great impor- tance on the opposite side of the mountains, does not occur here, at least not in sufficient quantities to be of any consequence. The same is true of Chloris elegans. A part of the forage upon the inclosure is produced by the Eriogo- nums, which are not distantly related botanically te the docks, one of which, the canaigre (uwmer hymenosepalus), is very common along all of the arroyos. The most important species is Ay7ogonum micro- thecum, Which grows to best advantage on some of the rougher foot- hills of the regions south and west of Proctor. It makes its best development here upon the higher lands beyond the fence line. Many of the annual species are also grazed by stock, and £4. thurberi, EZ. tri- chopodium, FE. cernuum, £. abertianum, and L. divaricatum are abun- dant enough to influence the general aspect of portions of the field at certain seasons of the year. Besides the above species, 4. polycladon, E. thomasti, L. pharnaceoides, and £. watsoni (4) are common in some localities. Erdogonum trichopodium is so abundant at times in the region between the bushy and open foothills and farther north as to give its characteristic yellow color to large areas of ground. AMOUNT OF FEED PRODUCED. It seems highly desirable to secure as zecurate an estimate as pos- sible of the amount of herbaceous feed produced upon this inclosure at the present time. ‘This is desirable not only for an estimate of the amount of stock that can be carried upon these lands, but also as a basis for comparison as to the value of protection and systematic graz- ing when observations shall have been made and data secured upon such points. In view of this fact an attempt was made to secure at the most opportune times during the two vegetative seasons as accurate an estimate as possible of the amount of growth which occurred upon the inclosure during the seasons of 1903. The estimate was secured THE LARGE INCLOSURE. OF by measuring the yield of all vegetation excepting the shrubs upon representative areas carefully selected from the different divisions of the tract. The positions of the plots measured are indicated by letters upon the diagram (fig. 1). A to Q represent those areas measured between the Ist and 20th of April, and A’ to K’ between the 29th of September and 2d of October, 1903. It will be noticed that but few perennials, aside from the grasses included in the fall reckoning, are listed. It was the intention to esti- mate only the grasses and other annual plants, but it was decided after the work was begun to include a few perennial species other than the grasses. It might appear better to have made quantitative measure- ments upon those plants of forage value only; but it is exceedingly difficult to decide which species are and which are not forage plants. It often happens that nearly all plants that grow are eaten. What is grazed depends largely upon what is available for stock to eat within walking distance of water. It was deemed better, therefore, to meas- ure the entire growth exclusive of the shrubbery, and to estimate the nonforage plants by deducting from the totals thus obtained such a per- centage as seems justifiable, based upon personal observations as well as the testimony of stockmen. In these measurements a unit area 3 feet by 7 feet was adopted, and in the majority of cases the areas were measured by a frame of the dimensions stated constructed for this purpose. In a few cases che areas were measured with a tapeline. All plants within the frame were pulled up, counted, cleaned, the roots cut off at the surface of the ground, and the plants thoroughly dried and subsequently weighed. In some instances where the number of plants was very large and the distribution uniform, one-half of the plot only was used for the esti- mate, although the tables given below are based upon areas of 3 feet by 7 feet for the sake of uniformity in tabulation. In four instances plants were discarded—that is, no records of them are made in these tables. They were so small and of such insignificant weight that they would amount to only about 1 pound per acre. The annotations in the last column of the tables mention these. While making the measurements in the spring it was found that in some of the plots there was a number of very small seedlings which it was decided not to include at that time on account of the fact that they would necessarily have to be included in the autumnal measure- ments. This avoided counting the same plants twice. It was decided to include Atriplex elegans in both spring and autumnal measure- ments, because of the better growth made by it than by the others, and on account of the great loss which the plant would sustain during the long dry season from April to the first of July. This loss, it is thought, will in a large measure correct the error incurred by the double estimate of this plant. The measurements were made when it 26 RANGE INVESTIGATIONS IN ARIZONA, was believed the maximum yield for the season would be secured. It was impossible, of course, to select a time when the maximum for each account of the difference in the date of maturity and the difference in the resistance to the drought of late spring. plant could be obtained on Tabular statement of plot measurements, [Each plot contains 21 square feet, ] Num- | Height ‘ ae : Name of plant. berof| of ‘ nd itiog of Weight. Condition of plot. | plants, plants. I bi PLOT A. Taches. Grains, Eschscholtzia mexicana .. 4 5 | In DIOOM. ..<.e; 26 Atriplex elegans .........-. 9 3} Very young ....- 76 Gilla floedogA. .2. e556 es5e| 9 {| Under bloom... 20 Lotus humilis ......<.;..:- 1 2.1 In drut: 2 Pectocarya linearis........ 10 et eee Cee 104 ; : é - . A broad, nearly level area cs 2 ¥ : “p AT l-~ . > - U . Bphenosieres hameeneri t : | In: bloom —..... - from Which some surface s. soil has been removed by Lepidium montanum ..... 5 7 lena eh GO. se eee 80 erosion. Sparsely covered Filago californica ......... . 1 Bo ge Que Gc cgeuees 3 with shrubbery. Triodia pulchella........-- 1 Be. ee- 00 522 2 Phacelia arizonica ....-..--. 5 4) In froite 28 Lotus humistratus........- 4 2 | In: bloom .233.6 21 Caucalis microcarpa....--- 9 9 ee @O'. cc eae 6 . PuLor ‘B. beet: ae = nf sie ~ A broad, shallow depression, Monolepis nuttalliana .... 7 ot] Tn fruit. 2. ces 1,631 from which nearly all brush Atriplex elegans ......... 5 5 | Very young ...- O4 has been cut and the sur- | Onagra trichocalyx ......- 1 1) In bloom ==. 10 | yace soil removed by ero- PLor C. Filago californica ........- 2 13/3Im' bloom: .23.2-. 1 Lotus humistratus......-.- 1 1 1 oe ee GO. . 5a 2 x ; RA tee ea * : nastony ridge in an area Sebe sehen a hameeneri 1 Delis «me 0 . Ss.ceue ae { cut with steep, shallow ra- oides. vines. Gilia floceOsa si seis cesses 1 3 | Under bloom... 2 Eriogonum abertianum... 4 3 | In bloom =... 10 PLor D. On the sonthern exposure of “te ‘f - ee ; a stony knoll containing an Aristida americana .....-. 24 6 | Under bloom ... 297 unusually good growth of Lupinus leptophyllus ..... 3 | 5 | Early bloom....! 56 apa apt she ae 2 FF there are 223 seedling Erio- - » ) Lotus humistratus......... 20 2 | In bloom ....... 63 a! a gracilis less than 1 {ine high, Piotr E. , Lotus humistratus......-.- 188} Sto 4 | In fruit. .....<-. 555 |(A gently poping, Hg Aon Pectocarya linearis........ 256 Pee dO .. jeng-aes 611 heavier Tnestalia brush. Astragalus nuttallii ....... We Sto 4} In dloom-2 52.55 a aga ap Bee : a r Ww - Plantago ignota ........--- 26 4 | Early bloom.... 53 lings of Gertneria tenifo- Gilia floccoga ........--..-- 8 yee C3 Cs eae ee es 11 ee and poe pane of Bou- : eloua rothrockii beginnin Plagiobothrys sp .....-.---- Mies to 4.| In: truit..2--:-2 469 to grow. e . PLOT. Plantago ignota ......=<<-- 595 | 1lto 4 |. Early bloom.... 245 : weal : 2 Very similar to E. o brus 1 9, : Lotus humistratus.......-- 189 1 | Fali bloom ..... 126 || excepting an occasional Plagiobothrys arizonicus.. 35 6 | Late bloom..... 147 meant oan. 2 to 3 —_ Ty : ‘ ; : in height. ere is consid- Pectocarya linearis. .....-- Sm, i.to 3 | In frvit...:. 2. 318 erable old grass of Boute- Orthocarpus purpurascens 87 Bb.) am bloomens.. = 93 loua rothrockii, B. aristi- palmeri. doides, and Aristida ameri- Gilia floccosa.........----- 38 | 2to 33} Early bloom.... 56 cana from. last Seasan. THE LARGE INCLOSURE. Tabular statement of plot measurements—Continued, Name of plant, PLor G, Plagiobothrys sp Lupinus concinnus........ Calandrinia menziesii. .... Plagiobothrys arizonicus.. Lotus humistratus......... Baeria gracilis..........:.. Linanthus aureus ......... Plantago ignota Festuca octoflora.......... Filago californica ......... Phacelia arizonica ........ Eremocarya micrantha. ... eee eee wwe PiLor H. Eriogonum thurberi....... Eremocarya micrantha.... Lupinus leptophyllus. ..... Prior I; Lotus humistratus......... Plantago ignota Erodium texanum ........ Eriophyllum lanosum..... Phacelia crenulata PLorT: J. Eschsecholtzia mexicana... Plantago ignota ........... Lotus humistratus......... Eremocarya micrantha. ... Erodium cicutarium Eriophyllum lanosum..... Stylocline micropodes. .... Pectocarya linearis........ Prior K.. « Pectocarya linearis......... Lotus humistratus.. wer 3, Lotus humilis Lepidium lasiocarpum .... Eriophyllum lanosum..... PLoT L. DOs BUMS .. ss secu Linanthus bigelovii Linanthus aureus Num- ber of plants, 85 6 49 Height of plants, Inches. 4 Ltos 1} 8 to 12 Ltol} 8to4d 8 tod 2 to 4 li tod 1to3 2 1 to 14 1 t0;2 1 to 2 4to8 1 tod 1to3 3 1 to 2 2to6 2to3 5 Condition of plants. Weight. | Grains. UT SU ress 55%. 101 “arly bloom... 999 | tre Bk ng vy pg 700 agnbn GO astaee t's 116 LOL wows cle 0 56 Full bloom ..... 53 Male Fa Wee a ms 2 Under bloom . 35 Lees OO kate oes 14 In DlOOM:.«05's<5. 14 | Early bloom.... 15 | Ta EUG ee svetes ec 21 a Prostrate. Similar to In bloom ....... | 77 Vee Giant? bet 8 |. aaa Ovseh ee 102 Ln: fruit. ca ee ee 66 | Early bloom....| 57 | IGobagbinne enc et oe 78 | Full bloom ..... | 9° In bloom 2. 23 | Dhol iqbulp as eyeor 259 TO ERUWGs os see ss Early bloom.... 70 | Full bloom ..... 101 | we SS GOR ae 14 | Early fruit. ..... 6 | Full bloom..... 4 | In: bloonts.sses. | ve | ea Eruiit: soe 5 | Intruitesea. eee 878 Ini blooms -<: = 10 Tir Uibe sete ees | 36 eee dae ee 6 WES do ...2 427-2, 18 Inybioom>*: 2... 105 InP bloom) se --2ee 180 | eee 0 pee oe vt Ge 6 Sette Owes se cee { | Under bloom ... 3 | In bloom 6 Condition of plot. ) | Differing but little from Plot F. Besides the plants listed there are 12 small seedlings of Lriocarpum gracilis to be included in the autumnal reckoning, In the bottom of Box Can- yon, upon a coarse, sandy alluvium, which has not been disturbed for several years. Upon a stony, southern ex- posure borde ring Box Can- yon. Besides the plants listed there are 30 plants of perennial grasses just be- ginning todevelop. Opun- tia engelmanni is very con- spicuous here, Broad, open, gently sloping foothill region which pro- duced a large crop of Bou- teloua aristidoides last year. On a rocky hillside among steep, stony, bare arroyos. Zizyphus lycioides is con- spicuous here. Bouteloua aristidoides was the chief crop last fall. K, but farther from arroyo. Besides the list, there is one plant each of Plagiobothrys ari- zonicus, Baeria gracilis, Filago californica, and Ere- mocarya micrantha. All would weigh less than 2 grains. 23 RANGE INVESTIGATIONS IN ARIZONA, Tabular statement of plot measurements—Continued, Num- Name of plant. ber of plants. PLor M. Thelypodium lasiophyt- 7 lum. Cryptanthe intermedia. ...| 5 Pectocarya linearis. ....... 6 Caucalis microcarpa. ....-- 6 Spherostigma chammen- 4 erioides. Ellisia chrysanthemifolia.| 1 Sophia pinnata...........- 12 PLoT N. Lotus humistratus......... 490 Plagiobothrys sp .......---. 2 Plagiobothrys arizonicus. . 9 Linanthus aureus ......... 8 Pectocarya linearis........ s Eremocarya micrantha.... 32 | Plantago ignota ........-.-.- 374 | PLoT O. Mentzelia albicaulis....... 1 : Phacelia crenulata ........ 2 : Lupinus leptophyllus. ...-. 1 Gilia inconspicua.......-... | 6 Gilia floccosa ..........:,--. ) 3 | Eschscholtzia mexicana. . . 1 Plantago ignota ........... 1 Eremocarya micrantha. ... 2 Lupinus concinnus......-- 2 Pectocarya linearis........ 1 Prior P. Plagiobothrys arizonicus. . 56 Lupinus concinnus......-. 4 | Malacothrix fendleri...... 1 Gilis, HOGGOSR 2c coos eee 2 Linanthus aureus .-...-...- | 2 Gilia inconspicua? ........! 11 | Phacelia arizonica .....-.-- / 1 | Astragalus nuttallii ....... 1 Eremocarya micrantha... 11 PIOT:@: Ellisiachrysanthemifolia..} 4,612 PLOF A’; Atriplex elegans .....-.-.-. 10 PLor B’. Atriplex elegans .......---| 72 Portulaca retusa......-.-.- 106 Bouteloua aristidoides .... 2 PLOT C’. Atriplex elegans .......- a 82 Condition of eure teal 10 1, 614 jog |(Surface soil partially re- 4 moved by erosion. a vce 4,479 | Surface soil largely removed | =. Weight, Condition of plot, Grains. | 79 3, |About one-third of plot situ. ated under a Zizyphus 20 bush, where the vegetation < is much more abundant z than in the remainder of 18 the area, but it represents an average for this kind of situation, 1, 0533 | Gently sloping open foothills, / 4 Exschscholtzia mexicana very / abundant a short distance ole ea 22 away, but com pape i ae » || few plants within 20 “'; of the plot. Besides the 8 | plants listed there are 31 5p seedlings of Gertneria tenu- : ifolia and 10 bunches of 283 perennial grasses. g2 which has not been dis- oe turbed for about two years. 27 The plants in situations like this habitually grow much larger than in other places. They are, however, much fewer in number, — j » =- | 26 101 8 4 27 | a sandy, gravelly wash 8 uneroded lands just above 1 the washes and below the = rocky bluffs on either side. It is between areas of this nature and the sandy wash- es that trees and shrubs grow in this part of the in- 1,905 N6 Typical representation of the closure. 1,008 Typical development in the protection of bushes. 968 | Uneroded. In other respects not different from Plot A. by flood waters, _ ail THE LARGE LNCLOSURE., 29 Tabutar statement of plot measurements—Continued, Num- Name of plant, ber of oat PLor D’, Bouteloua rothrockii...... 82 Allionia incarnata ........ 1 Bouteloua havardii........ 1 Machaeranthera sp......-. 22 Aristida americana........ 2, 604 Eriocarpum gracilis ....... 10 Geertneria tenuifolia ...... 5 PLOT HY’. Bouteloua bromoides. ....- 130 Aristida americana........ 15 Bouteloua havardii........ 26 Eriocarpum gracilis ....... 18 PLOT ih’. Bouteloua aristidoides ....| 1,148 Tribulus grandiflorus ..... 30 Amaranthus palmeri...... 4 Prior G’: Bouteloua bromoides.....- 158 Aristida americana........ 903 Aristida americana bro- 3 moides. Eriocarpum gracilis....... 6 Eriogonum polycladon.... 15 Pior HH’. Bouteloua bromoides. ..--.- 4 Bouteloua eriopoda ....--- 20 Bouteloua havardii ....... 16 Eriocarpum gracilis. ...... 72 | Bouteloua hirsuta......... 5 i eels Ohad ba a Panicum arizonicum ...... 1 Bouteloua aristidoides .... 88 Eriocarpum gracilis. ...... 2 Bouteloua rothrockii...... 1 Eriogonum polycladon.... 1 PLOT. d/; Bouteloua artistidoides ...) 7,854 Aristida americana........ 168 Bouteloua eriopoda ....... 1 Eriocarpum gracilis. ....-.. 42 PLor K’. Machaeranthera sp........ 3 Bahia absinthifolia........ 1 Height of plants, Tnches. ISto 24 1to. 2 12 8to: 7 lto 9 it 16 5to 5to 9 8to 5 6 to a > 6 to 10 2to4 112 to 18 | 3.to 5 7 to 24 6 to 7 8 to 12 | 6 to 10 3 8 to 12 3 1i tod ‘10 to12 18 24 f | Late bloom..... Condition of plants, Mature In fruit Mature Late fruit... ..... IO LIM Wewaeros whe Mature Overmature .... Mature ee ee eee Mature Overmature .... Mature Late bloom Full bloom Overmature .... Mature Overmature .. Overmature .... Early bloom.... Weight. Grains. 1, 560 31 106 204 504 36 136 2, 305 128 22 1, 326 84 82 60 450 173 | | | | | | fs On On Condition of plot, In the upper end of a small stony arroyo, On the bank of a small stony arroyo, a sandy alluvial bank about 8&8 feet above the shifting sands, On the broad upper end of a shallow wash west of Proctor. Onaroce ky western exposure. Calliandra eriophylla very abundant, there being 15 small plants upon the plot. a sandy wash. The soil has been undisturbed for about one year. A distinctly six weeks’ grass (Boutcloua aristidoides) area, (Upon a gravelly knoll where 1, 467 | it requiresan exceptionally favorable year to produce any feed. 50 RANGE INVESTIGATIONS IN ARIZONA, The following table giving totals computed from the preceding tables is more convenient of reference and shows in connection with tigure 1 the relative productivity of different portions of the field: Totals compiled from Previous tables. npotal | Weight Computed 28 of plants|f plants) Average) Fy ' on 21 - B square 1° ore plants. Spon se feet, sey Cre. Grains. | Grains. | Pounds, Teer ete te OAs Re el a $52 BS Teee ae 62 370 5.97 109 ER EE a Se se a | 63| 1,81] 28.81 | 537 ee ek ed 9 | 51 5. 66 15 PE eS EER ec = et oly i rir eta oo 47 | 116 8.85 123 ES eh ele fae hs ke ean 411 | 1,710 4.16 507 | ap Ok Pele ec | cece eC 390 | 985 2.53 291 ro ee yee OE a Te Ee eee 442 2,126 | 4.81 629 AES eee OE eer 139 | 137} 1.35 55 ih eee ety oh. ee Te ee <6 33 175 482 2.75 143 eS ee ae ea ee polar 303 749 2.47 221 eee Ee ee 2. ne 347 1,053 | 3.03 312 PES WE een es A) ee eee 251 "199 | 79 58 penne lea pi TESS: Sc Dy 9 nr rr 41 1; 6.12 74 Rae Re ae LAV GS 5 5 I See oat 297| 1,378| 4.64 408 Deh ee on ee ge oS a 2 eee 20 300) 15.00 88 weeps pet PMS AE Se rr ne ae 42| 2,455 | 58.45 727 eg eae ee ee oS. neon Seg pecen eae 172 1, 008 | 5. 86 298 Ve Reo pee eS ee ree 10 968 96. 80 286 NE SO RS ool | re | 91 1, 741 19. 13 515 tea eR RE a Og a eee ee 82 4,479 54. 62 1, 327 DS ee ulate ee 188 2,577} 18.71 763 | SA ME bap OS Set 8 A Spates 102 5,155 | 50.54 1,529 Pe ee ee eS. Sway. van ncunvensabauet 142} 2,695] 18.98 798 (MON atts win ge ee ons ok Laine ule | 146 1,902 | 13,08 562 2 Rd OR ej Me | * re | 81 | 504 | 6.22 149 Bea te ES 0s 5 nye ven wnn cnc sbntes | 49 234] 4.78 69 H [atte ah ra eee © Sos os" 5 pln rrr re 385 2,300} 5.97 1, 150 eo a ee ee ee. oe a 4 1, 640 | 410. 00 486 The last column of this table is of special interest. It shows a wide variation in the quantity of vegetation which is produced even in areas situated near each other. It must be borne in mind that the most productive plots represent comparatively small areas. The tables also show a greater average of summer growth, the average for the spring being 270 pounds per acre and for the summer season 799 pounds, or an average for the entire year of 1,069 pounds per acre. In interpreting these figures it must be remembered that they rep- resent very closely the total herbaceous growth and that some of the plants listed are not eaten by stock when there is more palatable feed to be had, while others are eaten only in part. In estimating the amount of stock feed, therefore, it is necessary to make a liberal deduction from the above figures. The method of making the estimate THE LARGE INCLOSURE. 31 must also be taken into account. Every plant upon the plots was pulled up and the roots cut off at the surface of the ground. The weights given, therefore, include all of the plant which grows above ground, It is needless to say that it would be impracticable, indeed im- possible, to take the vegetation off the ground as closely as this by grazing. Furthermore, the method practiced in obtaining these esti- mates removes all vegetation, leaving no seed for annual species and no cover for the roots of the perennials. Another very important factor to be considered is the fact that so many of the annuals which make good feed while green are of practically no value when once they are dried. As an example of this may be mentioned /%ctocarya linearis andthe majority of the other borages. Even if it were pos- sible to utilize the entire development of vegetation except what should remain for seed, it would have to be done to a very large extent, especially in the case of the spring annuals, before they rip- ened. Attention is called especially to the fact that it would be impossible for cattle to secure the same amount of feed that is indi- ‘ated in the above totals. The above apparent large yields must be considered in connection with what is actually secured from pastures under proper grazing methods in more productive parts of the coun- try. Where blue-grass pastures are properly grazed, and upon closely cut lawns, there is not less than 1,500 to 2,000 pounds of material left upon the ground continually, and a timothy meadow from which 2 tons of hay per acre has been removed has not less than this number of pounds remaining in the stubble. It will be seen from these meas- urements, therefore, that the entire herbaceous development upon this tract is not over two-thirds of what remains upon the ground, ungrazed and uncut, in good pastures and meadows. To carry the computations and comparisons still farther, we can say that as a general rule one-third of the hay and pasture plants are left in the stubble. From the yields obtained here for the plants which are not eaten by stock, or only eaten in part, 50 per cent should prob- ably be deducted. Deducting therefore 50 per cent for plants not eaten, and an additional 333 per cent for the quantity which should be left upon the ground for the protection of the roots mainly, in the case of perennials and for reseeding in the case of annuals, we have left in round numbers an average of 350 pounds per acre as the total herbaceous production available for stock feed. . From this 350 pounds per acre another large deduction must be made for plants which are of forage value for only a short time during the season and therefore are capable of only partial consumption. The borages have been men- tioned in this connection, and a score of others might be enumerated. Even Indian wheat is of little value after it has dried up, for the seed falls to the ground very soon after maturity, and the remainder of the plant is not eaten in the dry condition. In the same category belong 4416—No. 67—04 9 v 3Y RANGE INVESTIGATIONS IN ARIZONA, the annual grasses Louteloua aristidoides and Aristida americana, which without doubt produce as many pounds of growth upon the inclosure as all other grasses combined. It is very doubtful if these are eaten except under enforced conditions after the seed begins to ripen. Their period of usefulness as stock feed is therefore very short. Fifty per cent more should be deducted from the total avail- able for stock feed for plants of this kind which are of little or no value when dry and therefore are not capable of complete consump- tion. The two species of lotus enumerated in the record of plot measurements and Pectocarya are from their habits of growth not erazed to any extent, by cattle especially, until they begin to fruit, on account of their lying flat on the ground until this time. Their period of usefulness is therefore very short. When this deduction is made, and it is believed that all of these deductions are conservative, we have left 176 pounds of dry feed per acre to be utilized under necessarily wasteful pasture practices, where green feed is present for about five months, and the season of grass production in July to Sep- tember is often closely followed by a few light showers of rain, which ereatly decrease the value of the cured forage. This remainder of 176 pounds is increased somewhat by the browse plants, which have not entered into our calculation. If we consider 18 pounds per day of well-cured hay sufficient for the maintenance of a mature idle animal without adding anything to its weight, it will require 37 acres to support such an animal one year. This calculation considers the native feed equivalent to well-cured hay and allows nothing for increase in weight. Neither does it allow any- thing for labor performed by the animal in gathering its food and walk- ing a distance of 5 to LO miles for water. When additional allowances are made for these factors, the number of acres required to pasture one animal is very materially increased and approaches very closely the 50-acre estimate given upon a previous page. CARRYING CAPACITY. Before any rational adjustment for the proper control of public grazing lands to meet the evident pressing demands for a change in this direction can be made, much should be definitely known regard- ing the amount of stock that these lands will carry profitably year after year. This must form the basis of all equitable allotments. To secure such information is a most difficult task in a region where the seasons, the altitude, the slope, and the rainfall are so variable. It can be determined very easily in the Great Plains region, where con- ditions are uniform and reasonably constant, and indeed it is very definitely known there; but here the case is very different. There is in the Territory comparatively little native pasture land under fence, and that which is fenced is usually the better land, representing a CARRYING OAPACITY. 83 much higher carrying capacity than the average. [ven in cases where the land is fenced the areas are irregular, and therefore of uncertain acreage, with no record of the amount of grazing secured from them. The estimates below are given, therefore, reservedly, but with a feeling that they are approximately accurate for the specific areas mentioned. Mr. W. B. McCleary has 200 acres fenced at the base of Mount Wrightson, at an altitude of approximately 4,000 feet. The condi- tions are approximately the same as those in the southernmost part of the area recently inclosed by the Department, except that a portion of Mr. McCleary’s holding is occupied by a large wash heavily covered with brush and trees. When first fenced, it was necessary to feed some hay to the four head of stock which are carried on the land, but at the present time the area furnishes suflicient feed for this number. Mesquite beans and browse furnish no small part of the feed, and in general the area represents about an average carrying capacity for the foothill-mountain areas. It furnishes rather more browse and mes- quite beans but less grass than some of the neighboring localities. In the estimate of this pasture, if the data which it furnishes be cor- rect, the carrying capacity for the best pasture lands in the foothill- mountain areas of this region is about 1 head to 50 acres. This is probably not far from the proportion which should govern grazing upon these lands. It should be stated that this estimate is based upon the better lands, which are proportionally smaller in area than desert mesas and unproductive lands at lower altitudes. Much effort was made to get an estimate of the carrying capacity of the land in the northern part of the Territory, where the task is even more difficult than it is farther south. The figures given for this region are purely estimates based upon the judgment of ranchers who operate in the region. A great many ranchers were consulted and their opinions secured, but the two or three quoted below seem to be based upon the most definite data. Some information received from Mr. George L. Brooks, manager for a cattle company, shows the extent to which the country has been overgrazed in past years. The lands of this company are located from Aztec west to Angel and south to the limit of the old Atlantic and Pacific grant. This strip of country contains a little more than 1,500,000 acres. Mr. Brooks, who necessarily made a very vareful study of the matter, estimates that there were upon this area for a number of years an equivalent of upward of 44,000 bovine animals, or about 1 steer to 34 acres. The loss of cattle through starvation was tremendous for several winters, and the country became so badly damaged as to compel the company to go out of the cattle business. Their losses from theft, no doubt, were considerable, but the land could not maintain stock at the above ratio. At the present time 34 RANGE INVESTIGATIONS IN ARIZONA, there is very little grazing on this territory.except by sheep during the winter season. A rancher near Ashfork, who pastures 1,000 head of cattle, this number of stock now having the entire run of land composing nearly eight townships, thinks that they could be carried with perfect safety on four townships. This gives 92 acres to 1 head, which seems to be a liberal allowance, and the lands would probably carry stock at the ratio of 1 bovine animal to 100 acres indefinitely. The higher lands in the San Francisco Mountains of course produce much more abundantly than the bench lands at lower altitudes or in the valleys of the Colorado and the Little Colorado. Practically no erazing is done here, however, except in the summer season, and an estimate of the carrying capacity must, therefore, be made on an entirely different basis. The better lands here would probably sup- port 1 sheep to 5 acres during the grazing season from May to Novem- ber. This, according to the usual method of calculation, would mean 1 steer to 30 acres for the same season. Twice during the past season the goat ranch of Mr. Joe Mayer, at Mayer, Yavapai County, Ariz. (Pl. VII, fig. 1), was visited. Mr. Mayer has run goats for a number of years on the same territory, and his estimate of the carrying capacity of this ranch is probably as aceu- rate as can be obtained at the present time. During the course of a conversation in July Mr. Mayer stated that, as nearly as he could judge, he is using between 3 and 4 acres of land for each animal. The estimate obtained from one of the herders of the area grazed during the season gives a somewhat higher allowance for each animal. It should be borne in mind that this estimate can not be reduced to terms of bovine animals very safely, because goats thrive upon vegetation which is not eaten by cattle or, if eaten, upon.which they can subsist but a short time. The ranch is located in the mountains where scrub live oak abounds, upon which the animals live exclusively for a large part of the year. WATER FOR STOCK. One of the most perplexing problems of the ranchmen throughout the Territory is that of the proper distribution of water for stock pur- poses, and every contrivance known is employed to secure this most important adjunct of the stock business. Besides the natural supplies of springs and streams, wells and surface tanks are commonly used. Many regions are so remote from available water supplies that they are not grazed except during the cooler or more moist portions of the year, when stock can endure long periods without water, or when there is temporary water in the rivers, arroyos, and natu- ral tanks. Water is so difficult to secure in many places that the lands can not be grazed even during this season. This condition is WATER FOR STOCK. 35 especially true of the higher mesas remote from both mountain ranges and river valleys where neither short streams nor small springs of the mountain valleys nor the underground water supply are available. Central Pima County, embracing Avra, Altar, Santa Rosa, and Babuquivari valleys, is especially noted for its deep wells furnished with steam pumps. The ranches in this region are very sparse, and consequently these always furnish water for the pasturing of very large areas. Some of these wells are upward of 800 feet in depth. The fuel used for pumping is almost entirely mesquite from the imme- diate vicinity. The supply of water at these depths appears to be inexhaustible. The ranches situated higher in the foothills and mountains depend upon springs and shallow wells operated by windmills. The supply of water from these shallow wells, however, often varies greatly from season to season, the difference pbinatiiés heing as high as 30 feet between the ley el of the water in moist and dry seasons. Upon the ‘river bottoms the natural flow of the rivers is supplemented by wells during the dry season. ‘These are oper: ated by steam, horse, or wind power. On account of the absence of streams and the creat diffic ‘ulty of obtaining well water, a large part of the northern portion of the Territory is obliged to resort to surface tanks built of earth as the only available means of supplying water to stock. Upon the higher areas i the San Francisco and contiguous mountain ranges water is abundant enough in the average season for all purposes, but upon the lower plateaus the case is very different. Here the prospective rancher is often deterred from entering the stock business on account of the great expense involved in securing water. Under a system of more stable tenure the expense might not be prohibitive, for it is estimated that tanks which hold water for one year can be built for about $500. The clay soils so common here are admirably adapted to the construction of tanks of this kind, for they hold water almost perfectly when once thoroughly tramped and compacted. In some places natural tanks are found which need only to be filled by having water conducted into them by ditches or embankments. Another consideration which renders water relatively expensive is the low carrying capacity of the land, which decreases the number of stock which can be profitably watered in one place, making the returns for outlays much smaller than they would be under more productive conditions of soil and rainfall. Every rancher who develops water here in any form of course owns the land upon which the water is situated, but even this ownership counts for but little under the pres- ent uncertain tenure of the surrounding areas. In short, water devel- opment being expensive e and the carrying capacity of the land low at best, a large acreage is necessary to furnish a livelihood. So far as éattle. especially are concerned, Arizona is essentially a 86 RANGE INVESTIGATIONS IN ARIZONA, breeding ground for animals which are fattened elsewhere. It would seem, however, that this would not be the case long, for the present irrigation projects, when developed, will greatly increase the feeding facilities of the Salt and other river valleys, so that many more cattle can be matured. At present, and for a long time past, practically no cattle leave the Territory in condition for the markets. This, how- ever, is true at the present time of nearly all the native pasture regions in the United States. Throughout the Territory, excepting in the vicinity of the irrigated regions of the Salt and Gila valleys, no hay or other feed is furnished stock. They live upon the native vegetation, consisting of grass, weeds, or browse, depending upon the locality or the season of the year. The main concern of the rancher is with branding, preventing theft, and furnishing water. It will not be long, however, under the present management of the live stock sanitary board, before thieving, which has obtained so commonly and has been the means of ruining a great many stockmen, will be a thing of the past. The scarcity of water, coupled with the small carrying capacity of the ranges, compels ‘attle to travel long distances. These distances would be considered prohibitive upon the native pasture lands of the Great Plains; but the development of water at intervals of 2 or 3 miles, such as is advocated and practiced there, could not be thought of here on account of the great expense and proportionally small returns. The readiness with which stock of all kinds adapt themselves to the enforced conditions of shortage of water is remarkable. It is not, however, without great loss at certain seasons, and it is those who make the best provision for watering who are the most successful in the business. The influence of a good supply of wholesome water is very noticeable during the dry season from April to July. Abun- dant opportunity was had during the past year for observation on this point, inasmuch as the greater part of the dry season was spent in the southern portion of the Territory. It was evident that cattle having plenty of water and living upon mesquite and cat-claw browse were able to live through this period in better condition than those upon better pastures but with inconvenient water supply. It is not to be supposed that cattle go to water even once a day when feeding grounds are so remote. Indeed, the habits of cattle have been so often observed by so many people that it is well known that they very often, even during the hottest weather of summer, go to water regularly only every second or sometimes every third day, if the distance is very great between water and feed. Mr. Truax, fore- man of a cattle company of Apache County, relates some of his expe- riences in this matter. A few days before arrival at his ranch, on the 9th of August, he followed a bunch of cattle which watered at the corral at daylight in the morning. About the middle of the afternoon WATER FOR STOCK. 87 they were 8 miles from the ranch. He further states that his cattle often go 10 or 15 miles away from water. It hardly seems probable, however, that cattle can accustom themselves to living over twenty- four hours without suffering in the extreme heat of summer, although they thrive for a much longer period, as shown-by the following signed statement, which was recently furnished at my request: Heiveria, Ariz., July 13, 1903. In the month of July, 1900, in building a fence for a pasture, we inclosed a 3-year- old steer. The fence was completed on the 5th of July, and the steer to our knowl- edge was in our pasture thirteen days without water. We will state further that there was no grass in the pasture, but there was plenty of mesquite and cat-claw browse. W. B. McCleary. J. MARTIN. Mr. Truax relates a still more remarkable instance than this one, in which he states that his men accidentally inclosed a cow and calf in a dry pasture in the month of July, where they remained for a period of fifteen days before being discovered. The calf at the end of the period was in apparently good condition, but the cow could not have lived much longer. ‘These extreme cases are quoted to show that it is not at all impossible for stock to live regularly even under this sub- tropical heat with but two or three waterings per week, although the practice can not be upheld where there is any possibility of supplying water at shorter intervals and more convenient distances. In many countries where sheep are extensively raised they are almost never watered, but in dry regions water must be supplied, although at rather less frequent intervals than is the case with cattle. Upon the high plateau of the Ash Fork and Seligman regions herders informed the writer during the past season that they do not water more often than once every eighty hours in the hottest weather. They remain three nights away from water with both sheep and pack burros. In this way they are able to graze an area around the water supply with a radius of about 6 miles, or about 72,000 acres. Even with this remarkable utility of water there are large areas where grazing can not be done except during the rainy season or in winter when there is snow upon the higher elevations. During a large part of the winter, when grazing is done upon alfilerilla and Indian wheat, sheep live with- out water for months. Little or no water is needed even in summer when feed is green. . Goats need water more often than sheep, and it is usually claimed that they can not get along without water once every twenty-four hours. They are much better travelers than sheep, however, and on this account fully as large an area can be grazed from one watering place as with sheep. Mr. J. F. Burns reports that his 500 Angoras traveled 14 miles each day for about two weeks one year with no appar- * 3S RANGE INVESTIGATIONS IN ARIZONA, ent inconvenience. ‘This means that nearly 150,000 acres could be grazed from one watering place. This amount of travel, however, is excessive, and without doubt could not be profitably continued. Mr. Mayer’s herders report that their flocks do not travel over 5 miles per day, but they think that there would be no evil effect from driving them farther than this. Considering the necessity of watering more often, it is probable that no greater area can be grazed with goats than with sheep. Horses have no difficulty in traveling 20 miles to water, it is claimed. Some portions of Arizona are overrun with cayuses of little value, a large number of which are unbranded and badly inbred. They are claimed, of course, and, being upon public range, can not be gotten rid of. Horses and burros have a decided advantage over cattle, not only from the fact fhat they are better travelers, but because they are able to dig for water in the sands of the arroyos. It isa novel sight to the uninitiated to see a horse or burro up to its knees in the loose sand pawing for water. During the summer rains the water level is high in the arroyo sand for some time after a shower, although there may be no running or standing water for miles around. Horses and burros very commonly supply themselves with water during the sum- mer season in this way, and are, therefore, able to graze upon lands that cattle or even sheep can not reach. Plate U1, figure 1, shows horses digging for water in a small arroyo at the western base of Pyramid Hill, within the present inclosed area on the Santa Rita For- est Reserve. By far the greater number of sheep and goats are summered in the ereat highland region of the San Francisco, Mogollon, and White mountains, and wintered upon the deserts of the Salt, Colorado, and Little Colorado river valleys. This statement should be modified by the assertion that the Navajo and Moqui sheep are not included. The rainfall is so variable, however, that there is no regularity in the migrations. The exact locality where a man winters depends entirely upon the distribution of the rainfall of the late autumn of that par- ticular season. THE SEASONS. There are in southern Arizona two distinct seasons of feed produc- tion; in other words, two seasons of plant growth. They are totally different in the class of plants which they produce; indeed, one can almost recognize three seasons of growth if he takes into consideration those plants which grow well during the hot weather of May and June upon the moisture which they have stored up during the winter. The first season draws to a close with the advent of the April drought, which continues to the first of July. The second begins with the summer rains of July and terminates early in October. The THE SEASONS. 39 spring season is largely dependent upon fall rains to start the vegeta- tion, which grows very slowly during the winter and matures in the spring. Of course not all of the spring plants germinate in the autumn, but there is a large class of very conspicuous and important things which do germinate as early as the latter part of September, make a good growth before the cold weather sets in, grow very slowly during the cold weather, and mature in the spring. This cycle is entirely dependent, however, upon the distribution of moisture. If the months of September and October are dry no germination takes place until moisture comes in late winter. If this continues long enough in the spring a crop matures; but if not, as is usually the case, these plants dry up and there is no more feed: produced until the sum- mer rains come again. From April to June, although it is very dry, there is a considerable development of plants which have some special provision for retaining or securing a supply of eee The development of these is usually not perceptible until the season of drought. Indeed, it is after the dry hot season begins dies ie begin their growth. Attention should be called here to the fact that it is only those plants which have means of supplying themselves with water that grow during the dry season. Those plants protected by varnish, or by having power to discard their leaves, etc., use these contrivances to enable them to live, not grow, during the dry season. The case is very different with the majority of the cacti, which store vast quantities of water in their tissues. They grow without apparent hindrance through the dry season of early summer. They are of value as food for stock, and would be closely grazed were it not for their offensive spines. The native gourds, devil’s claw, the native night-blooming cereus (Cereus greggq?/), one of the ground plums (/P/ysalis sp.), birthwort (Ar/stolochia brevipes), and numerous others that might be enumerated, have storage reservoirs in the form of enlarged roots. These plants, however, are of little forage value. The mesquite, on the contrary, is able to thrive through a long period of drought with no appreciable storage of rater, but it is a very deep-rooted plant, and growing to best advan- tage along river courses and arroyos it gets water from the deeper strata there much longer than the shallow-rooted plants, and is there- fore able to grow well into the summer dry season, if not fully through it into the moist summer season without being checked. During the past year this tree was in full bloom about the middle of May upon the northwestern part of the large inclosure, and it was almost com- pletely defoliated by a lepidopterous larva by the last of the month. On the 26th of June it was again in full bloom and had nearly recov- ered from the effects of the defoliation. During the period from April to June there had been 2.9 inches of rain at McCleary’s camp, and but 0.42 inch at Tucson. The rainfall in the mountains at 40 RANGE INVESTIGATIONS IN ARIZONA. MeCleary’s did not reach the area in question, and as nearly as can be judged the rainfall here at this period was little if any greater than at Tueson. ‘The effect upon the deep sands of the washes, however, was considerable, no doubt, and the deep roots of the shrubs were able to profit by it. The winter season is characterized by an abundant (relative) growth of short-lived annuals. Some of these, as before stated, start their erowth in October, or even September, at the close of the summer rainy season. Among these may be mentioned /’%ectocarya linearis, alfilerilla, Indian wheat, and a large number of boraginaceous plants which furnish a great deal of feed. Between this time and the Ist of February (it is not definitely known at what time, and, indeed, the time varies owing to the variation in precipitation) there appear a host of other short-lived plants, a large number of which are ef some for- age value. These are ephemeral, especially in their effect upon the landscape and in their forage utility, although they are really in the vegetative state a considerable period. ‘The time of maturity of these winter and spring annuals in the same season is very variable, there being from two to three weeks’ difference between the mesas about Tucson and the northern slope of the Santa Rita Mountains or the east- ern slope of the Babuquivaris. ‘This vernal development is mostly con- fined to altitudes below 4,000 feet in southern Arizona, the regions above this having really but one prominent vegetative season. The cause of this is mainly the lower temperatures of the higher altitudes, there being too low a temperature for the growth of the annuals at a time when the winter and early spring moisture is present. By the time the temperature is high enough for plant growth the moist con- ditions have disappeared, and there is practically no growth of vege- tation, except during the summer rainy season. A very large part of the best pasture lands of this section, therefore, has but one season of plant growth. The summer season is characterized by the production of grasses of a ereat variety of species. Upon the lowlands the greatest development is upon the flooded areas, which were much more abundant formerly than they are now, owing to the excessive erosion which has taken place dur- ing recent years. Upon the mesas there is but little development of per- ennial erassesas a usual thing, unless these mesas be high. In favorable places and in favorable seasons there are a few perennials which make considerable feed. Upon the mesa swales galleta (////aria mutica) is an important grass, while upon the less favorable situations species of grama grass sometimes make a thin growth. It ison the foothills and mountains that the grasses make their best and most pronounced growth. Here the rainfall is more abundant during the summer season than upon the lower areas, although there may not be such a difference in the winter rainy season, and the growth of grasses is proportionately larger. high, but always scattering. THE SEASONS, 41 Nearly all grasses are in bunches and often grow 2 or 3 feet It is only in favorable depressions, where the land gets an increased quantity of moisture that there is a sufficient amount of development to produce a complete ground cover. The summer season of growth depends not only on the amount of rainfall, but upon its distribution during the period from July to September. The following table of ‘ainfall, prepared from Weather Bureau observations at Tuscon during the years 1902 and 1903, illustrates very nicely the difference between what are considered years of plenty and years of famine in the range business in this region: Table showing difference in amount and distribution of precipitation in a good and in a Month, Year. January... February .-. WUSISE . .. September. October.... November. December. 1903 1902 1903 1902 1903 1S 024 | Rane ae poor season, [Precipitation expressed in inches, | see wl eee lee es ee a | 9.51 30 -—see te ewe vee eo ere Oe loses. Pale. « 0.01 eng 1. het. fia Wee ae ated ies) a3 OL fy 98e eS: eae a ee BOS1 P20 Ns. 2. Ketek 17 Mi!" aed a ee eee 21 Cl ae eee | vo RO be tae 0.08 (0.25 | Ae |oveee]eeeeefeneee|eeeee] eee. ered elk [yeaa 20s Peseta Lf (cae ok ee ae ae ora! Hy eit caro pe Pree oes h eee ieee Berk Se en oe 6201.04 levd. | T. | T. |0-01 | .08 | .11 0.67 53 | | Lal eee pomodoro ne es eee eset | el 16 -——ee © eee we Spree Leet (day -“**#* oe ae Pee ery eee YE fae 0.50| .91| .42| T. cOL. hae fee |e a es: 42 RANGE INVESTIGATIONS IN ARIZONA, Tuble showing difference in amount and distribution of precipitation in a good and in a poor season—t ‘ontinued, | : ue Month Year,| 17, | 18. 16 | 2. |} 23. | 2. | 2a. 24, | 25, | 26. | 27. | 28. | 29. | 30, | Sl, = | | os January ...| 1902 |.....|..--- aap eee) 2 Bee ee 0.10 lo. 604-8 ite 0.20 0.14 | hath 0.58 1008 1c; wadloaces SS Bee Aaa ee | oencloaneelceethousechecnediy cee: iaauaanaman Wee February ..| 1902 |ocane|enees edie Ra Sd SARE BAS | teks tT. Noodwalee woalebescliedan | cane | Ape i 14:5 GPS SS ae Red Sees De Pee ee) be = aS kT. lecwaclee dante aocalvantnieaae 1.11 March ..... 1908 | cscs lS 8 eee eee eee eee Vay 8 Ol Ease PS TT. lewcuclhoawee beekiereee | 44 161 Ses BAe ae il ee Bee 08 11.42) .3B 1. Te bacccleckstieeeeeee ‘1, 63 April ...... 2008 bos cvalyaarehescechsene- a BS ei EER es Faery ae | séotulestet T. rn a el ed eed ee eee Bee Se lo vwcabcecsateccndlewcccleceaetennas ian May ....... To ee a) I MS Wel CO) ek ME T 1908 |....-Je..e- Cen RR DR erg Pee! se 1c ane} 690 Sule: 3. c. 1002 160 3cleact A642 eee . Ae eee Pe b le vvcchunkelwecontabcae 0.09 | .08 | .07 |..... .19 toon | cttea ee \ Sh Re ee Loses esnits [pd(es'slesian taeda ae aia loca 22 Tole =<; ka 1902 |....- J-sae | eS ee 0. 05 0.21 |0.01 | aes Aree | ye BOE wee Ae Mees Dea | waar 42 1908 ;..... Pees ae. 0.04; .01 |....- Ky Cee $53) SON |-cesth- gees See be 1,52 August ..../ 1902 0.05 |..... ae a T, 1:55 | eee eee) Fes, es. bs eet 2008 | cadelvemadle neers . ree < 4 oo Acknowledgment is made to the directors of the various he bar in this country and Europe for numerous courtesies extended to Mr. Hitchcock, who, in some cases; was allowed to take for deposit in the National Herbarium portions of the type specimens. * W. J. Seuuman, Agrostologist. Orrice or Grass AND Forace PLant [yvesrications, Washington, D. C., November 8, 1904. om » - » & “Pee SF ee . a ey 4 « me: ee —— CONTENTS—— *? f _ Specimens Matee Ness louet eA OOS ee rr, ae aee Senna the Poitign.. 72.4. NC Peper as! 22.22 2ce ce. Reng se) NO ge Be AE SO, a ae ERI Fe a eee scription of species ---.-.-.--------.----- a eae eee - Species excluded ____..-_..... eae. © 2 eee ee eee Notes Pee ee ee ec 0 - o Index to eeees Gud nyMOn yim poe ree 2. es 5 le PLATE I, Il. Ill. XII. XIII. XIV. XV. XVI. av Ti. XVIII. XIX. XX. XXI. XXII. XXIII. XXIV. XXV. XXVI. XXVIT. XXVIII. hLLU Steed LON S. PLATES. Fig. 1.—Agrostis thurberiana Hitche. Fig. 2.—Agrostis aqui- Paps ATM. 02S ole eee a ee Agrostis alba L_. Se tL Se es Eran an | Fig. 1.— Agrostis alba vulgari is (With.) Thurb.- Fig. 2.—Agrostis arog aristata. Gray... nek eee eee S . Agrostis alba maritima (Lam.)) Meyer --.----.-----..-:- . Fig. 1.—Agrostis depressa Vasey. (Type.) Fig. ‘ 2: Agrostis SeOPOWn ert, As. 5. 2s 1 ea Pt Lk tS. 2 ae Agrostis depressa Vasey. Oregon 2 £2 i ee ee oe . Fig. 1.—Agrostis inflita Seribn. Fig. 2.—Agrostis densiflora MOUS oooh oa 50a PS So . Fig. 1.—Agrostis humilis Vasey. Fig. 2.—Agrostis exiqua Thurb. . Fig. 1.—Agrostis elliottiana Schult. Fig. 2.—Agrostis canina L- . Fig. 1.—Agrostis hallii californica Vasey. Fig. 2.—Agrostis MURCLDS NRO pe 5 a ck ee eed . Agrostis davyt Scribn. and spikelets of Agr ostis oce dentalis rin, Cn eriiit 2-5 e ene ee Agrostis pringlet Scribn - ue Ren oo, a. SE eee ee oe ee Fig. 1.—Agrosiis pallensTrin. Fig. 2.—Agrostis attenuata Vasey - Fig. 1.—Agrostis foliosa Vasey. Fig. 2.—Agrostis oregonensis A oe ee 8S oS rs re Oe Agrostis pallens. Polioed (Vasey ) Hitche. Pineda form.) 2.25 Fig. 1.—Agrostis pallens foliosa (Vasey) Hitche. (Slender form. ) Bae, 2.2— Agrostis scoulert. trtietee as 2). eee UeenORL is teOCNStS V Acie y a= ere. eo oe be agrosiis brevicuinies Witenes ee Fig. 1.—Agrostis microphylla major Vasey. Fig. 2.—Agrostis Wiser omnanid, ued ~ 2 eee eee Se ese agroais ampli TAWCHC 2 ee eee Sag Si Re Fig. 1.—Agrostis exarata Trin. (Alaska. " Fig. 2.— habet, ut eam primo intuitu cum var. yv.confunderes. Alia est varietas, quae, ob glumas purpurascendo-atras et valvulas albas. f melaleuca dici poterit. Radix huie distinctius repens quam in a, et y, Perianthium, in aliis ejusdem speciminibus, glumis paulo brevius, in aliis easdem gquans: in i/lis valvula inferior paulo supra medium emittit aristulam glumas vix excedentem, valvula superior autem, ut solet, minima est; in his valvula inferior mutica, superior adeo evoluta, ut inferiorem fere zquet. Utramque autem rem, aristam nimirum aut abbreyiatam aut nullam, et in Agr. canina nostrate inveniri, valvulam superiorem vero etiam in Agr. alpina, erarata aliisque Trichodiis non raro fere in longitudinem valvule inferioris protractam esse, plurimze observationes nos edocuerunt. 'Tertiam denique, (yv ) @quivalvem dicendam, reapse, qualis pro se exstat, speciem propriam sistere quis non dixerit? Wuie enim, preeterquain quod culmum cum foliis robustiorem et pani- cule radios glumasque prorsus laeves habeat, perianthium est in floribus genuina canina fere duplo majoribus sequivalve, glumas sequans et muticum.” The type specimen collected at Sitka by Doctor Mertens in 1829 is in the Trinius herbarium. (PI. XXXVI, fig. 2.) A portion is deposited in the 5Y NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF AGROSTIS. National Herbarium, as is also a portion of Mertens’s specimen from Unalaska. (Pl ANAVI, fig. 1.) | have selected the Sitka specimen as the type, because this locality is frst mentioned under 1. acuca below. No specimen or locality is mentioned by Bongard., A, aenea Trin., Mem. Acad, St. Petersb., Ser. VI, 6?: 332. 1841. (Agrostidea 11:86). “Sitka, Unalaschka.” ‘Trinius refers to this the Alaskan forms that he had previously included under A, caning acnea, and melaleuca in Bongard, |. ¢. lL. exarata aenea Griseb., in Ledeb. Fl. Ross. 4: 441. 1853. “ Hab. in insulis Unalaschka (Trin.) et Sitchka! (Bong.)” Variety melaleuca is included here by Grisebach. A. canina melaleuca Trin, Mem. Acad. St. Petersb., Ser. VI, 2: 170. 1832. The original description of this is given above in full. I have been unable to find the type specimen. From the description we see that Trinius includes two forms, the first of which has the perianth (flowering glume) a little shorter than the glumes, the superior valve (palet) very small, and has the inferior valve (flowering glume) bearing a scarcely exserted awn a little above the middle. The second form would, from the description, belong to A. wquivalvis, but the name melaleuca should rest upon the first form, which applies to A. aenea. It is to be noted that Trinius himself revises his disposition of these forms when he raises A. canina aenea to specific rank (Agrostidea 11:86), for, allowing his diagnosis of the species, he says “1yroslis canina, aencea et melaleuca Catraque partim) Trin. in Bongard. Florula Sitchensis in Act. Petropol. 1832, p. 170.” It is for these reasons that I have taken up meluleuca for the untenable name aened. Differs from A. borealis in having the panicle oblong rather than pyramidal, and in having the awn straight and included or slightly exserted rather than exserted and geniculate. The culms are usually tall (30-50 cm.) and more leafy than in A. borealis. The latter is sometimes as tall, but then has proportion- ately larger and more diffuse panicle. The culms of A. melaleuca occur as iso- lated plants rather than tufted, and the spikelets are copper-colored. The char- acteristic habitat of this species is sphagnum swamps. DISTRIBUTION: ALASKA, Kadink Island, Georgeson 2, 3, Coville and Kearney 2348; Sitka, Hvans 254, Wright 1579; Unalaska, Kellogg 119; Nagai Island, Harringtoy ; Attu Island, Geol. Surv. Can. 32, 126; Piper, Yakutat, 4628, 4630, Sitka 4629, Seldovia 4627, and Ankow 4626. BritisH CoLUMBIA: Rogers Pass, Selkirk Mountains, 7,000 feet, Geol. Surv. Can. 5. CoLorapo: Silver Plume, Rydberg 2425; Mount Massive, 12,000 feet, Holm, August, 1899. This includes most of the material that has been referred to A. canina and A. rubra. It may be that the two Alaska specimens included under A. borealis should go here. 26. A. borealis Hartm. A. rubra Iu, Sp. Pl. 62. 17538. This name has been commonly used for our plant, but since the Linnzean plant can not be identified it seems best to take up — the next name which can be definitely connected with the species here consid- ered. My reasons for this course are given in detail in another place (Bot. Gaz. 88: 141. 1904). Briefly, they are these: There is no type specimen; the plant in Linnzeus’s herbarium labeled A. rubra is Sporobolus, and there is evidently an error. The description is insuflicient and incorrect, in so far as the awn is described as terminal, while A. canina is said to have a dorsal awn. The cita- tions or references to plates are based upon Gastridium australe. While it is true that later authors have fixed the name A. rubra to a definite plant, it seems best for the sake of stability to discard the name A. rubra L. A. borealis Hartm., Seand. F1., Ed. III, 17. 18388. Mr. C. H. Ostenfeld of the Copenhagen Botanical Museum, has transcribed and translated Hartmann’s description for me, as follows: ‘“ Panicle pyramidal, with few-flowered, some- what scabrous branches; awn as in the foregoing (A. canina); basal leaves narrower. “ Mountains in wet places (Lapland). Resembles the foregoing (A. canina) with regard to the flower, the following (A. vulgaris) with regard to the appear- ance in general,” DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES. 53 A. mertensii Trin., Mem. Acad, St. Petersb, Ser. VI, 64: 331. 1841. (Agrosti- dea I1:85). “ Unalaschka (Mertens.—foliis flaccidioribus et mollioribus).” A. laxiflora mertensii Griseb., in Ledeb. I'l. Ross. 4: 442. 1855. “ Hab. in insula Unalaschka (Mertens ap Trin.).” The type specimen of A. mertensii is in the Trinius herbarium. A portion of this is deposited in the National Tlerbarium. It was collected in Unalaska by Doctor Mertens in 1820. (PlXXXY, fig. 1.) It differs from the Flett (1689) and the Wright (1584) specimens in having more acuminate empty glumes. The Piper (4617, 4618) specimens agree well with the type, but are more robust. It seems, however, scarcely worthy of spe- cific or even subspecific rank. A. inconspicuwm Kunze is mentioned under this as a synonym by Trinius. A. canina alpina Oakes, Cat. Pl. Ver. 382. 1842. “A. rupestris Gray in Sill. Jour., vol. 42. On the summit of Camel’s Hump Mountain, Robbins, Tucker- man, and Macrae, July. This variety is common on the White Mountains and is connected with the common variety, which is abundant in Mssex County, Mass., by several intermediate forms found at the base and on the sides of the White Mountains.” A. rupestris Gray is a nomen nudum, as Gray in the arti- cle referred to only mentions finding Agrostis rupestris on Roan Mountain. (Notes of a Botanical Excursion to the Mountains of North Carolina, ete., p. 42. I have examined the specimen of Oakes in the Gray herbarium, which is probably a duplicate, and also the specimen collected by Gray on Roan Moun- tain, upon which is based A. rupestris of Chapman’s Flora, ete. A. canina var.? tenella 'Torr., Fl. N.Y. 2:448. 1848. “ Mountains in the north- ern part of the State. ‘his grass differs from A. canina in its less diffuse panicle, narrow glumes, and flat leaves, and yet I know of no other species te which it is more nearly allied.” A. pickeringii Tuckerm., Hovey’s Mag. Hort. 9%: 148. April, 1843. Also Am, Journ. Sci. 45: 42. 1848, probably later than the above, as the signature title reads “Apr.—June.”” In the first article the description is in English. In the second is given the equivalent in Latin, but there is added a variety rupicola with smaller contracted panicle and purplish white flowers from White Moun- tains, Pickering and Oakes, and from Camel’s Hump, Vermont. 22 GIMME). o>... -. .. 2. ... 22. cee eee. - 2. -- 39 alopecuroides Gray... ..- 5-22 sae sey eee See sh 37 alitssima. Tackerm).. 2.5 ese . ---- e a 50 Aivipis, HItChC.- ..... - hu eee = == -- =~ - 225 ok 38 aasomulid. Walid 2.2. = eS ee weno ee 48 apnines Trims 2 c= 5 0a ee 3 So = 2 = = ns oe ee ee a= . 49 aquatied, Hock __.-_ 22> 2c mee = = 2e 2 < = H's 2 =e ee sn = 24 aracknowes I~. 2 ee re a a 32 nrenarid SCriDn . 5. 5- a eee a. oot seme 31 Grate Snel 2 IE oo oe ee Sk 3k dope keen 27 Gapertjolia Trin _ . .2.2 2250. eee eee |. - =~ 5 Be een b= 39 aditenudta Vasey -.-- --.2--6-5.4eee. SRT er eee S, 46 berlandsert Pourn.... : 2 oe eee og ee oe 2. 0G erealtn e1arGns eee: eee and 52 hourgen Wourn.. 2-5) 0 ee. 2 58 breviculnis Hitcho 5.2 oe eee - --- - -2555--+-- ’ 36 californica Tiin.<*...caaeeeeeeee. ---- = ------ 30 compyla Tuckerm .-. -- Lease eee - -- - - - - --- tae f 49 Se ee 6. Z 51 aenes Trin, 32. 2222 eee... ----<-- : 52 Gequimiiis Cri ee eee... >: .--. ------- ++ -- $2 22 aloing Oakes «yuan eeeeee ss ~~ --45 -- . 53 melaiouce Liisi eee es so .. 52 Sereda Dore. soe eee | nen <4 ee ohinemtio Pour... ..2sseeac nee ~~ - ---- eer ae x 58 Ee pt) ie 2a Soe 42 eoupetaie Beno 2.8.5 oe ee. ~~~ ---- --- 27 concinna Tuckerm.-____- __- a 53 Gormusogies Preeet os ocean eee -- ---- ----=----+>- us 47 ern a ge ee ee | = ee oe nn ees 33 *s) NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF AGROSTIS, Page. Agrostis decumbens Muhl____. ee ooo ee densiflora Vasey ses Be Sm b1 arenaria Vasey. . bye co eee depressa Vasey --__-_. s woshaape jwwede ec ceie ae diegoensis Vasey .____- wdc egiele wee eccceuct cieced ee dienar Miohs...2.42 <3... ‘ 25 drummondii Torr. _____. J, Seb See 50 ave dentvcwncaasoee 3Y dulcis Sibth. .......-.- 2 see bate decd ercdecee sea 24 dlata Trin oe... 5 ee eer eee 47,50 ellotiiann Geman... .... ~..- os ek occccees Sewe sence See 32 erocia Prensa ea ut aconewcudinestns ee eee Bene 45 exarata Trin__.____. Sn ey cece wavs udan hase mene Ome oe eee 38 qamem TaraseD _.. .- -. . -. - ie end eee eee ee 52 GOTT OTE VMROY - . - . 5s os nc dcdcwnes coeteeuneeeeee eo 39 (EELOPIEE VP OODY - .. ~~~. oe Sew c ance cde ule est sane eee 34 WOE ONS... <5 ice ace d ween canoe es! 37 minor Fook ......-.....-.- A ae eh ee 39 stolonifera Vasey __-___- Sak donacceess Ctecuat nas ne 29 GeIgus Pmt. 3 ~~. axes RE are LG 32 fascioulata (Hv mR.) R. & §. 22. cede ec eo ae ee 59 Soliogg THoweOr, 72-5 -:..--- ---. - oso knceeweboees assed pee ee enone 34 folioga Vener tee. ---.---: ac chaccienusie eh eaae ie en 34 geminata Trin ___.__.- uu aon sacae dane Cobb ewe eet ols eee eee V4 IORLeNTOrONOENE =. 2... oc ere bd ee eee Pees «ee 59 glomerata (rveg.)mernth __.. .. . 5 cde en od oe eee sc. pe qwetidig Vette. eee Bence ere whic OneCare ee 39 bali Vise... 8. oe bce cep eee eee pe ee 33 COIRTOTIFION. VGRRY - -...-~ - S205 -oebeenncuceeess oe 47 pringiel teerion.) Hitcho......-....-+...-2.-40-<05 oe 33 hiemalis (Walt.) B.S. P.... 2. .-.2...- biotin ee we enon ee en 42 gormimats {(irin.) Hitcho....-.-3.2 -...-.: tatcen tee 44 gabremenig FstChe - _ _ _ ck St ed wee ee eee tt hillebraras Serr... - =. ce nt eles CGS SEE ee 23 howellit Geriwe = — >... .- =. ceo b ons bk ct ee ee eee ee 41 humilis Vaser—o =... -.-.. --.-...- Ns Gucwdeewesesue sade e ene 28 ifiahnenicia met | 8 eo eae e eee an ee 45 incOnewICUIA EL ONINO: = - . -. - - a ee ees ecw ee 53 inflata Sori eee. - - - - - - - = nS a se ce os eee ede ee 31 intermedia Balb __-.-.-_-__. we eee bieuevebacle. Se ae 49 Gowers... el eee et ee 49 laces Bohron eee... eo So ee ete ee 42 lantiiora Potees oe... - -- - = -- 4 1p ee 42 WeigWapee. 8. 8 oc eek eee ee eee 42 OOURIRIOM ETAT... se a Ses ace pe ee 438 mernnneepeeigeb. eo Se cee oe ee oe 53 monte wuekerm._____. 2502. Le ee 43 lentos Giang soe. --- - - =. 5 - a ea ee er ei 24 longilipuiac Eien: -- . -.... 22-3) a Redon e eee ee 54 moritind lable)... oe eee 27 melalouca: CTvim.) Beene | _. - . 22 ee ets 51 mortenait Rit oe eee. |e os oo os semen eee eee ease eee 53 ICTs TOM oe 22 .. Sn ew oe oo ee eee eee 42,48 4 INDEX TO SPECIES AND SYNONYMS. 638 Page, EG Da ee 37 WIGIOT 'VRROE CRA GM GEN ah a Wanon oon ce s0ne oss ---- 37 SET GLOOM . 6 ofa g a ene CS went win swe cee eee cece ss AO DIE EP TOBL. .. .. 1 Wei ateiee 6 heen dacens wenn aa 31,36 RemeECenannte: V QBGY... occuu naa Ot ca oes bos oun cane ee aay 35 REGO TUMoo. ... 25. loedane eee (SE ae a 36 Cr a) iD 8 27 MORRLOSSS- LATIN. . 2. ycuw enna 7h cnwe Web wile oases --- $62 45 GQUGRGNGISG TUCKOLIG a awa ee ere = 6 ones ide cae Sone ence . 49 YV GECY. <1 eS inca nedadieamee Auewes cca ce 53 mavenoracensis Syren soo see a sed a eee eed csc. -,---- 48 muteaense Kunth ...-. 7. -aseeeeee do e- ~~~ Fae BEM Saclie c ata aS 45 Gocsaentatse Soribn. & WiGri se tees eae cae s cee eset ens... 3: eregomonste Nutt . .. icc enone gee Ssh wea co aes stand Ne & 39 Premomeneis: VASCY . 2... nda eeneE oka + en dog one nec eee ne 46 Oreggnud TIN... ....c. oun ae Ge kad Toes oo as uo 43,48 DOGS a rit....... .- 2 cn eee oe Sol lk oe ene a rollosa (Vasey) Mieome wemeeetene 2... sey ee) eZ: 34 SeREUMLOSE OOTION . . . < can ee Sin a Ts one Se nee ee ne 53 perennans (Walt.) Tuckerm -.......-.-..---- ONG Saper ee als see Geawalis. VABCY sees 6 ee. ee bee 4.) elata (Purslt) Siipcmemeeeeees . 2 ese ee 2 e- 50 Omer inges. 1 GCKCIM 2. 22 ene 2556-2. ns Sk 53 rupicoia TuCRetiuers a mesma. > 5-22. ce aca cue DS molgmor pled TAGS © 54 SSS ee wf eee ee Wh 27 UT pard VI wea ee. 2 2 8 8 ie 27 Mrengiet BCTIDi.. = 25s) a ee 3 ois os bh ng toe 33 wacuoowniiermeaia Warwell (2c sp ewneeetee: 22-2 -. ce nee eae AY PEUTLS CSOTRION oo os 5g ko eo os FS es he 34 Poser coriom. & Merrill: sos eee eeeees. 2. asus) BO ies BAOY 22), 3 - 52... 202 Ns 2 we 40 ies > |. a as ae ee on D2 americana Seribni2. 2. eee. de 53 Puerener as GEO Y =: 2. =. = 3 se ae 2 o's. 2 2 Se ge Eee 53 sonora NV iid. =.=. ........ 2.25 eg ES in sb hae hte ee 42 tenia eV uCKerm <72 ee ee) oe e ee ee 43 BOGUT A@ IN be). >t ee oe ee een bask 43 Bomer secur: beach)... So emu |. a a cn eee 43 cues net! POUR: 5. .5 ae ee. =. 2 Ae ese 57 WINCR OUTS 25) ee cee 57 whe Si) Gd es: ee 7 eehinenirait Tritt. . 2. ee eee 48 co a ed yeh eee Oo) 39 aortodertana Nash .....< co ie2seeaeaes.- - - 49 eee Hal. | ce cee cS 42 SOmLons POUPD . 220 . +c. c coe eee. - 58 Co is is erie ee ls 2 24 dulcis. Pers |. ...35 cass seee 24 ig bi ie a = 27 oh eer ie er ee LS 27 pe SON en 58 15097—No. 68—05 mM——d 64 NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF AGROSTIS. Page. Agrostis tewuteulnis Mead ..... 2-5. 00 5+. eee cv ccc cess cctceteudeueee senna 45 ae ee a cuedwccl weet gue homer folic ie pee a ok bee ce coe now debeeuauuenn ibs Yeoceut enkgee 39 jomute Bibi 24 lee... ~~ ec cv babe ese cuawee eho oee eee 45 Vaser-.----.<..-s.- Lececumanesee Guseneac sadn yen 45 OFORI TEEN. .. ~~~ ~~ -onebgche arene neeeeee 202 «Soe 45 thurberianme EiTpie ...< ...-.~ ~~ cccesecn veccese=-ebse tes Uae 23 toluocensia Ei; Mie. <<... ~~~. coos eccs cepons eceace bs euwn ae 57 torrent Mum... ..-.-. wee ewe eens ow vccece sites tea eee — Wrigweiire= -.... .... -.. i nepecedaceeasd es nek eee s ena 44 variabtlis Bydu...-\\....-.-,----326. 855 Ne een p ones sss ee) aa 41 variana Thulll.-. és... ---- ~~. 22 oon wkd lose ccc news chee Wreteeee e . 88. iS acess act sd cunt aus one eee 40. pertiaiiigne Geico. -.-- .-.. -fodewanes Leodepeceebctctee een 24 © viresoent Ti, Baie... -.. ---- ek Lk bebe kb iv ever celeb sone 38, 57 microphylla Scribn .._-..--.--..+.4-----+ ss-} <2 300s ee virletli Pour... -..--.:-.228 "ed tek Soe Sep een Pee 58 vulgaria Wile +... ----- . -- so eee woo oe eee pees a5 ee 26 alba Vasey-__-- wo cen ute eine BS Sas Sabie Sem re eb 25 Alopecurus carolinianue Spreng ----.-. -:-.2--- 2. 2656 258 cance see 48 Cornucopie altissima Walls .--.-.--. ....----:----25-+-<- «2-- >< 5530 hyemalis Walt -_--- --- --- wet ol colt aoe eee Se 42 perennane Walt. -.-.. .----.-2--.-.-2---0----5-5 2+) =e eee 47 Deyeuxria equivalvia Benth « .-.._----.------2---25 2-22 23 -ose ee ee 23 alopecuroides Nutt...........------------- 2.2 US 37 Polypogon alopecuroides Buck) --.--......-.-- ---- --6-5-5¢-->52+ 3-5 eee 37 Trichodium album Pres] ___----. ---. --- cee Coacsins shee 5 ame ele 45 édnintm-Bobrad .__..............4...!1-_. 2 ea 51 clavatum Schult .__. ___- tewbes 2soL¢ 2022 Ute 4 eee 42 decumbens Miohx ___.._ . . - 2... 22... -2-._2 4.27 2 ee . 4°94 late eee... -. - --. - oS oases oe eee ite 50 lasiflorvmmn-Pisebx ._.._. ..-.-. 6-2 A ee 42 last Bere... = ee montanum Wor... . - =. ee ee ee muhlenbergianum Schult nanum Pregbe... --.. -.-- oe ee ce es on oe en ee perennans Ell scabrum Muhl Vilfa dispar Beauv Guléis Boaay oe, - - ek ee ee ee Taseioulate Fisher e. . . .. - ~~ owe ey eee ee glomerata Presl__.---.-. oon ee se whee ep mae Cee Rie ee eee ee =a hwwmies beer -eeeen en stan eet ee ee ww ste hs ee we a ee Se SS SS See eee PLATES. , ‘ st? MY ae 44) 4 al : + ae wy ; > nt yy SSS Se 4 Te, “ee : . oa DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. In all the plates the plants, panicles, or branches of panicles are drawn one- half natural size; the ligules are enlarged five times; the spikelets and florets are enlarged ten times. PLaTe Ll. Fig. 1.—Agrostis thurberiana Hitche. Type specimen, Suksdorf 1021. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret, showing prolonged rachilla and the palet. Fig. 2.—Agrostis wquivalvis Trin. Yes Bay, Alaska, Howell 1712. A.—Spikelet and floret, from type specimen in the Trinius herba- rium, collected by Mertens. PLATE Il. Agrostis alba L. College Hill, Easton, Pa., T. C. Porter, July 2, 1897. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret; rootstock and stolon from Macoun 26032 collected at Niagara Falls, Ontario, 1901. PLATE III. Fig. 1.—Agrostis alba vulgaris (With.) Thurb. Apsey Beach, New- foundland, Waghorne 23. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. Fig. 2.—Agrostis alba aristata Gray. Fort Preble, Maine, Gayle 786. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. PLATE LV. Agrostis alba maritima (Lam.) Meyer. Nantucket, Mass., Hitch- cock in 1902. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. Puate V. Fig. 1.—Agrostis depressa Vasey. Type specimen, Colorado, Patter- son 46. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. Fig. 2.—Agrostis stolonifera Ll. Werrville, Tex., Heller 1742. Plant, ligule, spikelet, floret, and dorsal view of flowering glume. PLATE VI. Agrostis depressa Vasey. The Oregon form showing stolons, Astoria, Oreg., Leckenby in 1897. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. PLATE VII. Fig. 1.—Agrostis inflata Scribn. Victoria, British Columbia, Ma- coun 259. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. A.—Spikelet and two views of floret from type specimen, Macoun 258. Fig. 2.—Agrostis densiflora Vasey. Type specimen, Santa Cruz, Cal., Anderson. Plant, ligule, spikelet, floret, and two flowering glumes. One flowering glume— shows the mid-nerve vanishing about the middle and the other shows the mid-nerve extending into a thin awn. PLATE VIII. Fig. 1.—Agrostis humilis Vasey. Type specimen, Mount Adams, Washington, Suksdorf. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of. floret. Fig. 2.—Agrostis exrigua Thurb. Type specimen, California, Bolander. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. PLATE IX. Fig. 1.—Agrostis elliottiana Schult. Collected by L. C. Johnson in Mississippi in 1886. Plant (the spikelets were unawned), ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret; an awned spikelet from Reverchon’s No. 3391, Texas. Fig. 2.—Agrostis canina L. Delaware, Commons 99. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. PLATE X. Fig. 1.—Agrostis hallii californica Vasey. Type specimen, Bolander 6103. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. Fig. 2.—Agrostis hallii Vasey. Type specimen, Oregon, Hall. ‘Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. PLATE XI. Agrostis davyi Scribn. Type specimen, Davy and Blasdale 6062. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret (in center). A.—Spikelet and two views of floret from type specimen of Agrostis occidentalis Scribn. & Merrill, Shear 1644. PLATE XII. Agrostis pringiei Scribn. Type specimen, California, Pringle in 1882. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. 66 DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. 67 ‘ Puate XIII. Fig. 1.—Agrostis pallens Trin. Oregon, Howell in 1882. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. A.—Spikelet and two views of floret from type specimen in the Trinius herbarium. Tig. 2.—Agrostis attenuata Vasey. Type specimen, Howell 210. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. Prare XIV. Fig. 1.—Agrostis foliosa Vasey. Type specimen, Oregon, Howell, in ISS1. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. Fig. 2.—Agrostis oregonensis Vasey. Type specimen, Llowell in I8S1. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret, Puate NV. Agrostis pallens foliosa (Vasey) Hitehe. Mount Tlood, Oregon, Hlenderson, 7. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. This is a form with open, oblong panicles resembling the type of A. foliosa Vasey, but with spikelets awned. PLATE XVI. Fig. 1.-—Agrostis pallens foliosa (Vasey) Hitehe. Klickitat County, Wash., Suksdorf 199. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. A common form with narrow panicle. Fig 2.—Agrostis scouleri Trin. Type speciment, Nutka Sound, Alaska, Scouler. Plant (from photograph), spike- let, and two views of floret. This is a portion of the type from the Trinius herbarium deposited in the National Herbarium. PLATE XVII. Agrostis diegoensis Vasey. Type specimen, San Diego, Cal., Orcutt in 1884. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. PLATE XVIII. Agrostis breviculmis Hitehe. Fort Bragg, Cal., Davy and Blas- dale 6159. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two .views of floret. PLATE XIX. Fig. 1.—Agrostis microphylla major Vasey. Truckee valley, Nev.. Watson 1284. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. Fig. 2.— Agrostis microphylla Steud. Mendocino County, Cal., Davy and Blasdale 5142. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. A.—Yamhill County, Oreg., Shear 1650. Panicle. O~ PLATE XX. Agrostis ampla Hitche. Multnomah County, Oreg., Suksdorf 135. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. PLATE XXI. Fig. 1.—Agrostis exarata Trin. Specimen from the Trinius herba- rium deposited in National Herbarium; Unalaska, Kostalsky in 1829. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. Fig. 2.—Agrostis asperifolia Trin. Type specimen from the Trinius herbarium deposited in the National Herba- rium. Plant, spikelet, and two views of floret. PLATE XXII. Agrostis grandis Trin. Sequoia region, Cal., Hansen 1826. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. A common large form of A. erarata which matches the type specimen in the Trinius herbarium. A.—-Spikelet and two views of floret from type specimen in the Trinius herbarium from Columbia region, Hooker. PLATE XXIII. Agrostis erarata Trin. Amador County, Cal., Hansen 613. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. A common form with elongated, somewhat open panicle. A.—A panicle from plant collected at Reno, Ney., by Tracy, No. 218. A form with narrow, compact, and somewhat glomerate panicle. PLATE XXIV. Fig. 1.— Agrostis rosse Vasey. Type specimen, Yellowstone Park, Ross in 1890. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. ‘Fig. 2.— Plant at left: Agrostis varians Trin. Type specimen from the Trinius herbarium deposited in National Herbarium. Plant, ligule. spikelet, and two views of floret. Plant at right: A. variabilis Rydb. Wyoming, Wil- liams 29524. Puate XXV. Agrostis howellii Secribn. Type specimen, Hood River, Oreg., Howell in 1886. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. PLATE XXVI. Fig. 1.—Agrostis hiemalis (Walt.) B.S. P. Bush 554. Panicle, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. The common eastern form with very diffuse capillary panicle and small spikelets. In this plant the panicle is shown at maturity. Fig. 2.—A form with less diffuse panicle, common in the Rocky Mountain regions. Wyoming, Nelson 3947. Plant, spikelet, and two views of floret. OS NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF AGROSTIS, rare XXVIL. Types referred to Agrostis hiemalis (Walt.) B. 8S. P. 1.—T'ri- chodium dlbum VPresl. Prom specimen in the ‘T'rinius herbarium sent by Pres! in 1884. Branch of panicle, spikelet, and three views of floret, 2.— From specimen of Agrostis clavata Trin. in the Trinius herbarium, col- lected by Kostalsky in 1829. Branch of panicle, spikelet, and two views of tloret. 5.—From type specimen of JT'richodium laxiflorum, in Michaux herbarium in Museum of Paris. Branch of panicle, spikelet, and two views of floret. 4.—Dwarf form of Agrostis hiemalis from Newfoundland. Waghorne 25. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. 5.—Awned form of Agrostis hiemalis, White Mountains, Hitchcock in 1902, Branch of panicle, spikelet, and two views of floret. PLATE XXVIILL. Fig. 1.—Agrostis geminata ‘Trin. Type specimen from the Trinius herbarium, collected in Unalaska by HEschscholtz. Plant, ligule, spikelet and two views of floret. Fig. 2.—An awnless form, collected in Alaska by Flett (No. 2014). VPlant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. PLATE XXIX. Fig. 1.—Agrostis idahoensis Nash. Duplicate type, Heller 3431. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. Fig. 2.—Agrostis tenuis Vasey. Type specimen, San Bernardino Mountains, Cal., Parish brothers 1085. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. PrateE XXX. Agrostis schiedeana Trin, Falcon valley, Wash., Suksdorf in 1SS6. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. A.—Spikelet and two views of floret from Pringle No. 4485, collected in Mexico. PLatve XXXI. Agrostis perennans (Walt.) Tuckerm. Washington, D. C., Hiteh- cock in 1903. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. The common upright form of open ground. A.—Agrostis schweinitzii Trin., from type specimen in the Trinius herbarium. 8B.—Alopecurus carolinianus Spreng., from specimen in the Trinius herbarium from Peter, Lexington, Ky. PLaTve XXXII. Agrostis perennans ewstivalis Vasey. Athens, U11., Hall in 1864, Type specimen. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. The weak decumbent form of moist, shady situations. A.—From type specimen of Agrostis oreophila Trin., in the Trinius herbarium, collected by Moser at Bethlehem. Pa. B.—From type specimen of J'richodiuwm decumbens Michx., in Michaux herbarium in Museum of Paris. PLATE XXXIII. Agrostis perennans elata (Pursh) Hitche. Egg Harbor, N. J., Vasey in 1884. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. A.—From type specimen of Agrostis elata Trin. in the Trinius herbarium. Spikelet and two views of floret. PLraTe XXXIV. Fig. 1.—Agrostis borealis Hartm. Mount Washington, N. H., Faxon 19. The common form of the White Mountains. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. Fig. 2.—Agrostis borealis Hartm. Lab- rador, Allen 22. A common dwarf form. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. PLATE XXXV. Fig. 1.—Agrostis mertensii Trin. Type specimen, Unalaska, Mertens in 1829, from the Trinius herbarium. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. Fig. 2.—Agrostis borealis Hartm. Sweden; collected by Oldberg. Plant, ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. PLATE XXXVI. Fig.1.—Agreostis aenea Trin. Unalaska, Mertens in 1829, Plant. Fig. 2.—Agrostis aenea Trin. 'Type specimen, Sitka, Mertens in 1829. Plant, spikelet, and two views of floret. Fig. 3.—Agrostis longiligula Hitche. Type specimen, Mendocino County, Cal., Davy and Blasdale 6110. Plant, ligule (with fig. 2), spikelet, and two views of floret. PLatve XXXVII. Agrostis tolucensis H. B. K. State of Mexico, Mexico, Pringle 4219. Plant. ligule, spikelet, and two views of floret. A.—Spikelet and two views of floret from type specimen of A. virletii Fourn. B.—Spikelet and two views of floret from type specimen of A. virescens H. B. K. C.— Spikelet and two views of floret from type specimen of Vilfa fasciculata H. B. K., from Paris Museum. D.—Spikelet and two views of floret from type specimen of A. bourg@i Fourn. a eo. mia Was -”'.% Bul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. PLATE |. —AGROSTIS AQUIVALVIS TRIN. Fic. 1.—AGROSTIS THURBERIANA HITCHC. Fic. 2. mr wal Aly th ’ i Ok ie ae é ~ Bul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. PLATE Il. AGROSTIS ALBA L. WN (iN a ee uf el ad 3 = eS — A ae: 7 a ’ oe, = PLATE III. Bul, 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. \ Fia. 1.—AGROSTIS ALBA VULGARIS (WITH.) THURB. FIG. 2.—AGROSTIS ALBA ARISTATA GRA tA or = i neo | pia ee PLATE IV. Bul, 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. AGROSTIS ALBA MARITIMA (LAM.) MEYER. Bul, 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S, Dept. of Agriculture. PLATE V. | | f i! i fely fil Hy lu} |, yl “thi Fia. 1.—AGROSTIS DEPRESSA VaSEY (TYPE SPECIMEN). Fic. 2.—AGROSTIS STOLONIFERA L. a a a ae ee ont ie call % (ae ayo a A oy) em. ——— —_— Ad av » Ole ” sy ita of a i- a - a | ; pr q poets <3 aie ge m 7% 1 Bul, 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agncultu f LZ" — AGROSTIS DEPRESSA VASEY (OREGON). PLATE VI. Bul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. PLATE VII. —AGROSTIS DENSIFLORA VASEY. Fic. 1.—AGROSTIS INFLATA SCRIBN. Fia. 2. : Bul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S, Dept. of Agnculture. PLATE VIII. | | Fia. 1.—AGROSTIS HUMILIS VASEY. FIG. 2.—AGROSTIS EXIGUA THURB, id Bul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, PLATE IA. —AGROSTIS CANINA L. Fia. 1.—AGROSTIS ELLIOTTIANA SCHULT. FIG. 2. — = Bul, 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U.S. Dept. of Agriculture. PLATE X. FiG. 1,—AGROSTIS HALLII CALIFORNICA VasEY. Fia@. 2,—AGROSTIS HALLII VASEY, A * o4 : > r ae Laws errr eS i ea ee ee ‘ ee Oe ? “SS a ela : = >» i rr : ? F ‘eae v * % J ” b-« 4 = ‘ Py ee hy 8 ‘ _ ae - b ~ “ie Riis ad Srey ‘ 7 ‘ = ss “.. ~ then oe . _ : a? a Bul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. PLATE XI. } NTALIS SCRIBN. & MERRILL. AGROSTIS DAVY! SCRIBN. AND (A) SPIKELET OF A. OCCIDE - a ee i i i, Bul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. a ~~ a if) —= Qs Fia. 1.—AGROSTIS PALLENS FOLIOSA (VaSEY) HitcHc. (SLENDER FORM). Fig. 2.—AGROSTIS SCOULERI| TRIN. Bul, 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. PiaTte XVII. AGROSTIS DIEGOENSIS VASEY. PLaTe XVIII. Bul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, * »\ AGROSTIS BREVICULMIS HITCHC. Bul, 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. PLATE XIX, \ Fic. 1.—AGROSTIS MICROPHYLLA MAJOR VaASEY. Fia. 2.—AGROSTIS MICROPHYLLA STEUD. Bul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S, Dept. of Agriculture. PLATE XX. AGROSTIS AMPLA HITCHC. Bul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agticulture. PLATE XXI. | ) Fic. 2.—AGROSTIS ASPERIFOLIA TRIN. Fia. 1.—AGROSTIS EXARATA TRIN. (ALASKA). Bul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U.S. Dept. of Agriculture. AGROSTIS GRANDIS TRIN. PLATE XXII. a oO =) a i ey we at Pe try 7 = *> ia . i aad mls _ PLATE XXIill. Bul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. da AGROSTIS EXARATA TRIN. j Bul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. PLATE XXIV. Fia. 1.—AGROSTIS ROSSA VASEY. FIG. 2.—AGROSTIS VARIANS TRIN. Bul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. PLATE XXV. AGROSTIS HOWELLI! SCRIBN. Bul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S Dept. of Agriculture. PLATE XXVI. y GN Fia. 1.—AGROSTIS HIEMALIS (WALT.) B. S. P. (COMMON ForRM). FIG. 2.—AGROSTIS HIEMALIS (MOUNTAIN FORM). m4 PLATE XXVII. Bul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. | y I Types REFERRED TO AGROSTIS HIEMALIS (WALT.) B. S. P. PLaTe XXVIII. Bul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. Fic. 1.—AGROSTIS GEMINATA TRIN. Fic. 2.—AGROSTIS GEMINATA TRIN. (AWNLESS FORM). a Pd Bul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. PLATE XXIX. ef AGE. ‘ WY WHE MEGA FO 1 ie = 2a Fia. 1.—AGROSTIS IDAHOENSIS NASH. FIG. 2.—AGROSTIS TENUIS VASEY. ia | Bul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. PLATE XXX. AGROSTIS SCHIEDEANA TRIN. Bul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U, S. Dept. of Agriculture, PLATE XXXI. if ? ¢/ ‘ i | 7 AGROSTIS PERENNANS (WALT.) TUCKERM. Bul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. Pirate XXXII. 5 \ y | aN | . Bi _— — SS eee AGROSTIS PERENNANS ASTIVALIS VASEY. #2 Re . ed . viene -, i = « ‘ > ae Sul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. PLATE XXXIII. AGROSTIS PERENNANS ELATA (PURSH) HITCHC. Bul, 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. PLATE XXXIV. Wy Ye YA Fic. 1.—AGROSTIS BOREALIS HARTM. (WHITE MOUNTAINS). FIG. 2.—AGROSTIS BOREALIS HARTM. (LABRADOR). a* s:. | Bul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S, Dept. of Agriculture, PLATE XXXV. My, ¢ 1 QQ fo 4 Se | so mal" a N Y \S Fia. 1.—AGROSTIS MERTENSII TRIN. FiG. 2.—AQGROSTIS BOREALIS HARTM. (SWEDEN). Bul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. PLATE XXXVI. —AGROSTIS Fic. 1.—AGROSTIS AENEA TRIN. FIG. 2.—AGROSTIS AENEA TRIN. FIG. 8. LONGILIGULA HITCHC. _ = teks FA det ~~ od ; . +k! rt gu We “4 = mt q: mat te ierpear OR BEE joie ad A ee 45S ar wid Bul. 68, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S, Dept. ot Agriculture. PLATE XXXVII. | | \\ hy oN \.\ \s Na My | an a _ | MEXICAN SPECIES OF AGROSTIS. U. S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY—BULLETIN NO. 69. B. T. GALLOWAY, Chief of Bureau. \ AMERICAN VARIETIES OF LETTUCE. BY W. W. TRACY, Jr., Assistant, Varrety TRIALS. BOTANICAL INVESTIGATIONS AND EXPERIMENTS. IssuED DECEMBER 23, 1904. AEST Dee ae le. BS y WASHINGTON: GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 1904. BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY, B. T. GALLOWAY, Pathologist and Physiologist, and Chief of Bureau. VEGETABLE PATHOLOGICAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS, Avsert F. Woops, Pathologist and Physiologist in Charge, Acting Chief of Bureau in Absence of Chief. BOTANICAL INVESTIGATIONS AND EXPERIMENTS. FREDERICK V. CoviLLE, Botanist in Charge. ’ GRASS AND FORAGE PLANT INVESTIGATIONS. W. J. SpruuMan, Agrostologist in Charge. POMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. G. B. Brackerr, Pomologist in Charge. SEED AND PLANT INTRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION, A. J. Prerers, Botanist in Charge. ARLINGTON EXPERIMENTAL FARM. L. C. Corserr, Horticulturist in Charge. EXPERIMENTAL GARDENS AND GROUNDS. KE. M. Byrnes, Superintendent. J. E. Rockwe.u, Editor. James E. Jones, Chief Clerk. BOTANICAL INVESTIGATIONS AND EXPERIMENTS. SCIENTIFIC STAFF. FREDERICK V. CoviLuE, Botanist. O. F. Cook, Botanist in Charge of Investigations in Tropical Agriculture. Ropney H. True, Physiologist, Drug and Medicinal Plant Investigations. Lysrer H. Dewey, Botanist in Charge of Investigations of Fiber Plants. EpGar Brown, Botanist in Charge of Seed Laboratory. Car 8. Scorretp, Botanist in Charge of Grain Grade Investigations. G. N. Cotuins, Assistant Botanist, Tropical Agriculture. A. C. Crawrorp, Pharmacologist, Poisonous Plant Investigations. Wiuuiam E. Sarrorp, Assistant Curator, Tropical Agriculture. F. H. Hitiman, Assistant Botanist, Seed Herbarium. J. W. T. Duvet, Assistant, Seed Laboratory. W. W. Tracy, Jr., Assistant, Variety Trials. W. F. Wiaut, Assistant, Geographic Botany. W. O. Ricurmann, Pharmacognostical Expert. Avice HENKEL, Assistant, Drug and Medicinal Plant Investigations. W. W. SrockBerGeErR, Expert, Drug and Medicinal Plant Investigations. 2 a LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. U.S. DeparTMENT OF AGRICULTURE, REAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY, OFFICE OF THE CHIEF, Washington, D. C., July 22, 1904. Str: I have the honor to transmit herewith, and to recommend for publication as Bulletin No. 69 of the series of this Bureau, the accom- panying manuscript entitled ‘‘American Varieties of Lettuce.” This paper was prepared by W. W. Tracy, jr., Assistant in Botanical Investigations and Experiments, and has been submitted by the Botanist with a view to its publication. The twenty-seven half-tone plates illustrating the varieties are neces- sary to a complete understanding of the text of this bulletin. Respectfully, B. T. GaLLoway, Chief of Bureau. Hon. James WILSON, Secretary of Agriculture. i] > 7 ee a a = 5 ats olf - ra as >» ae vat ve hay 2 PREFACE For an experimental horticulturist, perhaps no knowledge is more fundamental than that of the characteristics of the plant varieties with which he is dealing, yet for most kinds of garden and field vegetables it is impossible to get this information in authoritative printed form. There is such looseness of nomenclatorial practice, and such inade- quacy of description regarding the varieties of vegetables, that growers, especially owners of private gardens, have much difficulty in getting the varieties best suited to their purposes. The lettuce variety known as Tennis Ball Black-Seeded is advertised by seedsmen under thirty- seven different names. | In Bulletin No. 21 of the Bureau of Plant Industry, entitled ‘* List of American Varieties of Vegetables for the Years 1901 and 1902,” were given about five thousand names of varieties of vegetables offered for sale in those years in American seed catalogues. No attempt was made to say which of these varieties were identical and which were in reality distinct, except where synonyms were given in the catalogues themselves. It had already been determined, however, to take up the various kinds of vegetables one by one and, after a careful series of trials, to publish the results, with descriptions and synonyms. Lettuce is the first vegetable to which this critical study has been given. It will be of interest, therefore, to record a statement regarding those features of the method pursued in the investigation which are novel as applied to this class of objects. The main idea’ was to apply to a horticultural subject the methods of systematic botany. The particular features of this application may be itemized as follows: 1. The descriptive terms used have been defined with precision. Where a verbal description is insufficient to convey an exact idea of form, such as the degree of curliness of leaves, reference is made to an illustration. When it is desired to designate a particular kind of green color, reference is made to a well-known variety of lettuce which exhibits that color. 2. In addition to an outline of classification intended to show the relationship of the varieties, an artificial key has been given, arranged on the convenient dichotomous system and making use of the most conspicuous characters, by which the identification of varieties is very greatly facilitated. 5 6 PREFACE. 3. The varieties sufficiently different to be distinguishable by their form have been illustrated from photographs. A picture of the differ: ences thus brought out could be conveyed by no amount of verbal description alone. The groundwork upon which these botanical methods were applied was that of long experience and modern training in horticultural pro- cedure, and intimate familiarity with the plants themselves. Tentative trials were made in the years 1897, 1898, and 1899, and extensive trials were conducted in each of the four years from 1900 to 1903. Altogether 2,934 samples of lettuce seeds were secured, chiefly by purchase from seedsmen, and grown in the trials. These samples represented 444 variety names recognized by American seedsmen. The trials were conducted under Mr. Tracy’s immediate direction from L897 to 1899, at Kensington, Md., and in the succeeding years on the. Potomac Flats at Washington. In addition, Mr. Tracy visited the extensive trial grounds maintained by five large seed houses, as well as seven seed farms in California, where lettuce seed is grown. Mr. Tracy concludes that of the 404 varieties named in seedsmen’s | catalogues 107 represent really distinct varieties, while the others are merely these same varieties under different names. In adopting a sin- ele name fora much-named variety, the most suitable of the trade names has been chosen. No new names have been proposed by the author, even when the best of the trade names is long and cumbersome. FREDERICK V. COVILLE, Botanist. Orrice OF BoraniIcaL INVESTIGATIONS AND EXPERIMENTS, Washington, D. C., June 11, 1904. CORGREARN FS. Page. 0 See SRS ee Oe ha a pr ereeete i) eee Mil PUG CESCriNiON Jolie yon oabU Speen ts eS SK ect eee cee eae 9 ee ee Cee i ne a i) PeeereniiGat ANG SOICCLION 2c 20.40 cee boss 2-6 od lice ce seca ce ese 10 SCOR: BOOK .# 6S XX. X XI. XXII. XXIII. XXIV. b.Oe.F XX VI. XXVIII. 8 ILLUSTRATIONS. TYPICAL MATURE PLANTS, Fig. 1.—Black-Seeded Simpson. Fig. 2.—Hanson ..............-- Fig. 1.—Tyrolese. Fig. 2.—Golden Heart...............----ceeee Fig. 1.—Green-Fringed. Fig. 2.—Bath Cos ................------ Fig. 1.—American Gathering. Fig. 2.—KEarly Curled Simpson... -. Fig. 1.—Big Boston. Fig. 2.—Prize Head .............--.----+--- Fig. 1.—Onondaga. Fig. 2.—Grand Rapids ...............-.----- Fig. 1.—Density. Fig. 2.—Boston Curled. Fig. 3.—Mignonette. Fig. 4.—White Forcing. .. ..... sxsakb oS kh bm cin eee ee Fig. 1.—Half Century. Fig. 2.—Speckled Dutch Butter. Fig. 3.— Moetio’s Porting... . 5 - c- 2 cmeabscncccthssceeens eee eee TYPICAL MATURE PLANTS (LONGITUDINAL SECTIONS). Fig. 1.—Tom Thumb. Fig. 2.—Mette’s Forcing. Fig. 3.—Paris White Cos. Fig.4.—Lancaster. Fig.5.—Hartford Bronzed Head. Fig. 1.—Speckled Dutch Butter. Fig. 2.—Matador. Fig. 3.—Han- BON. .Scdeteee seems see eee k kL AR ee eee eee eee ee Fig. 1.—Prize Head. Fig. 2.— White Star... 2.. 2.0... .. <.. see TYPICAL YOUNG PLANTS. Fig. 1.—Nansen. Fig. 4.—Hanson. Fig. 2.—Tomhannock. Fig. 5.—All Seasons. Fig. 3.—Big Boston. Fig. 6.—Passion -—<---288 TYPICAL OUTER LEAVES. Fig. 1.—Boston Curled. Fig. 2.—Green-Fringed. Fig. 3.—Earliest Cutting. Fig. 4.—Speckled Dutch Butter. Fig. 5.—Tennis Ball * Black-Seeded, . Fig. 6.—Deacon.....22 <2. 22. boca. oe ee Fig. 1.—Lancaster (back view). Fig. 2.—Lancaster (front view). Fig. 3.—Oak-Leaved. Fig. 4.—Yellow Winter. Fig. 5.—Balti- more Oak-Leaved. Fig. 6.—Big Boston ............-...-...----- Fig. 1.—Early Curled Simpson. Fig. 2.—Giant Glacier. Fig. 3.— Grand Hapeig- >. ~~... ns. ope oae beeen coe ee Fig. 1.—Denver Market. Fig. 2.—Asparagus Lobed-Leaved and Express Cos, = Fig. 3.—Hangon: . -.. 25.2 66 non sd) Seba eee Fig. 1.—Asparagus. Fig. 2.—Bath Cos. Fig. 3.—Paris White Cos. Fig. 4.—Giant White Cos. Fig. 5.—Red Winter Cos B, P. I.—121. B. I. E.—61 AMERICAN VARIETIES OF LETTUCE. INTRODUCTION. Lettuce is our most important salad plant and one of the most varied of our cultivated vegetables. In this country alone it is listed under more than three hundred varietal names and represents more than a hundred really distinct varieties. Being in demand at all sea- sons of the year, it is probubly grown under more varied outdoor and indoor conditions than any other vegetable. Five hundred acres, pro- ducing about 250,000 pounds of seed, are planted in California every year for seed alone. More than 8,000 pounds of one variety have been used in a single year by one American seed house. VARIETIES AND THEIR DESCRIPTIO In order to form a basis fora classification and description of Amer- ican cultivated varieties it becomes necessary to decide several questions as to the proper use of names and the right methods of work. The following are the methods and terms adopted by the Department of Agriculture in conducting lettuce trials and making descriptions. NOMENCLATURE. The simplification of varietal nomenclature is a work of first impor- tance. After the distinct varieties are determined it becomes necessary to decide which of the many names applied by seedsmen to a particular type shall be adopted as the one by which that type shall be known. Generally the name which was first used should be the one adopted, but it is not always practicable to do this because that name may have gone out of general use. Many of our varietal names are so firmly established that it would be almost as difficult to change a language as to change some of those whose origins are traced to a renaming of types. Even though it were possible to decide which was the name first used there would yet remain to be determined whether the name at the present time represents the same type as when first used. Another 9 LO AMERICAN VARIETIES OF LETTUCE, type may have been adopted, as, for example, an improved strain may have appeared in the type and this may have been given a new name and called a new variety. Inthe course of time seedsmen in receiving requests for the old variety may be led to fill all their orders from this new strain instead of using the original type. This is what seems to have occurred with the Early Curled Silesia lettuce, so that instead of having the old type we have now the new one, called Early Curled Simpson, which was developed from Early Curled Silesia. Besides determining whether a name is the one first adopted, or the one in most general use at the present time, there needs to be consid- ered also whether a name be so similar to other names as to be confus- ing and whether it be a many-worded one which can be shortened to one more simple. In regard to the latter question it is a safe rule to drop all such words as improved, selected, perfected, extra, select, choice, superior, celebrated, fine, and true from varietal names, and names of persons in the possessive case may often be omitted. For the above reasons there seems, therefore, to be no hard and fast rule for the naming of varieties. In the following lettuce descriptions those names included in the list of distinct varieties have been chosen to designate the different types, and where confusing names exist among the list of subsidiary varieties the name which is pre- ferred has been designated in some way. ENVIRONMENT AND SELECTION. The description of cultivated varieties becomes a particularly diffi- cult matter because of differences due to environment and selection. All horticulturists have occasion to observe how color, shape, size, and quality are affected by the former and what great differences there are between well-selected and neglected stocks. Our cultivated varieties are quite different in this respect from our native flora, and in the matter of selection our cultivated vegetables which are propagated by seed are quite different from our fruit varieties, which are increased by cuttings. In the latter case there is simply a periodical multiplication of a single original plant or unit; in the former, a yearly aggregation of new units. Too often the ideal formed of a variety in making selections is simply a general idea of a good plant rather than strict adherence to certain points of a variety which may not be attractive in some ways, but which are essential to its usefulness and value as a distinct sort. This lack of thoroughness in selection is not so marked in lettuce as in vegetables like corn, where, as a result of careless selection, the varie- ties tend to run very much together. Selection has the most marked influence ona variety when stocks are bred up from single plants. The variety is changed for good or bad more quickly in that way, but if a SOURCE OF SEED. 11 number of plants are selected and propagated together the checks on one another are very numerous and the average run or tendency of the variety is generally maintained, even when the selections have not been well mace. SOURCE OF SEED. It is very important that the source of seed be mentioned in all variety descriptions. This is necessary, not so much to indicate the various stocks handled by different seedsmen as it is to show whether there be a total difference in type. It sometimes happens that varie- ties are changed in the seed store or labels misplaced in the field, the mistake not being discovered for several years perhaps, while in the meantime the wrong seeds may not only have been sent out from the store, but also have been planted in the fieid. All those who have worked on a seed farm and know what a great number of stocks are grown onsuch a place, will realize how easily these mistakes may occur. But the use of the wrong type is due not so much to this cause as it is to the confusion resulting from the similarity of many varietal names. Generally, when varietal names are similar, they refer to one and the same type, but there are many cases where such is not the fact, and the seed grower or seedsman not knowing all these distinctions fills the order from the wrong type. Were the writer to relate in the following descriptions all cases where the seed of a wrong variety has been supplied, or in deciding upon the right type were he to give equal weight to all samples regardless of the reputation of the different seed houses or their ability to obtain the right type, there would result from such a course a confusion rather than a clearing up of the subject. A record of such mistakes would be of little service to the reader. It would not even illustrate the reliability of the different seed houses, for the sam- ples in any particular case would not be numerous enough to prove anything along this line. Where there is an apparent effort on the part of a seed house to supply a certain lettuce type for a particular variety no mistakes have been mentioned in the following descrip- tions, but where the wrong type is regularly supplied by a seedsman or where there is no effort to supply a certain type for a particular variety it becomes worthy of publication. CULTURAL PECULIARITIES. Lettuce is a cool-weather plant which succeeds best when grown in the spring and autumn. It succumbs to frost and cold if previously grown in warm weather, but stands severe weather if gradually hard- ened to it, so much so that gardeners even as far north as Long Island sometimes sow the seed in September and winter the plants over out- doors either entirely unprotected or with only a slight covering of 12 AMERICAN VARIETIES OF LETTUCE. brush. Under favorable conditions the seed sprouts within three or four days, but it may sometimes be greatly delayed. When the weather is dry or cold, seed planted in September may not sprout until the next spring. Self-sown lettuce is common and inferior seed is sometimes obtained from such crops. Practically all the seed used in this country is raised in California. Only a very small part of it is imported, though perhaps not farther back than 1880 the larger part of it came from abroad, California having first produced seed about six years previous to that date. Lettuce does not readily cross-fertilize in the field and different varieties are planted side by side with little danger of mixture. The plants are generally grown for seed in the same way as for market. Sometimes they are left so close together that no heads are formed, and this is said to produce inferior seed. It requires from 30 to 60 plants to produce a pound of seed. | TERMS USED IN DESCRIPTION. Lettuce varies so greatly, whether grown under cover or outdoors, that it becomes necessary to decide upon one or the other condition for making comparison of varieties. For purposes of description and clas- sification outdoor-grown lettuce is more satisfactory than greenhouse- grown specimens. They show greater differences in color and habit than plants grown under glass, and the following descriptions are, therefore, made from them. It will sometimes be found difficult to identify indoor-grown plants from such descriptions, and for this rea- son it will be necessary to bear constantly in mind that greenhouse lettuce grows much looser, more upright in habit, and is much more solid green in color than lettuce grown in the open. CLASSES. Cultivated lettuce is known technically to botanists as Lactuca sativa Linn. ‘The species to which this name is given has not been found in the wild state, and it is generally supposed that it has been derived from ZL. virosa Linn. or L. scarvola Linn. The classes to be made of lettuce in the following descriptions are those recognized by most seedsmen and horticultural writers, namely, the cos, distinguished by their upright habit, long, loaf-shaped heads, and spatulate leaves; the /u¢fer, distinguished by their buttery flavor, and the crisp, distinguished by their hard, crisp texture. Express Cos, on Plates XV and X XVI, Paris White Cos, on Plate XIX, and the five types of leaves on Plate X XVII are good examples of the cos class; California Cream Butter, on Plate VIII, Maximum, on Plate XI, Hartford Bronzed Head, on Plate XTX, and Tennis Ball Black-Seeded, _ on Plate X XIII, of the butter class; while Green-Fringed, on Plate III, Malta, on Plate XII, White Star, on Plate XXI, and Grand Rapids, on CLASSES. 13 Plate XXV, show the characteristics of the crisp class. There is no difficulty in identifying the cos varieties, but certain of the crisp and butter varieties are much alike. The latter are generally more deli- cately flavored, softer, and more pliable in texture. The crisp vari- eties are coarser veined and larger ribbed than the butter sorts but not more so than the cos varieties. ‘Their borders are also more devel- oped than other parts of the leaf and the cotyledons of the young seedlings are generally longer than those of the butter sorts. On account of their much developed borders they are sometimes called frilled lettuce. These three classes of lettuce are each again separated into two sub- classes. The cos are divided into those which are se/f-closing or comprise kinds which form well blanched heads without tying up, and the /oose-closing, or those open sorts, which will not form well blanched heads without tying. Express Cos, on Plate XV, and Paris White Cos, on Plate XIX, are good examples of the self-closing, and Bath Cos, on Plate III, of the loose-closing varieties. The butter and crisp class@s are separated alike into cabbage-heading and bunching, the former referring to plants whose leaves overlap one another in such a smooth, regular way as to form a head like a cab- bage, and the latter to those whose heads are open, clustered, or bunched in arrangement, or if overlapping one another at all doing so at the heart only, all the outer or visible portions remaining more or less loose leaved. Hanson, on Plates I and XX, and Big Boston, on Plate V, are good examples of the cabbage-heading varieties, and Early Curled Simpson, on Plate IV, Prize Head, on Plate X XI, and Lancaster, on Plate XIX, of the bunching varieties. Under the latter subclass are embraced all degrees of clustered growth from varieties loose leaved like an endive and represented by Boston Curled and Green-Fringed to those densely bunched and represented by Black- Seeded Simpson and White Star. The term ‘‘ cutting” has been used by a few writers in the United States and by Vilmorin, of France, to embrace only varieties of the former mode of growth, but in this country it is generally made to include all bunching varieties and is used simply as another name for bunching. Vilmorin has also classified lettuces into spring, summer, and winter, but such a division has little value in a climate like ours, and has never been used in this country. SIZE. Lettuce varieties may be divided as to size into seven divisions. Exampies of each are: Very small (White Forcing, on Pl. VII), smal/ (Boston Curled, on Pl. VIL), small-medium (Mignonette, on Pi. VII), medium (Reichner, on Pl. X V1), /arge-medium (Hubbard’s Market, on Pl. X), /arge (California Cream Butter, on Pl. VIII), and very large 14 AMERICAN VARIETIES OF LETTUCE. (Hanson, on Pl. 1). The size of lettuce plants varies so much under different conditions of growth that it is not possible to give equiva- lents of these in figures, and they are employed only to give an idea of the relative size of varieties. ‘They are not based wholly on either weight or total spread of plant, because some hard-headed varieties weigh more than larger but softer-headed sorts, and, on the other hand, a plant often develops in height rather than spread. MATURITY. The following terms may be used in lettuce descriptions to express different periods of maturity: Very ear/y (meaning plants requiring from 54 to 60 days to mature from sowing of the seed), early (61 to 66 days), early intermediate (67 to 72 days), entermediate (73 to 76 days), late intermediate (TT to 80 days), late (81 to 85 days), very late (86 to 90 days). These figures are based upon trials conducted at Washington, D. C., during the spring and autumn months. They presuppose a quick germination, the plants appearing above the surface within four days after sowing the seed, and a good continuous average growth afterwards. If grown during spring in the Santa Clara Valley of California or in other similar places, or under unfavorable conditions, or in greenhouses during winter when the sun is not strong and the days are short, it may require a materially longer time to reach the same development; but if grown outdoors under similar conditions as those obtained at Washington these figures will answer for most parts of our country. Itshould be mentioned also that these dates are based upon the full maturity of the plant, or to the time when about one- fourth of the plants are at their prime. They do not refer to varieties when first usable, and for this reason some bunching sorts like Prize Head are not given as early a season as most seedsmen claim for them. SHOOTING TO SEED. The expression ‘*‘shootine to seed” is used to denote the first appear- ] g ance of a seed stalk. In cabbage varieties it is the same as the burst- ‘ing of the head; in all varieties it is when the lettuce first becomes bitter and unusable. When plants have grown very poorly and in inferior stocks, the seed stalk sometimes develops immediately, so that no considerable head or cluster of leaves is formed. In well-grown plants of the firm cabbage-heading varieties the seed stalk is so tightly bound by the overlapping leaves that it becomes necessary to cut open the plant before the tender shoot can break through the head. This opening of the leaves is very necessary where lettuce is grown for seed. Unless it is done, the plant ‘‘ heats,” soon afterwards rots, and no seed stalk develops. The forcing varieties and most of the extra early and early sorts shoot to seed under the least provocation when grown outdoors in the ordinary way, and so susceptible are they to — SHOOTING TO SEED. 15 the heat and strong sun of early or middle summer that they are sel- dom successfully grown outdoors unless forced or started very early and transplanted. The time at which lettuce varieties shoot to seed is so variable and depends so much upon conditions that it is impossi- ble to give exact periods for the different varieties. Moreover, a variety can remain for weeks in the autumn without shooting to seed, whereas if planted inthe spring the strong sun of early summer comes at the end rather than the beginning of its growth and forces the seed stalk to develop within a few days, while the extra early sorts which may have been planted on the same day will have arrived at their maturity earlier in the season when the influences forcing the seed stalk to grow are not so strong. ’ The terms used to express differences in shooting to seed are as follows: Very quickly, meaning so susceptible to heat and strong sun as to be useless for summer growing. Such varieties are rarely success- ful outdoors in spring, are suitable only for forcing or indoor culture, and form no head in summer and very poor ones outdoors in spring. Examples are White Forcing and Emperor Forcing. Vuickly, meaning so susceptible to heat and strong sun as to form very poor heads in summer but sometimes good ones in spring. With the exceptions of Green-Fringed, Boston Curled, and Asparagus Cos, the varieties included in this division are to be classed as strictly fore- ing sorts. Examples are’Tennis Ball White-Seeded and Hothouse. Intermediate, meaning quickly shooting to seed in summer if the weather is unusually warm or the sun unusually strong. Because of earliness, varieties included in this division may be classed as excellent spring and sometimes also as good summer sorts, there being with good culture and favorable conditions little premature shooting to seed in spring or early summer. Examples are Hubbard’s Market and Matador. Slow, meaning such resistance to sun and strong heat that even in the hottest weather of midsummer the plants can be left for at least five days after maturing without danger of bursting their heads. Examples are Deacon and California Cream Butter. Very slow, meaning fit to use for an unusually long time, even under influences of the strongest sun or most intense heat. Examples are Hanson and New York. The time at which the different varieties developed seed stalks in the Department of Agriculture trials is given in the table on page 21. HABIT. In describing the habit of a plant we speak of it as compact (White Forcing, on Pl. VII) when the growth is confined to a small compass and the leaves are well gathered together. A spreading plant (Red 16 AMERICAN VARIETIES OF LETTUCE. Besson, on Pl. XIII) is one whose growth extends over much ground and whose leaves grow so flatly outward that they become well sepa- rated from the middle portion of the plant. An upright growth is not necessarily compact, for the middle or head part of the plant may be very upright while the outer leaves may grow very loosely out- ward and cover much ground. Solidity refers only to the head or middle part of the plant, the terms urd, firm, soft, loose, and open being used to express the differ- ent degrees of this quality, Hanson, Tennis Ball Black-Seeded, Red Besson, Onondaga, and Golden Heart standing, respectively, as exam- ples of each. //ard refers to those cabbage varieties which approach a cabbage in solidity. Firm refers to those cos and softer leaved cab- bage varieties which are so distinctly less solid than a cabbage as to bear little comparison with it for solidity but still to be regarded as decidedly solid for a lettuce. It includes also the most solid and dense varieties of the bunching sorts or those which at their heart are as solid as the firm cabbage varieties. Soft refers to those varieties which are so lacking in solidity as to be easily compressed, though they have no decided spaces between the leaves of the head or cluster. Loose refers to those varieties which are not only easily compressed but have decided spaces between the leaves of their head or cluster. ~ Open refers to those varieties of a free, spreading growth with little — or no denser middle part. The blanching of a lettuce depends largely upon its solidity, and it is really unnecessary to describe both these qualities, though it has been done in the following descriptions so as to_ point out these important qualities more directly. Other important considerations in the habit of a plant are the — arrangement of the leaves, whether regu/ar (Deacon, on Pl. X), zrregu~ lar (Speckled Dutch Butter, on Pl. XVID), formal (Bath Cos, on PL III), or fisted (Nansen, on Pl. XXII), or whether the head leaves overlap one another closely (Deacon, on Pl. X), turn back 7 ist | at their borders (Mette’s Forcing, on Pl. XTX), meet at their margins only (Yellow Winter, on Pl. IX), fold well over one another ona the middle of the head (Hanson, on Pl. I), grow together uprightly (Half Century, on Pl. XVIII) or curve inward and overlap one another ina — complete cabbagelike manner (Deacon, on Pl. X). LEAVES. The leaves of lettuce vary so much in shape, character, and colo whether they be from the outside or center of the plant or from young, mature, seed-producing, summer, spring, or greenhouse spe oa mens, that it becomes necessary to decide upon one kind of lea for making comparisons. Accordingly, the leaves referred to in tl i following descriptions are always, except where otherwise noted, t LEAVES, 17 largest leaves of prime, outdoor plants, or those just outside the head or body of a mature specimen. Shape.—Such great variations exist in the shape of lettuce leaves that but little can be written regarding the identification of varieties from the shape of their leaves. They may be either road (Deacon, on Pl. XXITT) or spatulate (Karly Curled Simpson, on Pl. X XV), the latter term referring to varieties with leaves gradually narrowed down- ward from a rounded summit. Those which curve inward are said to be cup-shaped (Earliest Cutting, on Pl. XXIII). The first early leaves of most varieties are spatulate. Some kinds, such as Early Curled Simpson, are of this shape when mature, but the largest middle leaves of mature plants of most varieties are as broad as long. Green- house-grown lettuces are more spatulate leaved than outdoor-grown specimens, and summer-grown plants are longer leaved than spring- grown ones. Surface.—A leaf is said to be blistered when it has small elevations and depressions between its veins, and crumpled when such formations are large or consist of considerable folds and excessive developments of its growth. Grand Rapids, on Plate X XV, and Denver Market, on Plate XX VI, are good examples of leaves which are both blistered and crumpled; Express Cos, on Plate XX VI, and Green-F ringed, on Plate XXIII, of leaves which are blistered but not crumpled, and Asparagus, on Plate X XVII, of a leaf which is neither blistered nor crumpled. The very young leaves of all lettuce varieties are never crumpled and are seldom blistered. All varieties forming a head show both the crumpled and blistered character at the inner heart leaves,and it is only in the largest leaves just outside the head of a mature plant where marked variety characteristics in the surface of a leaf are found. Margin.—The margin of a leaf is the line describing its contour. In lettuce it may be entire, i. e., without toothing or division; serrate, i. e., having teeth pointing forward; or crenate, 1. e., scalloped by even, rounded notches. The serrate and crenate character is sometimes not developed until the plant is almost mature, and whenever the margin is mentioned it is the upper part which is referred to, never the lower portion, which is generally more or less jagged and does not show much character. Deacon and Earliest Cutting, on Plate X XIII, are good examples of leaves with entire margins; Big Boston, on Plates V, XXII, and XXIV, of leaves with obscurely crenate margins, and Hanson, on Plates I, X XII, and X XVI, of leaves with serrate margins. Border.—The border of a leaf is that portion of the blade adjacent to the margin. In nearly all butter varieties this part is flat or blis- tered. In nearly all crisp lettuces it is fri//ed, by which is meant that the border is much more developed than other parts of the leaf so 5408—No. 69—04——2 Ls AMERICAN VARIETIES OF LETTUCE, that it forms sharp folds. In a few varieties of both the crisp and butter sorts this part of the leaf is wxdulate, by which is meant that the border is somewhat more developed than other parts of the leaf, so that it becomes wavy and forms rounded folds. The frilled and undulate character is sometimes not developed until the plant is mature, and whenever the margin is mentioned it is the upper part to which reference is made, never the lower portion, which is generally flat and does not show much character. Lancaster, on Plate XXIV, is a good example of a flat border, and Boston Curled and Green- Fringed, on Plate XXIII, of a frilled border. The undulate borders are so obscure in lettuce plants that it is difficult to illustrate them, but those of Big Boston,on Plates V, XXII, and XXIV, White Forcing, on Plate VII, and Speckled Dutch Butter, on Plate XVIII, are perhaps the best examples which can be given. COLOR. There are various differences in the color of nearly all distinct varieties of lettuces which the expert seedsman makes use of in identifying varieties in the field, but which on account of their minute- ness and great variation under different conditions of weather become of little use in written descriptions. In the following varieties, instead of attempting to classify the different colors, all lettuces are simply referred to as brown or green. No attempt is made to divide them, as some writers have done, into bronze, red, pink, brown, and bronzed red, though a division has been made of the different shades of green and brown, as shown in the following examples: Very light green, Golden Queen; light green, Tennis Ball Black-Seeded; medium green, Hubbard’s Market; dark green, White Chavigne; very dark green, New York; dull green, Tennis Ball White-Seeded; glossy green, Thick Head Yellow; light brown, Matador; bright brown, Prize Head; dark brown, Hartford Bronzed Head; very dark brown, Mignonette; dull brown, Brown Dutch Black-Seeded. It should be borne in mind that the color description of these dif- ferent varieties is based upon outdoor-grown plants. Sorts like Onondaga which are almost solid brown out of doors become almost solid green when grown in greenhouses. SEEDS. The seeds of lettuce varieties differ in color, size, and shape. Color is the most important quality and is the only variation commonly mentioned in descriptions. It is referred to in the following pages as whitish, blackish, or yellowish, and the seed of Red Winter Cos is described as brownish in color. The more common terms white, black, yellow, and brown are not used because these colors are never very decided and vary greatly with age and with the methods of harvesting SEEDLING PLANTS. 19 the seed. Those described as blackish may have a grayish tinge, as in Brown Genoa, or a brownish cast, as in California Cream Butter. The size of lettuce seed varies according to the locality in which it is grown, California seed being especially large. The crisp sorts are generally larger seeded than the butter varieties. ‘The large crisp varieties have unusually large seeds. Some of the lettuce samples which have been examined are narrower in shape than others, a few are very pointed, but no uniform varietal differences have as yet been detected in these respects except that the Defiance variety is distinctly broader than other sorts. SEEDLING PLANTS. The seedling plants of the different lettuce varieties show more or less variation in the color, shape, and size of their first seed leaves, and furnish an interesting study for the botanist. These differences are, however, too slight and unimportant to be mentioned in describing varieties, and they need only be referred to by giving a few general rules in regard to them. Perhaps the most important of these is that the color of the mature plant is more or less clearly indicated by that of the young seedling, especially if the mature plant be brownish. When the brown tinge in the young seedling is so slight that it seems impossible to say whether there be any brown present, the seedling plant may in that case be cut off at its stem, and if, after withering somewhat, the stem becomes colored where it was cut, this seems to be, so far as has been observed, a sign that the plant is brownish when. mature. If the stem remains green after being cut, the mature plant is probably wholly green in color. The seedlings of the cos varieties are known by-their very long slender seed leaves and seem almost to be possessed cf a leaf stem. The crisp varieties are uniformly nar- rower leaved than the butter varieties. Excepting in the case of Malta, Giant Glacier, and a few others, they are not, however, as long leaved as the cos varieties. The seed leaves of the butter varieties are gen- erally more glossy green than the crisp and cos sorts. VARIETIES SUITED TO DIFFERENT CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS. There are many important factors which determine the variety best suited for particular purposes. Some of these are: (1) Differences in soil and climate.—The cos varieties, for example, succeed much better in England than in our country, and everywhere market gardeners find that certain kinds are best adapted for their conditions of soil and climate. (2) The season at which the plants are grown.—Some kinds succeed well in the spring, but shoot to seed at once in hot weather and are of little use for summer planting. Certain kinds are very hardy to cold, 20 AMERICAN VARIETIES OF LETTUCE, and winter successfully outdoors unprotected, while other varieties, especially the crisp sorts, are failures for this purpose. (3) Methods of Jrowing$, whether in greenhouses, hotheds, or cold Srames, and whether transplanted into the Open OF SOWN directly in place outdoors. n field culture, where time and space are not so important as in greenhouses, it is more profitable to grow the large varieties, which are much later in season than those commonly grown under olass. (4) The tastes of consumers or the requirements of the market.— Some prefer the soft, delicate-flavored butter varieties, which are used for serving on the table with dressing; others are more accus- tomed to the hard texture of the crisp sorts; while still others think there is nothing superior to the coarse but sweet leaves of the cos lettuces, and a change from one to the other of these different types is agreeable to most persons. In some markets the light green lettuces are demanded and there is little sale for brown-colored sorts. In our eastern markets the head lettuces are most in demand during winter, while in the West the more easily grown bunching sorts of the Grand Rapids type are the kinds most used for forcing. On account of differences due to the requirements mentioned, it is impossible to select a definite list of the best varieties. The following may be recommended as some of the best for the purposes named: fHlome use.—Deacon, Hartford Bronzed Head, New York, Prize Head, Mignonette, Black-Seeded Simpson, Paris White Cos, California Cream Butter, Iceberg, Tennis Ball Black-Seeded. Market garden ing outdoors.— Big Boston, Tennis Ball Black-Seeded, Black-Seeded Simpson, Hanson, Reichner, California Cream Butter, Paris White Cos, Mammoth Black-Seeded Butter, Hubbard’s Market, White Chavigne. Market gardening under glass.—Grand Rapids, Crumpled-Leaved, Hothouse, Black-Seeded Simpson, Golden Queen, Mette’s Forcing, White Star, Hubbard’s Market, Tennis Ball White-Seeded, Detroit Market Gardener’s Forcing. | VYuality.—Half Century, Hartford Bronzed Head, Deacon, Paris White Cos, Mignonette, New York, Tennis Ball Black-Seeded, Cali- fornia Cream Butter, Hubbard’s Market, Golden Queen. Most largely planted in order named.—Prize Head, Hanson, Black- Seeded Simpson, Tennis Ball Black-Seeded, Big Boston, California Cream Butter, Early Curled Simpson, Mammoth Black-Seeded Butter, Deacon, Grand Rapids. Desirable new or little-known varieties.—Mette’s Forcing, Express Cos, Matador, Crumpled-Leaved, Unrivaled, White Chavigne, White Loaf, Bon Ton. ry 7. TABLE OF VARIETIES. 24 TABLE OF VARIETIES. The measurements and dates given in the following table are based upon trials conducted at Washington, D. C., during the spring and autumn of 1903. They presuppose both a quick germination, where the plants appear above the surface within four days after sowing the seed, and a good average growth afterwards. ; | First ap- rhea ge geen i Weight of Diameter Variety. sowing stalk mature of mature seed. laftersow-| Plant. plant. | | ing seed. | Days. | Days. Ounces. | Inches. I te eT ae ee Pan PIE Ata Le > ae 77 96 13} 11} CN SECEEIOLIN oye oa wh eipewa pss Oo n'v dus dav eA RAMEE 2 «0 76 _| 96 143 14} te eee oo weed wncdeds veeeen avert eet aeeEeee | 77 96 13} 11} ESERIES 2 EEA CY Sate, EERE Sa eS |, 5 67 | 76 10 63 Asparagus Lobed-Leaved............2..--.2.sscenyeeceeeneoee 78 | 91 123 14 aE EES CL MACH, VOU aa ies wicte's oo due We nian ac win Pavan cea aieis << © 72 96 7% 104 ME eis SE ca odie eke atu aes! Jesu b hose ne epee aaa: 90 | 109 18 11 RUAMPRIGRIATEY vee te ots cee wk Sai n/omoUSRe Coe oa oh easy eee. a 78 me OD 163 11} US URTS ES 5 (TG TE STATO) 01210) 1 eo RPP gets 78 100 20 | 14 ERR REAG RROD) SiS oes ad 5 Sen tn ew heen ae ee wae Oe & 86 | 110 23 163 REE aaa Neha See CEA aN oe taliate 2 acnia neg Se I 0 80 105 212 | 143 SEE NS UE ieee 8 2c te a ere Ion ToS Be 67 75 43 | 8h Briggs’ Forcing and Garden ..............-..0-.-seeeeeeeceses- 64 74 ee 103 8S an ga a ES ER A oy eo | 87 | 100 163 | 14 er WML GH: DINCKASECOCO se cues cess scvecceccecm ee ceccanede 78 93 123 | 113 oo gue cir A BUY Leo Ss Cs Ba ro ai eae oe 78 93 ¥2 | 11} Par ENIOH og oe Gea ee clin Soe an oes Soh le Se am 78 93 123 12 ST SESS he ete Oe oe i a Ra ok a 83 101 103 | 12 PREBGE ROS Onur PLGA: 2 2 geantit emits RSet nase ene he eee 82 | 100 16 | 11} SMIEN Seen ae Shc ney cen wad. foot stad es Sine oe . 79. | 96 63 9 LOLI OTORIT DULCE: oo. cas centre le.cnmdes -S2 saetee see eteeee 77 94 15} | 114 ig a ER aR! 84 104 153 | 13 MN ENIERIN oe AE oe aig oo nme oh kwon gl eye ee ee 64 69 62 | 10 Pes Tame Wy NILES CADDALC:. 222-005. aot es oet eed eo chee eee 70 82 7 92 SMMEMR MATER foc eo. oh ae ee 62 72 8} 92 SM REENER MENS Phe See eae Ry Sis ina win. lene ene waanw gear by athe 87 | 100 16} 14 RRO rae Ne so eee ee See ene oo aln Sage ea cvee wees s coos 73 90 93 11 RRCRIIS UG ly coe ets Se re cee Soils oo oa a se dpe ee chae dem 79 102 8F | 12 0 Ege re pe MRCS, Ae 7 tie ee ah a 59 ~ 72 1 53 enVGrmaRTheh. oo - an 1. Sees eee os ee ok See cee Se 80 104 gz 12 Hewoit Market Gardener's Norcing :...... 0. ..s<05 52250. ce ek 78 | 96 163 13} eM LUG RT CATE AOS wie cane oc ane coe tek caer ee oe 79 | 97 202 10 0 UEC EN* peut SE es Rapes a Jolie EB ieee 2 Sn o> Re ie dee A | 70 | 86 63 10 RRMeIES TSCM NEI OI cia Ug ca on ean oe es une ee eM 54 | 59 | h | 53 So SE Bea ag AS Oe depo heel PR Top, Se ei) | 74 | 77 | 8: | 123 aera lee its) yh) 3 oh ee ae aL 89 107 13 | 14 RENO DNL PRG ht at hae x ewok ath 2. ws aa'nln tem wid oc ersot cw eat lr 71 | 83 | 12 | 73 ee SMMILEUUPETOMEN. Cr es. oe tia eck St Ee ue ree ee 68 | 78 62 | 72 RETIN fe nt Gas cons nis web bv s denaw one dnd xhddmn 74 | 77 85 11 OE SS i eee aaa Sane 88 111 | 123 17 OO ie AS Sa ene Dee PT eee 88 | 107 30 12 NNER COMES, 2 tee ete ok line 3 ity Ww nv n'a’ oS Swine ie ao eas 84 | 104 | 16 13 NE PEE Wer irs Dictate hire iW aan a wn’ 0's ac sw d's Sm ay oo ae 72 82 | 114 14 22 AMERICAN VARIETIES OF LETTUOCR. _ | First ap- | Mera | Peatan® Weight of Diameter Variety. sowing | stalk mature of mature | seed, \aftersow- Plant. plant, ing seed, Days. | Drys. | Ounces. | Inches, Cb det Queer 8 ace te ne ccc ueseiesnuen’ 65 75 64 7k Golden Snoting se eee eae encode ddscevces adecsssdtoone 78 | CrGyl RAW cone voe tas ce unetiet tees Cacds cx cx caccexvceetoenae 69 | COE 8 en ee er es Ne ee uescnene Sane 2 Can OOO ie ee ee. co cnesucach enn 71 on eee Se). ok i 69 | PR ONGO 4 oo oso cas cin cr ee eed ee ecco ccrwcvecauweabeke 86 BaP OR a a ee oe, ese es «x's ae oe 69 | Flayvdy Green, FAINIOrernite on eo cas aes caverevcncnans 82 Flartiord “Pvrmees Bite a occ cence vane nceecsaee 76 1. Cee Se ee ee win coc we wae bea 89 OR Oe a a cocubites .esesseeteeueurben 58 easy ie ae ee sen cunceccakemeaen 69 A one se EE aco was sien aaccaenehs 82 Tralian Tees: So. cdewedectadns cans evoeen Bes sar ceneen eee 86 BeriGQStOr 4 Saas cee cass eels nee ble daic c< +s ccwnee'lumexemewe 72 pricy S GTO One ae Re a ee ee 82 Bee's Markok Ferment ee, «oc cenn st culcpumees 63 | MINN Aene COR... oe eee eee ees eee = wd Ry isi, tee 82 | PO CARE pee ha SS er Pr ge 87 Mammoth Black-Seeded Butter. o. eo. nce... - ence cwmeccenmans 73 Marblehead. Mammen sen cae on ee eins ve ance ccweamgwastues 82 Mata@or: o. 9.2 oo ee ee eee. wa swc aheuanaehene 63 Maen 26. os se ee a «oo on we owe aaneeeneee 84 Mette’s Forcing ..........- cS. ee ee 60 Middletowner. -. =~ nude ee eee - « oo eon hema cncer cues 67 Mienonette. ooo. . as eee ee ae ates ~ + ov oannpeescu utc cuneee 68 PET ie oie cracls wc a eee RS 6 5's svn lc cate 72 WMEOTEO ioc xen Soi ee a 5 055 sd nccemannnenmwas 80 INQGINSOD oo oo oe on Sa EE ons cas nine puma Neen 65 New Yorks 22255 toca se ee OG « wae we wnt nanan de beuene 87 Ogk-ea week o-oo ee oc so wens we weld Sw SREER EE 72 OnOnGa Sa. Sa. ccs cs cen te es ~ «omen nie a oid bance an Sue ye POYIS SUPE oa. ania nc ete ee En o2 ole w'ce Se ace eens 82 Paris WIG; COS fsa eee a ee aenEs « » ic occa stein Lane roan 82 PRSSION o.oo secs oe ae ee Ce «a 5 <5 os ond cate pees 86 Philadelphia Butter cose cn wc taeaeeas os os cen sanwananaesawaas 65 Prince: OF Wales: COs £aaae cece atten « ... | 84 100 | 12 12} eas. . 66 78 | 94 | PE ais oo. 74 92 123 | 13} a. 7 84 104 187 | 15 5 anaes <: 72 87 | 10} | 14 AY 80 100 | 9 10} (cubawas-- 71 85 | 6} 9} CLASSIFICATION OF VARIETIES. [w=whitish seeds, b=blackish seeds, y=yellowish seeds, br=brownish seeds. } Cuiass I.—Butter varieties. Susctass I.—Cabbage-heading varie- ties. CoLtor pivision I.—Plants wholly green. Advancer (w). All Seasons (0b). Briggs’ Forcing and Garden (w). Burpee’s Butter Head (w). Buttercup (w). Deacon (w). Emperor Forcing (w). German Early Head. (w). Golden Queen (w). Harbinger (w). Hardy Green Hammersmith (w). Hubbard’s Market (ww). Large Yellow Market (w). Lee’s Market Forcin w). Mammoth Black-Seeded Butter(b). Mette’s Forcing (w). Nansen (w). Paris Sugar (w). Philadelphia Butter (w). Reichner (w). Silver Ball (w). Tennis Ball Black-Seeded (0). Thick Head Yellow (w). Tom Thumb (bd). Unrivaled (w). White Chavigne (w). White Forcing (w). White Giant (4). White Loaf (1). White Summer Cabbage (w). Yellow-Seeded Butter (7). Cuiass I.—Butter varieties—Continued. Susciass I.—Cabbage-heading varie- ties—Continued. Cotor pivision II.—Plants tinged brownish, larger part green. Big Boston (7). Brown Dutch Black-Seeded (/). Brown Dutch White-Seeded (w). Brown Genoa (5). California Cream Butter (5). Cold Frame White Cabbage (w). Crumpled-Leaved (w). Defiance (w). Emperor William (0). German Incomparable ()). Half Century (0). Hothouse (w). Maximum (bd). Milly (w). Passion (b). St. Louis Black-Seeded Forcing (>). Shotwell’s Brown Head (/). Speckled Dutch Butter (w). Sutton’s Giant Cabbage (7). Tennis Ball White-Seeded (vw). Victoria Red-Edged (vw). Yellow Winter (w). CoLor Division III.—Plants brown- ish, small portion only greenish. Brown Head (w). Eureka (7). Golden Spotted (ww). Hartford Bronzed Head (+). Hero (d). Matador (w). Red Besson (/). 24 AMERICAN VARIETIES OF Ciass |.— Butter varieties—Continued. Supctass I,.—Cabbage-heading varie- ties—Continued. CoLtor piviston I11.—Plants brown- ish, small portion only green- ish—Continued. Shotwell’s Brown Head (Bridge- man) (b), Sugar Loaf (w). Trout (w). Susc ass I1.— Bunching varieties. CoLor pivistion I.—Plants wholly green. Baltimore Oak-Leaved (ww). Earliest Cutting (w). Golden Heart (w). Lancaster (w). Oak-Leaved (w). CoLor DIVIsIoNn 11.—Plants brownish. Hero (6). Cuiass II.—Crisp varieties. Suscuass I.—Cabbage-heading varie- ties. CoLor piviston I.—Plants wholly green. Blonde Bloek Head (w). Brittle Ice (w). Dammann’s Ice (w). Denver Market (vw). Detroit Market Gardener’s Fore- ing (w). Giant Glacier (w). Golden Curled (w). Hanson (w). Italian Ice (ww). Malta (w). New York (w). CoLor priviston II.—Plants tinged brownish, large part greenish. Density (2). Iceberg (w). Marblehead Mammoth (ww). Tyrolese (ww). Cotor pivision III.—Plants brown- - ish, small part only greenish. Chartier (ww). Mignonette (6). Sugar Loaf (ww). LETTUOER, Ciass I1.—Crisp varieties—Continued. Suse ass [1.—Bunching varieties. CoLor pivision I,—Plants wholly green, Black-Seeded Simpson (b). Bon Ton (+). Boston Curled (+). Chicago Forcing (+). Detroit Market Gardener’s Fore- ing (w). Golden Curled (w). Grand Rapids (b). Green-Fringed (w). Middletowner (w). Morse (7). White-Seeded Simpson (w). White Star (). Cotor pivision Il.—Plants brown- ish, small part only greenish. American Gathering (7). Chartier (w). Onondaga (w). Prize Head (w). Tomhannock (w). Cxiass I1I.—Cos varieties. Susc.ass I.—Spatulate-leaved varieties. HEADING Division I.—Self-closing. CoLor piviston I.—Plants wholly green. Dwarf White Heart Cos (w). Express Cos (7). Giant White Cos (w). Green Cos (w). Limagne Cos (7). Paris White Cos (w). Prince of Wales Cos (1). ago DIVISION II.—Plants brown- ish. Red Winter Cos (br). HEADING Division I].—Loose-closing. Bath Cos (b). Susciass II.—Lanceolate-leaved varie- ties. Asparagus ()). Susciass I]1.—Lobed-leaved varieties. Asparagus Lobed-Leaved (b). KEY TO VARIETIES. [Applicable only to outdoor-grown specimens. ] 1. Leaves distinctly lanceolate -........- 1. Leaves spatulate, oval to roundish, sometimes lobed, always rounded at sumweat 6 Lasse Re ee 2. Leaves distinctly lobed and entire -.- 2. Leaves entire, serrate, or crenate at'upper part, sometimes- deeply cut at wee eee ee eee eee ee eee eee err rrr base but never distinctly lobed in any part ........------.---- seceeeee He He GO OO . Lobes terminating mostly at base of leaf.........-...---------------- . Lobes terminating mostly along midrib of leaf...........---.----------- sBedde binckigh—- o-oo... 2.6 ccc acces , eeds whitish. =Fu0E ss. «2.6. ve cue ; KEY TO VARIETIES. - 95 . Leaves always either spatulate or oval in shape, sometimes blistered but neither outside nor inner heart leaves ever crumpled, these leaves always straight and stiff, never thin and soft. Excepting Asparagus and Aspar- agus Lobed-Leaved includes all lettuces commonly called cos ........-.-.- 6 . Leaves generally broad in shape, rarely long, never narrower than broadly spatulate, more or less blistered or crumpled or both, the inner heart leaves always crumpled and somewhat soft, never decidedly stiff and flat. Excepting the lobed-leayed varieties includes lettuces variously known as crisp, butter, cabbaging, bunching, and cutting..........--- y I gO) EE Se ee OOO 7 ELEY DEOOT oa ee URL aed sal dango =n soe c's oowencaneensaen 8 7. Plant washed with dull brown and seeds blackish .........-.- ae, Cee Bath Cos 7. Plant almost solid bright brown and seeds brownish ..........-- Red Winter Cos 8. Plant very early and small for a cos variety, early-intermediate in season, medium in size compared to most butter and crisp varieties -...-. - Express Cos 8. Plant very late and large compared to most butter and crisp varieties. - - - - - Dwarf White Heart Cos, Giant White Cos, Green Cos, : Limagne Cos, Paris White Cos, Prince of Wales Cos I ENN on no sa EE ENT OR wate Bia piecaa'e yme www taghs inde name 10 ES IE a Tte yet ne ER oe a eae 26 ES a RI i OE SS 0 ne cae ae 3 I) SE ag ge po Ree GE Se) A ee ee 14 See OW MAD. ANG, CADSR ae awe a Bos os alae e wh ean wesw aed Wignonette 11. Plant wholly green and bunching................-- oe diate ok ceased gt) eae 12 12. Plant dense bunching and seeds germinating readily .............. Black-Seeded Simpson, Bon Ton 12. Plant loose bunching and seeds hard to germinate ..............-...-.-- 13 13. Plant small, of a very wild, coarse quality and flavor; suitable only for INRIA Sa 0 ae Scan oe a nin ath Boston Curled 13. Plant never smaller than medium, not delicate in quality, but generally much liked and never wild flavored........--- Chicago Forcing, Grand Rapids IME I SS Sac saat ge, Bai Ds po mw «nin oo se dae oo 15 OES a aeRO EO ON See meee a oie 22 ROA, C0 Teg (OO WENA 20 eee ee. ns . s oawnec eben peneson 16 REPRE TIINY POOREI OS | 2 5 fs anh SRE 5s Sno clapae - o rcbeww aces es 19 16. Plant distinctly vase-shaped aiid tall, head oval in shape..........-- Sugar Loaf 16. Plant not distinctly vase-shaped and tall, head globular ..............--- 17 eePaen Vie MIELE VOPY CAY1 soc awa ae enews). oe eee one ge ewe Density SSA Oe i ee i ee ee 18 18. Small part only of plant brownish...-.-..- Iceberg, Marblehead Mammoth, Tyrolese EN OU 3 a eee Se ee Chartier SAN eS eee en) New York EEG ES PRS 2S EE Pe ne 20 20. Parts of leaf margin crenate..................- Brittle Ice, Dammann’ s Ice, Malta 20. All parts of leaf margins plainly serrate, no part crenate or entire...-.--.-.- 21 21. Plant always very distinctly cabbaging............-- Blonde Block Head, Hanson 21. Plant generally bunching but sometimes cabbaging- - - - - Detroit Market Gardener’ s Forcing, Golden Curled ET ST Ee Pe a a ae ee 23 NE EE Le aT er re ee 25 23. Bunching when not well grown, decidedly cabbage heading when at its Se ee SL ee ee ew buweuuue Chartier eee ETO IMITICRING 5... cau ae dae wudG owe ca c-cnccscncedeusauass 24 26 AMERICAN VARIETIES OF LETTUCE, 24. Plant treelike in appearance or with large, long stem, elevating plant high from @rOURG ... << cuccecsceeeuccccecucedéadeeunwenaueeeee Tomhannock 24. Plant not treelike in appearance, or at least not elevated high from ground, and stem not long .....-..-- imerican Gathering, Onondaga, Prize Head 25. Plant small, and although borders of leaves are enormously developed and much frilied, their surfaces are quite smooth and neyer crumpled but sometimes sparingly blistered...........-----------eee re ceeeee Green- Fringed 25. Plant medium to very large, leaves frilled at borders and their surfaces never | smooth, always more or less blistered and crumpled... .-..-. Early Curled Silesia, Golden Curled, Middletowner, Morse, White-Seeded Simpson 26. Plant bunching. a5. ct sesees os Sac sc as ccc dees eee awe ee ee 27 96.’ Plant cabbage heading 2.2. 0 os. sc ccc osbcvehevoeedbeab ask sane 31 97. Seede biackigh 2. secret cc sc cs se cece carn aweeswees ce aseee gee Hero 97: Beede whitish’. 3 oot c vee cee cece ss on o-oo ce ccnenees Ueetebneee nee 28 28. Plant brownish .....-- by ab at ves i woe~o vescascun see. eaee alee ae Sugar Loaf 98. Plant wholly green .. oc. ow nea inn ews oeseedescens = aane ann 29 29. Plant dense bunching and leaf margins crenate .......-------- J ecuae White Star 29. Plant loose bunching and leaf margins entire. .........-.----¢.--------- 30 30. Leaves decidedly cup-shaped and quite smooth ..........------- Earliest Oulting 30. Leaves never cup-shaped nor incurved, very much blistered and crumpled, HOVE! BMNGOUN A. oo Seed does bs on ose p cer pean stews eee Golden Heart “$1. Seeds yellowigh 22: 22525...) -. - 5055 c5e Sates eeeme nee een 32 $1. Seada whitish: or blackish..'2.:... . . 6. secon Sa sews med sees ee ae 34 oe. Plast wholly ereen 40260 <<: ose. oe cae ae eee Yellow-Seeded Butter 93: Plant browni@h. 6.6.5. d.5605. see's ee ee eee oe 33 33. Plant largely green, brownish in spots or in blotches only. .Sutton’s Giant Cabbage 33. Plant largely brownish, little or no green on exposed parts -...--------- Eureka $4. Seeds blackigh-. 2.02 SLE. a. ooo. So cee oes caeneee one e seen eee Gen 35 84° Seeds whitieh 2-25. ce oe wie oo ee cane oie ce oe pce ee 45 ah. Plant‘wholly @roen 2222-7002. - 5... neces cameos as oes ae 36 $5: Plant more or less brownish: 5... .-.. 2... 22.23. ean ee erate =e 38 26. Plant.small-medium, early, and very dark green...-......-.-------- Tom Thumb 36. Plant medium in size or larger, intermediate or later in season, and light or very. light Greets s2occ os os 5 ood ene Seems hee Ree ee 37 37. Leaves very little blistered and very thick..........-...------------4 All Seasons 37. Leaves much blistered and thin..........-..----- Mammoth Black-Seeded Butter, Tennis Ball Black-Seeded, White Giant $8." Plant a deep, almost colid brown «....2..-52.4: 2 senses on ean- see eee 39 38. Plant largely green or sometimes becoming dull greenish brown, never dark brown ...-.--- Bee co oe oe EE. Le eee 40 50° Plant: large in Geeta he oe ie Dig ng cnn be oe eae ae ee one Red Besson 39. Plant medium in size.......----- Hartford Bronzed Head, Shotwell’s Brown Head 40. Plant spotted (very faintly and sparingly in Half Century) ...--.---.---- 41 40. ' Plant not ‘spotted «702.2 \ 2. 3-3... 2nseeseeuk once coe sees ae 44 41. Inner heart leaves spotted .... Brown Genoa, Shotwell’s Brown Head ( Bridgeman) 41. Inner heart leaves never spotted... 225-502 P2v- bs. 22 Aes oe 42 42. Margins conspicuously fringed with hairlike bristles -......-.-------- Maximum 42. Bristles at margin none.or very obscure . ~~ 2-5. <.s<0e cess neem ss enen eee 45 43. Plant very dark green, sparingly and faintly spotted ......-------- Half Century — . Plant dark green or of medium green color, freely and distinctly spotted - - California Cream Butter, Emperor William — 44. Plant when in prime marketable condition plainly colored at base of mid- OT ee ee ee Brown Dutch Black-Seeded 44. Plant when in prime marketable condition never colored at base of mid- See tmntY OF, THONG ca ck oak pike ke dace c wce ete a weaesn German Incomparable, Passion, St. Louis Black-Seeded Forcing ree OF LONE. DLOW NIM sad oie diene awald o's wbe mow dn bose cedeescccces 46 EE EE ag ER SE ON a ee ee eer 55 COR C1 eS Ee a 47 46. Plant not distinetly spotted; if spotted at all very sparingly and faintly so. 50 47. Margins obscurely crenate and borders undulate.........-- Speckled Dutch Butter Pee mrerine ONLITe GNC DOTUCrS UMb\ o- ces ek ede eked ee cio ele de ebccscccsce 48 48. Seeds very wide and plant mostly green....................- Ae ee Defiance 48. Seeds average in width and plant mostly brownish.............-.--.---- 49 49. Spots large and well separated.......-...- Ue Pn tO ale Capa Golden Spotted Snennts Ane ANd clone topetber.. 2s... coke ce ne ee nde wte eee s ene cecnene Trout I CL GIS AP a a eae ee 51 50. Plant largely green, brownish only in places or spots.........----.------ 52 Sent: ALE OSIGCVGRY AOUGROINE os cin oo ion oe nc cio wee ce ainin se Brown Head 51. Plant early and compact .........-- ASS LR Se A eee ee BORED ye CN 52. Leaves obscurely crenate at margins and undulate at borders ........---- 53 52. Leaves entire at margins and flat at borders .--..........-..---.---..--- 54 53. Planted indoors only, a strictly forcing sort ................--- Crumpled-Leaved 53. Sometimes planted indoors, but more largely planted outdoors ----.-- - Big Boston 54. Large-medium in size and not suitable for forcing. - -- - Brown Dutch White-Seeded 54. Small-medium in size and suitable for forcing --..-.--- Cold Frame White Cabbage, Hothouse, Milly, Victoria Red-Edged, Tennis Ball White-Seeded, Yellow Winter 55. Plant of the crisp class, margins obscurely crenate ..............----. Italian Ice 55. Plant of the butter class, margins obscurely crenate or entire ......--.--- 56 56. Margins obscurely crenate and borders undulate .............--.-.--..--- 57 Pearse entire and borders flat’....2..5-0-h sss... -.--4--2-- Pat adh ome ates 58 57. Plant large and late-intermediate in season..:............------------ Unrivaled 57. Plant small-medium or smaller and early or very early in season......-- German Early Head, Golden Queen, Lee’s Market Forcing, White Forcing URED COR EOE Sig oh 5 3/3 be ae Sa ee. we White Chavigne Pen enG BOG Oarcer.cnan Medium PTCEN. ccs is sen. < aes see dee eta cee ee 59 59. Plant golden green, the lightest green in color of any lettuce.-.....--.- Buttercup 59. Plant often very light green, but never decidedly golden,green ..--..-.--- 60 60. Heads decidedly long when first forming and leaves very thick... Asiatic, Deacon 60. Heads generally globular, sometimes long, but leaves of such plants never PURER IARSIN RINCNRMNEIR, Ser Ae ea os oe no oe ose ees 61° ene BLU DIO 208 1OrCiog - ibe ie aie ee oe eee cased Advancer, Briggs’ Forcing and Garden, Emperor Forcing, Harbinger, Hub- bard’s Market, Lees Market Forcing, Nansen, Philadelphia Butter, Reichner, Silver Ball, White Loaf, White Summer Cabbage Pier Ms evista DIG 1OF Lorene ii. scars esses ses) ces see a eon eds 62 62. Leaves stiff and of poor quality, plant not suited for summer growing --... Hardy Green Hammersmith ° 62. Leaves soft rather than stiff, good quality, and succeeding well in KEY TO VARIETIES. 27 Es woete sas 02 oo ssc Sele Burpee’s Butter Head, Large Yellow Market, Paris Sugar, Thick Head Yellow 28 AMERICAN VARIETIES OF LETTUCE. DESCRIPTION OF VARIETIES CLASSED AS DISTINCT. Vegetable varieties may be considered for convenience in classifica- tion and description as either distinct or subsidiary. The former class includes those representing the different types or kinds which can be identitied from one another because of more or less well-defined and distinct characters. ‘The latter is made up of renamed or so-called varieties which are plainly identical with the distinct sorts or are simply superior or deteriorated strains of them, or, if of distinct origin, are so much like the distinct varieties as to be practically identical with and indistinguishable from them. The following list is supposed to include all the really distinct varie- ties sold to-day by American seedsmen. The figures following the variety name indicate the number of seedsmen who mention that name in their lists of varieties for the year 1903. The seedsmen mentioned after the figures are those from whom the seed was obtained, and upon these samples the descriptions are largely based. Besides these tests the writer has examined the lettuce fields and trial grounds of our prinei- pal seedsmen and based his descriptions also upon the correspondence and conversations which he has had with American seed growers and dealers. An effort has been made to give the exact standing of all the varieties tested. It is, however, impossible to do this in every case, and the list of synonyms which is here included is not given as an abso- lute one. The sorts named appeared identical at Washington and in other places where the writer has observed them, but a few of the varieties named may prove to be distinct in some other soils and under other conditions. ) | ADVANCER. Listed by one seedsman. Seeds tested: Michell, 1901-1903. Comparison.—Little known or planted. Same. general character and usefulness as Hubbard’s Market and Hanson and possibly identical with one of them, but further trials are necessary before this can be definitely determined. History.—Named and introduced in this country in 1901 by Henry F. Michell, who writes that the variety was obtained from F. Spittel, Arnstadt, Germany. ALL SEASONS. Listed by eight seedsmen. Seeds tested: Vaughan, 1899-1903. Description.—A decidedly butter variety, strictly cabbage-heading, large, late- intermediate in season, slow to shoot to seed, young plant very spreading, regular in growth, its leaves very straight and extending flatly over the ground. Mature plant ' fairly compact. Head elongated when first forming, but flattened or sometimes globular when fully developed, fairly firm, well defined, extremely well blanched, its leaves very completely but loosely overlapping one another, but outer ones of ; plant well separated from the head proper, the latter thereby left very bare or exposed. Leaves broad in shape, peculiarly smooth, very little blistered, crumpled, : or twisted, unusually thick in appearance, but soft and limp rather than stiff; margins entire and fringed with hair-like bristles; borders flat. Color characteristic light grayish green, never spotted nor brownish in any part. Quality excellen DESCRIPTION OF VARIETIES. 29 sweet, decidedly buttery, and with thick, soft leaves of much substance. Seeds very blackish. Comparison.—Searce and little planted. A valuable new variety of the same general character and usefulness as the well-known Deacon, differing principally in being a little larger and later and may in some gardens prove a more satisfactory variety. Highly recommended for trial wherever Deacon is successful. The variety is also similar to Asiatic, and next to these two sorts perhaps most like Reichner and Silver Ball. It is readily identified by its bristled margins and blackish seeds. Synonym.—Vaughan’s All Seasons. History. —Named and introduced into this country in 1897 by J. C. Vaughan, who states that the variety was imported from France about ten years ago under the name of Denaiff. Illustrations. —A young plant of the variety is shown on Plate XXII. Other views which answer to illustrate the type fairly well are shown by Deacon, on Plates X and XXIII. The longitudinal section of Matador, on Plate XX, illustrates the solidity of the heads. AMERICAN GATHERING. Listed by fourteen seedsmen. Seeds tested: Landreth, 1900-1901; Rawson, 1901; Thorburn, 1901-1903. Description.—A decidedly crisp variety, strictly bunching, large, early marketable, but late-intermediate in its fullest development, slow to shoot to seed. Plant very spreading, of unusually low growth, and consisting of a loose, flattened, or slightly rounded cluster of leaves, always more or less opened or spread out at the center, and therefore never in the least cabbage-like nor heading, though, nevertheless, the inner part of the plant is well blanched. Leaves short spatulate in shape, excessively blis- tered and crumpled, very little twisted, fairly rigid, but not stiff; finely serrate at at margins, excessively developed, much frilled at borders. Color bright brown, varying to bright green in less exposed parts and center of plant; borders of leaves no more colored than other parts, while stem of plant, base of midribs, and inner heart leaves are wholly green; no part of plant distinctly spotted. Quality good; sweet in flavor, very tender and crisp in texture, but leaf thin and lacking substance. Seeds large, whitish. Comparison.—One of the lesser grown sorts. Usefulness and value same as -Prize Head, and not sufficiently different from that well-known sort to be a very important variety. It differs in being slightly lower growing, more blistered and crumpled in the leaves, and more brownish in color. . Synonym.—Prize Head is often used in filling orders for this variety. History.—Apparently of American origin, and known in this country for at least twenty-five years. Iilustrations.—A mature plant of the variety is shown on Plate 1V. Other views which answer to illustrate the type fairly well are Hanson, on Plates XXII and XXVI, and Prize Head, on Plate XXI. The leaf of the variety, however, is con- siderably more crumpled than shown on Plate XX VI, or somewhat approaches that of Grand Rapids, on Plate XXV. ASIATIC. Listed by one seedsman. Seeds tested: Dallwig, 1900-1903. Description.—Excepting large in size and late-intermediate in season, the description is the same as given of Deacon. Comparison.—Scarce and rarely planted. Usefulness and value similar to Deacon. At Washington not so reliable a header, and, excepting for being little larger in size and later in season, not sufficiently different from that variety to become an impor- 30 AMERICAN VARIETIES OF LETTUCE. tant lettuce, although under some exceptional conditions it may prove more satisfac- tory than Deacon. The two varieties are sometimes identified by differences in color or in the shape of the heads. Asiatic is similar also to All Seasons, History.—Apparently first listed in 1893 by W. E. Dallwig, who writes that the seed was obtained from Germany. Illustrations. —The general character of the variety is shown by Deacon, on Plates X and XXIII, and All Seasons, on Plate XXII. The solidity of the heads is illus- trated by Mette’s Forcing, on Plate XIX. ASPARAGUS. Listed by five seedsmen. Seeds tested: Alneer, 1902; Buckbee, 1901-1902; Childs, 1899-1900; Ewing, 1901; Graham, 1902; Simmers, 1901-1902. Description.—A peculiar cos sort, wholly different from other cultivated varieties, and more resembling a chicory than a lettuce plant. Medium in size, early-inter- mediate in season; shoots to seed quickly, wilts very soon after being pulled. Plant compact, composed of many lanceolate, erect, straight-growing leaves forming a long pointed cluster, yet more or less open at the center, or at least the leaves never close enough to blanch to any extent. Leaves wholly smooth, never in the least blistered, crumpled, nor twisted, entire at the upper margins, sometimes serrate at lower parts, flat at the borders, fairly thick and stiff, though a few of the outer leaves weak or wilting and falling away limply from the plant. Midrib of leaf very hard, large, and prominent. Color very dark green, never spotted nor brownish in any part. Quality very poor; tough and hard in texture and of a rank, wild flavor, excepting the midrib, which, if used at the proper stage, is very brittle, sweet, and of a peculiar flavor and texture. Seeds blackish. Comparison.—Scarce and rarely planted. Its leaves are said to be cooked and served like asparagus, but the writer doubts whether such a use of them can be recom- mended. The midribs, being hard and less hollow and pithy than other sorts, make a more satisfactory dish to serve like celery than other varieties. However, for this purpose it is suitable for a few days only, as the leaves soon become bitter when the weather is at all warm or the conditions the least unfavorable for its growth. Not recommended except to amateurs in an experimental .way for the purpose named. History.—Listed by a dozen or more American seedsmen about eight years ago, and described at that time as a new variety of French origin. Illustrations.—See Plates XIV and XX VII. : ASPARAGUS LOBED-LEAVED. Listed by one seedsman. Seeds tested: Ewing, 1902-1903. Description.—Classed with the cos varieties, but really as much bunching in habit as cos-like. Large, late-intermediate in season, and shooting to seed at an intermediate date. Plant very spreading, occupying much space, vase-shaped in form, with a depressed or unfilled center, the leaves growing very straight, regular, and never close enough for blanching to any extent. Leaves long and narrow in form, rounded at top, deeply lobed from top to bottom, like an oak leaf, the lower part sometimes separated into large divisions. Surface very smooth or occasionally slightly blistered, leaves never in the least crumpled nor twisted, but rather flat, stiff, and thick, and with a large protruding midrib; margins entire and borders flat. Color very dark green, never spotted nor brownish in any part. Quality very poor; tough and hard in texture, and of a rank, wild flavor, excepting the midrib, which, if used at the proper stage, is very brittle, sweet, and of a peculiar flavor and texture. Seeds blackish. Comparison.—Scarce and rarely planted. Suitable for the same purpose as Aspara- gus and possessing the same faults but in a less degree. Larger, later, slower to shoot DESCRIPTION OF VARIETIES. 31 to seed, furnishing a great many more leaves, and probably better in every way than that variety, but it can not be recommended except to amateurs in an experimental way. History. —First introduced in America in 1900 by William Ewing & Co. under the name of New Asparagus. It must not be confused with New Asparagus listed by other seedsmen, which is a lanceolate-leaved variety. Tilustrations.—See Plates XIII and XX V1. BALTIMORE OAK-LEAVED. Listed by three seedsmen. Seeds tested: Burpee, 1902; Griffith & Turner, 1903; Johnson & Stokes, 1899, 1900, 1903. Description. —A butter variety, strictly bunching, medium in size, early-interme- diate in season, extremely slow to shoot to seed. Plant growing very close to the ground and consisting of alow, very well rounded, symmetrical, remarkably compact, firm cluster of leaves neither opened nor spread out at its center nor heading in habit, though inner part becomes fairly well blanched. Leaves very much twisted together in the head, broad, deeply lobed, like an oak leaf, especially the inner and larger leaves, these being sometimes almost divided and the lobes so excessively developed as to make the leaf appear like several grown together. Leaves smooth, thick, stiff, entire at margins, flat at the borders, and generally with distinct glands near the base of outer part of the midribs, one on each side. Color very bright green, never spot- ted nor brownish in any part. Quality poor; hard in texture, and decidedly lacking in flavor, sweetness, and delicacy. Seeds whitish. Comparison.—Very little planted. Best known around Baltimore, Washington, Philadelphia, and inthe South. History.—First introduced into this country by F. H. Ebeling in 1888. Said to have originated in Onondaga County, N. Y. Tllustrations.—A mature plant of the variety is shown on Plate VI. A longitudinal section is similar to that of Prize Head on Plate XXI, a young plant to that of Hanson on Plate XXII, and a leaf between that of Grand Rapids on Plate XXV, and Hanson on Plate XX VI. ~~ - a DESCRIPTION OF VARIETIES. ( PARIS SUGAR. Listed by one seedsman. Seeds tested: Dallwig, 1900-1903. Description. —Scarce and rarely planted. Same general character and usefulness as Burpee’s Butterhead and Large Yellow Market. The differences between the three are very slight. At Washington the leaves of Large Yellow Market seemed more blistered than those of the other two, but further trials are necessary before the dif- ferences between the three can be definitely stated. History. —W. KE. Dallwig, who listed this variety in 1893, claims to have first intro- duced it into this country. It is described as of German origin. Illustrations. —Same as for Large Yellow Market. PARIS WHITE COS. Listed by eighty seedsmen. Seeds tested: Bridgeman, 1900; Burpee, 1899, 1901: Farquhar, 1901; Henderson, 1901; Moore & Simon, 1900. Description.—A typical cos variety, stricly self-closing, extremely large in compari- son with either the butter or crisp sorts—large even for this group; late in season, and slow toshoot to seed. Plant fairly compact, decidedly upright, its leaves when young growing straight and flat, but when older inner ones becoming decidedly spoon- shaped and making a well-defined, well-blanched, firm head, decidedly loaf-shaped in form, rounded at top, and with leaves closely but not tightly overlapping one another. Leaves oval to slightly spatulate in shape, outermost ones smooth at surface and flat, innermost ones sparingly blistered and more or less cup-shaped, both, how- ever, exceedingly regular in form, and thick, stiff, and coarse, but never in the least twisted nor crumpled in any part, and always with coarse hard veins, very large, hard midribs, entire margins, and flat borders. Color very dark green, never spotted nor brownish inany part. Quality excellent; very hard in texture, but exceedingly crisp, sweet, and of a quality and decided firmnes:, which makes a pleasant change from the soft buttery lettuces. Seeds whitish. . Comparison.—One of the popular varieties of the United States, though not one of the ten most largely grown sorts. Varieties of this class are very largely grown in Europe, but in America these lettuces do not seem to succeed as well as the butter and crisp varieties, and are not much grown. Many consider them the best of all in quality. They are hard and coarse in texture, but are very sweet, and possess a freshness and distinct quality which is often much liked and make a pleasant change from other varieties. Those who have never grown this class of Jettuce should try a few plants. It may not be possible to grow them as well as they are grown in Europe, but they are generally satisfactory whenever tried, especially this variety, which is perhaps as self-closing and certainly as good in quality as any cos variety sold in this country. It is really the only cos sort planted to any extent in this country, and is certainly the best for either the private or market gardener. It succeeds very well in summer and can be grown to an immense size. Vilmorin states that plants weighing 6 pounds have been grown. It is similar to Prince of Wales, Green Cos, and Limagne Cos. Synonyms.—W hite Cos, White Self-Folding Cos, Early White Self-Folding Cos, Heat-Resisting Cos, Landreth’s Heat-Resisting Cos, Celery Cos, Romaine Cos, Tri- anon Cos. History.—Listed by American seedsmen for at least forty years. Ilustrations.—A longitudinal section of the variety is shown on Plate XIX and an outside leaf on Plate XX VII. The inner head leaves of the variety are similar to that of Express Cos, on Plate XX VI, and the general character of the plant is illus- trated by Express Cos, on Plate XV. 5408—No. 69—04——5 66 AMERICAN VARIETIES OF LETTUCE, PASSION. Listed by twenty-nine seedsmen, Seeds tested: Vincent, 1901-1903, Description. —A decidedly butter variety, strictly cabbage-heading, large, very late, slow to shoot to seed. Young plant spreading and regular in growth, with leaves very straight and extending flatly over the ground. Mature plant spreading and forming a globular, firm, well-defined, well-blanched head, with leaves closely over- lapping one another. Leaves broad in shape, somewhat blistered, crumpled, and twisted, fairly stiff, very thick, entire at margins, flat at borders, Color dark green, faintly tinged at borders and somewhat blotched in other parts with dull brown, no part of plant distinctly spotted, and stem, base of midrib, and inner head leaves wholly green. Quality good; very buttery, fairly sweet, and with thick, soft leaves of much substance. Seeds blackish, generally slightly more brownish than most black-seeded sorts and sometimes described as brown. Comparison.—Although old and well known this variety seems to be little grown except in California and the South. In the former section it is largely used by Italian gardeners, and in the latter it is a good sort for fall and winter growing. Although not quick to shoot to seed it never seems to do well in summer or when the weather is at all warm. Not recommended except for the localities named. Never a success at Washington, even when planted early in the spring. Wholly unsuited for foreing. Some seedsmen sell another strain of this variety, which is the same as this one except that the plants are somewhat duller green in color when young, and in some localities apparently not growing so large in size. The brighter colored strain seems to be the one preferred by most market gardeners. Both are similar to California Cream Butter. Next to these they are most like Maximum and hardly distinguish- able from that variety when the plants are young. Synonyms.—California Passion, San Francisco Passion, Southern Heart, Vincent’s Passion. History.—The oldest variety on the Pacific coast. First introduced there about 1870, from France, by Sevin, Vincent & Co. Illustrations.—Same as for California Cream Butter. PHILADELPHIA BUTTER. Listed by forty-two seeds:aen. Seeds tested: Bowen, 1901-1903; Burpee, 1899; Ferry, 1903; Thos. Griswold, 1903; Hastings, 1903; Livingston, 1903; Rice, 1902, 1903; Texas, 1901, 19038. Comparison.—A popular variety of the United States, but not one of the ten most largely grown sorts. Extensively planted in all parts of this country. A great favorite with Philadelphia market gardeners for early spring sowing. The exact type has not yet been demonstrated by the Department trials. The description for the above samples is the same as that given for Reichner, and most of them appeared identical with that variety. A few were very slightly different in color, habits, or shape of head, though all were the same in usefulness and value. In other samples not included above the variety was plainly more globular in shape of head and more blistered and twisted in the leaf, or with a general appearance approaching Hubbard’s Market. Synonyms.—W hite Head and possibly Reichner. Confusing names.—Maule’s Philadelphia Butter, Philadelphia Speckled Dutch But- ter, Philadelphia Dutch Butter, all different types from Philadelphia Butter. History.—Listed by seedsmen in this country for at least twenty years. Iilustrations.—Same as for Reichner. DESCRIPTION OF VARIETIES, 67 PRINCE OF WALES COS. Listed by one seedsman. Seeds tested: Graham, 1903. Comparison.—Listed in America by Canadian seedsmen only. Not sold nor grown in this country. Except for being a little later in season, somewhat larger in size and habit of growth, and proportionately broader in shape of heads, this variety is the same as Paris White Cos, and sometimes hardly distinguishable from it even in these respects. The usefulness and value of the two are probably the same. With the possible exception of Giant White Cos, unquestionably the largest of the cos varie- ties sold either in this country or Canada. History.—First listed in America by Graham Bros., who state that the seed was obtained from Cooper, Taber & Co., of England, and has been grown in that country for many years. Illustrations. —Same as for Paris White Cos. PRIZE HEAD. Listed by one hundred and forty-two seedsmen. Seeds tested: Farquhar, 1900, 1901; Landreth, 1899-1901; Ritter, 1899; Thorburn, 1899; Wernich, 1900. Description.—A decidedly crisp variety, strictly bunching, large, early marketable, but intermediate in time of attaining fullest development, slow to shoot to seed. Plant spreading, low-growing, and consisting of a loose, rounded, or slightly flattened cluster of leaves, generally more or less open or spread out at the center and there- fore never in the least cabbage-like nor solid, though nevertheless the inner part of plant is well blanched. Leaves short spatulate in shape, much blistered and crumpled, very little twisted, fairly rigid but not stiff, finely serrate at margins, excessively developed and much frilled at borders. Color bright brown, varying to bright green in less exposed parts and center of plant. Border of leaves no more colored than other parts, while stem of plant, base of midribs, and inner heart leaves are wholly green, and no part of plant is distinctly spotted. Quality good; sweet in flavor, very tender and crisp in texture, but leaf thin and lacking substance. Seeds large, whitish. Comparison.—Probably planted more largely in the United States than any other variety, thirty acres of it being grown for seed in a single year by one seed grower. Grown everywhere, but most largely planted in the West. An excellent home variety and planted extensively for family use, but thin-leaved, soon wilting, not suited for shipping, and little planted by market gardeners. A very reliable summer variety. Not adapted for forcing and never used for that purpose. The seed is lighter in weight than any other of our standard varieties. More like American Gathering than any other sort; in fact, sometimes hardly distinguishable from that variety, and often used in filling orders for it. Other similar sorts are Onondaga and Tomhannock. Synonyms.—Briggs’ Prize Head, Burpee’s Prize Head, Currie’s Prize Head, Ferry’s Early Prize Head, Wernich’s Prize Head, Early Prize Head, Peer of All, Emerald, Cincinnati Market Gardener’s Brown Curled, Salzer’s Peer of All, Buckbee’s Ice Drum Head. History.—Apparently named and first introduced by D. M. Ferry & Co., abovt twenty-five years ago. Illustrations.—Two views of mature plants are shown on Plates V and XXI. The young plant is similar to that of Hanson, on Plate XXII, and the leaf is betweei that of Grand Rapids and Hanson, on Plates XX V and XX VI, respectively. 6S AMERICAN VARIETIES OF LETTUCE, RED BESSON. Listed by one seedsman. Seeds tested: Gregory, 1899-1902; R. H. Johnson, 1903, Description.—A decidedly butter variety, strictly cabbage-heading, large, late-inter- mediate in season, slow to shoot to seed. Plant extremely loose, very spreading, and forming a globular or slightly oval, fairly defined, soft, well-blanched head, with leaves flatly but very loosely overlapping one another. Leaves very broad, cup- shaped when young, excessively blistered and crumpled, fairly twisted, very thin, soft and limp, entire at margins, flat or blistered at borders. Color very brilliant brown, interspersed with bright green in depressed or less exposed parts, the two colors being in very strong contrast and showing off in a striking manner the blistered character of the leaves. Stem of plant and base of midribs pink in color, inner heart leaves spotted, but not otherwise colored; spotted on outside or exposed parts but not appearing so unless closely examined. Quality good; sweet and very buttery in flavor, soft in texture, but leaves thin and lacking substance. Seeds blackish. Comparison.—Scarce and little planted. Peculiar as the most solid, brilliant brown-colored lettuce in cultivation, and for this reason attractive to amateurs, but of little use to market gardeners except for limited sale as a novelty. Too spread- ing in habit and too soft a head to be generally valuable. Wholly unsuited for forcing. It makes large, very showy heads, and possesses real merit also as a fine summer variety. More like Brown Head than any other lettuce, especially in color. Synonyms.— Bronzed Red, Continuity. History.—Listed by American seedsmen for at least twenty-four years. Illustrations. —A mature plant of the variety is shown on Plate XIII, and the. character of the leaf is illustrated by that of Tennis Ball Black-Seeded, on Plate XXITT. RED WINTER COS. Listed by one seedsman. Seeds tested: Germain, 1900-1903. Description.—A typical cos variety, fairly self-closing, large in comparison with either the crisp or butter sorts, but only large medium for this group. Late in sea- son, slow to shoot to seed. Plant fairly compact, peculiarly upright in growth, and forming a well-defined, long loaf-shaped, well-blanched, but soft head, its leaves loosely overlapping one another, and their upper parts meeting at the margins only, or but slightly overlapping at top of head. Leaves oval to slightly spatulate in shape, slightly emarginate, very smooth and flat, never blistered, crumpled, nor twisted, but because of their limp nature often rolled back at borders or falling loosely away from the plant. Thin leaved for a cos, but thick for a crisp or butter _ sort; margins entire and borders flat. Color deep bright brown, the deepest color being at borders, especially with inner leaves; unexposed parts of leaf bright green, the line between exposed and unexposed parts often marked by a sharp color dif- ference; stem of plant and midrib of all leaves to their very base plainly colored, very distinctly spotted on inner head leaves. Because so deep brown_on exposed parts of plant the spots there are not evident unless closely examined. Quality good; sweet, crisp, soft in texture for a cos sort. Seeds dark brown. Comparison.—Scarce and rarely planted. By far the deepest red-colored cos variety, and possessing the distinction also of being remarkably hardy to cold and very constant in character, probably no other cos comparing with it in these respects. . Other than for these qualities the variety can not be recommended in any way. On account of its color and soft, limp leaves it would seem to be unsuited for market gardeners. Wholly unlike any other cos known in this country. History.—Listed by American seedsmen for at least forty years but not by the Germain Fruit Company till 1898. | Tilustrations.—A mature plant of the variety is shown on- Plate XIV and an outside leaf on Plate XX VII. ; . DESCRIPTION OF VARIETIES. 69 REICHNER. Listed by seven seedsmen,. Seeds tested: Johnson & Stokes, 1899, 1901; Thorburn, 1899-19038. Description. —A decidedly butter variety, strictly cabbage-heading, medium in size, early, shooting to seed at an early intermediate date. Young plant very upright in habit, with leaves sometimes so much twisted as to make the plant appear like several plants grown together. Mature plant very compact and forming a globular or slightly elongated, firm, well-defined, well-blanched head, with leaves closely overlapping one another except outside ones which are characteristically turned and twisted back- ward at their uppermost borders. Head peculiarly long and pointed when first forming, the twisted habit of the leaves most pronounced at this period of growth. Leaves broad, fairly blistered and crumpled, much twisted at their uppermost part, fairly thick but inclined to be slightly loose and limp rather than stiff; margins entire and borders flat. Color light green, never spotted nor brownish in any part. Quality good; delicate, sweet, buttery in flavor, soft in texture. Seeds whitish. Comparison.—Under this or some other name, one of the popular lettuces of the United States, though not one of the ten most largely grown types. . ib m > in oO a < Ties, Son = eat oe ae ee a] i ae =S 2 +m - = = ey | SK =F) alent SS Z oa ” “YSANHOISY—’E “SI vi, eyes PLATE XVII. ulture of Agri S. Dent reau of Plant Industry, U Bul. 69, Bu SUGAR LOAF. TYPICAL MATURE PLANTS. (About one-fifth natural size \ Bul, 69, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S Dept. of Agriculture, PLATE XVIII. ‘AUNLNAO JIVH—'| “Ol (‘ozIs [RangRu YIY-euo ynoqy ) ‘SINV1d SYNLVW TWOIdAL YaLINgG HOLNG a3z1NoadS—"g ‘DIF "ONIOHYO4 SiS LLAW—'E “DIS (Cazis Rangeu Ysy-9uo yuoqy ) (“SNOILOSS IWNIGNLIDSNOT) SLNVId SYNLVW TWWOIdAL Bul. 69, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S, Dept. of Agriculture. ‘ONIOHO4 S:SLLZBW—'S “DIS ‘@NNH|L WOL—*| “DI4 ‘© ‘O14 ‘SOD ALIHM SIYVd— ‘QV3H G3ZNOYNG GHOILYVH—'G “SI4 ‘olf —'p ‘YSLSVONV™] PLATE XIX, Bul. 69, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S Dept. of Agriculture, PLATE XX. Fic. 1.—SPECKLED DUTCH BUTTER. Fig. 2.—MATADOR. Fia@. 3.—HANSON. TYPICAL MATURE PLANTS (LONGITUDINAL SECTIONS), (About one-fifth natural size.) Bul. 69, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. PLATE XXlI. FiG. 1.—PRIZE HEAD. FIG. 2.—WHITE STAR. TYPICAL MATURE PLANTS (LONGITUDINAL SECTIONS). (About one-fifth natural size. ) hap 2 « . a Se ‘44 * ' we ** iyi < +4, trols? mower 2 - Po a , ) p - ; | ; ' whe i> ti ° . | | ie : * any? ‘ ‘ x ‘ j . *”. : ; ‘ ’ ; A 4 . : ‘ 7 A - ’ Pi . - ee oe, ’ é « * : ‘ ‘ i Z Nts rs ‘ 3 o\Che 1 ee ie * ‘ = y + *@ | ‘ i ' res _ ; : Ae ‘ ‘ =~ : “ *. s Py; } ( 2 e ba) : ms , / * a” | ji e 4 et , . he J , ‘ i } ’ ‘ bt na’ ' ; i | a) ; bY ; . ~ e¢ ' | ‘ ‘ ¥. * : i nie | mY | Pie ‘¥ : ! 7 ‘ * . ¢ ¥ y it i i < F ‘ ‘ , ‘ aes u , ‘i 5% i K z ; * % . a ‘ % A 5 ' : Wy 44 py es : is ‘ . : f - a | ; 7 * . 7 ‘| tnt « ; Fb ow we ‘ ‘4 4 : ‘ bi 33 y. i , a, am . « Y Gd te A ‘y. P ; oy ; P 5 3 i diet. ; : vo oy es « ide rr >> + a » yoy ah “ue : ‘ Hi yt : ioe »~ * 7 . ve rn ‘ 7h f 9 ys -~ “ ‘ ‘ “{ a» wi 7 - > oe a ; ’ ; . : | " ‘ me arr oA: . : a . . ee : sf Rs . » . a : , T a A ith baal " 4 eR 7 fe - 4 i > AL: tr Fe % . ri, $ ¥ rt i ee : ge 7 ve é ‘ ¥ aoe Sethe} Chet oe pote ; P ‘ ~ 9 * : a ' =* yor, bg tad =eAts’, “] “ ; . W a" i eh ¥ " ; a < he - fp ah —— * <<." . , bi a &“ oe” = & Bul. 69, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, PLATE XXII. Fia. 3.—BIG BOSTON. Fia. 5.—ALL SEASONS. Fic. 6.—PASSION. TYPICAL YOUNG PLANTS. (About two-fifths natural size.) Seager ae ha! ee ee ee «r - ' ~ ; ha, : / a de i) 7 ? ‘i 4 ‘ . 4 é > ee et, Che Oo ys ae a TS oe Be a ; ec : : . A ne ‘ 12S » \ 4" - .* 4 : é . l { wed Ha my , ta Sar ' : " j + - J § a * - m a ad ine ‘ - 7 ‘ i 7 ‘ iu 4 a : ! ‘ . - ng Cs , Bul, 69, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. § Dept. of Agriculture PLATE XXIII. FiG. 1.—BOSTON CURLED. FiG. 2.—GREEN-FRINGED. Fic. 3.—EARLIEST CUTTING. FiG. 4.—SPECKLED DUTCH BUTTER. Fic. 5.—TENNIS BALL ELACK-SEEDED. Fia. 6.—DEACON. TYPICAL OUTER LEAVES. (About one-fourth natural size. ) L tae vie os of : a4 S. 5 Bul. 69, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture PLATE XXIV. Fia. 1.—LANCASTER (BACK VIEW). Fia. 3.—OAK-LEAVED. Fic. 4.—YELLOW WINTER. Fia. 5.—BALTIMORE OAK-LEAVED. Fic. 6.—Bia BOSTON. TYPICAL OUTER LEAVES. (About one-fourth natural size. ) Bul. 69, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture PLaTe XXV. qn © m > D a < QO = Pe) 7 m \e) ” z v Ww O Z nN ie) 4+ °: oe a ey ee $9 ® = > ecesty te; | = a | SR — z eh es Sa: i ee md m Sage oe = a = om n > s < =. wi n ‘'SQldvY GNVYD~—'E “Ol PLATE XXVI. Bul. 69, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, Fic. 1.—DENVER MARKET. FiG. 2.—ASPARAGUS LOBED-LEAVED AND EXPRESS COS TYPICAL OUTER LEAVES. (About one-fourth natural size.) Fia. 3.—HANSON. Bul. 69, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S, Dept. of Agriculture. ‘snovuYdsSy— | “DI ‘SOD Hivg—'s ‘dI4 ‘SOD SLIHM SI¥vVd—'€ “DI ‘OZIS TBINIBU YIINOT-9U0 JUOGY ) Is | { , { ‘SSAV31 YSLNO TVOIdAL ‘SOD SLIHM LNVIN—'> “DI ‘SOD YSLNIMA G3Y—'S ‘DI PLATE XXVII. aan a, Se = : : = PLATE Il. *qoRo UT pasn Futeq s1uerpoisur Jo syunoUB peuonsodoud oures pur (mmog 1daoxe) spury ourRs 942 ‘SUOTITPUOD OUI¥S 94) Jopun pur ‘{1ayRq ourrs oy) Aq ‘OUIT] JUTIRS 9Y1 1B OPRUT DIAM SOABOT OSOT TL, ‘'YNOT4 LNSLVd LVSHM ONINdS OUYH NNJLSSMHLYON ALIVA® 183g WONS Y3HLO 3HL ‘YNOTY LN3LVd LY3HM WNYHNG WOYs 30VW 3NO ‘Gvaug 4O S3AVO7T U. S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE. BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY—BULLETIN NO. 70. i B. T. GALLOWAY, Chief of Bureau. THE COMMERCIAL STATUS OF . "DURUM WHEAT. BY MARK ALFRED CARLETON, CEREALIST IN CHARGE OF CEREAL INVESTIGATIONS, AND JOSEPH 8S. CHAMBERLAIN, PHYSIOLOGICAL CHEMIST, CEREAL INVESTIGATIONS. VEGETABLE PATHOLOGICAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. IssuED OcToBER 7, 1904. <== 2 : = Tame 4 = ae a 7 y- > > = ae Z Site gg et Ay ‘Wwf == ee < Bore Mine i . A GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 1904. | WASHINGTON. BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY, B. T. Gattoway, Chief. J. E. Rocxwe tu, Editor. VEGETABLE PATHOLOGICAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS SCIENTIFIC STAFF, Ausert F. Woops, Pathologist and Physiologist. Erwin F. Smirn, Pathologist in Charge of Laboratory of Plant Pathology. GrorGe T. Moore, Physiologist in Charge of Laboratory of Plant Physiology. Herbert J. Wespser, Physiologist in Charge of Laboratory of Plant Breeding. Wacrer T. Swinaie, Physiologist in Charge of Laboratory of Plant Life History Newron B. Pierce, Pathologist in Charge of Pacific Coast Laboratory. M. B. Warre, Pathologist in Charge of Investigations of Diseases of Orchard Fruits Mark Aurrep Careron, Cerealist in Charge of Cereal Investigations. HERMANN VON ScureENK,¢ in Charge of Mississippi Valley Laboratory. P. H. Rours, Pathologist in Charge of Subtropical Laboratory. C. O. Townsenn, Pathologist in Charge of Sugar Beet Investigations. P. H. Dorsert,? Pathologist. | Ropney H. True, ¢ Physiologist. T. H. Kearney, Physiologist, Plant Breeding. Cornetius L. Sear, Pathologist. WiuuiaM A. Orvon, Pathologist. W. M. Scort, Pathologist. JosePpH 8S. CHAMBERLAIN, Physiological Chemist, Cereal Investigations. Rk. E. B. McKenney, Physiologist. Fiora W. Parrerson, Mycologist. CuHar.es P. Hartuey, Assistant in Physiology, Plant Breeding. Karu F. Ke_tLerMan, Assistant in Physiology. DeEANE B. SwinGte, Assistant in Pathology. A. W. Epson, Assistant Physiologist, Plant Breeding. Jesse B. Norton, Assistant in Physiology, Plant Breeding. James B. Rorer, Assistant in Pathology. Luoyp S. Tenny, Assistant in Pathology. GrorGe G. Hepacock, Assistant in Pathology. PERLEY SPAULDING, Scientific Assistant. . P. J. O'Gara, Scientific Assistant, Plant Pathology. | A. D. SHamet, Scientific Assistant, Plant Breeding. T. Raven Rosrnson, Scientific Assistant, Plant Physiology. FLoRENCE Hepaes, Scientific Assistant, Bacteriology. CuHaArues J. Brann, Assistant in Physiology, Plant Life History. Henry A. MILuer, Scientific Assistant, Cereal Investigations. Ernest B. Brown, Scientific Assistant, Plant Breeding. Lesuiz A. Firz, Scientific Assistant, Cereal Investigations. Lronarp A. Harter, Scientific Assistant, Plant Breeding. JoHn O. Merwin, Scientific Assistant, Plant Physiology. W. W. Coszy, Tobacco Expert. JOHN VAN LEENHOFF, Jr., Expert. L. T. SpraGcur, Expert. a Detailed to the Bureau of Forestry. a fate b Detailed to Seed and Plant Introduction and Distribution. ¢ Detailed to Botanical Investigations and Experiments. Y LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. U. 8. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE, BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY, OFFICE OF THE CHIEF, Washington, D. C., August 6, 1904. Str: I have the honor to transmit herewith the manuscript of a paper entitled ‘‘The Commercial Status of Durum Wheat,” by Mark Alfred Carleton, Cerealist in Charge of Cereal Investigations, and Dr. Joseph 8. Chamberlain, Physiological Chemist, Vegetable Patholog- ical and Physiological Investigations, and recommend its publication as Bulletin No. 70 of the series of this Bureau. The chemical inves- tigations were conducted as a part of the cooperative work in cereal chemistry between this Bureau and the Bureau of Chemistry. The accompanying five plates and a text figure are necessary to a complete understanding of the subject-matter of this paper. Respectfully, B. T. GALLOWAY, Chief of Bureau. Hon. JAMES WILSON,, Secretary of Agriculture. : ‘ 4 . _ 9) Oe PREFACE. The durum wheats are of a group quite distinet from any other wheat, and until recently their qualities were practically unknown in this country. After it had been determined that they were admirably adapted for cultivation in the semiarid districts (see Bulletin 3 of this Bureau) the demonstration of their value for various commercial purposes, particularly for making bread, became the next most important question. Numerous tests have been made by private parties, and careful experiments have been conducted by the South Dakota Agricultural Experiment Station. The Department of Agri- culture has also investigated the matter, and the present publication by Messrs. Carleton and Chamberlain gives the findings of the last two years. Asa result of all these inquiries the commercial standing of durum wheat may now be considered as established, thus adding a valuable industry to the resources of our country. ERWIN F. SMITH, Acting Pathologist and Physiologist OFFICE OF VEGETABLE PATHOLOGICAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS, Washington, D. C., August 4, 1904. 5 CONTENTS Page. PERO TIONG. = 5 ow kn eon na ecene RR hae SiR pens het ok a ere 9 Proper rank of durum wheat ~~~ -- AEA RO Re el ee a 9 Special qualities of commercial value_ __.- Reet br own poe meee: : 12 Deere. GUPUM = aeons Pe ee Pes a nina 12 Durum wheat for macaroni _..........---.---- spepeeateer 7d. 6A Rubeabe ao i 13 Characteristics of good macaroni----_.----------- ph oe Ena De RENN ge 13 Deane it anenuracture 2. t i Soe de be oh ere sal clus 14 List of manufacturers of macaroni in the United States Nf Pate ee a 16 Possibility of export of semolina and macaroni... ....-.....-----.--.--- 20 Methods of cooking and serving macaroni .........------------------ 20 a a ee a a kare RR co 5 ie ail eek eee 21 SERIE oe Wee Ga Ree oe all ae ete ee ee 21 epee erreewer US: Coa Ses... ee eee ~ CL BSR De ee 22 Penonimyibetenpesa Or Milk 2) se oe oe eee 23 Macarony: Witt LOMALOeS . .-- .2---. La Jecs- - Rt es 24 PIRCRPON? With IMGGIS: 22. oo es os Se eer eel Tale | 24 Pea OOML- Wi MO tas soe oy Hk cakes = 5 - Reppert ble 25 AAS ore re re i a re ee = op ant 25 RNR te eee ree ee he a eS 8 oe eine en a eee 25 erent are ie 2 La oe ee ep eee 26 CN oe se ee ee ee ae ee eee ee aoe oe ees 26 SUT? Tine MR Ui A eer ea: IRS ce fel 27 TIES ee ee ne Rha se = 2 oe ad ge 27 See ARIAT OCIOION 6 2 8 ns eS 28 0 ES oa pe a eS 5, > * ee See dnb 0 29 Ma OE WTOMG. +: oes Sit eee: 8 ee eee 31 Semin TAT UIIOIGS o e . pic e 31 Cooperative baking experiments of the Department of Agriculture __-- 34 Chemical study of durum-wheat flour and bread __-___-_-----.---- 36 Manisa OL SUANOATC MOWIB.- 2 eee. =... ~~ 2 ce ene 38 eee eLOUnitse 02 oo ee eee ee. sw SS a een 40 Cpe ene lutea 2 ook eee le Cee ee 41 LC ile) foes Re See. =, ne i Pee | pay ae 44 Examination of the flour and bread of the baking test---.._-- ------ 44 CMRIONG A Sao ee | st Ba ELE Sp aon 48 Seerre O11 rials. Of tO DROAGo0c- 84) Page wa as oes sd wee 49 eT EE gees a en a i ore a 51 i epee eee en oe | en Renee 51 OD iS ee at Se. ae Seer Ga 52 Teachers and experts in domestic | IRIS pe Sp RRS SOR i 53 Gucmunand flout experis 2.2.2. 9-.see---=-----. st re are 53 nen sETIBIS: 22 ib coll 2 Pee. 2 - 2d - - ) Quotations from particularly interesting reports... - Ee rrr 59 S CONTENTS. Duram wheat for bread—Continued, Page Results Of other WG « wicw ce cdeccewteccccc acucts pbuckendbntseeeee 58 Remerks on the various chemical and baking tests... = == == eee. 60 The color of flour and bread __..-._--__________._. sc chdt become 62 Experience required for perfect operations........-- _-_._________. 63 Other products from durum wheat. .----_-----_-- ue ow dee cee 65 Progross of the new industry--_..._....--.----- :. 65 Increase in production of durum wheat-___-______--_-_.--------------- 66 66 Determination of the best varietios . .......- 2-6. cece | a =r = Boino Bb npHBost: | - sora SS eee en Mey aT Cet Bh aoe tea — { : ke i PR aS crag Mee a : | ay i Uueunum? Oha0Ty pau, — LO) 110 122 — +) 1200 | Oe eat >} 2500) 1123 AOD hiyas _ 5950 109 125 » — -Mepepoza, | —, 60 102'108] — . . 650 | jt9j298 —| 700, 104207 830 102 Tash | 2450 jloziies “, eruncw -. — 400 102100] — — | 330 106. 110] | 300 | Jos > | 150 (105, EL — a 1300 wean | | | | | | | sy a “ > pyecroil +} 300 92-102 red Sohne “© 250 | S2:103f — * wa | 4 109 — 500 | $4105 Ti 1930 | 21083 Paci ~f{—- 10) 70 72— f- lon | ol Cy a | a 73 “= <2 | -| = 29| a2 J i Ta | | as Sf) Oxea. nepepoza of | Lote ren! Veer nore pee pcre Mike moe aad erty Cao Sd Re ag) FY ea =| 3 epep a j | " i 2 » OOnkLoRenMaro, sal FR as Park ee _ f a cal bec Roe ms bees oe ead es Chua .sHauato fm 80) N28 25) pee a 30 115)180) zt Sat ie | Leelee —|— \ ' - wm MOACOAMONMARD S || me Soe em mens | me ae ag) (call fed fac Sate ic eon (eal eiceeega tel fora domeua 4a FES eet oe Hy Mone) bree Vj) ei _ Topoxa i food Oca Moen ( - —V =}. F1G, 1.—Reproduction of a portion of a bulletin of the board of trade of Samara, Russia. 4 least 80 per cent of Kubanka wheat flour, the remainder being usually hard red spring wheat flour. “ The extract here shown of this board of trade bulletin (a translation of which is given on page 11) gives the quantity of different grains received daily at this point and the daily variation in price (in kopecks) per pood. All of the kinds of wheat represented are durum except the one called Russian. It will be seen that the durum wheats not only arrive in considerably larger quantities, but command a much higher price than the variety Russian, although this latter variety corre- sponds well to our own northern hard spring wheats and is absolutely as good in ~ quality. In fact, our own hard spring wheat probably originated in that region. PROPER RANK OF DURUM WHEAT. 11 Price current No, 49, Samara Board of Trade, September 7-13, 1898. Monday. Tuesduy. Wednesday. Thursday. Price per Price per Price per Price per pood in pood in | pood in | pood in Arrived. E eset Oke. Ee | Koper ks. E : kopecks. E ida ® | | S| | = had Cie erie eter | eye | 68 | ila eee i Pm Oo |a|a) So |g] ea i ~ os of i ° IO} O | m |e /OlOl|m |e |Oo]o | Bl/ae|O| Oo |m |e | Wheat: ' | Beloturka .......-.|.../1,000 | 110 | 122 tl Ear 250 | 109 | 122 1,200) 111 128 Pereroda .....---- 600 | 102 | 108 150 | 104 107 650 | 105 108 RUEMEES otowannbalsnat,, Mee |e? | LO ewe lewel mn cuwelan no = ---| 100 | 108 | 110 | $50 | 106 110 PenMmieil) 2s s.n0 cus Se OUUY [Pe 00) RL Satalinat|awenial cate b SoA ||. oOe | 200, _.f 250 |' 82) 108 NE ee akginein anise] oes LO (0 teed ae hee ee eee ss 70 | 72) 11 15; 70 72 Oats | | | OR eee leas uao tn een eRe eee) eel eS as| ons daledwe|cacnulwnns 3] ~weasi|waime |e meee ears ee RRO St tone e aol cman aun wns eS es ere ES Ree eee ee SES ied Ee LOE: Sea eet epee 30 ihe 544] Rel Se 8 Pe | Fo ee aaa een | 115 | 130 TIMIONRON BEGG. kul sto) sestce |p pce's|sbcgelece Ried |e cc etobt Ee Das |. wae aha tele| neta: eal en a eee eee MEAG oe es Sorel ala cecn| fag an|aodaalinda epee sale oe. re re, Se SP eet IeD, Ie eM COLE aa los ies lees Sos clsced|euweoleale c[sdun : ais | a ee Se | ' Friday. Saturday. Week. Price per Price per Price per pood in pood in pood in Arrived os kopecks. a kopecks. a il kopecks. a = 3 Se § S iF g Y w oe A | n ear = | D r = re i ro) rf Ha i) Be a 5 | eS es a fe) eS 8 Pe e) e} 3 Pe fo) Oy Oo a A }O| oO By H | oO s) & | & Wheat: | Beloturka _....--- .. 12, 500 110 123 222) (600 110 [250 \eecoee 5, 550 109 123 POTeroas 23.225 -|- ee! S700 104 | 107 |..--| 350 102.) 108 | sieve} 2,450 102 | 108 Egyptian -__..--.- ee UD 0 jg) fal A 1 nd a Rie tr ALLL 2 oe 1,300 102 111 Spee i252 2. 2 34}, £800 94 103 |.-..|. 750 94 108 |--.-..- 1,930 | 82 103 1 Se aaa eee 141 [lay xs TAS SO le [a | 39 25 70 73 Oats » STALE S08 IE Rages 0 ole al Ne ey ee pe FSU A 2 Si bias ee | toed MAR ie tas) MAR 20. doy Peep boat, Gommion e228 |e. {etic is [ers .ca das \gaaens: Eee S| PRO [ey eee la ee 5 | wns chai AE Se area tas | arena SUE SOOU is oe coo PU ES (SO bea fe Nee Rees Ms 3 ee 8s 60 | 115 130 Sunflower seed -___...|.---|_--.-- eet repens cA 8 Pi ee ea ee eee |_See ee ba; sei) ae 2 USE ee ee Saas ees jee ae ee | Nich eh) | Sak. hl eee ae | eet | Aso |e eee [Sees eel oe oe (rc ee ee ee Pe PR Ll pees ere ete teh -b 3 VS etree eer a ee FETS: ee The city of Samara, on the upper Volga, having a population. of about 100,000, although not particularly a milling center, corresponds fairly well in other respects to Minneapolis as a grain market. At this place a variety called simply ‘‘ Russian” is the chief representative of the hard spring wheats, while the durum wheat group is represented by Kubanka. A photographic reproduction of a portion of the daily bulletin of the Samara board of trade is shown in figure 1, followed by a translation of the same, which illustrates the supc¢rior value of Kubanka wheat at this place. It will be seen that from September 19 to 25, 1898, the price of Kubanka ranged from 109 to 125 kopecks (1 kopeck equals 0.515 cent) per pood (36 pounds), and that Russian sold at 82 to 105 kopecks. The number of ecartloads of Kubanka received during the week was 5,550, while 1,930 cartloads of Russian were received during the same time.“ It is interesting to note that “A cartload ordinarily averages 42 bushels. This was a famine year in east Russia; hence the grain receipts at Samara were unusually low, 12 COMMERCIAL STATUS OF DURUM WHEAT. just five years later almost an exact reverse of the relations in price of these two classes of wheat existed in this country, at Minneapolis, and yet we have the same system of milling and largely the same export outlet for our wheat and flour as Russia. ‘he explanation is that the American trade is only now becoming acquainted with durum wheat. SPECIAL QUALITIES OF COMMERCIAL VALUE. So long as durum wheat is grown where it is well adapted, it will always possess certain special qualities of commercial value not exist- ing to so great a degree in other wheats: (1) In the strictly semiarid districts if usually ripens earlier than other spring wheats. This allows the wheat a greater chance to escape insect and fungous pests and thus insures a plumper, finer kernel. (2) Freedom from rust and smut is still further insured by the natural resistance of this Wheat to the attacks of such fungi. The importance of smut resist- ance in the fields of the Northwest is manifest to those who are aware of the great damage to wheat from this cause in that region. (3) Hard spring and winter wheats are known to produce a harder, better grain | in the drier districts and in dry seasons. Durum wheat, being par- ticularly adapted to such conditions, always furnishes an excellent hard grain without a corresponding decrease in yield. (4) Acecom- panying this drought resistance and hardness of grain is a correspond- ing increase in the quantity and quality of the gluten.¢ (5) In the analyses of flour and bread, given on another page, it is shown that the sugar content of durum wheat is considerably greater than that of other wheats. Even a small percentage of difference in this respect is of great importance to the baker during a year’s operations. (6) The extreme dryness of the durum wheat grain in a good season ? gives the floura great power of absorption, which, other conditions being equal, allows the baker to obtain more loaves from the same weight of flour, and in some cases would thus give this wheat a great advantage over other wheat flours of less absorption. THE NAME ‘‘DURUM.”’ Durum wheat is generally known in this country as macaroni wheat. It isnow a matter of regret that this name was used. It was first employed in publications of this Department, chiefly because of the fact that no other wheat will make first-class macaroni. It was “The results of experiments with different flours, discussed elsewhere in this bulletin, do not show any particular superiority for this wheat over others in this respect, but, as there explained, the flours examined were those of wet seasons, which are especially injurious to durum wheat. ®It should be explained that a good season for durum wheat may be a poor one for ordinary wheat. Within extreme limits the drier the season the better it is for this wheat, while unusual moisture, especially great humidity, is very disastrous. DURUM WHEAT FOR MACARONI. 138 deemed suflicient at first to establish its commercial value on this basis alone, and its use for bread was not then urged by the Depart- ment. The results of milling and baking operations of the last two years, however, have so changed the status of the wheat that it now seems quite desirable to discard the name ‘‘ macaroni,” for the follow- ing reasons: (1) It is quite misleading, as durum wheat is now known to make excellent bread as well as macaroni; and (2) it is not a general name; in fact, is not used outside of this country, except very recently in Canada and Australia. It is therefore recommended and urged that grain dealers, inspectors, and all others concerned use the name ‘‘durum” instead of ‘‘macaroni.” The word ‘‘durum” means hard, and is therefore very appropriate, and it is universally known. Many farmers will no doubt persist in using the name ‘‘ macaroni,” but the name ‘‘durum” will usually be understood by them. Ior a time the name ‘‘ macaroni” might be used parenthetically until the name “durum” becomes more familiar. DURUM WHEAT FOR MACARONI. While the durum wheat can not be correctly considered as simply a macaroni wheat, yet it should be kept in mind that no other wheat, except perhaps Polish, will make good macaroni. There are two chief reasons why Americans do not eat several times as much maca- roni as at present: (1) It is usually not made from the proper kind of wheat and (2) it is rarely prepared properly in the kitchen. The former is probably the more important reason. It is as easy to make typical Minneapolis flour from California wheat as it is to make first-class macaroni from other than durum wheat. It is a common error to suppose that the excellence of Italian macaroni is due simply to the methods of manufacture employed by Italians. The real rea- son for this excellence is that only durum wheat is used, though it is true that the methods employed are occasionally superior to those of many American factories. CHARACTERISTICS OF GOOD MACARONI, The principal characteristics of good macaroni and those which dis- tinguish a product of true durum wheat from that which is made from ordinary wheat are as follows: (1) It must have a rich yellow color, at the same time without any application of artificial coloring matter; (2) it must be translucent or almost transparent; (3) the sticks should permit of considerable bending without breaking; (4) the macaroni should be able to retain its firmness after at least twenty minutes in boiling water; (5) when served at the table it should not be flabby nor pasty; (6) it should not be soft and doughy when eaten, but should remain firm in consistency. Of course, the attainment of these quali- ties will depend to some extent upon the methods of manufacture of either the semolina or the macaroni, or both, but it is always mainly 14 COMMERCIAL STATUS OF DURUM WHEAT, dependent upon the kind of wheat employed. As all food grains contain an abundance of starch, the comparative nutritive value of different kinds of macaroni or of macaroni made from different kinds of wheat will depend chiefly upon the proteid content; but, as in the case of bread making, it must be remembered that the quality as well as the quantity of gluten is of great importance. The following series of analyses made by the bureau of Chemistry of this Department will give some information on the comparative percentage of proteids in macaroni from different wheats. It will be seen that the highest percentage of proteid is found in the macaroni produced from durum wheat. TABLE 1.—Analysesof macaroni produced from different wheats; results eapressed as percentages, 5 Kind of wheat f hich | Moi R 1 & no deate = ar ees : | Kind of wheat from which ois- Crude ro- rates g| Name of product. | made. ture. | F@t-| Aber, | A8h _teids by differ. | | ence, kale eA) a : a ee ee | 1 | Egg noodles ...-._---- | Hard spring (with eggs) -| 9.27 | 4.36) 0.31 | 0.71 | 15.68 69.72 2| Spaghetti ........-... | Common wheat, kind un- 9.55} .47 -T1| .57| 12.68 76. 06 nown 3 | Macaroni .........-~<- | ees OO oe a os Sate eee 10.20 | .38 52] .61| 12.31 75. 98 ra) Tae €0's.2 ee eee | Kansas hard winter ____-- 10.36 | .é -57 | .51 | 12.06 76.12 7 ee Sy ne = rae es | Dakota and Minnesota ___-| 10.24] .43 37 | .43) 11.06 77.47 6 =i pas eek py ee ok Se See Oe A ee ee 10,15°) +44 of | .44] 12.68 75. 97 7 | Meszani: | Minnesota spring -.-.----- 10.20 | .22 ae .32 | 12.56 76. 32 8 | Macaroni -....:..-.-.- Hard common wheat. ---- 10.19 | .42 37 | .48| 13.88 74.71 9 | Sparchotti .......<.... Hard enring.. + <.+<5. 10.15) | «39 .40| 56) 18.44 75. 26 10. < Ci (a tae rape Ree A Kansas hard winter __-.-- 10.06 | .56 .35 | .47] 12.56 76. 00 tT Macaroni oS 813. 3 ee ees 8 ee eee 10.06 | .46 -49 | .45 | 12.63 75. 91 12 | Macaroni (artificial | Hard spring..........--.-- YO 4e i) S26 46) .67 | 13,25 75. 92 ly colored). | 33°| Macaroni 2 .......--- ' Mixed hard and soft com- 9.58 19 | 53 83 | 14.75 74. 92 mon wheat. fag ee OHee eee , Mixed Kansas hard and 9.79 | .49 .38 | .63| 12.63 76.08 _ ordinary winter. ID) tesesron: ~ (splits: |.2.. 00°26, ee 10.00 | .40 .o. | <62 | T2276 75. 86 easily ). 16 7 caroni (very | Hard common wheat----- 9.73 | .45 .38 | .48 |) 14.06 74. 90 arge). 17 | Macaroni (genuine | Unknown........--...---- :| 10.05!) .24 50! .65) 13.06: | 75.50 Italian imported). 18: | Macaroni... -.-..2:..- Grown to order. .-..-....- 9.91 | .49 .39 | .44] 12.06 76.71 i) eee GC el ee ee Pillsbury’s best flour. ___- 9.61. | .58 .38 | .48 | 13.81 75.19 1 eee One ste ere Truedurum wheat grown, 10.50 | .75 22.) ..50 |. Dios 70. 90 to order. | 2) |) Mezzani-._-.2-- 4-21 Imported Taganrog du-| 10.25 |} .58 22: 64 | TOS 78.12 rum. S3)| Maecaront |... cst: Best Minnesota spring.---| 10.29) .67 .23 | .48| 12.38 76. 00 23 | Macaroni (genuine | Unknown ...-.-..--..-...-- 10.02 | .39 25). TL) T2eh 76. 38 French imported). 24 | Mezzani (genuine | American mixed durum | 10.88 | .41 $238'| J5ac} Tibe 76.43 Italian imported). and common wheat. 2 | Macaroni 22.....)- seh Semon wheat, kind un- | 11.88 | .40 <2¢ | 2b?) ) OFS 76. 87 nown. PROCESS OF MANUFACTURE. Though the kind of wheat employed is by far of the greatest impor- tance, yet the process of manufacture in most of the factories of this country is very unsatisfactory, and there is no doubt that very much better results would be obtained by the employment of better methods. There are, of course, two processes, viz, (1) the manufacture of the semolina and (2) the making of the macaroni, and it is important ——————————————— ee eee 4 DURUM WHEAT FOR MACARONI, 15 that proper methods should be employed .n each case. The chief defect in American methods is in the manufacture of the semolina, and this consists mainly in very imperfect operations with the bolting cloth. Several of the finer products should be screened out and the particular grade of semolina intended for macaroni should be very much coarser than is ordinarily furnished by the mills; in facet, the production of a proper grade of semolina, now that the proper wheat is in cultivation, is practically the only requisite in this country for the production of the very best macaroni that can be made. It must be said that several of the millers of this country have spent much time and money in an endeavor to improve their milling operations in this respect, and have already made considerable progress. The reader is referred to Bulletin No. 20 of the Bureau of Plant Industry, enti- tled ‘‘ Manufacture of Semolina and Macaroni,” for detailed descrip- tions of proper methods of manufacture of both semolina and maca- roni. It is, of course, to be expected that in time, when very much more of the durum wheat shall be employed, milling operations will become much more perfect. It has been affirmed in recent years and it is the general supposi- tion that the consumption of macaroni in this country has consider- ably increased. It would be of much interest to learn the actual facts bearing on this question; but the statisties of the census are furnished only every ten years, and it is now necessary to wait for another cen- sus before it can be determined whether there has been any increase in the last few years, since the last census covered the production of 1899. The Treasury statistics on the importation of foreign macaroni are available every year, and of course these figures, added to our own yearly production, would give practically the total consumption in this country, as there is very little export. . By the courtesy of the Bureau of the Census of the Department of Commerce and Labor special unpublished sheets have been furnished from which approximate statistics on the production of macaroni in 1899 have been compiled. The entire production for that year of the factories which returned reports to the Bureau was 15,193,774 pounds, having a wholesale value at the warehouse where produced of $1,494,272. It is known to the Department of Agriculture that three or four of the largest factories in the United States made no returns. Several others, of course, may not have reported, but probably very few. The figures above given are therefore minimum figures, but the correct amount in each case would probably not be very much more. As it will no doubt be a matter of considerable interest commer- cially, it is thought well to publish a list of all the macaroni factories in the United States so far known to this Department. This list fol- lows, with the addresses of the factories. There are possibly a half dozen or more factories not included in the list, but it is probably fairly complete. 16 COMMERCIAL STATUS OF DURUM WHEAT. LIST OF MANUFACTURERS OF MACARONI IN THE UNITED STATES, CALIFORNIA, Los Angeles: California Macaroni Company, 230 Aliso street. Kahn-Beck Company, 467 Aliso street. Oakland; Swiss-Italian Paste Company, 513 Fifth street. Sacramento: Foppiani & Co., 1115 Second street. San Francisco: Arata Bros., 325 Broadway. California Italian Paste Company, 347 Sacramento street. Celli, John B., 8 Margaret place. Columbus Paste Company, 425 Jackson street. Cuneo Bros., 511 Green street. Landucci & Co., 1423 Kearney street. Martinoni & Podesta, 512-514 Washington street. Matteucci, F., & Co., 411-413 Francisco street. Musto, C. E., & Co., 705-707 Battery street. Nunziato, L., 415 Broadway. Paravagna, Giacoma, 1 Vulcan lane. San Francisco Paste Company, 704 Sansome street. Smario & Grego, 810 Battery street. Sosso, Henry G., 1313 Dupont street. Splivalo, C. R., & Co., 307 Battery street. Valente, Luigi, 214 Broadway. San Jose: Baiocchi, M., & Co. Prola, J. Ravenna Paste Company. San Jose Italian Paste Company. COLORADO, Denver: » Mazza, F., & Co., 327 Gerspach avenue. Wratere Uaien Macaccnit Manufacturing Company, 3654-3658 Bell street, corner West Thirty-seventh avenue. Starkville: Scavarda Paste and Sausage Factory. Trinidad: Casa, Joseph. DELAWARE, Wilmington: Union Macaroni Company, 209 East Fifth street. ILLINOIS, Chicago: Canepa, John B. _ Meyers Brothers Macaroni Company (new). ‘. National Macaroni Company, 36 La Salle street. Braidwood: ss Rossi, Peter. 5 INDIAN TERRITORY South McAlester: Fassino Brothers. > ~ LIST OF MANUFACTURERS. OWA, — Davenport: Crescent Macaroni Company, corner Fifth and Iowa streets. LOUISIANA, New Orleans: Bertoleti, Dominick, 1200 Chartres street. Cusimano, J., 619 St. Philip street. Federico, L., & Bro., 1000 Chartres street. Gensler, Philip, 520 Conti street. Guercio, 5., & Co., 310 Rampart street. Impastato, Giuseppe, 610 Dumaine street. Impastato, V., & Co. (Limited), 400 Magazine street. Mathes, Louis, & Co., 1739 St. Charles avenue. Messina, S., Macaroni Manufacturing Company (new). Peres, Francois, 521 St. Louis street. Sambola Italian Paste Factory (Limited), 662 St. Peter’s street. Spicuzza & Valenti, 727 Ursuline street. Torre, J., & Bro., 429 Decatur street. M A R Y. I AN I rs Baltimore: Nocitra, L., & Co., 516 Ensor street. MASSACHUSETTS. Boston: Ficino & Lairdino, 21 Chatham street. Hayes, James A., & Co., 9-11 Commercial street. Jannini, Cresenzio & Co., 191 Maverick street. Terrile, P., 282 Commercial street. Vesce & Capodilupo, 317 North street. MICHIGAN. Detroit: Marvelli Company, The, 115 Larned street West. Pontiac-Peninsula Macaroni Company (new). Schmid, A. J., 407 Elmwood avenue. MINNESOTA, Minneapolis: Minneapolis Macaroni Factory, 56 Central avenue. St. Paul: Minnesota Macaroni Company, 42 East Isabel street. Vermicelli and Macaroni Company, The. ‘MISSOURI. Kansas City: Baker Manufacturing Company, 528 Walnut street. Gargotta, Joseph, & Son, 500 East Third street. St. Louis: Capnano, Damiano, 923 North Eighth street. Catanzaro, Joseph, 924 North Eighth street. Gandolfo-Ghio Manufacturing Company, 104 South Eighth street. Kappes, Erwin, 814 Julia street. Maull, Chas., Macaroni Company, 7 North Second street. Stobie Cereal Mills, 711 North Second street, 4876—No. 70—04——2 17 Ls COMMERCIAL STATUS OF DURUM WHEAT, MONTANA, Butte: Imperial Paste Manufacturing and Mercantile Company, NEW JERSEY. Jersey City: Mueller, C. F., & Co., 983 Boyd avenue, Newark: Fello, Roffalbe, 130 Seventh avenue. Geroot, Michael, 127 Seventh avenue. Maulano, Francesco, 45 Sheffield street. Sapniolo, Vincenzo, 23 Adams street. Vineland: D’Ippolito, G. B., 620 Cherry street. NEW YORK, Brooklyn: Castruccio, A., & Sons, 66 Sackett street. Romeo, F., & Co., 25-27 Carroll street. Savarese, V., & Bros., 50 Irving street. Zerega’s Sons, A., 61 Front street. Buffalo: Amigona, Nicholas, 163 Main street. Antoniazzi, Charles, 161 Seneca street. Buffalo Macaroni and Vermicelli Works, 137 Broadway. Carmelo, Manzella, 243 Court street. Catalano, Pietro, 32 State street. Guarina, Frank, 280 Terrace street. Gugino Brothers, 107 Wilkeson street. Onetto, Louis, 137 Broadway. New York: Atlantic Macaroni Company, West Twenty-first street, between Tenth and Eleventh avenues. Columbia Importing and Manufacturing Company, 138 Jane street. Goodman, A., & Sons, 638 East Seventeenth street. Syracuse: Hotaling-Warner Company, The, 419 Tracy street. Utica: Central Macaroni Company. Italian Macaroni Company. OHIO, Chardon: Chardon Macaroni Company. Cincinnati: ' Foulds Milling Company, 1225 Budd street. German and Ajyerican Pure Food Company, 1404 Walnut street. Routspohler, A. H., Company, 114 West Court street. Schwinn, J. 8., Company, 1540 Race street. Wuerdemann Company, The, 431 East Pearl street. Cleveland: Cleveland Macaroni Company, The, 1 Shaw street. Catalano, Maria C., 15 Scovill avenue. De Nicola & Co., 66 Hill street. Di Franco, Antonio, 44 Brandon street. French Delicacy Company, 58 Frankfort street. LIST OF MANUFACTURERS. 19 Cleveland—Continued. Geracio, Gaetano, 124 Woodland avenue. Pfaffman Egg Noodle Company, 278 Seneca street. Russo, G., & Co., 94 Coltman street. Columbus: Ingram, W. H., 176 King avenue. Youngstown: Youngstown Macaroni Company, 102 South Watts street. OREGON, Portland: Colombo Paste Company. Pacific Coast Biscuit Company. PENNSYLVANIA, Carnegie: Bisi, Ernesto. Philadelphia: Ackerman, Rudolph, 1361 Germantown avenue. Cini & Tasca, 933 South Tenth street. Cuneo, Frank, 801 Christiana street. De Angelis, R., & Co., 915 South Seventh street. De Cecco, Giuseppe, 4392 Germantown avenue. Di Cuglielmo, Louis, 804 South Sixth street. Di Napoli, Antonio, 741 South Seventh street. Guano & Raggio, 924 South Seventh street. Italian Steam Manufacturing Company, 1021 South Ninth street. Krumm, A. C., & Son, 1012 Dakota street. Laufer, Anton, 2333 North Second street. Mamarella, Gaetano, 1205 South Ninth street. Pataneo, Peter, 725 Carpenter street. . Ricchezza & Verna, 1021 South Ninth street and 804 Kimball street. Sassa, Joseph, 812 Carpenter street. Pittsburg: ’ Piccardo, B., 185 Forty-first street. Plumfield, Marecial, 4520 Laurel street. Scranton: Cassesse Brothers, 99 Lackawanna avenue. TENNESSEE. Memphis: De Marchi, Victor, 93 Main street. TEXAS. Dallas: Carlisi & Taibbi, 258-262 Live Oak street. Dallas Grand Macaroni Factory. Galveston: Texas Star Macaroni Factory, G. Martinelli & Co., 2014 Twenty-eighth street. Houston: Houston Macaroni Company, F. Bonno & Bro., 114 Preston avenue. Manno, Fran, 516 Milam street. San Antonio: Battaglia & Co. Mesa, F., 106 Hessler street. Saladino, A., 228 Salinas street. San Antonio Paste Works. Aw) COMMERCIAL STATUS OF DURUM WHEAT, WASHINGTON, Seattle: Ghiglione, A. F., & Sons, 2318 First avenue, Tacoma: Martinolich, J. C., North Thirty-second street, between Oakes and Pine streets. WISCONSIN, Milwaukee: Lorenz Brothers Macaroni Company. POSSIBILITY OF EXPORT OF SEMOLINA AND MACARONI, The amount of macaroni imported into the United States averages somewhere near 18,000,000 pounds per annum. Comparing this with the minimum figures on domestic production previously given, it is seen that our annual production of macaroni is very nearly the same as our annual import. A fancy price is nearly always paid for the imported macaroni, and yet the domestic macaroni should be just as evood when made from the proper wheat. There is often, it is true, a lack of proper methods of manufacture of the semolina, but, as before stated, several American mills are already making rapid progress in that regard. Given, therefore, a large production of the durum wheat there is every prospect of a future production of macaroni at least equal to the home demand, and probably a sufficient quantity for a good export trade before many years have passed. The United States has a large export flour trade, and there is appar- ently no good reason why there should not also be a good export trade in macaroni. But the commercial value of the wheat is of course not limited to the mere manufacture of macaroni. The macaroni manu- facturer stands in the same relation to the semolina manufacturer as that borne by the baker toward the miller. An export trade to cor- respond with that of bread flour should therefore be an export of semolina rather than of macaroni. The semolina manufacturers of France, who furnish a large proportion of the semolina for European macaroni, are obliged very largely to import their wheat. The mills of this country would therefore have the advantage in that respect, at least over the French semolina millers, and ought to be ab‘te to compete very sharply with the French mills in supplying the numer- ous macaroni factories of Italy with semolina. METHODS OF COOKING AND SERVING MACARONI. It is a common experience that while macaroni is often mentioned on hotel bills of fare, a large percentage of the guests of these hotels seldom taste it. As has already been stated, one of the reasons for this condition is the general ignorance throughout this country of the proper methods of preparing and serving macaroni. The most com- mon form in which macaroni is served in this country is a very white, pasty, doughy mass of the sticks, served in dilute tomato sauce. The most enthusiastic lover of macaroni would have very little if any- RECIPES. 9) thing to do with a dish of that kind. Of course it is likely to be served in a little better condition on the tables of private families, but even then there is rarely much variation in preparation from the method above described. It is little wonder, therefore, if there are very few converts from year to year to the use of macaroni as a food in their own homes. There are of course numerous methods of preparing macaroni for the table, just as in the case of the preparation of any other food, but there is no doubt whatever that many of the very best methods are wholly unknown to most Americans. Naturally many of these meth- ods are only used in foreign countries, where macaroni is a much more common food than in the United States. Many recipes, however, are to be found in the best cookbooks of this country, which, if widely followed, would at once give an impetus to the use of this food by the American people. With the hope of helping to make macaroni a much more attractive food and of inducing the people to eat if much more generally, there are reproduced here from various sources a number of selected recipes for preparing this food, which seem to be the best or among the best out of several hundred that have been as carefully investigated as possible.@ In order to make the list of recipes more convenient for reference it is classified rather roughly under the headings, viz, semolina, soups, macaroni with cheese or milk, macaroni with tomatoes, macaroni with meats, macaroni with nuts, timbales, croquettes, garnitures, spaghetti, salads, desserts, special Italian recipes, and miscellaneous. One notes at once the interesting fact that several palatable dishes may be pre- pared from the semolina itself, and as true semolina produced from durum wheat has not heretofore been made in this country (and is not even now produced to perfection) and has never been imported, these will prove to be practically new dishes. Noodles is, in a way, a kind of macaroni, but being more commonly known and so often made from various kinds of flour, even the finest of patent flour, dishes prepared from noodles are not included in these recipes. RECIPES. SEMOLINA, Semolina fritters.—Boil in a stewpan 1 pint of milk with 3 ounces of sugar: as goon as it boils add 6 ounces of semolina; stir until it thickens; let it cook 7 or 8 «Aside from other sources, in selecting these recipes the chief authorities con- sulted are as follows, viz: Collections of recipes by the Foulds Milling Company, the Minnesota Macaroni Company, and the Marvelli Macaroni Company; French Cookery for English Homes, compiled by Wm. Blackwood & Sons; Mrs. Lam- bert’s Guide for Nut Cookery: Marion Harland’s Complete Cookbook; Gesine Lemcke’s European and American Cuisine; Déliée’s Franco-American Cookery Book, and Francatelli’s Modern Cook. vv COMMERCIAL STATUS OF DURUM WHEAT. minutes. Remove the stewpan from the fire; put in a piece of butter the size of an egg, 5 yolks of eggs, | whole egg, the chopped rind of a lemon or orange, a handful of currants, and a liquor glass of kirsch. Pour this paste on a cake tin which has been moistened with water; spread the paste to the thickness of } inch. When it is cold divide it into squares, or in rounds, with a paste cutter; pass these through 2 beaten eggs, then into bread crumbs, and plunge them in boiling fat until they take a good color. Cold semolina pudding.—Boil 1 quart of milk with a piece of thin lemon rind (the rind must be cut so thin that not a morsel of the white underskin attaches to it), 34 ounces of sugar,a grain of salt, and 2 ouncesof fresh butter. Assoonas it boils sprinkle into it 34 ounces of semolina, stirring a!l the time with a wooden spoon. When it has boiled 2 minutes draw it on one side of the stove and let it simmer for 7 or 8 minutes. In the interval, moisten the inside of a mold with cold water (a salad bowl will do as well as a mold); pour in the semolina after having taken out the lemon rind. This pudding is eaten cold, and is best with gooseberry sauce, but any fruit sirup can be served with it. Gooseberry sauce for the above.—Put in a stewpan 1 pound of ripe red goose- berries; crush them. When they boil pass them through a hair sieve. Boil the liquid 2 or 3 minutes with 34 ounces of white crushed sugar and a wineglassful of water. Let it get cold. Semolina soufflé.—Boil 1 pint of milk with + pound of vanilla sugar and a grain of salt. When it boils drop in gradually 14 ounces of fine semolina, stirring contin- ually with a wooden spoon; let it cook for 8 or 10 minutes; add 14 ounces of fresh butter. Pour the mixture into a basin; mix it with 5 yolks of eggs. Beat up the 5 whites to a firm froth; add them gently to the semolina. Pour all into a mold which has been buttered; bake for 25 minutes in the oven. Serve sprinkled with powdered sugar. Semolina soup.—Throw 3} ounces of semolina into 24 quarts of boiling soup, stirring all the time. Semolina should be thrown in like falling rain. Let all cook 15 minutes. Serve with grated cheese. Thick semolina soup.—Prepare the soup exactly as above; then beat up the yolks of 2 eggs with | teacupful of cream; add little by little to the warm soup; serve at once. Croquettes of semolina.—Boil a quart of white broth with salt and an ounce of butter; drop gently about 12 ounces of semolina, stirring all the time; stir 5 min- utes longer; add 4 egg yolks and turn into a small buttered dish to cool; divide in about a dozen oblong pieces; sprinkle with dry crumbs; dip in beaten eggs and roll in fresh crumbs; fry to a nice color and serve on a folded napkin. SOUPS. Macaroni soup.—To 1 quart of stock brought to a boil add + pound boiled maca- roni cut into fine pieces; season with salt and pepper and pour into a tureen. Vermicelli ssup.—Bring to a boiling point 2 quarts of soup stock; add 4 ounces of vermicelli and boil hard for 20 minutes; season with pepper and salt and serve at once. . ; Macaroni soup.—Cook 1 ounce of macaroni in boiling water for 20 minutes; drain and cut into little rings; bring 1 quart of stock to the boiling point; add the macaroni and let simmer for 5 minutes; salt and pepper to taste. Macaroni a la Calabraise.—Take 8 ripe tomatoes, press the water out and chop them fine; melt in a saucepan 2 ounces of butter, with a chopped onion and 4 ounces of finely sliced raw ham; fry slightly brown; add the tomatoes, a clove of garlic, pepper, and a bunch of parsley; fry a little longer; moisten with half a pint each of Fspagnole or brown sauce (or any good meat sauce that may be more con- | ‘ RECIPES, 23 venient) and beef broth; boil 15 minutes and strain with pressure through a sieve; boil half a pound of macaroni in salted water for 20 minutes; drain; put in a saucepan with 4 ounces of butter in small bits, pepper, and nutmeg; mix well; put by layers in a large bowl or deep buttered dish, alternating each layer with grated Parmesan cheese and sauce, finishing with cheese and 3 ounces of very hot, clarified, and nearly browned butter poured over; serve with 2 quarts of rich beef broth separately in a soup tureen. MACARONI WITH CHEESE OR MILK, Boiled macaroni and cheese.—Boil a quarter of a pound of macaroni until it is tender, but not broken; drain off the water and cover the saucepan to let it dry; boil together 1 pint of sweet milk with half a pint of rich cream; cream together l teaspoonful of flour with a tablespoonful of butter and add to the boiling milk, stirring constantly until it thickens; add a teaspoonful of mixed mustard; pvt in a deep dish alternate layers of macaroni, cheese, and sauce until the dish is filled. Bake half an hour. Add salt and pepper to the sauce just before removing it from the fire. Baked macaroni with cheese.—Boil 6 ounces of macaroni in plenty of boiling salted water until tender. Warm a deep pudding dish and butter well; place in this a layer of the macaroni, then a layer of cheese grated or cut into small bits; sprinkle over this salt and pepper and small pieces of butter; then add another layer of macaroni and cheese, finishing off with the cheese; pour over 1 cup of rich milk or cream and bake three-quarters of an hour. Macaroni and cheese ad Vv Anglaise.—Take 4 pound of macaroni, } pint milk, 4 pint veal or beef gravy, yolks of 2 eggs, 4 tablespoonfu!s of cream, 1 ounce butter, 3 ounces grated Parmesan or Cheshire cheese. , Boil the macaroni in the gravy and milk until quite tender without being brcken; drain and place in a deep dish. Beat the yolks of 2 eggs with the cream and 2 tablespoonfuls of the liquor in which the macaroni was boiled; make this sufficiently hot to thicken, but do not allow it to boil; pour it over the macaroni, over which sprinkle ‘he grated cheese and the butter broken into small pieces. Brown with a salamander or before the fire, and serve. Do not brown in the oven, as the butter would oil and so impart a very disagreeable flavor to the dish. Time, one-half to three-fourths hour to boil mac- aroni, 5 minutes to thicken eggs and cream, 5 minutes to brown. Macaroni in cheese shell_—Break macaroni into 2-inch lengths, and boil for at least 20 minutes in boiling water, well salted; then cut in pieces not over 4 inch long. Have ready a cheese shell, one which has had the cheese thoroughly scooped out. These shells are frequently thrown away, and they make very nice receptacles for the serving of macaroni. Stand the shell on a piece of waxed paper, and this ina baking pan. Put 2 tablespconfuls of butter and 2 of flour in a sauce- pan; mix and add a pint of milk; stir until boiling; add the cold macaroni end stir over the fire until it is just heated through; add a teaspoonful of salt anda saltspoonful of pepper, and pour the mixture into the cheese shell; cover with a piece of greased paper and run into the oven for 15 minutes. Lift the shell care- fully, putting it into adainty round plate, and send it to the table. This imparts the most delicate cheese flavor, and also makes a sightly dish. If the shell is carefully cleaned it may be used several times. If baked too long, it will be soft and fall apart; for that reason the macaroni must be hot when poured into the shell. Creamed macaroni.—For a baking dish holding 3 pints allow } pound of maca- roni, Have your kettle partly filled with boiling salted water; throw in the macaroni and boil at least 20 minutes. Drain well, and turn it carefully into a baking dish. Put into a saucepan 3 tablespoonfuls of butter and 3 tablespoonfuls 24 COMMERCIAL STATUS OF DURUM WHEAT, of flour; mix; add 14 pints of milk and stir until boiling; add 3 tablespoonfuls of grated Parmesan and | cupof chopped ordinary American cheese, a level teaspoonful of salt, and a dash of red pepper. Pour this over the macaroni, pulling it apart so that the sauce may go to the very bottom of the dish. Cover the top with a layer of cheese and then a layer of bread crumbs. Stand in a quick oven near the top, so that it may brown without being unduly cooked. Creamed macaront on toast.—Put 1 rounded tablespoonful of butter and 1 of flour into a small saucepan; mix over the fire until smooth; do not brown, Add } pint of cream; stir until it boils; take from the fire and add salt and pepper and 4 ounces of boiled macaroni, chopped fine. Place the saucepan over boiling water to reheat. Pour over slices of buttered toast, dust with grated cheese, and serve hot. MACARONI WITH TOMATOES. Macaroni with tomato sauce.—Boil 6 ounces of macaroni in a saucepan of boil- ing salted water; let boil 20 minutes; drain ina colander. Have ready the follow- ing sauce: Cook 1 quart of tomatoes for 1 hour, then strain; add to this juice 1 pint of clear soup, | dessertspoonful of sugar, and pepper and salt to taste. Boil all together, and while boiling cream together 2 tablespoonfuls of butter and 2 of flour; add to the sauce and stir constantly until it thickens. Serve the maca- roni on small plates, very hot, and pour over it the sauce and grated Parmesan cheese. Macaroni with tomatoes.—Boil and drain } pound of macaroni; add } cup of cream and 4 cup of butter; pepper and salt. Let it simmer for a short time, but do not let the macaroni get sticky. Turn into a vegetable dish, pour over it 1 pint of stewed tomatoes, season, and serve hot. Tomatoes stuffed with macaroni,—Select large, firm tomatoes; cut off the tops and scoop out the inside pulp. Do not peel. After sprinkling the inside of the tomato shells with a very little salt, fill with cold, boiled macaroni, chopped, mix- ing cheese with the filling. Arrange the tomatoes in a pudding dish, replace the tops after strewing cheese on the macaroni filling, lay a cover over the tomatoes, and bake half an hour. MACARONI WITH MEATS. Macaroni with clams.—Chop 15 clams very fine, drain off all the liquor, scald and skim it; add 1 sliced onion, a very little salt and pepper, and simmer 10 min- utes. Putin anothersaucepan | tablespoonful of butter and 1 of flour; when melted and bubbling add 1 cup of rich milk and stir until it thickens; stir into this the clam juice and cook a minute. Fill a buttered dish with alternate layers of boiled macaroni (} pound) and clams, making the top layer macaroni. Pour over this the sauce, put a few bits of butter over the top,and brown in a quickoyen. Oys- ters may be substituted for the clams. Macaroni with escalloped chicken.—Take equal parts of cold chicken, boiled macaroni, and tomato sauce. Put in layers in a shallow dish and cover with but- — tered crumbs. Bake until brown. Any cold fowl with the stuffing and gravy may be used in the same way. Macaroni and salmon.—Prepare the macaroni as follows: 1 cup of macaroni, broken into about 14-inch pieces, is put into 2 quarts of rapidly boiling water in which 1 tablespoonful of salt has been dissolved, and is cooked for at least 20 minutes. It is then drained dry. Melt 2 tablespoonfuls of butter and 1 table- — spoonful of oil from the salmon; add to this 3 tablespoonfuls of flour, and cook thoroughly. Then add 1 pint of milk and cook the mixture until of a creamy consistency. Arrange the macaroni and salmon, of which a 1-pound can is used, RECIPES. 25) in layers, pouring a partof the sauce each timeover thesalmon. Season with salt and a dash of cayenne pepper. Sprinkle buttered bread crumbs over the top and bake until browned on top. MACARONI WITH NUTS, Macaroni and peanuts.—\ cup of macaroni, broken into about 14-inch pieces, } pound peanuts, | pint milk, 8 tablespoonfuls flour, 3 tablespoonfuls butter. The macaroni is put into 2 quarts of rapidly boiling water in which 1 tablespoonful of salt has been dissolved, and is cooked at least 20 minctes. It is then drained, The butter is melted in a pan, the flour added, and thoroughly cooked. Then the milk is added and the mixture cooked until of acreamy consistency. Salt, pepper, and the ground peanuts are next added to the cream sauce. Now a layer of the macaroni is put ina baking dish and a layer of the sauce and peanuts is poured on. Then another layer of macaroni and then more cream sauce and peanuts are used until the materials are consumed. Buttered crumbs are now placed on top, and the dish is placed in the oven until browned on top. TIMBALES., Timbales of macaroni.— Break in short lengths 4 pound of macaroni. Cook for 25 minutes in plenty of boiling salted water; dress it with butter and grated cheese; then work into this 2 eggs. Butter and bread-crumb a plain mold, and when the macaroni is nearly cold fill the mold with it, pressing it well down and leaving a hollow in the center, into which place a well-flavored mince of meat, poultry, or game; then fill the mold with more macaroni, pressed well down. Bake in a moderate oven 20 minutes; turn out and serve. Macaroni timbale.—Boil macaroni as usual and then cut it into strips not over + inchin length. Line a melon mold with these little pieces, putting the cut side next to the mold. The mold must first be buttered liberally and then dusted with bread crumbs. This will hold the pieces as they are placed. To 1 pint of meat add 4 cup of soft bread crumbs, 2 whole eggs slightly beaten, a teaspoonful of salt, a saltspoonful of pepper, and a tablespoonful of grated onion. Pack this carefully into the mold; cover and steam for 1 hour. Turn out carefully, first loosening the timbale, and pour around either a cream sauce, bechamel sauce, or tomato sauce. If this dish is carefully made, with the mold carefully lined, it is most appetizing and sightly. Timbale of macaroni with cheese.—Mix 1 pint of finely chopped white meat of chicken with 4 cup of chopped ham; add 3 tablespoonfuls of grated cheese. a level teaspoonful of salt, and a dash of pepper. Beat the yolks of 5 eggs with the whites of 2 eggs; add } pint of good cream; add this to the meat, and heat care- fully, stirring constantly. Then mix } pound of boiled macaroni that has been cut into small lengths; turn at once into a mold and steam 1 hour. This may be served with either tomato or cream sauce. CROQUETTES. Macaroni croquettes.—Boil 4 pound of macaroni in salted boiling water 20 min- utes and drain. Butter timbale molds and line with macaroni, reserving 3 long sticks, and chop the remainder fine; mix with } saltspoon of salt, a dash of white pepper, a few drops of onion juice, a teaspoonful of chopped parsley, and 4 hard- boiled eggs chopped very fine. Make acream sauce with atablespoonful of butter and 1 of flour, creamed together with 4 pint of boiling milk. Boil 3 minutes and add the macaroni mixture; fill the molds, cut the sticks you have reserved, place 26 COMMERCIAL STATUS OF DURUM WHEAT, t across the top of each mold, and bake in a panof hot water 30 minutes in a hot oven; turn out and serve with tomato sauce. Croquettes of macaroni,—Boil in a saucepan 4 ounces of macaroni in salted water 30 minutes; then drain on a sieve; return the macaroni to saucepan, add 4 tablespoonful butter, 4 tablespoonfuls grated cheese, and 2 ounces of finely cut ham or beef tongue; mix all together. Then spread the preparation in a shallow buttered pan, cover with buttered paper, put a light weight on top and set aside to cool; 30 minutes before serving form the mixture into cork-shaped croquettes, dip into beaten egg, and roll in freshly grated bread crumbs; fry in hot fat to a delicate brown. Lay for a few minutes on paper, then dress on a hot dish; gar- nish with fried parsley, and serve with tomato sauce. Croquettes of spaghetti and noodles are prepared in the same way. GARNITURES. Macaroni ad la M lanaise. Break 8 ounces of small macaroni into short pieces, cook them in water, and drain; put them in a saucepan with pepper and a little nutmeg, 2 cups of good gravy and 3 or 4 tablespoonfuls of tomato sauce; add 2 ounces of minced ham and some mushrooms (truffles if desired). Let simmer an instant, then mix with them at the last 24 ounces of butter and a cupful of grated Parmesan cheese. This is used to garnish roasts. SPAGHETTI. Spaghetti with Swiss cheese.—Break 4} pound of spaghetti into bits not more than 14 inches in length, and boil in slightly salted water for 20 minutes. Turn into a hot colander and set at the side of the range to drain. Grate enough Swiss cheese to make a generous half cupful and turn into a saucepan with 3 table- spoonfuls of melted butter. Stir well; add the hot spaghetti; toss and stir for a minute, or just long enough to melt the cheese; add a dash of paprika, and serve in a hot dish. Tomato and spaghetti a UV Italienne.—Break 4 pound of spaghetti into pieces; put it with 2 quarts of boiling water over the fire; add 4 tablespoonful salt, and boil 25 to 30 minutes. Melt1 ounce butter in a saucepan; add 1 finely chopped onion and 4 finely chopped green pepper without the seeds: cook 6 minutes; add 4 can tomatoes, } cupful finely chopped mushrooms, 1 teaspoonful salt, 1 teaspoonful sugar, teaspoonful pepper; cook 20 minutes. When the spaghetti is done, drain in a colander; grate 4 ounces Parmesan cheese (or 4 ounces American cheese); put the spaghetti in alternate layers in a dish with the tomatoes and grated cheese. (The cheese may be omitted if objected to.) Place the dish a few min- utes in the oven, and serve. Macaronican be prepared in the same way. Spaghetti a Vv Allemande.—Boil $ pound of spaghetti in salted water, as in the foregoing recipe. Place at the same time a saucepan with 2 ounces butter over the fire; add 4 cupful finely chopped onions; cook 5 minutes without browning; add 1 can of tomatoes, 1 teaspoonful salt, 4 even teaspoonful pepper, 1 table- spoonful sugar; cook 15 minutes; press the tomatoes through a wire sieve; mix the yolks of 2 eggs with 1 tablespoonful cold water and add them to the tomatoes; stir a few minutes over the fire without boiling (if handy, add 4 cupful whipped cream). Drain the spaghetti in a sieve, put it in a hot dish, in alternate layers with the tomatoes; then serve. Another way is to cover the top of the dish with grated cheese and then bake a few minutes in a hot oven. Baked spaghetti.—Boil 12 ounces of spaghetti in salted water with a little butter; drain; put in a saucepan with salt, pepper, nutmeg, a pint of bechamel — sauce, 6 ounces of butter in small bits, and 6 ounces of grated Parmesan cheese; stir and toss briskly until stringy; turn into a buttered baking dish and give ita ~ RECIPES. 27 dome form; sprinkle more cheese and bread crumbs over; add small bits of butter, and bake light brown in a brisk oven. SALADS, Macaroni salad,—Clean two bleached heads of endive (chicory); dress them lightly with plain French dressing and heap them in the center of an oval dish. Have ready boiling + pound of mushrooms. These may either be boiled in salted water with an addition of 6 whole peppers or boiled in stock with the addition of peppers. Drain the macaroni perfectly dry and cut it into inch lengths. Mix thoroughly with a well-made mayonnaise dressing; put this around the mound of endive, garnish with hard-boiled eggs cut into slices, alternated with slices of raw tomato, and dotted here and there with little bits of cold boiled ham. DESSERTS. Indian macaroni.—Place 4 pound of boiled macaroni in a pint of milk and let it come to a boil; add sugar to taste and a teaspoonful of prepared cocoanut. When this isslightly cool, pour into a glass dish and garnish with fried pistachio nuts and blanched and fried sultana raisins, seeded. Over the top sprinkle a few pistachio nuts chopped fine. : Macaroni and pineapple.—One pint clear lemon jelly, } tin preserved pineapple, 4 pound loaf sugar, 6 ounces macaroni, + pint custard, milk, and cochineal. Wet a border mold and pour in sufficient jelly to coat it. In this lay the ‘‘ pine’’ cut into dice, after draining it from the sirup, color the remainder of the jelly with a few drops of cochineal, and fill up the mold. Boil the macaroni in milk until tender, and sweeten it with the sugar. When the jelly is set and the macaroni cold, turn out the former and fill with the latter, pour over a boiled custard flavored with bay laurel leaves, lemon rind, or vanilla, and serve. Macaroni pudding.—Four ounces of macaroni, 14 pints of milk, 3 eggs, 2 table spoonfuls of brown sugar. Boil the macaroni until tender in a pint of milk, then put it in a buttered pie dish, add the sugar, the remainder of the milk, and the eggs, well beaten. Bake one-half hour. Macaroni pudding, sweet.—Take 24 ounces of macaroni, 2 pints of milk, rind of half a lemon, 3 eggs, sugar and nutmeg to taste. Put the macaroni with a pint of the milk into a saucepan with the lemon peel and let it simmer gently until tender; then put it into a pie dish without the peel, mix the other pint of milk with the eggs, stir these well together, adding the sugar, and pour the mix- ture over the macaroni which has been drained. Grate a little nutmeg over the top and bake in a moderate oven for half an hour. To make this pudding look nice a paste should be laid around the edge of the dish, and for variety a layer of preserve or marmalade may be placed on the macaroni. It will be found desirable to boil the macaroni in salted water about 15 minutes before boiling it in the milk. Semoule cake.—Put in a Saucepan a pound and a half of semolina, with 3 pints of boiled milk, 6 ounces of sugar, 3 ounces of butter, and the rind of a lemon tied up; set to boil, stir, then cover, and let simmer 40 minutes; take off the fire, remove the lemon, add 3 well-beaten eggs, 4 egg yolks, and 2 more ounces of but- ter, and mix well; butter a plain charlotte mold; besprinkle with fresh bread crumbs and small bits of butter on top: place ona baking sheet and cook in a fairly hot oven for about 30 minutes; pass a knife between the cake and the sides, invert on a dish, take off the mold, and serve with a sauce bowl of lemon sauce. For the lemon sauce, put in a saucepan 4 egg yolks, 4 ounces of sugar, an ounce of cornstarch, and the rind of a lemon chopped fine; mix well, dilute witha pint of boiling milk, put on the fire, stir briskly with an egg beater until the sauce thickens, and serve. Ys COMMERCIAL STATUS OF DURUM WHEAT, Vermicelli cake ad la vanille,—Boil 3 pints of cream with 4 ounces of sugar; put in 12 ounces of large vermicelli, stir to a boil, add a vanilla bean, cover, and cook very slowly for half an hour; take off the fire, remove the vanilla, and mix with | beaten eggs and 4 ounces of butter; butter and bread-crumb a plain charlotte mold in this way: Roll beaten eggs all over the inside, drain the eggs, and bread- crumb; fill the mold, sprinkle more crumbs over, add small bits of butter, and bake in a moderate oven for 40 minutes; turn on a dish, and let stand a while with the mold on; then remove it; sprinkle with powdered sugar, pour a vanilla sauce around, and serve with more sauce in a sauce bowl, SPECIAL, ITALIAN RECIPES, Raveola,—Take 3 pounds of beef, cover with cold water; add to this 1 bay leaf, 6 whole cloves, | minced onion, and 1 pint of tomatoes; simmer till the meat is very tender; remove the meat, and strain the sauce. Have ready half a can of button mushrooms, sliced; place these in a bowl with 2 sliced garlic corns, mix well together, cover, and allow to remain for an hour. Boil } pound of macaroni in plenty of boiling salted water 20 minutes and drain. Carefully pour over the bottom of a platter 1 tablespoonful of olive oil and place on this the macaroni; pour over this 2 tablespoonfuls of olive oil; heat the sauce to boiling point and add the mushrooms and garlic; pour over the macaroni and mix thoroughly; sprinkle with grated Parmesan cheese. Garnish the dish with fried spring chicken, string beans, or green corn cut from the cob. This issaid to be the national dish of Italy. Italian macaroni, baked.—Place 2 pounds of beef, well larded with strips of salt pork, and 1 or 2 chopped onions in a covered kettle on the back of the stove until it throws out its juice and is a rich brown; then add 1 quart of tomatoes seasoned with pepper and salt, and allow the mixture to simmer for 2 or 3 hours. Take the quantity of macaroni desired and boil in plenty of boiling salted water for 20 min- utes and drain. Placealayer of the macaroni inthe bottom ofa buttered pudding dish, cover with some of the above sauce, sprinkle well with grated cheese, and continue to fill up the dish with alternate layers of macaroni, sauce, and cheese, having a layer of cheese on the top. Place in the oven and bake a rich brown. Commence early in the morning to prepare this dish, as the meat must cook slowly in order to have a rich sauce. Macaroni a UV Italienne.—Peel and cut into small pieces 12 large tomatoes, put into a soup kettle with 3 pounds of soup meat, and allow to simmer gently for 1 hour (care must be taken to prevent scorching). Throw 4pound of macaroni into boiling salted water and boil 20 minutes; drain; add the macaroni to the stock in which the meat was boiled, and cook 10 minutes; take out the macaroni and drain; add to the strained stock 2 cloves of garlic mashed, 2 bay leaves; simmer 5 minutes, add the macaroni, and stir until thoroughly seasoned and perfectly ten- der; then add 4 cup of cream and serve with grated Parmesan cheese in a separate dish. Macaroni a la Napolitaine.—Break + pound of macaroni and throw into rapidly boiling salted water; boil rapidly for 10 minutes, strain, and put into a saucepan; cover with good beef or chicken stock, and boil for 20 minutes. By this time the stock will be nearly absorbed. Strain the macaroni and place it where it will keep warm. Add to the stock 2 tablespoonfuls ef thick tomato sauce; mix until smooth; add achopped sweet red pepper, half a cup of toasted pinolas, a teaspoon- ful of salt,and a pinch of white pepper; boil for 3 minutes; then add the macaroni, cover in a double boiler, and stand over the fire for 15 minutes, until the macaroni is nicely seasoned. Just at serving time add a cup of very thick cream or 2 table- spoonfuls of sweet butter. Turn out on a platter and serve with it, in a separate dish, grated Parmesan cheese. RECIPES. 29 MISCELLANEOUS, Macaroni soufflé.—Into 1 cup of cream sauce seasoned with minced parsley and onion juice stir 1 cup of chopped, boiled macaroni; when hot add the beaten yolk of 2 eggs, cook | minute, and set away to cool. When cold stir in the beaten whites of the 2 eggs, beaten very stiff; cover with grated cheese or crambs, and bake in a buttered dish 20 minutes. Serve with mushroom sauce. Macaroni with celery.—Break 4 pound of macaroni into small pieces, put it into 2 quarts of rapidly boiling salted water, and boil for 20 minutes. Drain in colander. Cut up enough celery to make a large cupful; stew until tender in just enough water tocover. Butter a baking dish, pour in half of the prepared macaroni, then half of the celery, and sprinkle with a saltspoon of salt; put in the balance of the macaroni and celery and repeat the salt; cover with buttered bread crumbs; sprinkle a teaspoonful of grated cheese over this, and pour over all the water in which the celery was boiled. Bake in a moderate oven 20 minutes. Macaroni a la national.—Break } pound of macaroni into 3-inch pieces and boil until tender in well-salted water and drain in a colander. Pour into a shallow baking dish and cover with the following sauce: Put 2 tablespoonfuls of butter in a granite saucepan and stir until it melts, being careful not to brown it; add to this 1 tablespoonful of flour and stir until thoroughly mixed; bring 14 cups of milk to the boiling point and add to the flour and butter; stir all thoroughly until it thickens and becomes smooth; pepper and salt to taste. Mix } of a cup of fine cracker crumbs with 4 cup of grated cheese, 4 cup of melted butter, and sprinkle over the top. Bake until brown and serve hot. Deviled macaroni.—Boil 6 ounces of macaroni, and chop rather fine. Put 2 tablespoonfuls of butter and 2 of flour in a saucepan, mix well, and add a pint of milk; stir until boiling. Then add, pressed through a sieve, the hard-boiled yolks of 3 eggs and the whites of the eggs pressed through a vegetable press; add a tablespoonful of chopped parsley, a level saltspoon of red pepper, one chopped sweet Spanish pepper, a grating of nutmeg, a teaspoonful of grated onion, and the macaroni. Put this into individual shells or cases, cover the top with bread crumbs that have been moistened with melted butter, and brown in a quick oven. In serving put a teaspoonful of tomato catsup or chili sauce in the center of each dish. Macaroni with eggs.—Take 4+ pound of macaroni that has been boiled in a but- tered dish; season with salt, pepper, and butter; grate over it an ounce of cheese; stir 2 eggs in acup of milk and pour over it. Cover with bread crumbs and bake 20 minutes, or until brown. Fried macaroni.—Take 6 ounces of macaroni; boil until tender. Take an onion and 3 tablespoons of chopped ham; fry brown; then add the macaroni, 1 teacup of tomato juice, and salt to taste; cover top with grated cheese and bake until brown. Macaroni au gratin.—Melt 1 tablespoonful of butter without browning; add 1 tablespoonful of flour; mix until smooth; add 1 cup of cream and stir until it thickens; season with salt and pepper. Just as you take it from the fire stir in quickly the yolk of 1 egg. Do not let the sauce stand on the fire after the egg has been added or it will curdle. Boil 8 ounces of macaroni in plenty of salted boil- ing water; drain; melt 4 ouncesof cheese with 2 tablespoonfuls of butter. Grease a baking dish and fill with alternate layers of macaroni and sauce. Pour the melted butter and cheese over the top that it may penetrate the whole dish. Cover with bread crumbs and brown in a quick oven. Macaroni with brown sauce.—Melt 2 tablespoonfals of butter; add 2 tablespoon- fuls of flour and mix until smooth and brown. Then add 1 pint from the stock 30 COMMERCIAL STATUS OF DURUM WHEAT. of water in which } pound of macaroni was boiled; stir until it thickens; add the macaroni and 1 tablespoonful of tomato catsup; stir until heated through; season and serve, Macaroni and mushrooms.—Cover the bottom of a baking dish with about a tablespoonful of melted butter; then put over a layer of macaroni that has been boiled 15 minutes, and sprinkle lightly with salt and pepper, and dot here and there with bits of butter. Now put over a thick layer of washed mushrooms cut into slices, then a layer of macaroni, and so continue until the dish is full, having the last layer macaroni. Pourover | pint of cream. Cover with a lid or another pan, and bake in a moderate oven | hour; then remove the cover and brown quickly. Macaroni and onion fritters,—Cut 2 ounces of boiled macaroniinto small pieces; add 4 onions boiled and chopped, 6 ounces bread crumbs moistened with a little water, and 3 eggs well beaten; season with pepper and salt; fry and serve with brown sauce. Macaroni rarebit.—Put into a chafing dish 2 cups of boiled macaroni cut into 2-inch pieces, 1 cup of grated cheese, 2 tablespoonfuls of butter, 4 teaspoonful each of salt, mustard, and red pepper; when boiling add 3 eggs well beaten with 4 cup- ful of cream or milk. Serve hot on toast. Spanish macaroni.—Boil separately in salted water or milk 4 turnips and 4 pound of macaroni until tender. Put the macaroni in a baking dish, baste over with butter, and pour over it the following (mixed) ingredients: Mashed turnip, minced red pepper, minced 2 onions, minced + pound of ham, using milk to thin it to the consistency of a heavy batter; over the top grate cheese plentifully, and bake. Bp x ; Stewed macaroni.—Put 4 ounces of good macaronias little broken as possible into a large saucepan of boiling water; boil 5 minutes and drain; then cover with 1 pint of beef stock; add 4 teaspoonful of salt and a saltspoonful of pepper. Push the saucepan away on the corner of the fire where the macaroni willsimmer until ten- der—it must not be soft or flabby; toss it now and then with a fork to prevent stick- ing. When thestock has been entirely absorbed add 4 teaspoonful of beef extract that has been moistened in a little water and to which has been added a table- spoonful of browned flour. Toss this for a few moments over the fire, add 4 ctip of good cream, and turn on to a heated shallow dish. Pour over a tomato sauce made by rubbing together 1 tablespoonful of butter and 1 of flour, to which has been added 4 pint of strained tomato; stir until boiling; add 4 teaspoonful of salt anda dash of pepper. Pass with this grated Parmesan cheese or sap sago. Macaroni with corn.—Boil 1 cup of macaroni which has been broken into inch lengths in boiling salted water until tender. Drain and add toit 1 cup of corn cut from the cob (or 1 cup of canned corn), a little salt, two tablespoonfuls of zwieola,“1 egg well beaten, and 14 cups of nut milk. Mix thoroughly and bake in a granite pudding dish. . Macaroni piquante.—Break spaghetti into very small bits less than an inch in length; boil these for 20 minutes, or until tender, in salted water. Drain and keep hot while the following sauce is made: Cook together in a saucepan a heap- ing teaspoonful each of butter and browned flour, and when these are blended toa reddish brown pour upon them a pint of beef stock and stir until smooth; now add 4 tablespoonfuls of tomato catsup, 6 drops of Tabasco sauce, a teaspoon- ful of kitchen bouquet, a pinch of salt, and a dash of paprika. Turn the boiled spaghetti into this sauce, stir all together, and pour the mixture into a greased pudding dish. Sprinkle buttered crumbs and grated cheese over the top and bake until brown. «A kind of cracker crumbed. Bread crumbs may be substituted. DURUM WHEAT FOR BREAD. 31 Macaroni rissoles.—Uave ready a cupful of cold, boiled macaroni cut up small, Make a white sauce by cooking together a tablespoonful of butter and two-of flourand stirring int> them acupfulof hot milk. Stir until thick, add a large tablespoonful of grated cheese, and, gradually, the whipped yolks of 4 eggs, beat- ing all the time. Work the macaroni into the sauce and set aside until the mix- ture is very cold. With floured hands form into small balls—not quite as large in circumference as a silver dollar—roll in beaten egg, then in fine cracker crumbs, and set in the ice box for 2 hours. Fry in deep-boiling cottolene or other fat. Serve with tomato sauce, DURUM WHEAT FOR BREAD. For some time the writers have been convinced that a good bread ean be made from durum wheat, and it has been known to one of them since 1898 that the best and most popular bread in France and Russia is made from this wheat. It was thought best, however, not to urge the use of the wheat for sueh a purpose in this country until people had become more familiar with it and until a fair market had already been established for its use in the production of macaroni and other products. In the season of 1902 for the first time a comparatively large amount of durum wheat was harvested, somewhere near 2,000,000 bushels, which naturally resulted in trials of the wheat for other purposes than making macaroni. Through the efforts of a number of flour mills many families were induced to use the wheat for bread over considerable areas in North and South Dakota, and finally dur- ing the winter of 1902 in a number of localities in those States private bakings were made almost solely from the durum wheat, and that, too, in face of the fact that in these very localities the best quality of ordi- nary hard spring wheat is grown and the people had abundant oppor- tunity to obtain bread of the same class as that produced from Min- ‘neapolis flour. In at least one town of North Dakota practically the entire population used the durum-wheat flour for bread and continued afterwards to do so, even though such flour occasionally sold at a higher price than that made from the hard spring wheat. PRIVATE EXPERIMENTS. r In addition to these family bakings, experiments with this wheat for bread were made by a number of private institutions. Among these experiments were those made by a baking company in Cleveland, Ohio, in which case the flour was obtained from a North Dakota mill. From a letter from this mill, dated March 16, 1903, the following words are quoted: We presume you are collecting more or less information from various sources in regard tothe bread-making qualities of macaroni flour. To that end we will contribute the contents of a letter which we received from our flour commission merchant of Cleveland, Ohio. The letter reads as follows: ‘*‘ The —— Company condemned the macaroni flour for bread purposes on first trial. Upon our recom- bY COMMERCIAL STATUS OF DURUM WHEAT, mendation they began to experiment, and with great success, and they are more than pleased with the results. Will have meeting with head baker and report.” Our commission merchant had sold a carload of flour to this Cleveland company. Twenty-five barrels of the shipment were macaroni straight flour. If you would take the matter up direct with the company, I have no doubt they will give you a full and complete report on their experiments. Later on, the following testimonial came from the Commission mer- chant referred to above: Through your courtesy nearly a year ago we secured the agency for macaroni flour from one of the mills that you were kind enough to hand me the address of. We thank you for the same. This flour we sold to macaroni manufacturers with one exception; this was sold to a large bakery. We desire to say that it was very satisfactory in every instance; the bread was very rich and of a fine flavor, and for family use we have never found any flour to equal it as far as flavor and richness are concerned. We have sold to some of the large bakeries here this season for further experiments. If you so desire, we will hand you further results when they are completed. Afterwards more definite information was obtained concerning the actual baking trials of the Cleveland bakery in the following words, which are quoted from another letter of later date: We have your favor of October 5, same being carefully noted, and thank you for the information. Will further state that we sold the Company the maca- roni flour. Their head baker learned his trade in Egypt; afterwards he became a soldier, following up the baking, and when near the Black Sea he had experience with a flour very similar, so it was not new to him. He first baked it separate, then blended it with No. 1 Northern. The first test did not give expansion enough; the second was fine. His words, in short, are: ‘‘A very rich and fine-flavyored loaf.’’ Now, they did not make a scientific test, as they were building and generally mixed up, which was no doubt the reason you have not heard from your last communication. The management has changed hands, and the present company does not know much about it. When they receive their macaroni patent they expect to give it a thorough test. Will then advise you further. Our last season's sales of macaroni flour and semolina amounted to about 3,400 barrels, all local trade. We have to-day submitted an offer to our mill for 4,000 barrels from one concern, and more to follow. It is a significant fact mentioned in this last letter that the head baker had learned his trade in Egypt and afterwards practiced his trade in the region of the Black Sea, since a large amount of durum wheat is grown in those districts, and he had therefore become familiar with the use of that wheat for bread and knew just how to handle it. During the winter of 1902-3 a number of thorough tests of durum wheat for flour in comparison with ordinary wheat were made by several commercial wheat and flour testing laboratories in some of the large cities. Tabulated results of one of these tests made by a well-known laboratory are here reproduced. In these tests both chemical analyses of the wheat and baking tests of the flour of three varieties of durum wheat were made in comparison with an average ee ee eee he i ee a DURUM WHEAT FOR BREAD. 33 northwestern spring wheat. The samples were ground in a small experimental mill, and straight flour was used in the baking tests in allecases. ‘These results are given inthe first table. lor further com- parison another table is added in which tests of a number of other flours, including the standard patents, Ceresota, Gold Medal, and Pillsbury’s Best, are shown by the side of those obtained with the three durum wheats. TABLE 2.—Test of durum wheat and flour, made in a commercial laboratory. CHEMICAL ANALYSES OF THE WHEAT SAMPLES. No. 2. An aver- A 4. No: I. Ghar. No. 3. age north- omposition. Pelissier | novia Arnautka western (durum). | (durum) (durum). spring ; wheat. Per cent. Per cent. Per cent. Per cent. BIBGULO sso naa <-0n0 . 11. 100 11.100 12. 400 11.9 cL 2 it oe Sree aes 1.570 1. 640 1. 330 1.9 Total nitrogenous compounds ___- 14. 600 14.000 12. 800 12: eb se G8 2 Bea eae ee ee 6. 200 6.000 | 4.900 4.8 ONS G ona. =< oa Peres abe oe eee te 6. 300 5. 700 | 5. 600 5.0 Other nitrogenous compounds -___-.-_.. ---- 2... 2.100 2. 300 2.300 2.5 IN nr else ae 218 165 172 | 2 see Car DON YGIates ...... ......-.. 2222. ce eee 2. 600 2. 400 2. 400 1.8 PeRRENR NEE PEs ee) Le cceciccscwacuescens 54. 200 56. O00 56. 200 55.0 TREE Se SS ee ee ee 77.500 | 80. 000 80. 300 78.6 CHARACTER OF FLOUR MADE FROM THE WHEAT SAMPLES. ; | No. 1. Pelis- | NO. 2 Ghar-| No.3. Ar- An average Composition. sew durum) novka nautka /northwestern Pare M (durum). (durum). (spring wheat. | Ramune ei OOUS Nh? 2... 2. lee lL Grayish,|Creamy,|]Grayish,|Grayish, Wild 6,635) wos tne . white, white, elas- fairiy elas- fairly elas- creamy, tic. | tic. tic. oe elas- | 1¢. ist i ae ae 3 | 2.5 Good, 3 2 Volume of loaf, cubic inches --_--_--- 117 | 143 120 186 Weight of loaf, ounces -____---_--.-- 18.13 17.81 17.31 17.25 Water used, ounces. _...._.-_..._---- fi SI 7.19 6. 94 7.00 a Maximum of whiteness, 2.5; medium, 3; minimum, 3.5. Remarks.—Moisture of all three wheats is normal in comparison with bread wheats. Ash is somewhat lower than in bread wheats. Total nitrogenous compounds include the two com- pounds which make up gluten—gliadin and glutenin—and other soluble nitrogenous compounds which are present in smaller amounts. Nos. land 2 are very high in nitrogenous compounds, and No. 3contains about the same amount as a good spring wheat. The gliadin and glutenin are present in large amount and the other nitrogenous compounds in average amount. The acidity ts a measure of soundness, and, being normal in all, shows them to be sound. The per- centage of soluble carbohydrates (sugars, gums, and soluble starch) is slightly higher than in bread wheats. These components are the easily fermentable materials,and consequently the keeping qualities of the flours will not_be quite as good as those of bread wheat flours. The starch analysis is made to get. an idea of the yield, since, generally speaking, the yield is propor- tional to the starch, and under the assumption that 70 per cent of average flour is starch the yields would be asshown. The yieldis intended tomean the absolute amount of flour or endo- sperm in the wheat berry, but of course in the mill an absolute separation isimpossible. In real- ity the yields are higher than the above, since macaroni flours are not as starchy as ordinary flours, probably 65 per cent would be a better assumption, in which case the yields would be, respectively, 83.4, 86.2, and 86.5 per cent; but the yields are at least comparative with each other. 4876—No. 70—04——3 o4 COMMERCIAL STATUS OF DURUM WHEAT, . TABLE 3.—General comparative baking results with bread from different flours. ¥ Patents and straights, First and second clears. s | Water Water Mill name or marks. used, more used, more Color. Volume. Weight. Om eee. Color. Volume. Weight. ates een ard for- ard for- mula, mula. } | Cubie in. Ounces. Ounces. Cubie in. Ounces. OUNCES, “\§ (ovegnta”* ...- | ] 195 17.44.) OO morechosc cc clienceccheccle eee ‘Gold Medal” _____. | 195 17.) .44more.|.......|..c2-clc beeen p **Pillsbury’s Best” 1.5 195 17. 75 SS MOTO.|. 2. o2 cl. coves bceel oe : Standard patent l 195 17.63 | .81 more- 4 180 17.50 | 0.13 more. Pi tee ie eed 1.5 188 17. 68 2 MOTO.) oo cn occ eccscclosceeeeee (3) ere yee Tee | 193 17.19 | Regular. 5 162 17.50 | 13 more. eG Oe l 190 17.25 | O06 more.| o....-.\cc oe ccs lone Doi sen Se ee. | 192 17.25 | Regular i 175 17.31 | 06 more. | ye EE ae 2 XE 1.5 200 17.28 | 0.19 more a) 160 17.75 .31 more, Pig. 2). sc rience l 190 17.25 | Regular_. 5 158 17.56 |) 18 more. ; (2 5 Se ee 1.5 190 17.31 | 0.06 more. 4 180 17.50 | 18 more. ? ES 180 18.00 | .56 more- 1 172 17.75 | .8l more. ; Pie oe 2 Cee ae l 186 18. 00 68 MOTe: |socec cc le oi cdstc dee { Wiese ee a 190 17. 63 BO. MOTC.| cn c= ~ 20 -J5- onan eh 4 9.05 BeMnOETACHING 22550 8 te. Lo hoses weed ae Ld eee we - » oo 92 9.03 US ae CR 0 06 | a ll been... a tel ae 9: 79 9. 30 CE i ne ei i oar EE om en mut cum mei 92 9.07 “X"—durum wheat: J cities aM OA ae Seen, pone eee eee Oa SOS noo) > |: eee. 5 / 56 8.54 rs AS cla cana em omens hash ae e ee RE mn on 9 sar meinen te 56 9.00 Sth A Se SER CMe ee eer eetarlT.. .. INERT ay Fo | | 63 8.54 Mixture tank __........-- Brae ee ae ee eee a) 96 8.50 J on SEG OSE O85 01 eee ae Re eee i ee 92 8.52 DERI TIOH: TNA C 22 oF I Doce Sect Suc eo cae wn a ee 79 9.30 STP fg rl o HEC a See A ee eee oc 5 Se aoe 92 8. 54 a Number of revolutions of mixing machine: **P,” 1,700; ‘* xX, 2,160. The increased number of revolutions for ** X”’ is accounted for by the smaller dough, necessitating greater motion in tak- ing hold of it. TABLE 6.—Making up the loaves. p | Time Total Kind of dough. | when | number _ taken. ‘of loaves. Men on Flour for dough. dusting. Pounds. Pee —ieed BOTing Web 22.2 ---. once e one aloha kc eee 3. 30 321 2 5 SERIE TANT Y WU EG Lae reek ace dctaamn Seo ta ee ent ewces 3.30 26) 2 5 The durum wheat bread proved in one hour and thirty minutes; hard spring wheat bread proved in one hour and twenty minutes. The temperature of ovens was 500° F. The hard spring wheat bread baked in thirty minutes. The durum wheat bread baked in thirty-five minutes. . A complete report on the chemical analyses of the flour used, in comparison with a number of other flours and the later Department tests of the bread, is here produced, prepared entirely by one of the writers, Dr. J. S. Chamberlain. 36 COMMERCIAL STATUS OF DURUM WHEAT, CHEMICAL STUDY OF DURUM WHEAT FLOUR AND BREAD, Keamination of standard flours.—In order to show a comparison not only of the two flours used in the baking test, but also of several typical flours, the following list of twenty-nine samples was selected and analyses were made of dhem. The list embraces flours from four different classes of wheat, viz, durum wheat, northwestern hard spring wheat, Kansas hard winter wheat, and soft winter wheat. The flours were of two grades straight and patent—the latter ineluding both first and second patents, the former being what is sometimes termed standard patent or straight patent. The flours are as follows: L038. 107. 109, 115. 234. 202. 241. 248. 240. 245. 101. 160. 166. 135. 200. 116. 125. 246, 247. 124. 123. 242. 129. 130. 168. 169. 176. 194. 195. Durum wheat flour, patent grade, North Dakota, 1902. Durum wheat flour, patent grade, North Dakota, 1902. Durum wheat flour, patent grade, North Dakota, 1902. _ Durum wheat flour, patent grade, used in bread test, North Dakota, 1902. Durum wheat flour, patent grade, North Dakota, 1903. Durum wheat flour, patent grade, Minnesota, 1903. Durum wheat flour, patent grade, Minnesota, 1903. Durum wheat flour, patent grade, Minnesota, 1903. Durum wheat flour, patent grade, Nebraska, 1903. Durum wheat flour, patent grade, Pennsylvania milled, 1903. Durum wheat flour, straight grade, North Dakota, 1902. Durum wheat flour, straight grade, laboratory mill, Velvet Don variety, grown in Russia in 1901. : Durum wheat flour, straight grade, laboratory mill, Velvet Don variety, grown in South Dakota in 1901. Hard spring wheat flour. patent grade, Minneapolis mill, 1902. Hard spring wheat flour, patent grade, Minneapolis mill, 1902. Hard spring wheat flour, patent grade, North Dakota mill, 1902; used in bread test. Hard spring wheat flour, patent grade, North Dakota, 1902. A blend of hard spring and hard winter wheat flours, patent grade, Nebraska, 1908. Hard spring wheat flour, patent grade, Minnesota, 1903. Hard spring wheat flour, straight grade, North Dakota, 1901. Hard spring wheat flour, straight grade, North Dakota, 1902. Hard spring wheat flour, straight grade, North Dakota, 1903. Hard winter wheat flour, Turkey variety, straight grade, Kansas, 1902. Hard winter wheat flour, Turkey variety, patent grade, Kansas, 1902. Hard winter wheat flour, Turkey variety, straight grade, laboratory mill, 1902. Hard winter wheat flour, Turkey variety, straight grade, laboratory mill, 1902. Soft winter wheat flour, Fultz variety, patent grade, St. Louis, 1902. Soft winter wheat flour, straight grade, Pennsylvania, 1902. Soft winter wheat flour. straight grade, Pennsylvania, 1903. a = ed ee A, eS ”Clee ee DURUM WHEAT FOR BREAD. 87 In the analyses special attention was given only to the determina- tion of the proteid constituents and to the separation of these into three parts, viz, into proteids soluble in dilute salt solutions, proteid soluble in 70 per cent alcohol (gliadin), and proteid insoluble in aleo- hol or salt solutions (glutenin). The determinations of nitrogen in these and the other analyses were made by the Gunning method by Mr. ‘T. C. Treseot, of the Bureau of Chemistry. In the following table (Table 7) will be seen the results of the analyses. ‘The results are all figured on dry material, with the excep- tion of the determinations of absorption and expansion and of the gluten, which were figured in both ways, the percentage amounts of water in the air-dry flour being given in the first column. In addi- tion to the gliadin, glutenin, proteids soluble in salt solution, total proteids, and the various ratios and relations derived from these, there are also given the gluten by washing, and the absorption, ash, and expansion when it was possible to determine them. It will be seen almost at a glance that the amounts of gliadin and glutenin given in this table do not agree with those given by some writers, which vary from 50 to 75 per cent gliadin. Without going into the question of the reason for different results by different investigators, thus necessitating a long technical discussion of methods, the results are given for their comparative value in this particular case, and the deseription of methods used and a discussion of the whole question of the proteid constituents of flour will be given in another and later publication. In Table 8 a few of the results obtained from the patent flours have been brought together for a better comparison of the durum and hard spring wheat flours, and also to show the difference between the flour from the wheat crop of 1902 and that of 1905. DURUM WHEAT, or STATUS “ RCTAL | Aap-.re ‘“InOY SsulBis (OH, tod Joye . 4 ‘siseq AIp-11e “HOY SsuIBess (Qj, tod “s..teyouL *SISEC COMME o Ul ‘Uotsuud x’ HLOPOULLZUSo OLQNd “UOTjdas0sq VY ‘siseq A..p-.ire “ydeo ted *ueynpF) “tjUeo o1qn 3s Se FT OS FL &2 OL C8 FT £0°ST FR OL 86 ST SF St Oe SI 92'S 69 “0e 99ST eS 96 FI | FO SL Sf ZI £0 SI Chel | SL FT OL “SI 66 °LT oF OL ‘stseq Aap ‘yueo ted ‘ueynpy 1S «Sis RES SSF B 8RS 222 6 28S ope oe a RN Bae % : z 2 rN BRSS $93 S238 R ASz DEER RZ35. Ne S5 SER SS Seis me ee Gb’ [7777 Op" --~- ¥0'8L |---- Op "---- 00'OL | S06L “RTT fer | Spe 2 a¢ wWi- ier as 233 o os ER -_ BNA NGNGNNAN “aN SRSRSE id Po oO “‘gueo zed ‘ums “yuoeo zed ‘uLpRITy) “Moy JO Juoo Jed ‘urdeyn[ s+ ULpRIp+) ‘quo. tod ‘ulmegnyt+) | + | @ as a “urueyny[s + ULPBILS Jo jued aed ‘urpRi[y “uldeyny[s + ULPBILZ Jo ued 1ed ‘uLueyNty) MOT} BULULIO} ‘quoo wed ‘sprojoid 1eq}O -op Aq Juoo 2od [R104 ‘Spleyo.rd | ‘(arns) sprojyoid pRyo4 jo Juoo god ‘uldeyNn,s+ ULpRILS) | o9'6 | F06L “40q 88 OL | S061 ABT 6M (4) 60 6 "IL | 06T “oune 16'0OL | S06L “Q9 #0'OL F06L “LBL | 68° |" ops" iced RA) 106 S06T ‘20d 9L'@L | £061 “390 166 | F06T uer | OL'TL | SO6L ‘ “Te 6 6F IL | S061 “G0 —F9'R «| SO6L “UBL —71F'6 | S06T “494 | = "(97 BUI -1xoiddr) | Surp[TaT jo o1R%q ")) oCOT 2B Qued aed ‘1078 AA ---- op---- FYSLBAYS ete Op “#2- Op ==" ---- Qp---- “- quoqug WqFIBAIYS | BjoxVG (ION ~- queyeg | stodvouuryy ‘ “nog | ‘Trat JBOTM | JO OPBAL | ‘ypeyn fo sprury sayjo moss snoy pup qooyn wmnainp Wwo0dt no fo srshijpup—) ATIV], jo AqtpRoor] ea ese Op@""""| BB. Btoa ebee eee RAP cd Op "| Fel “‘BuLids u.t9 iia aaa - BJOSOUULL -JS9.M ILO N | L¥2 *(pue[q) Sutids use eo bee BYSBALGQO N -{S0M }.10 N | OFZ ae Ta 8 tay oe Re eit ep ates OP ers ieee “""" Op" ~~~ | ByOYBVd UtoN Pra OD; cia OIL ee op-- "| 008 ‘Sutads wad -JSOMYIION | CET LS tov ae CPOs ae Oop ‘| 99T ca0quseann : omgen OD O9T BIOHVC YJAON | -” 2 ee | TOL viuvalAsuued |-----~ Ope~aa5 CRE “~~ BYSBIQON | --” OP ean OFS =" ORC Te hs ys OD ae theres OD ree REG To ODP e=e = A= al Ge Dy lena en aoe OD. aes Ltée “""" BJOSOUULYL |7---- ~~ Op t= 20% iy ORE alee OR alk wee OP it FES i GSP ae eS a OP. aad eek ODi a) CIT Mbt, oa a yet ODL ee ae we Opears 601 ORG leer = eC De at ale ea 24 eae LOT BOMB UAON |” TanimM¢], = €O). A os a a ROTA 39 FOR BREAD. DURUM WHEAT “*ByOHBVC YINOS q “UBISSNY v : =) | E ‘1s re a ae | so’ |or \es- | 258 | 19° | oss | se'Sr | zoe | GL'FR | Ie°6 | FT | 99's | Ie"F | 60'6 | OFT | SOT SUV) OBE [7-777 OPT Op "*=7|> ie 0a ec }00 «| FCO RG OTL FER. GFF | 16°08 | 6z'2B | ZOOL | BBL | EF | ar'F | LF | SF'2t | Sol ‘eune | el |7--- op---"| wyweajAsuueg op aa 998 fn "| FOL | F'BK | OCIS | 96°22 | G0'6 | OBL | ThE | G9° | O'6 | GETTY] Gs) ZBL |= gUEYW |77---"SMOTT "YS | LOTTA IOS eis ee SEI T2°9l 66 IL SLO | Se'6F GL°SL | &2°SL | F2°S | 80°9 | 168 1 GL- PL | TEU | SPS OBL Pa) | ot JP op gg TTT BREE REET HET. OF SE ODTTE OER | OFT | 9T'S | 2O'9. Zh'9 | OF'FT | GO-et | EOBT‘oUNL | ZO6L a Se aes so on | Zrel «=SS'9L | I6°Z1 | 6F'LE | IS°2S | OL'S8 | LIST | 96°6 | E19 | 1G. OO PL tae ee OR es OBL PASIBIYS op ahd ) ) ) me “UL pLVy se: lors | eo tet. vovat | c0-11 | te°0r | ores | gore | gecat | ect | ore | 19'9 | geet | gett |eoer “Caer! «2061 | gueyeg [-----7- susuey | s BS Tey 40 COMMERCIAL STATUS TABLE §8,—Comparison of patent flour OF DURUM WHEAT, from durum wheat and northwestern spring wheat of the crops of 1902 and 1900, TOTAL PROTEIDS IN PER CENT OF DRY FLOUR. Durum wheat. Northwestern spring wheat, Crop of 1902: Per cent Crop of 1902: rent, 3 No. | 15. 27 No, 116. 14. 40 MS et ta ee 12. 64 135 . 13. 56 109 _- 12. 52 200 | 13.12 115 _- 12.38 OR We ee a eee 12.47 ANGSOQQG. -.-. oe eee 13. 20 AVOQIBGG « cc cuss oc ocuine ee pee 13. 34 Crop of 1908: Crop of 1908: No. Al Ss AS. Cae oe 8 ee 13. 40 NO: BAT. «occ cc cc ce oe cas 12. 72 245 .. 12.50 BB. F355 doo dee eee 11. 98 Dae 12.32 ——_—_—_— OO) oe. els 6 ae. ee 12.10 AVOCTAQ@O ~ o-3scsc neces sects ee 12.35 248 _ 11.64 || General average .....- --<00+... -:-- 10. 64 | Soft winter wheat <....<--2. eee 7.89 GLUTEN IN PER CENT OF DRY FLOUR. Crop of 1902: | Crop of 1902: ONY () | SE eee ee 17.99 oO, LI6= ejowk «aoe eee 13.98 15 oe eae: ee 16.42 | 188 6. oS. Se oben ee eee 13. 50 1) | ae eee 14.18 200 oc cee | 13.48 (Sees ee |. ae 13.16 Tb. 8 a ode et ee | 12.84 ANGYERO 229.02 24-2 5a. eee anc 15. 44 | Averane .......c..2.5.. 5.5 13. 45 Crop of 1903: | Crop of 1903: ! Oey.” || Sees ter. 14. 36 | NO: 240 2 cts 6 5.2 eee 14.35 +) ae eee ee, 13. 45 PAG Wood ce ws des a ee ee 13.038 BAD ee ee. 13. 32 || ye SRS 13. 04 | ANVOPRGEG. -. 3. 2s snincbas see 13. 69 PRD ee ee ee. 13.03 | General aver ASE . 3.22205 13.53 7 ae ek? ea 12.38 | | ORC. Se 5 ee, 13. 26 || Kansas hard winter wheat ---....---- | 12. 64 General average... --.2...- -ceees- .~ 25 14.33:'|| Soft winter wheat .-...---2....22 soa | 10.51 | Total proteids.—In column 2 of Table 7 found the results for the total proteids in flour. and part 1 of Table 8 will be The maximum amount found was 17.77 per cent and the minimum amount 9.05 per eent. The latter was in patent flour from soft winter wheat and the former was ina straight flour made from durum wheat grown in Russia in 1901, It will be seen that the two highest amounts of total proteids were found in flours made from this imported Russian wheat, No. 160, and the other from some wheat grown in South Dakota in 1901 from _ DURUM WHEAT FOR BREAD. 4] Russian seed of the same variety, No. 166. Both of these flours were straight grade; but, allowing for a slightly greater proteid content in straight than in patent flour, the total proteids in these two samples of flour are considerably higher, with one exception, than in the other samples of durum wheat flour studied. On comparing the total pro- teid content of durum wheat flours of the crop of 1902 with those of the crop of 1905 (see ‘Table 8), it will be seen that the average amount is less in 1905 than in 1902, and in both years considerably less than in flour from the crop of 1901, if judged by the single sample used, No. 166. The explanation for this distinct decrease in the amount of total proteids is without doubt the excessively wet seasons of 1902 and 1903, which would have a definite tendeney to lower the proteid content of the grain. Inadry and favorable season, like that of 1901, in the case of flour No. 166 the amount of proteids is only slightly less than inthe imported grain. Professor Shepard (South Dakota Experi- ment Station Bulletin No. 77, 1902, p. 39) found that some wheat grown in South Dakota in 1901 contained an increased amount of total pro- teids compared with the original imported Russian seed. In comparing, now, the patent flour from durum wheat with simi- lar patent flour from hard spring wheat, it will be seen that in both cases the total proteids of flour from wheat of the crop of 1902 is higher than that of 1903. The average of each year is very nearly the same for durum wheat flours as for the hard spring wheat flours, while the general average of all the samples studied is a little lower for the durum than for the hard spring, due to the fact that six sam- ples of low-proteid durum of 1903 were included, while there were only two samples of low-proteid hard spring of 1905. The one sample of Kansas hard winter wheat patent flour has a little less total proteid thanthedurum. The total proteid content of soft winter wheat patent flour is, however, distinetly different from any of the three hard wheats. Gliadin and glutenin.—The percentages of gliadin, or the proteid extracted from flour by 70 per cent alcohol, and glutenin, or the proteid insoluble in either salt solutions or 70 per cent alcohol, vary in the durum wheat patent flour from— Gliadin, 4.64 to 7.32 per cent. Glutenin, 4.25 to 5.45 per cent. In the hard spring wheat patent flour the variation is— Gliadin, 5.31 to 7.04 per cent. Glutenin, 4.54 to 5.96 per cent. In the Kansas hard winter wheat patent flour— Gliadin, 6.51 per cent. Glutenin, 4.49 per cent. In soft winter wheat patents— Gliadin, 3.63 to 4.42 per cent. Glutenin, 3.41 to 4.32 per cent. 4Y COMMERCIAL STATUS OF DURUM WHEAT, The ratios of these two proteids to each other, expressed in percent- ages of their sum, is given in columns 8 and 9, In the durum wheat patent flour the ratios vary from No, 284, gliadin, 46.12 per cent; glutenin, 53.88 per cent. No. 107, gliadin, 57.55 per cent; glutenin, 42.55 per cent, In hard spring wheat patent flour the ratios are— No. 247, gliadin, 48.53 per cent; glutenin, 51.47 per cent. No. 116, gliadin, 57.02 per cent; glutenin, 42.98 per cent, The hard winter wheat patent flour gave— Pam) No. 130, gliadin, 59.19 per cent; glutenin, 40.81 per cent. The soft winter wheat patent flour gave No. 194, gliadin, 50.57 per cent; glutenin, 49.43 per cent. No. 195, gliadin, 54.62 per cent; glutenin, 45.38 per cent. On account of the properties of these two proteids and the methods at present used for their separation it is impossible to make an abso- lutely clear-cut separation of one from the other, and, consequently, determinations of the amounts of each and their ratios to each other vary, as is seen from the above figures, between limits that are as wide for different flours from the same class of wheat as between flours from the different classes, except perhaps between the hard wheats and the soft winter wheats. On this account if seems better to take some other factors for the comparison of flours and wheats than the separate amounts of gliadin and glutenin or their ratio to each other. While it is impossible to make a sharp separation of gliadin from glutenin, it is not so difficult to separate the two together from the other proteids soluble in dilute salt solutions. By repeated analyses of the same flours it was found that the amount of salt-soluble proteids obtained does not vary nearly so much as that of gliadin and glutenin. ; | If we add together the gliadin and glutenin, or if from the sum of the proteids or from the total proteids as found by nitrogen deter- mination there is subtracted the amount of proteids soluble in salt solutions, we obtain the amount of gliadin and glutenin together. This per cent of gliadin plus glutenin in the flour (see Table 7, column 10, and Table 8, part 2) represents the amount of true gluten in the flour. The determination of gluten by the ordinary method, as shown by one of the writers in a paper read before the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists at their meeting in October, 1903, and published in the report of that meeting, is very crude and approxi- mate so far as accurate analysis of the flour is concerned, and the desired relations are much better expressed by the factor referred to, viz, the percentage amount of gliadin plus glutenin in the flour. The results of such a determination should agree relatively with the gluten determination so far as agreement would be expected DURUM WHEAT FOR BREAD. 43 with an approximate determination. As the amount of proteids solu- ble in salt’ solutions is quite constant, the determinations of gliadin plus glutenin will likewise agree relatively with those of the total proteid content, by consulting ‘Table 8 it will be seen that the rela- tive positions of the various flours in each class are practically the same for the three determinations given, viz, total proteids, gliadin plus glutenin, and gluten. Considering now the relation between the durum wheat flour and the hard spring wheat flour, as shown by this table, if is seen that, as is the case with total proteids, so with the other two factors, the average of the 1902 wheat flour is slightly higher than that of the 1905 crop. In each case, with the exception of the gluten of the 1902 Wheat flours, the agreement between the durum flour and the hard spring flour of the same season is very close, the general averages of all the determinations made of each class not being quite so close. The sample of hard winter wheat flour that was examined gave results nearly the same as those of the durum wheat flour and the hard spring wheat flour, whereas the soft winter wheat flour fell much below the others. In general, it will be seen from both Table 7 and Table 8 that the three hard wheats gave results that approach each other oftentimes as closely as different samples of the same class, and the only flour to differ noticeably is the soft winter wheat flour. This agreement, how- ever, is noticeable only for the seasons of 1902 and 1903. With the two flours from wheat grown in 1901, viz, No. 124 and No. 166, the results for the various proteid determinations are higher without exception in the case of the durum wheat. Therefore, while the durum wheat flour is at least equal in quality to the flour of the other hard wheats grown in the United States, and while in the case of sea- sons wet and otherwise unfavorable for the production of the best durum wheat, the proteid constituents agree practically with those of hard spring and hard winter wheats, yet in seasons best adapted to the growth of durum wheat the flour invariably contains a higher per cent of proteid constituents. In regard to the water-absorbing power and the expansion of the flours, both the highest absorption and the highest expansion were with flours of durum wheats, the average of the patent flours being 65 forthe durum and 62 for the hard spring wheat, the Kansas hard winter wheat flour being 62, while the soft winter wheat flours are ali much lower. The average expansion for the durum wheat patent flour was 615, and for the hard spring wheat patent flour 604. The ash content of the durum wheat flour is considerably higher than that of any of the other three classes examined, the average of the patent flours being 0.77 per cent for the durum, 0.55 per cent for tlre hard spring, 0.57 per cent for the hard winter, and 0.60 per cent for soft winter. This high ash. content is not due to a low grade of +4 COMMERCIAL STATUS OF DURUM WHEAT, flour, for the ash content of the durum whole wheat is proportionally higher than that of the hard spring wheat. The average of the ash determinations of durum whole wheat was 2.14 per cent, whereas hard spring Wheat gave an average of 1.62 per cent. While the sample of 1901 durum wheat flour possesses a higher ash than the average of 1902 and 1903, yet some flours of these years have as high an ash con- tent. In this respect, therefore, the Composition of the durum wheat flour, even for these wet and unfavorable years, maintains a charac- teristic differeace from that of the hard spring wheat flours. Conclusions.—From a careful study of the results of these investi- gations it appears: (1) The total proteid content of durum wheat flour from wheat grown in Russia and from that grown in this country in normal sea- sons is considerably higher than that in any of the other principal classes of American wheats. (2) In durum wheat grown in the United States in wet and other- wise unfavorable years the proteid content falls to an amount about equal to that of northwestern hard spring wheats or Kansas hard winter wheats, but is above that of the soft winter wheats. (3) On the average the proteid content of durum wheat flour grown in 1902 or 1903 is equal to that of northwestern hard spring wheat of the same year, but in flour made from normal wheat grown under more favorable conditions it is higher. (4) The amount of gliadin plus glutenin in the flours from the typ- ical wheats studied is in practically the same relation as the total proteids just described. (5) The absorption and expansion are, as a rule, greater in the case of flour from durum wheat than of flour from hard spring wheat or hard winter wheat. (6) The ash content of durum wheat patent flour is considerably higher than that of hard spring wheat patent flour. (7) In general, durum wheat flour differs in composition from hard spring wheat flour in having larger amounts of proteids, ash, and sugar,” but in unfavorable seasons having too much moisture some of these fall to about the same amount as found in the other hard wheats. EXAMINATION OF THE FLOUR AND BREAD OF THE BAKING TEST. The analyses of the two flours used in the baking test and of the breads made from them will now be considered. In the preceding tables (7 and 8) of flour analyses, No. 115 is the flour used in the bread test for bread X and No. 116 is the flour used for bread P. These will be called hereafter ‘‘ flour X” and ‘‘ flour P,” corresponding to bread X and bread P. From an examination of these tables it will be seen that in regard fo phe preteig constituents flour P is above the average of the patent a aSee examination of fhe Agus and ihe bad of the fame ia p. as, and Table 12. DURUM WHEAT FOR BREAD. 45 flours from northwesterrtt hard spring wheat, the same being true also of the absorption and expansion. On the other hand, flour X is about equally below the average of 1902 durum wheat patent flours. being about equal to the general average for the two years 1902 and 1903. The two flours X and P, however, are not further apart on these points than are the extremes of either the hard spring wheat patent floursor the 1902 durum wheat patent flours. The two floursare in fact the opposite extremes of their respective classes in regard to proteid constituents, and practically so as to expansion and absorption. The doughs for the two lots of bread were made according to the following formule: TABLE 9.—Formule for doughs used in baking test. Dough for X. Dough for P. Material. | As | Asdry| As | Asdry weighed. matter. weighed.) matter. | Pounds. Pounds. | Pounds. | Pounds. Ree ee Ne in Se a NE Eat wh DD Slee pg oo 167 146. 4 196 170.9 TO Dan oy aie pected Tah RE SE ah ae ap iy Se ese Saal ae 5 lg at Peer oP Pa 10] epee bor LUMI 5 ge Zi ph SEE Ne cn Ek eS ee OS tae 42 5.4 | 50 6.4 MINT Ree ne eee Cee oe Me det on on Se Mae Ce vk eee 5.5 9.5 6.5 6.5 Cr. 23 uta Satie RA OS Ay Reger Sate ee ae eae etree RE CIE 4 4 4.75 4.75 MN Ro tt Mire 5)2 2580S sendy Set aide Seo aac tenes 1.75 | 4.75 6 6 NCEE IN te Pea or te Ste Sona Se ke en eeeetow et 1, 25 | a1.25 | 15 al1.5 PULA MING TOCIONUS Ss.) cscescocl use! Joie Lae ee 310.5 167.3 | 365.75 196. 05 a Approximate. The milk was not analyzed, but considering an average milk to con- tain 12.8 per cent total solids, of which 3.7 per cent is fat and 4.9 per cent milk sugar, the amount of dry matter and the amount and per cent (calculated on dry matter) of each ingredient are given in Tables 9 and 10. TABLE 10.—Amounts and percentages of the ingredients of breads X and P. Ingredient. Bread X. Bread P. | Pounds. Per cent.| Pounds. Per cent. Amount of liquid to 100 parts of air-dry flour.._...........}_.-...--.- Witte g |e 77 Per Gummer aad: ODUM. hres ons one re Sole ee Sao 167 53.8 196 53.6 Kiour (percent of total ingredients) 2-5. 222-22.-.- Ls ece. 167 53.8 196 53.6 CUTE EN SITES) ele fe ae oe Eel SE Re alee TE 2 ee sg a eae Seep ie 3. 29 6.5 3.31 MAIS es ae ee ee oe Beate aber. ey en) Bs 2. 06 1.23 2.45 1.& USS ret eo 009 BD ) 2.2 eee 1.20 Ratio of average weight toaver- age volume -__- Bd Pie Pa ce) Cle a 1.39 fFs-=-ont noo pe ae ee So «aThe figures given here indicate relative, not actual, volumes of the loaves. The distances around the loaf lengthwise and crosswise are found by measurement, and these multiplied together give the so-called volume. b Average of weights taken at 14 hours after baking. ¢ Average loss of weight in third loaf for each 24 hours. While the average weight of a loaf of bread X is slightly greater than that of bread P, the loaf volume of X is nearly the same as that of P. This makes the ratio between the weight and volume of the loaf larger in the ease of bread X than of bread P. This means that bread X is somewhat more solid than bread P, or weighs more per cubic inch. This is largely accounted for by considering the percent- age of moisture in the bread, X having on an average 1.2 per cent DURUM WHEAT FOR BREAD. 47 more moisture than P, and does not mean that X is what would be called heavy, as is seen by the answers to question No, 4 on the cireu- lar letter sent with the bread. (See page 49.) The texture of bread X is onan average fully equal to that of bread P. In connection with this point it will be seen that the average loss of water in 2 hours, by standing in the air, is less in X than in P. This would indicate that the reason for the greater weight per unit volume of bread X is because the moisture is not only more in actual per cent, but is given up at a slower rate than with bread P. As shown in the next table, the absorption of flour X is likewise slightly more than of flour P. TABLE 12.—Comparative analyses of flour and Lread made from durum wheat . and northwestern spring wheat. Flour. Bread. Determination. xX Ite x E SEEPS CSS G ORS Met Sulake. wituiairumnine a cawte@e tassire ete a grams sod wit ae eee 434.40 423.40 RAE MAEPESO NOELIA PITTI ns ded, oo ee Sree a an ak ae cla esl dle wine wen ee dS tes weir the 300.20, 302. 70 EE I NEL SO MOR so Cane Boo cs ok Se hw mnn weenclt anew ety ae ee Be as (ais | iy. 12.11 Average loss in weight per 24 hours ___.____.__..---- at elas Z\e ca eS 1.73 1. 82 ie 2b a Sek Noe CS SiR ete ae tre od ar pee ae per ce ent..| 12.31) 12.80! 38.12 36. 76 eT AR GIES SNL OL Sy Ue. as bap ec calla been ro fo oes 18 19 39 3) ous hte el eit i a Bly ae ee i Ls le Sa eee eee ee do 80 57 3. 29 3.00 Mn ere Gee es os oot oe Aka cit RR at a es cee Go... 33 43 3.96 3.53 PRINCI SI Se Oe Gace neta SEN Pe Se eae panen thaw culew noun gov... 3.77 A OO s3ds le ae Uo RS a a a ee ee ee ey oe eee ee a “lo aueaem alie es ya 3.17 3.55 cee Sa Re RS a ae ee ee oie GG: .2| £22. hee ee 1.43 1.08 Total sugar (soluble carbodydrates) -.........---.----------- Os 3-< 1.54 1.03 5. 20 4.5 REMRESUGTLE AOUOU dT) DARING ee. 2 26) Core eee co oe ee Got. .< 3. 29 FT A ee ee EP Milk sugar added in baking (calculated from milk) _______- do.-..| 1:23 12 ts 2 eo ee ee" Proteids soluble in salt solution -..................------.-- Eola toe 1. 90 1. 82 . 62 1.12 Proteids soluble in 70 per cent alcohol at 25°-80° C _____-___- do: 2¢2)) 4 sBRTON Vie 1.48 1.59 NER GNS 822 oor Sra) SS ah Pe en a Pegs a Coes. 4.83 5.31 410.33) «10.52 oly cp SES Soy FM eS sR See pa oe bee eee ks Se a oe ee do_. 12.38 | 14.40 | 12.43 13. 23 oa may Heat of combustion per gram of dry matterb _._-______- caloties...|4-2. 2 See ae ? re 7 in Absorption (cubic centimeters of water per 100 grams of flour) _- { aa f oo ee eel (eG Expansion (in cubic centimeters per 100 grams of flour) _________- 600 EOS Os 5 Shae eee a By difference. b The determinations of the heat of combustion were made by Mr. E. M. Chace, of the Bureau of Chemistry. In Table 12 will be found the complete analysis so far as made of the two flours and of the two breads. The results are placed together in one table in order that an easy comparison may be made not only of the breads but also of the flours, and of the flours with the breads made from them. The acidity expressed in terms of lactic acid is slightly more in flour P than in flour X, whereas the acidity of bread P is less than that of bread X. This shows that the fermentation went a little further in bread X than in P. It will be seen by refer- ence to Table 10 that the amount of salt used was slightly less in X than in P, thus tending to shorten the fermentation in P in compari- son with that of X. The ash content of the two flours is noticeably different, being much higher in flour X than in flour P. The ash of flour P is 0.57 per cent, being slightly above that of a corresponding Minneapolis patent flour, while the ash of flour X is 0.8 per cent. As would be tS COMMERCIAL STATUS OF DURUM WHEAT, expected, the ashof bread P is smaller than that of bread X. The increase in ash of the bread over that of the flour from which it was made is almost exactly accounted for by the salt and other minera) matter introduced. The agreement is not so close in the relation between the fat in the two breads and the fat in the flours plus the added quantity used in making the bread. Only one loaf was ana- lyzed, however, for these two factors, whereas in the other cases three loaves of each kind were analyzed, and the results given in the tables are the averages of those obtained. [t is interesting to note that the sugar content of the two flours is considerably different, considering the small amount of sugar (invert sugar and cane sugar) present in flour. It was found from the analy- ses of several durum wheat flours that in general they contained a noticeably larger amount of total sugars (soluble carbohydrates) than ordinary wheat flours. About the same difference in sugar content is found in the breads as in the flours, the same relative amounts of sugar being added to each flour in making the bread. This fact was generally noticed by those who tasted the bread, many of the answers to question 2 (see p. 49) being that bread X was sweeter. In regard to the proteid constituents of the flours and breads, as would be expected, the proteids soluble in alcohol and in salt solution are much lower in the bread than in the flour, due of course to the change in the proteids during fermentation and baking. Finally, in regard to the food value of the breads as measured by the determination of the heat of combustion, there is a difference in the heat of combustion or the two breads of about 54 calories, which would mean approximately an equivalent of less than 0.01 gram of sugar or 0.006 gram of proteids in 1 gram of bread, which is too small to be of importance. The food values of the two loaves of bread, therefore, are as nearly the same as could be expected. In fact the heat of combustion of two corresponding loaves of bread made from these same flours the week preceding the final test was 4,462 calories for bread X and 4,434 calories for bread P, showing almost as much difference between two loaves from the same flour as between those from the different flours. Conclusions.—From the preceding chemical examination of the bread made from durum wheat flour, in comparison with similarly made bread from hard spring wheat flour, the following conelusions seem justified: (1) Durum wheat flour produces a bread that, as a rule, contains slightly more moisture and loses this moisture at a slower rate than bread made from hard spring wheat flour. (2) The average weight of loaves of equal loaf volume is slightly greater in the case of durum wheat flour than of flour from hard spring wheat. (5) The average loaf volume of loaves scaled to the same weight when molded is almost the same with the two kinds of flour. ae ge —ee oa \& 2s Seer, - > DURUM WHEAT’ FOR BREAD. 49 (4) Durum wheat flour and the bread made from it contain notice- ably larger amounts of sugar than hard spring wheat flour or bread. (5) The ash content of durum wheat flour and bread is greater than that of hard spring wheat flour or bread. (6) The food value of the two kinds of bread, as measured by the heat of combustion, is practically the same, REPORTS ON TRIALS OF THE BREAD, The baking was conducted on a sufliciently large seale to produce more than 250 loaves from each flour. This was done in order that the experiment might be conducted in a practical way, just as ordinary commercial bakings, and therefore be of much greater value to the trade generally, and also in order that an opportunity could be given for a complete series of table tests of the bread by many people in different parts of the country. When the bread was made, two loaves, one of the durum wheat and one of the hard spring wheat flour, were sent to each one of 200 persons living outside of Washington, D. C., and to about40 people in Washington, D. C., forinspeetion and report as to their relative merits. A reproduction of the circular letter accompanying each set of loaves is here given, in which it will be seen that there was no intimation whatever of the bakery with which the Department cooperated in the experiments nor of the nature of the flour from which the loaves were made, it merely being stated that they were made under exactly the same conditions from two different flours. [Copy of circular letter | WASHINGTON, D. C., April 27, 1902. DEAR Sir: The accompanying two loaves of bread, marked ** P”’ and ‘* X,’’ were made in cooperation with a large bakery under exactly the same conditions, but from different flours. To aid us in carrying out an important experiment, will you kindly give us your opinion of the relative merits of the two loaves by answer- ing the questions given below and adding your name and address in the spaces provided? Then inclose the sheet in the return envelope and mail promptly to this Department, no postage being required. Very truly yours, M. A. CARLETON, Approved: Cerealist. A. F. Woops, Pathologist and Physiologist. J > re) = _ e & Lar) =r Rn ac) ~ @ gL 2 @® bar} <5 we) =e —~ j= Ss i) iva ob = ® a oes > oO A Eb er © 4 9 A ) = ' i ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' IIE tt 8 Sig eee 2 A Se Lak We Lee ee a) eon mes & Detter crust in color and taste? _..........-.-----.-ls.cel sec ole. iY acu Go you eonsider to be more nutritious? _.._.__..__-.----.--.. 4-0-2 te On the whole, which one is the better loaf of the two, and why?__ ______. .__- 2 A ee es ae Roan oe ea: ‘ eee ee IS» 90 FPP e PKR er wee Re ew ewes ee eee wee wee eee ee we ewe 4876—No. 70—04—— 4 50 COMMEROCLAL STATUS OF DURUM WHEAT, ‘The persons to whom the loaves were sent for inspection were care- fully selected and include the most prominent millers, bakers, flour inspectors, chemists, and teachers of domestic science, A consensus of the opinions of these persons ought therefore to be quite reliable and authoritative. Ina number of cases the persons were apparently much interested in the subject and voluntarily gave certain informa- tion not asked for in the circular letter. Over 200 replies were received to this circular letter, a greater number than was expected. The promptness exhibited in answering the letters was also very gratifying. A summary of these reports is interesting. Out of the total number of persons answering question No. 1, Which loaf is fresher? 100 answered in favor of X, or the durum wheat loaf; 60 in favor of P, and 39 thought there was no difference. Concerning question No. 2, Which has the better flavor? 145 answers were favor- able to X, 70 to P, and 4 thought they were equal. Concerning question No. 3, Which has the better color? as was to be expected, quite a small minority of answers was favorable to X, there being only 37, while 150 favored P, and 3 thought the color was equally good ineach. As to question No. 4, Which is better in texture? 103 decided for X, 54 for P, 14 others thinking there was no difference in texture. As to the question, Which is the moister? 154 decided in favor of X, 53 in favor of P, and 17 thought there was no difference. Ques- tion No. 6, Which has the better crust in color and taste? brought various answers. In general 78 were in favor of X, 85 in favor of P, and 21 thought there was no difference. As a matter of fact, how- ever, many of the answers were divided, as one might have supposed, saying, usually, that in X the taste was better and in P the color was better. In asking question No. 7, Which do you consider to be more nutri- tious? it was not expected that an accurate answer could always be given, though it was supposed that in some cases analyses would be made, but simply from previous association it was thought that each one might have some idea as to the better nutrition of the one or the other. Naturally, therefore, many did not answer this question. Of the answers given 106 favored X, 35 favored P, and 2 thought there was no difference. Finally, as giving the general weight of opinion favorable to one loaf or the other, 108 persons answered question No. 8 in favor of X, 74 in favor of P, and 2 answered that there was no difference. The general opinion, therefore, of the relative value of the durum wheat loaf as against that made from other flour is 108 to 74 in favor of the durum wheat loaf. As already observed, however, in two par- ticular characters, namely, that of color and that of color and taste of the crust, the answers were unfavorable to the durum wheat loaf; in all other characters the answers were in a large majority of cases in favor of the X loaf. | DURUM WHEAT FOR BREAD. ay | Asa number of tests made by ourselves in the Department and preliminary trials made by the establishment which did the baking seemed to show rather conclusively that the particular grade of durum wheat flour used in this test was quite inferior to flour of the same elass of wheat used before, it is extremely interesting and rather remarkable that the general weight of opinion of these competent persons concerning the merits of the two loaves should be so decidedly in favor of the X or durum wheat loaf. To show the authoritative nature of these reports on the samples of bread distributed, it will be proper to give a list, as follows, of the names and addresses of persons to whom the bread was sent for exam- ination and from whom replies were received. The list is classified in accordance with the occupation of each person reporting. ‘There are omitted from the list quite a number of names of people who were either well acquainted with the circumstances accompanying the bak- ing test or whose experiences have not been such as to qualify them for being good judges in the matter. Following is the list: Grain dealers: John H. Wrenn & Co., Chicago, Il. - Van Dusen-Harrington Company, Minneapolis, Minn. Fyfe, Manson & Co., Chicago, Ill. H. Poehler Company, Minneapolis, Minn. Knight, Donnelley Company, Chicago, Il. Barnum Grain Company, Minneapolis, Minn. Millers: W. B. Dunwoody, Joplin, Mo. C. Hoffman & Son, Enterprise, Kans. Sorenson & Son, Tower City, N. Dak. Canadian County Mill and Elevator Company, Elreno, Okla. Hougen Milling Company, Northwood, N. Dak. Crosby Roller Milling Company, Topeka, Kans. Bowersock Milling Company, Lawrence, Kans. Omaha Milling Company, Omaha, Nebr. Aberdeen Mill Company, Aberdeen, S. Dak. Newton Milling and Elevator Company, Newton, Kans. Lincoln Mill Company, Lincoln, Nebr. Wells, Abbot & Nieman, Ord, Nebr. R. J. Edwards, Bunker Hill, Kans. Farmers’ Mill and Grain Company, Milnor, N. Dak. Swanson & Larson. Fessenden, N. Dak. Hastings Milling Company, Hastings, Nebr. La Junta Milling Company, La Junta, Colo. Henry Lohse & Bro., Elsie, Nebr. Charles Schreiner, Kerrville, Tex. Russell-Miller Milling Company, Minneapolis, Minn. Sheffield-King Milling Company, Minneapolis, Minn. Washburn-Crosby Company, Minneapolis, Minn. F. K. Wing, Ipswich, 8. Dak. George C. Christian, Redfield, S. Dak. Fargo Roller Mill Company, Fargo, N. Dak. Arlington Mill Company, Arlington, 8. Dak. Hy) COMMERCIAL STATUS OF DURUM WHEAT, Millers—Continued. Honey Brothers, Park River, N. Dak. I. R. Andrews, Indianola, Nebr. Missouri Valley Milling Company, Bismarck, N. Dak, Moses Brothers Mill and Elevator Company, Great Bend, Kans. Burlington Roller Mills, Burlington, Colo, New Century Milling Company, Dallas, Tex. I. M. Yost Milling Company, Hays, Kans. M. Braun & Co., Wahpeton, N. Dak. Cain Mill Company, Atchison, Kans. Cando Roller Mills, Cando, N. Dak. E. X. Knight, Pierpont, S. Dak. Wagner Milling Company, Milbank, 5. Dak. L. F. Campbell, Norcatur, Kans. Kampeska Milling Company, Watertown, 8S. Dak. J. W. Kelley & Son, Huron, 8. Dak. Imboden Milling Company, Wichita, Kans. Lamar Mill and Elevator Company, Lamar, Colo. York Roller Mills, York, Nebr. W.C. Leistikov, Grafton, N. Dak. Elreno Mill and Elevator Company, Elreno, Okla. Hay Springs Milling Company, Hay Springs, Nebr. Pueblo Flour Milling and Elevator Company, Pueblo, Colo Abilene Mill Confpany, Abilene, Tex. George P. Sexauer, Brookings, 8. Dak. New Era Milling Company, Arkansas City, Kans. ° Inter-Ocean Mills, Topeka, Kans. Walnut Creek Milling Company, Great Bend, Kans. Texas Star Flour Mills, Galveston, Tex. Ellendale Milling Company, Ellendale, N. Dak. Charles L. Hyde, Pierre, S. Dak. Crescent Mill and Elevator Company, Denver, Colo. Oakes Milling Company, Oakes, N. Dak. W. J. Alsop, Beloit, Kans. Hungarian Milling and Elevator Company, Denver, Colo. Werkheiser-Polk Mill and Elevator Company, Temple, Tex. Cameron Mill and Elevator Company, Fort Worth, Tex. E. W. Kirkpatrick, McKinney, Tex. David B. Kirk & Co., Kansas City, Mo. Diamond Milling Company, Grand Forks, N. Dak. Gunther Milling Company, San Antonio, Tex. Lee-Warren Milling Company, Salina, Kans. Foulds Milling Company, Cincinnati, Ohio. Bakers: August C. Junge, Joplin, Mo. Fleischmann’s Vienna Model Bakery, New York, N. Y. Ward-Mackey Company, Pittsburg, Pa. Atlas Bread Company, Milwaukee, Wis. C. H. Burke Baking Company, Nashua, N. H. S. C. Billings, Valparaiso, Ind. Fraser & McMillan, Burlington, Vt. Gordon Smith, Mobile, Ala. J. F. Whiteside, Louisville, Ky. Joseph Reuther, New Orleans, La. E. A. Dexter, Springfield, Mass. DURUM WHEAT FOR BREAD. 58 Bakers—Continued, B. Howard Smith, Kansas City, Mo. George Rushton, Rosedale, Kans. O. G. Marjenhoff, Charleston, S. C. H. Korn & Sons, Davenport, Lowa. A, A. White, Baltimore, Md. J. W. Swint, East Boston, Mass. Ferguson Bros., Boston, Mass. C. F. Hathaway, Cambridge, Mass. Charles Trefzger, Peoria, [1]. Ohio Baking Company, Cleveland, Ohio. Charles W. Kolb, Philadelphia, Pa. Frank R. Shepard, Charlestown, Mass. Collins Baking Company, Buffalo, N. Y T. W. Russell, Binghamton, N. Y. P. Schmidt, Baltimore, Md. John E. Endlich, Port Huron, Mich. Morton Baking Company, Detroit, Mich. 8S. 5. Thompson & Co., New Haven, Conn. Freihofer Vienna Baking Company, Philadelphia, Pa Campbell-Sell Baking Company, Denver, Colo. John Schneider's Son & Co., Cincinnati, Ohio. A. A. Du Bau, Philadelphia, Pa. Teachers and experts in domestic science: Prof. Jane A. L. Zabriskie, College of Agriculture, State University, Colum- bia, Mo. Prof. Abby L. Marlatt, Manual Training School, Providence, R. I. Mrs. Nellie Kedzie-Jones, Berea, Ky. Prof. Anna M. Gilchrist, Agricultural College, State University, Knoxville, Tenn. Prof. Gertrude Coburn, Bradley Polytechnic Institute, Peoria, Il. Miss Maria Parloa, 204 West Eighty-third street, New York, N. Y. Prof. Isabel Bevier, State University, Urbana, Til. Miss Florence R. Corbett, supervisor of domestic science, Kings County Hos- pital. Brooklyn, N. Y. Miss Emma 8. Joe obs, Manual Training School, Washinton: ye; Prof. Edith A. McIntyre, Agricultural College, Manhattan, Kans. Prof. Maude M. Gardiner, Agricultural College, Stillwater, Okla. Miss Fannie M. Farmer, School of Cookery, Boston, Mass. Prof. Ellen H. Richards, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Boston, Mass. Miss Sophronia Maria Elliott, Simmons College, Boston, Mass. Prof. Susan M. Reid, Agricultural College, Fargo, N. Dak. Prof. Minnie ‘A. Stoner, College of Agriculture, State University, Columbus, Ohio. Miss Lillian M. Wilson, Tome Institute, Port Deposit, Md. Mrs. Mary J. Lincoln, editor American Kitchen Magazine, 28 Oliver street, Boston, Mass. Mrs. Sarah T. Rorer, Philadelphia Cooking School, 1715 Chestnut street, Philadelphia, Pa. Prof. Juniata L. Shepperd, Agricultural College, St. Anthony Park, Minn. Chemists and flour experts: Dr. H. W. Wiley, Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. C. E. Foster, flour expert, Consolidated Milling Company, Minneapolis, Minn. Prof. Harry Snyder, Agricultural College, St. Anthony Park, Minn. AA COMMERCIAL STATUS OF DURUM WHEAT. Chemists and flour experts—Continued, John H. Julicher, flour expert, Pillsbury-Washburn Flour Mills Company, Minneapolis, Minn. Prof. J. H. Shepard, Agricultural College, Brookings, 5. Dak. Prof. E. F. Ladd, Agricultural College, Fargo, N. Dak. Prof. J. T. Willard, Agricultural College, Manhattan, Kans. Technical journals: Roller Mill, Buffalo, N. Y. Modern Miller, St. Louis, Mo. Baker's Helper, Chicago, Il. American Miller, Chicago, I. Of the six grain dealers reporting four considered the durum wheat loaf X to be the better, while the other two favored the hard spring wheat loaf P. The number of millers to whom the samples were sent was larger than that of any other class. As would be expected, particularly with a new grain, the majority of the millers favored the loaf P, the result standing 38 to 25 in favorof P, while a number gave no decided opinion either way. In the face of much opposition by many millers to the durum wheat up to that time, it is a surprise that there should be so small a majority in favor of the loaf P, unless it be that such opposition was not well founded. It is of interest to note also that a large number of those deciding against the loaf X are millers residing in the soft winter wheat district. On the other hand, a large number of those favoring the loaf X are millers of hard winter wheat. Of the bakers to whom samples were sent, 33 made reports, 18 decid- ing in favor of the loaf P, 13 favoring the loaf X, and 2 giving no decided opinion. Here again the majority in favor of the loaf P is not nearly so large as one would expect in consideration of the decided preference among bakers generally for a white flour and a white loaf. It is a fact of the utmost importance that in the reports of both the bakers and the millers, if one were to leave out entirely the one quality of color, there would be a very large majority decidedly in favor of the loaf X, it being so much better in all other important points. In very many instances the statement was made that while the party personally preferred the loaf X, and that in all essential points it was really the better, yet commercially the loaf P would be better. As the important thing with the baker or miller is, of course, the money value of the flour of bread, these reports were all set down as in favor of the loaf P, though, as a matter of fact, judging from the intrinsic value, the decision would really be in favor of the loaf X. When we consider, as discussed later on, the relative nature of the quality of color—it being so easy to produce a loaf whiter or more yellow as one chooses—the conclusion is inevitable that the reports of even the bakers and millers, who are the persons most concerned in handling the wheat, are, as a matter of fact, overwhelmingly in favor of the X loaf. Now we come to the class of people who are perhaps really more —— lew t= 6!) @oe ge aber Oe sere eres Oe Os i OO oe DURUM WHEAT FOR BREAD. ny, competent to give exact opinions of the relative value of the two kinds of bread than any of those already mentioned, namely, the teachers and experts in domestic science, since they are not influ- enced from the financial standpoint and therefore do not consider seriously the trade value of the comparatively unimportant quality of color. At the same time they have studied carefully both what is actually wanted in the home from the standpoint of attractiveness and taste and also the actual dietetic value of different kinds of bread. It is significant, therefore, to note that of the 20 persons of this class reporting upon the samples 12 decided in favorof the loaf X and 4 in favor of the loaf P, while the remaining 4 gave no decided prefer- ence, making a majority of 4 in favor of the loaf X out of the entire number reporting. Of the 7 chemists and flour experts reporting 2 gave an opinion simply upon the household use of the bread without regard to the technical qualities of the two kinds, and their answers are, therefore, not reckoned, although they were in favor of the loaf X. Of the remaining five, 3 decided in favor of the loaf X and 2 in favor of the loaf P. Of the technical journals reporting 2 favored the loaf P, 1 the loaf X, and the fourth gave no decided preference. Quotations from particularly interesting reports.—It will now be well to give in detail some of the reasons for deciding in favor of the loaf X on the part of a number of those who so reported. First, answers from two of the grain dealers will be noted, one stating that X is the better of the two loaves because it ‘‘is lighter and not so soggy as P, and is apparently made better; P has not the life of X.” The other answers that ‘‘there is a marked difference, as indicated above, in favor of X. I eat bread for pleasure and not as a medi- cine. X is delicious; P is not.” Some of the answers from millers are as follows: (1) ‘‘ X is better on account of being fresher and moister and has the better flavor, while P is whiter and has a better crust. Neither of the loaves seems to be made from Kansas hard winter wheat flour, as they lack the nutty, sweet taste.” (2) ‘‘ X has retained moisture better, has thinner erust and better flavor, and is one-half ounce heavier, which, if the same amount of flour was used, is in its favor. Would judge that X is made from hard wheat and P from soft. Are we correct?” (5) “ X has better strength and is more nutritious. “Ly opinion is that the loaf marked X is made from hard winter wheat. Would you kindly inform me how near I am correct?” (4) ‘‘X is better. We judge it is made of hard wheat, while P is made of soft wheat.” We quote from reports of the bakers as follows: (1) ‘* X is better because it is better in all the points but color and will keep longer than P.” (2) ‘‘X is the better loaf; flour should be tried without shortening of any kind; flour, yeast, salt, and water only should be used. P makes a larger loaf, and by the proper experiment (?) in 56 COMMERCIAL STATUS OF DURUM WHEAT. baking might be of greater commercial value to the baker.” (3) X would sell better, because of a rich appearance; looks like a yood spring wheat, while P looks like a winter wheat. P would not give so good a yield; would not take as much water.” (4) *' X is the better if you eat with your palate; P if you taste with your eyes.” (5) “X is more even and better molded; better fermentation. A straight dough with less fermentation would improve this loaf, it seems to us.” (6) ‘*l think X is better because it has more body.” (7) ‘* We find X the better loaf of the two, being fresher, moister, and better in flavor, color, texture, and in color and taste of the erust.” A teacher of domestic science answers the questions in the circular letter as follows, viz: ‘‘(1)‘P. (2) ‘ X? has rich nutty flavor, while ‘P’ tastes sour. (3) ‘X; (‘P’ is more nearly white). (4) ‘ X’ has fine, even-sized cells; walls elastic. (5) ‘P.’ (6) ‘X? is smooth, firm, and sweet. (7) Answer must be a guess—‘ X.’ (8) ‘X,’ in my judgment, is the better loaf, in flavor being nutty and not coarse in texture. The question of color is not so important as flavor and texture, there- fore, though ‘P’ is more nearly white, I prefer the yellow-white hue of X= A second teacher, in answer to question No. 8, says: ‘‘‘* X,’ because the grain is finer and more uniform, the texture firmer and more elastic, the flavor sweeter and more satisfactory, and has evidence of being a better mixed dough. Crumb when rolled between fingers does not pack as ‘ P’ does.” A third teacher says: ‘‘‘X? is better; it is an evenly porous, moist loaf with a decided but not objectionable flavor. Loaf ‘ P’ is lighter in weight but larger in bulk than loaf ‘X.’? ‘P’ weighed 15 ounces light; ‘X? 154 ounees heavy, due probably to loss of moisture, as ‘ P’ is drier.” ; Another teacher, a well-known writer in domestic science, says: ‘“*X? is better, because it will wear better; will require less addition of butter or jam to make it palatable.” Another says: ‘*‘ X°? is better, because the texture is finer, showing more even distribution of gas and less coarse; more of wheat pres- ent, giving color, flavor less like sawdust. Better baked, less salvy or clammy.” Another states that ‘‘‘X? is better, as it seems to have more sub- stance and is less dry and less chippy than ‘ P.’” The following reports from two of the chemists and flour experts have already been made publie through correspondence in the North- western Miller (see issue of October 7, 1903), and are here reproduced as follows, viz: | Report No, 1. Question No. 1. No apparent difference when received May 1; X showed higher moisture content. Question No. 2. X seemed to hold its flavor better. Question No. 3. P, white: X, slight yellow tinge; X, better color. DURUM WHEAT FOR BREAD. 57 Question No. 4. X. Question No. 5. Water—May 2, 1903—8 p.m., X showed 33.40 and P 82.80 per cent. Question No, 6. X. Question No. 7. Can not be told from inspection. Question No. 8. X, more normal loaf, better fermentation development; P, crust more like a cracker. Remarks: Total proteids (on dry matter)—X, 13.01 per cent; P, 13.67 per cent. Ash and salt—X, 2.283 per cent; P, 2.04 per cent. Weight when received May 1, 1 p. m.—P, 888.50 grams, 42.20 per cent water; X, 434.40 grams, 43.60 per cent water. Size of loaf—P, 144 by 204 inches; X, 144 by 20} inches (one corner low). Report No. 2. Question No. 1. X loaf is perfectly sweet: P loaf is musty. Question No. 2. X has the better flavor. Question No. 3. P is the whiter; X is creamy white, an indication of high quality. Question No. 4. P loaf has the better texture. Question No. 5. P loaf, 44.79 per cent water; X loaf, 44.58 per cent water. Question No. 6. X loaf is decidedly the better. Question No. 7. X loaf not analyzed; X, 13 per cent proteids only; P, 14.04 per cent proteids. Question No. 8. X loaf appears to have been made from spring wheat flour of good quality. P loaf is a blend of spring and winter wheat flour. A gray white in the loaf is the indication of inferior quality in flour. X loaf shows that fer- mentation has not been continued long enough to destroy the nutritious elements. Remarks: A little explanation is due, as I started to fill out your blanks before thorough investigation. The X loaf has 2.26 per cent salt, and P 2.02 per cent. X has 44.58 per cent moisture, and P 44.79 per cent, so it is clear that fermenta- tion had not proceeded as far in X as in P, being retarded by extra salt and a tighter sponge. The proteids being highcr in the P loaf seems to spoil my asser- tion on blank as to nutrition; however, conditions being equal, I should claim same preference. In size X equals 25.10 by 15.45 inches; P equals 24.90 by 15.10 inches. Color of X yellow white. texture fair, flavor good. Color of P, gray white; texture, good; flavor, flat(?) musty. It will be of further interest to quote portions of the reports of others who really decided against the loaf X, because of certain sig- nificant statements made or because of the general importance of the remarks. An answer of one of the milling journals is that ‘‘ P is the better loaf commercially, because whiter and it looks lighter, but X would satisfy the family better where home baking is carried on.” One of the best-known writers on cooking and domestic science, after filling out the report, comments as follows: I suppose you realize that bread made as were these two loaves does not give the best results. If the bread was not risen so much, was made in smaller loaves, and was baked more thoroughly, giving less crumb and more crust, | am inclined to think that X would lose that wild taste and come out of the oven a sweet, nutty loaf. Could you not have the flours tried with real French bread or family bread made in small loaves and thoroughly baked? It is wonderful the difference that the shape and size of the loaf and the baking makes in the flavor of the wheat. a *) oe COMMERCIAL STATUS OF DURUM WHEAT, Of course it is understood also that the dough shall not be raised so much as to dostroy the fine flavor of the wheat. As a nation we need to learn the value of the small loaf, not too much risen and thoroughly baked at a fairly high temper- . ature. A well-known baking company in Philadelphia comments as fol- lows: ‘*P isthe better loaf because of the fact that the loaf marked X was taken before given proper proof. It is our opinion that had the dough of the loaf marked X had proper proof—that is to say, a little more proof—it would have made the better loaf of bread.” Another prominent baking company states that ‘‘the loaf marked ‘P’ is the better loaf of the two. The loaf marked * X’ seemed to be richer in sugar and fat. The color of the crumb in ‘ X’ is too yellow or creamy and that of ‘P’ could be a little more creamy. A little less sugar and shortening in baking the ‘ X’ flour might give the same results as in the ‘P.’” A New York baker writes: ‘‘ Pis the better loaf, because of its pure milk ingredient as against the greasier shortening in X.”¢ A 'Vexas milling company says that ‘‘ P has the better appearance and smells and tastes more natural. Both loaves are very good bread, but X tastes and smells like bread made from very hard wheat flour.” Another Texas milling company writes that ‘‘P is the better loaf, because it is more moist, having a flavor similar to bread made with milk. It is whiter and better developed. - The loaf X seems to be made of a strong hard wheat flour, which makes a large loaf, but dries quickly when exposed to air.” (See Table 11.) A North Dakota milling company makes the following rather inter- esting comment: P is the better loaf. These two loaves are just like two we had on a test from macaroni flour and Bluestem flour. In our test we found the Bluestem flour made somewhat the larger loaf and weighed a little more. I think X is made from macaroni flour and will hold moisture longer. Macaroni wheat will not make as much flour per bushel, though, by 5 pounds. RESULTS OF OTHER TESTS. Other bakeries in Washington, D. C., made trials of the durum wheat flour for bread with results rather similar to those obtained in the large baking tests already described. A considerable amount of durum wheat flour milled by another prominent milling company in Minneapolis was afterwards obtained by the Department of Agricul- ture and distributed to several bakeries and also to a number of fami- lies. Some of this flour was used in another baking test by the firm which cooperated in the tests described in this bulletin, and the results were even more satisfactory than in previous tests. This flour appeared to be the best that had yet been used in any of the baking tests with «Asa matter of fact, the same kinds «nd anounts of ingredients, proportionally, were used in both cases. (See Table 1.) : DURUM WHEAT FOR BREAD. 59 which the Department was concerned. A chemical examination of this flour was made along with other flours and is reported in the pre- ceding chapter on that subjeet. (The bread from this second flour is illustrated in Plate V.) During 1903, a number of experiments were made by Prof. George L. Teller, of Chicago, in the use of durum wheat flour for bread in comparison with other flours. As one of these series of experiments is particularly interesting and bears closely upon the subjeet under discussion, it will be desirable to quote the published results from the American Miller of Oetober, 1903. Professor Teller published these results under the title ‘‘ Flour from Macaroni Wheat.” A portion of the article is here presented as follows: In these experiments the macaroni wheat flour was used in connection with one of the best known brands of Minneapolis spring wheat patent flour purchased from a large grocery in Chicago. Being used as a basis of comparison in the report it is called ** standard flour.’* The other flours are shown in the report by num- bers, and are as follows: No. 1 is a sample of pure macaroni wheat flour. No. 2 isa flour produced by blending one part of macaroni wheat flour with two parts of the standard flour. No. 3 is the same as No. 2, except that instead of mixing the two flours in the dry before making them into bread the macaroni was first made into a sponge, and when the sponge had properly developed the remaining flour (the standard spring patent) was added to complete the dough. Comparative results. Stand- ard , eae spring Noel ENO 2: eNotes. | patent. en 8a ee Cot PR PR Pe li hws See per cent_- 11 | 10.8 10.9 10.9 Shs C2 ES RS Se ee ees ae eek ae ee Gk ae eS ee ado. 42 | .52 45 45 ES aS AL: OR | ie ee OT oe ee vc Fs Jae A: SS a 62 62 ne ho, Ma ee ee ee Ue te | 100 98 99.3 99.3 ee ee per barrel... 100 100.6 = 100 100 PRS MIRACLE ere neon Sere eee Re 2 oS OS ais re he Let 100 94.8 94.8 100 OPER 9 Sir Se ho Oh a ES ee ne eee Tees eee nn eee 100 99 100 100 eRe EC AUREL yee Pr eee: tee Sd wi ae Te ey es ie 8 100 | 98.1 98.5 99.8 The macaroni wheat flour has a much higher ash and a little lower gluten than the standard. The absorption is 1 per cent more, but the flour was enough drier to make them ordinarily about equal in this respect. The color, though of a very dark shade, is quite clear, so that the dark color of the loaf is much less objectionable than it would be if due to the presence of a lower grade of ficur. The loaf of the macaroni wheat flour is considerably smaller than that of the standard, but except for the darker color is of good quality.¢ ©On this paragraph the writers would remark that the statements concerning gluten content, absor; tion, and color of the flour certainly could not be made of general application, however true they may be with respect to these particular experiments. Ordinarily the gluten content is higherin the durum wheats when grown in the localities to which they are adapted, and in normal seasons the absorp- tion would be still greater than the difference shown in these experiments. But it is particularly erroneous in general to say that the durum wheat bread or flour is dark. It is simply more creamy in color, as stated in the next paragraph, but would have to be grayish or brown t» be considered dark, ~ 60 COMMERCIAL STATUS OF DURUM WHEAT. By using the macaroni flour in the sponge and the spring wheat patent to com- plete the dough the loaf was as large as that from the spring wheat patent alone, and in quality was equal to it in all particulars.« The bread was a little more creamy in color, which improved the appearance rather than injured it. * * * Notwithstanding the vigorous opposition which macaroni wheat has developed in certain sections, it is quite apparent at the present time that flour from this wheat will serve a useful purpose in bread making, In the numerous family bakings, whenever a sponge was made, it was always a particular surprise that such a large loaf could be obtained. There was usually little difference in the size of the loaf and that of bread made from any ordinary good flour. It will be of interest in this connection to quote the results of a test of this kind of flour made independently by a well-known Minne- apolis bakery. In the following statement is quoted a portion of the report of this test, taken from the Minneapolis Journal of September 1, 1903: August 31, 19038. Dough No. 1, special bread made from pure macaroni wheat flour, should produce 36 loaves; produced 37 loaves. Quantity: 24 pounds maca- roni wheat patent flour, } pound lard, 6 ounces salt, 3 ounces sugar, 16 pounds water, 4 ounces yeast. Dough made at 6 a.m. Temperature, 84° F. Dough taken 12 m. Macaroni blend bread. Date, August 31, 1903. Dough. No. 2, special blend bread. Quantity: 11 pounds flour, 13 pounds macaroni wheat flour, 8 pounds vater for sponge, 8 pounds water for dough, } pound lard, 6 ounces salt, 3 ounces sugar, 3 ounces yeast. Sponge set at6.10a.m. Temperature,90° F. Dough made 9.30 a.m. Temperature, 84° F. Dough taken at 12 m. The foreman of the bakery says, concerning the tests: I hereby certify that I have made bread out of pure macaroni wheat flour and also out of a blend of one-half macaroni wheat and one-half hard-wheat patent flour, and that I like the macaroni bread very much indeed. The bread is a little more cream colored than hard-wheat bread and looks as though the sponge had been set in milk instead of water, but it is sweeter and more nutritious than ordi- nary bread. REMARKS ON THE VARIOUS CHEMICAL AND BAKING TESTS. The results of the different chemical and baking tests of Qurum wheat flour for bread in comparison with good hard spring wheat and hard winter wheat seem to justify the following general conclusions concerning the use of durum wheat flour. In general, the least that ‘an be said of the durum wheat flour is that on an average it makes ° as good bread as the average of hard spring and hard winter wheat flours. It has been seen already in the discussion of the chemical tests of the different flours that there is often very little difference in quality between the durum wheat and the other hard wheat flours. Also, one of the most striking things about the reports on the samples ’ «With the use of a sponge perhaps the pure durum wheat flour would still have made just as large a loaf. (See the second following paragraph. ) DURUM WHEAT FOR BREAD. 61 of bread distributed in the large baking test is that so often very little difference could be detected between the two kinds of bread. Some- times even in tasting the bread, if the party were blindfolded he would make a mistake in deciding which was the durum wheat bread and which the ordinary bread. As already stated in preceding pages, prob- ably the chief reason for the similarity of the durum wheat flour and bread to that of ordinary hard wheat in all the different tests made at this time is that the past two seasons in the West and Northwest have been unusually wet, the humidity particularly being unusually great in many localities. As the durum wheat is especially adapted to dry regions, Such seasons would, of course, tend to bring it down to a level with the ordinary hard wheat. At the same time there are certain special qualities in which the durum wheat bread is much superior to -any other bread. These are as follows: (1) All the testimony is to the effect that the durum wheat bread is considerably sweeter, when the same amount of sugar is used in the dough, than bread made from other hard wheats. A member of a reliable baking company has informed the writers that if a certain quality of durum wheat could always be obtained practically no sugar would be needed in making bread from it. Even at the low price of sugar this difference would amount to a very large saving in expense where a large output of loaves is made daily. (2) A majority of the reports shows that the durum wheat flour has a greater absorption than other flours. This difference will mean sometimes an addition of many loaves to the barrel of flour, and, of course, the difference would be very much greater in an average sea- son than it has been during the last two seasons. (3) From numerous careful observations on the loss of water from the different breads, it is found that the durum wheat bread retains much more moisture for a week or more than bread made from other wheats. Afterwards the daily loss of water appears to be about the same in both kinds of bread. This again is a matter equally as important, probably, as any of the others just mentioned. “= .—HARVESTING DURUM WHEAT IN NORTH DAKOTA. Fic. 1 FiG. 2.—KUBANKA DURUM WHEAT GROWING IN WESTERN KANSAS IN 1903. . e - = > if < : Di : = Me patie ae ‘